DEFINITIONS
gate judge
chief judge Official who enforces the rules; this individual makes all the final decisions and ensures consistency among the various officials. \
course gate
downstream gate
Space between two poles through which the competi tor must pass; it hangs six inches above the water from cables stretched from shore to shore. /
Gate made of two green poles that is negotiated in the direction of the current
Official who ensures that the paddler negotiates the gate as required without touching the poles; if the athlete makes a mistake, there is a time penalty.
WHITEWATER Race against time in turbulent water over a natural or man-made course; the route of the race is marked by 20 to 25 numbered gates.
safety officer upstream gate Gate made with two red poles that must be negotiated against the current; races must have at least six upstream gates.
Official who manages the first aid staff, who are positioned along tl course to be ready for emergencies.
Merriam-Webi‘: r i i' i
VISUAL, Dictionai y A Dictionary with a New Point of View The first visual dictionary to incorporate real dictionary definitions FIND words organized around major subject fields, corresponding themes, or individual objects. SEARCH ideas to quickly locate words, or consult pictures to read clear, up-to-date definitions, created in cooperation with the editors of Merriam-Webster. VIEW thousands of highly realistic illustrations and detailed diagrams created by skilled graphic artists. DISCOVER a visual world of information of immense scope and depth. I More than 20,000 terms indexed for easy reference ■>
I 6,000 color illustrations grouped into 17 general subject areas and 94 specific themes I Ideal for teachers, parents, translators, and students of all skill levels including learners of English as a second language Unlike conventional dictionaries with A-Z listings, Merriam-Webster’s Visual Dictionary is organized by subject area. Full-color pictorial images are grouped into 17 chapters outlining subjects from astronomy to sports, with more complex subjects divided into 94 individual themes. Chapters and corresponding themes include: EARTH: geography, geology, meteorology, environment. ANIMALS: insects and arachnids, mollusks, crustaceans, fish, carnivorous mammals. HOUSE: site, electricity, house furniture, heating, plumbing. DO-IT-YOURSELF and GARDENING: basic building materials, wood, masonry tools, seeding and planting tools, lawn care. TRANSPORT and MACHINERY: automobile, railroad station, navigation devices, airport, agricultural machinery. SCIENCE: chemical elements, magnetism, electronics, color synthesis, biology, mathematics. SPORTS and GAMES: track and field, ball sports, cycling, aquatic and nautical sports, outdoor leisure.
I*-.:}
I
\
r
«
•'V
t
» I
9
^
•■'
.
Or
4 V •* I
^■)
■^!
•
Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from Kahle/Austin Foundation
https://archive.org/details/isbn_9780877790518
Jean-Ciaude Corbeii Ariane Archambault
Merriani-Webster, Incorporated Springfield, Massachusetts
ACKISIOWUEDGEMEIMTS
We would like to extend our deepest thanks to the individuals, organizations and companies who
Merriam. Webster
generously agreed to review the definitions and, when needed, suggested changes that helped to clarify them. Arcand, Denys (motion picture director); Audet, Nathalie (Radio Canada); Beaudouin, Yves (University of Quebec at Montreal); Beaudry, Jean (Longeuil Police Department); Beaulieu,
Merriam-Webster Inc.
Jacques (Sainte-Therese Automotive Vocational Training Center);
Bordeleau, Andre
(astronomer); Bugnet-Buchwalter, Marie-Odile (Music Librarian, University of Montreal); Butler, Published by Merriam-Webster Inc. 2006 Copyright © 2006 QA International All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or by any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from QA International.
Philip (Stewart Museum); Christian, Eve (meteorology consultant); Delorme, Michel (Montreal Biodome); Deschamps, Laurent; Desjardins, Jean-Pierre (UQAM); Doray, Francine (HydroQuebec); Doyon, Philippe (Ministry of Natural Resources, Wildlife, and Parks); Dupre, Celine (terminologist); Dupuis, Laval (Montreal Trade School of Motorized Equipment); Faucher, Claude (Communications Transcript); Fournier, Jacques (Editions Roselin); Gagnon, Roger (astronomer); Garceau, Gaetan (Sainte-Therese Automotive Vocational Training Center); Harou, Jerome (Montreal School of Construction Trades); Lachapelle, Jacques (School of Architecture, University of Montreal); Lafleur, Claude (science journalist); Lapierre, Robert (chief machinist);
First printing 2006
Le Tirant, Stephane (Montreal Insectarium); Lemay, Lucille (Leclerc Weaving Center); LemieuxBerube, Louise (Montreal Center of Contemporary Textiles); Levesque, Georges (ER doctor);
ISBN 13: 978-0-87779-051-8 ISBN 10; 0-87779-051-5
Marc, Daniel (Montreal School of Construction Trades); Marchand, Raymond G. (Laval University); Martel, Felix (information technology consultant); McEvoy, Louise (Air Canada
The original French Edition was first published in Canada by Quebec Amerique, Montreal (Quebec), under the title Le Visuel Definitions
Linguistic Services); Michotte, Pierre (Maritime Institute of Quebec); Morin, Nadia (Montreal Fire Department Training Center); Mosimann, Frangois (Sherbrooke University); Neveu, Bernard (University of Quebec at Trois-Rivieres); Normand, Denis (telecommunications consultant);
Printed and bound in China 109 8 7 6 5432 06 05 04 03 02
www.qa-international.com
Ouellet, Joseph (Montreal School of Construction Trades); Ouellet, Rosaire (Cowansville Vocational Education Training Centre); Papillon, Melanie (aeronautical engineer); Paquette, Luc (Montreal Trade School of Motorized Equipment); Paradis, Serge (Pratt & Whitney); Parent, Serge (Montreal Biodome); Prichonnet, Gilbert (UQAM); Rancourt, Claude (Montreal Trade School of Motorized Equipment); Reveret, Jean-Pierre (UQAM); Robitaille, Jean-Frangois (Laurentian University, Ontario); Ruel, Jean-Pierre (Correctional Service Canada); Theriault, Joel.
Merriam-Webster's Visuai Dictionary was created and produced by ; QA International 329, rue de la Commune Quest, 3® etage Montreal (Quebec) H2Y 2E1 Canada T 514.499.3000 F 514.499.3010
EDITORIAL
STAFF
DOCUMENTATIOIM
Publisher: Jacques Fortin
Gilles Vezina
Authors: Jean-Claude Corbeil and Ariane Archambault
Kathleen Wynd
Editorial Director: Frangois Fortin
Stephane Batigne
Editor-in-Chief: Serge D’Amico
Sylvain Robichaud
Graphic Design: Anne Tremblay
Jessie Daigle
o
PRODUCTION
A T A
MANAGEMENT
MacThien Nguyen Hoang
Programmer: Daniel Beaulieu
Guylaine Houle
Josee Gagnon
TERMINOLOGICAL
RESEARCH
Jean Beaumont
REVISION
Marie-Nicole Cimon
Catherine Briand PREPRESS
Nathalie Guillo Sophie Pellerin ENGLISH
DEFINITIONS
Kien Tang
Nancy Butchart
Karine Levesque
Rita Cloghesy
Tony O’Riley
Tom Donovan MERRIAM-WEBSTER
EDITORS
Diana Halpenny Daniel B. Brandon John Woolfrey Christopher C. Connor ILLUSTRATIONS
Ilya A. Davidovich
Art Direction: Jocelyn Gardner
Anne Eason
Jean-Yves Ahern
Daniel J. Hopkins
Rielle Levesque
Anne P. Miller
Alain Lemire
Neil S. Serven
Melanie Boivin
Peter A. Sokolowski
Yan Bohler
Paul S. Wood
Claude Thivierge Pascal Bilodeau Michel Rouleau Anouk Noel Carl Pelletier LAYOUT
Jean-Claude Corbeil is an expert in linguistic planning, with a world-wide reputation in the fields of comparative terminology and socio-linguistics. He serves as a
Pascal Goyette
consultant to various international organizations and governments.
Janou-Eve LeGuerrier Veronique Boisvert
Ariane Archambault, a specialist in applied linguistics, has taught foreign languages
Josee Gagnon
and is now a terminologist and editor of dictionaries and reference books.
Karine Raymond Genevieve Theroux Beliveau
CONTRIBUTIONS
QA International would like to extend a special thank you to the following people for their contribution to Merriam-Webster's Visual Dictionary:
Jean-Louis Martin, Marc Lalumiere, Jacques Perrault, Stephane Roy, Alice Comtois, Michel Blais, Christiane Beauregard, Mamadou Togola, Annie Maurice, Charles Campeau, Mivil Deschenes, Jonathan Jacques, Martin Lortie, Raymond Martin, Frederick Simard, Yan Tremblay, Mathieu Blouin, Sebastian Dallaire, Hoang Khanh Le, Martin Desrosiers, Nicolas Oroc, Frangois Escalmel, Daniele Lemay, Pierre Savoie, Benoit Bourdeau, Marie-Andree Lemieux, Caroline Soucy, Yves Chabot, AnneMarie Ouellette, Anne-Marie Villeneuve, Anne-Marie Brault, Nancy Lepage, Daniel Provost, Frangois Vezina.
Introduction A MAJOR INNOVATION
Meteorology and Environment. In this way, the Visual Dictionary can present
In response to public demand, QA International, in cooperation with MerriamWebster, has created this edition of the Visual Dictionary. The evocative power of the illustrations (in seeing, one can identify and name) is supplemented by definitions that bring out the essential information that cannot be seen or is only suggested by the word: the inherent qualities, function and characteristics of the illustrated item.
and define words in groups; most other dictionaries present them in alphabetical order in which related terms are separated from each other. The TITLES (658 in total) have various functions. They bring together, under a single heading, illustrations of various objects that are a part of the same conceptual framework (for example, armchairs, domestic appliances); they label a complex illustration whose main parts are identified (museum, exterior of a house); or they name a single object and include the terminology that
THE DEFINITIONS
applies to its parts (glacier, castle).
Within the hierarchical format of the Visual Dictionary's presentation, the definitions fit together like a Russian doll: theme, sub-theme, title, sub-title, illustration, terminology. The definition of the theme “Animal Kingdom,” for example, applies to all of the animals in the chapter, and the information within the definition for the term insect at the top of the page does not have to be repeated for each of the insects illustrated. Instead, the text concentrates on defining the distinguishing characteristics of each insect (the louse is a parasite, the female yellow jacket stings, and so forth).
The principal types within the same class of objects are sometimes gathered
Since the definition leaves out what is obvious from the illustration, the illustrations and definitions complement one another. Hence, the crosssection of the ear shows the exact position of each of its parts, while the definitions describe only their functions. As the illustrations progress, the definitions become more detailed. For example, the vertebral column in the skeleton is defined as a “bony axis composed of vertebrae and containing bone marrow.” The vertebral column is once again featured in the section on the nervous system, but this time it contains definitions related to bone marrow and a lumbar vertebra. Technical words used in definitions are defined in the Visual Dictionary, either on the same page, elsewhere in the same chapter, or in a separate chapter. For example, the words telson and uropod are a part of the definition of the lobster's tail, but they are defined as parts of the lobster's morphology. The vast majority of the 20,800 words in the Visual Dictionary are defined and can be found in the index. Terms are not defined when the illustration makes the meaning absolutely clear. In addition, the definition is not repeated when the word always has the same meaning. For example, switch is defined in the electricity section and the definition is repeated only when it differs significantly, as in the definition oi trigger switch. Finally, when the illustration suggests the usual meaning of the word, the word is not defined (for example, the numerous tool handles and the various housings for objects).
under the same SUB-TITLE and their names are given but no detailed terminological analysis is provided (for example, under armchair, one finds examples of armchairs). The ILLUSTRATION is an exact and realistic likeness of an object, process or phenomenon, together with its salient details. It is an integral part of the visual definition for each of the terms it depicts. EDITORIAL POLICY Each word in the Visual Dictionary has been carefully chosen after consulting the most authoritative information sources containing the appropriate level of specialization. In some instances, the sources consulted revealed that different words are used to name the same concept. In such cases, the most authoritative sources were used in selecting the term. Words are usually referred to in the singular, even if the illustration shows a number of individual examples. The word designates the concept, not the actual illustration. HOWTO CONSULT THE VISUAL The fundamental originality of the Visual Dictionary lies in its illustrations, which allow readers to find a word that corresponds to an idea even if they have only the vaguest idea of it. This is the great advantage of the Visual Dictionary, when consulting a traditional dictionary, one must first know the word. In addition, the contents of the Visual Dictionary may be accessed in a number of ways: • The list of THEMES can be referred to at the end of the introductory pages
STRUCTURE OF THE VISUAL The work contains three sections; the introductory pages, including the list of themes and the table of contents; the body of the work, i.e. the detailed treatment of each theme; and the index.
and on the back cover of the book. • The introductory page for each THEME outlines its contents and its subdivisions into SUB-THEMES and one can see at a glance the page number where they can be found (except for Vegetable Kingdom and Clothing).
The order of presentation is from the abstract to the concrete: theme, subtheme, title, sub-title, illustration, terminology, definition.
Themes and sub-themes are defined on these pages.
The contents are divided into 17 THEMES, from Astronomy to Sports and Games. The most complex themes are divided into SUB-THEMES, 94 in total. For example, the theme EARTH is divided into Geography, Geology,
the illustration cited and reading its definition, one better understands what
• The INDEX may be consulted to locate a specific term and, by examining the term refers to and its exact meaning.
TITLE
COLOR REFERENCE On the spine and back of the book this identifies and accompanies each theme to facilitate quick access to the corresponding section in the book.
It is featured at the top of the page and its definition is found below. If the title refers to information that continues over several pages, after the first page it is shown in a shaded tone with no definition.
SUB-THEME TERM
The majority of themes are subdivided into sub-themes. These are shown on the introductory page of a theme along with their definitions.
Each term appears in the index with a reference to the pages on which it appears. It is given in both languages, with English as the main index entry.
honeybee
honeyhee
Insect living in a highly complex social order; it instinctively produces honey as a food reserve. anatomy ot a honeybee morphology ol a honeybee: worker
wing Organ ol (Itghl attached lo the thorax In Ihe bee. Die Ironl and tear wings otr' each Side are allached and beat together
dorsal aorta Mam artery running along Ihe back and connecting (o ihe heart: it allows blood to circulate Ihroudhoul Ihe bodv
heart Muscular organ helping blood lo circulate
thorax Portion ot a bee's body divided into three segments housing the motor appendages, suet) as the legs and wings.
Malpighian tubule Fine tube appended lo the mlesline and helping m the excretion process
nerve cord Mam element ol the nervous system extending throughout the body
brain Mam organ ot the nervous system, ii is located m Ihe head
Terminal end ol Ihe intestine preceding the
abdomen Segmented posterior portion ol a bee's body containing the major vita! organs.
pharynx Portion ol the digestive Itacl between the mouth and Ihe esophagus
compound eye Organ ot vision made up ot thousands ol lacets that perceive shapes, colors, motion and distance
mouthpaits Appendages used lor grasping and ingesting food and adapted lo the collection ot nectar sting Pointed retractable organ located at the terminal end of the abdomen; venom Hows IhtOLigh it liom Ihe venom sac
salivary duct Durh joined lo the salivary gland carrying saliva lo the mouth venom sac Receptacle joined lo ihe venom gland and containing the poisons it produces
mIdgut Porlion ol Ihe digestive trad behind the aop where lood is converted
antenna , Sensory orgar^tnadefip of several segmenis antf having mainly lacllle andollactoiy lunctions.
salivary gland Organ located m Ihe buccal cavity, il secretes saliva and enables especially Ihe digeslicnol lood.
crop ‘t-;' Large bulge in the digestive iracl located behind the esophagus, used lo ‘. store honey.
used lo clean the thorax and the wings.
hind leg (Inner surface) Highly specialized atiicuialed member allached lo the lerminal segmenl ol the Ihorax: il has a motor lunclion and IS used lo colled and transport pollen.
lemur Segment ol the leg between Ihe trochanter and Ihe tibia.
Anleiior segmenl ot Ihe leg ariicuialmg iiochanler
simple eye Organ ol vision formed ol a single facet [hat captures variations m luminosity and allows the caterpillar to orient Itself
head Anterior portion ol Ihe body containing Ihe sensory organs and ihe brain.
foreleg (outer surface) Ailicolaled member allached to the first segmenl ol the ihorax: il has a motor lunciion and IS used lo clean Ihe eyes and Ihe antennae middle teg (outer surface) Monspecializsd articulated member allached to the central segmenl ot Ihe thorax, il has a motor function and is used lo clean the thorax and the wings
compound eye Organ ol vision made up ol thousands ot lacels lhal perceive shapes, colors, motion and distance
trochanter Segmenl ol the leg between ihe coxa and the lemur
velum Movable appendage located al Ihe base ol the tibia, it is used lo clean (he aniennae
pollen brush Row ol hairs loQled on Ihe meiaiarsus ol the worker bee: it is used lo collect pollen.
pollen brush Row ot hairs located on the metatarsus ol the worker bee; II is used lo colled
metatarsus Fiisl segment ol ihe tarsus allached lo the libia: il is much larger than Ihe olhersegmenls. antennae cleaner Nolcti covered wllh rigid hairs, with Ihe velum, ils function Is lo clean Ihe aniennae
queen The only teptoduclive female m the colony, whose sole lunclion is lo lay eggs: it is lertili»d by live lo 10 drones
antenna Sensory organ made up ol several segments and having mainly laclile and ollacloiy lunctions
tibia Segment ol Ihe leg located between Ihe lemur and ihe metatarsus.
upper lip External moulhpart located above Ihe mandibles and forming the root ol Ihe buccal cavity.
spur Movable appendage located on Ihe libia and used to release the pollen from Ihe legs
auricle Row ol hairs located al the upper terminal end ot Ihe worker bee's metatarsus, il is'' used to move the pollen to ihe pollen packer, where it is compressed
castes The three types of bees in a hive are classilied according to then lunclion; Ihe queen. Ihe drones and the workers
maxilla Moveable mouthparl with a palp: il is. located beneath the mandibles and is used lo masticate lood.
claw Poinly hook-shaped structure allached ID me tarsus and allowing Ihe bee lo grab hold ol things. tarsus' Terminal segmenl ol the leg, ms divided into live parts and has two claws
Sensory organ of the mouth liaving. . mainly ollaclory and guslalory tunclions.
mandible Hard corneous mouthparl serving as a pincei to giasp food, it also serves lo shape the wax useO lo build cells
longue Long hairy movable mouthparl that helps to collect neclai
worker Sterile female who does various tasks, such as searching tor lood. building cells and deiending die rslony
Slingiess male bee: to fspfiii
THEME ILLUSTRATION
The name of the theme of each chapter, accompanied by its definition, is presented on the double-page spread at the beginning of the section. It is then repeated on each page of the section, but without the definition.
NARROW LINES These link the word to the item indicated. Where too many lines would make reading difficult, they have been replaced by color codes with captions or, in rare cases, by numbers.
It is an integral part of the visual definition for each of the terms that refer to it.
DEFINITION It explains the inherent qualities, function or characteristics of the element depicted in the illustration.
V
Contents ASTRONOMY
S
Celestial bodies
4
Amphibians
110
frog, examples of amphibians
Reptiles
solar system, planets and satellites, Sun, Moon, meteorite, comet, star, galaxy
112
snake, turtle, examples of reptiles
1□
Astronomical observation planetarium, constellations of the Southern hemisphere, constellations of the Northern hemisphere, celestial coordinate system, refracting telescope, reflecting telescope, radio telescope. Hubble space telescope, astronomical observatory
Astronautics
Birds
115
bird, examples of birds
Insectivorous mammals
121
mole, examples of Insectivorous mammals
1B
space probe, spacesuit, international space station, space shuttle, space launcher
Rodents and lagomorphs
122
rodent, examples of rodents, rodent’s and lagomorph’s jaws, examples of lagomorphs
EARTH
2^
Geography
BB
Ungulate mammals horse, examples of hooves, examples of ungulate mammals
Carnivorous mammals
configuration of the continents, cartography, remote sensing
Geology
42
Meteorology
1 3B
dolphin, examples of marine mammals
Primate mammals 53
1 3B
gorilla, examples of primates
Flying mammal
profile of the Earth’s atmosphere, seasons of the year, meteorological forecast, weather map, station model, international weather symbols, meteorological station, meteorological measuring Instruments, weather satellites, climates of the world, clouds, tornado and waterspout, tropical cyclone, precipitation
Environment
133
dog, dog breeds, cat, cat breeds, examples of carnivorous mammals
Marine mammals
structure of the Earth, section of the Earth’s crust, tectonic plates, earthquake, volcano, mountain, glacier, cave, landslides, watercourse, lake, wave, ocean floor, ocean trenches and ridges, common coastal features, desert
124
143
bat, examples of bats
Marsupial mammals
142
kangaroo, examples of marsupials BB
vegetation and biosphere, food chain, hydrologic cycle, greenhouse effect, air pollution, land pollution, water pollution, acid rain, selective sorting of waste
HUMAN BEING
14*4
Human body
I4B
man, woman PLANTS
72
plant cell, lichen, moss, alga, mushroom, fern, plant, leaf, flower, fruits, cereals, grape, tree, conifer ANIMALS
SO
Evolution of life
32
origin and evolution of species
Simple organisms and echinoderms
34
animal cell, unicellulars, sponge, echinoderms
Insects and arachnids
3B
butterfly, honeybee, examples of insects, examples of arachnids, spider
Mollusks
134
snail, univalve shell, bivalve shell, octopus
Crustaceans
1 ov
lobster
Fishes cartilaginous fish, bony fish
133
Anatomy
153
muscles, skeleton, teeth, blood circulation, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system, nervous system, male reproductive organs, female reproductive organs, breast
Sense organs
1 72
touch, hearing, smell and taste, sight FOOD AND KITCHEN
1 7S
Food
1
33
supermarket, farmstead, mushrooms, seaweed, vegetables, legumes, fruits, spices, condiments, herbs, cereal, cereal products, coffee and infusions, chocolate, sugar, fats and oils, dairy products, variety meat, game, poultry, eggs, meat, delicatessen, mollusks, crustaceans, cartilaginous fishes, bony fishes
Kitchen
222
packaging, kitchen, glassware, dinnerware, silverware, kitchen utensils, cooking utensils, domestic appliances, miscellaneous domestic appliances, coffee makers
Contents
HOUSE
a«4g
Location
244 247
exterior door, lock, window
Structure of a house
250
main rooms, frame, roof truss, foundation, wood flooring, textile floor coverings, stairs, step
Heating
25B
wood firing, forced warm-air system, forced hot-water system, heat pump, auxiliary heating
Air conditioning
2BI
air-conditioning appliances
Plumbing
2B2
plumbing system, pedestal-type sump pump, septic tank, bathroom, toilet, water-heater tank, faucets, fittings, examples of branching
Electricity
272
distribution panel, network connection, electricity meter, contact devices, lighting
House furniture
27B
armchair, side chair, seats, table, storage furniture, bed, children’s furniture, window accessories, tights, domestic appliances, household equipment DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDEMING
aS6
Do-it-yourself
23s
basic building materials, covering materials. Insulating materials, wood, carpentry: nailing tools, carpentry: screwing tools, carpentry: sawing toots, carpentry: drilling tools, carpentry: shaping tools, carpentry: gripping and tightening tools, carpentry: measuring and marking tools, carpentry: miscellaneous material, plumbing tools, masonry tools, electricity tools, soldering and welding tools, painting upkeep, ladders and stepladders
Gardening
322
pleasure garden, miscellaneous equipment, seeding and planting tools, hand tools, tools for loosening the earth, watering tools, pruning and cutting tools, lawn care CLOTHING
334
elements of ancient costume, traditional clothing, headgear, shoes, gloves, fabric care symbols, men’s clothing, sweaters, women’s clothing, newborn children’s clothing, children’s clothing, sportswear PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
373
Personal accessories
334
jewelry, nail care, makeup, body care, hairdressing
Personal articles
333
shaving, dental care, contact lenses, eyeglasses, leather goods, handbags, luggage, smoking accessories, umbrella and stick ARTS AND ARCHITECTURE
3Sa
Fine
334
arts
423
movie theater, movie set, theater
Music
exterior of a house, pool
Elements of a house
Performing arts
432
traditional musical Instruments, musical notation, musical accessories, symphony orchestra, examples of Instrumental groups, stringed instruments, keyboard instruments, wind instruments, percussion instruments, electronic instruments
Crafts
452
sewing, knitting machine, knitting, bobbin lace, embroidery, weaving. pottery COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
4BB
Communications
4BB
languages of the world, writing instruments, newspaper, typography, diacritic symbols, miscellaneous symbols, punctuation marks, public postal network, photography, broadcast satellite communication, telecommunication satellites, telecommunications by satellite, dynamic microphone, radio: studio and control room, television, sound reproducing system, mini stereo sound system, portable sound systems, wireless communication, communication by telephone
Office automation
533
office, office furniture, personal computer. Input devices, output devices, uninterruptible power supply (UPS), data storage devices, communication devices, examples of networks, computer network, Internet, Internet uses, laptop computer, electronic book, handheld computer, stationery TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
B3S
Road transport
53s
road system, fixed bridges, movable bridges, road tunnel, road signs, service station, automobile, brakes, tire, radiator, spark plug, battery, electric automobile, hybrid automobile, types of engines, campers, bus, trucking, motorcycle, 4X4 all-terrain vehicle, bicycle
Rail transport
532
passenger station, railroad station, types of passenger cars, highspeed train, diesel-electric locomotive, car, yard, railroad track, highway crossing, subway, streetcar
Maritime transport
53B
harbor, canal lock, ancient ships, traditional ships, examples of sails, examples of rigs, four-masted bark, examples of boats and ships, anchor, life-saving equipment, navigation devices, maritime signals, maritime buoyage system
Airtransport
BI 3
airport, long-range jet, flight deck, turbofan engine, examples of airplanes, examples of tall shapes, examples of wing shapes, forces acting on an airplane, movements of an airplane, helicopter, examples of helicopters
Handling
B32
material handling, cranes, container
Heavy machinery
B3B
bulldozer, wheel loader, scraper, hydraulic shovel, grader, dump truck, tractor, agricultural machinery
museum, painting and drawing, wood carving
Architecture
402
pyramid, Greek theater, Greek temple, architectural styles, Roman house, Roman amphitheater, castle, Vauban fortification, cathedral, pagoda, Aztec temple, elements of architecture, escalator, elevator, traditional houses, city houses
Graphic arts
420
printing, relief printing process. Intaglio printing process, lithography, fine bookbinding
ENERGY
S44
Geothermal and fossil energy
B4B
production of electricity from geothermal energy, thermal energy, coal mine, oil
Hydroelectricity
B57
hydroelectric complex, generator unit, examples of dams, steps In production of electricity, electricity transmission, tidal power plant VII
Contents
Nuclear energy
BBS
production of electricity from nuclear energy, fuel handling sequence, fuel bundle, nuclear reactor, nuclear generating station, carbon dioxide reactor, heavy-water reactor, pressurized-water reactor, boilingwater reactor
Solar energy
672
solar cell, flat-plate solar collector, solar-cell system, solar furnace, production of electricity from solar energy, solar house
Wind energy
BVB
family relationships SPORTS ANO GAMES
TBS
Sports facilities
VBB
sports complex, scoreboard, competition
Track and field
TBO
arena, jumping, throwing
windmill, wind turbines and electricity production SCIENCE
Family
STB
Chemistry
BBO
Ball sports
VBA
baseball, softball, cricket, field hockey, soccer, rugby, football, Canadian football, netball, basketball, volleyball, handball
matter, chemical elements, chemistry symbols, laboratory equipment
Physics: mechanics
BBB
Physics; electricity and magnetism parallel electrical circuit,
BI
BBV
generators,
Physics: optics
dry cells, BBO
electromagnetic spectrum, wave, color synthesis, vision, lenses, pulsed ruby laser, prism binoculars, telescopic sight, magnifying glass and microscopes
Measuring devices
BBB
measure of temperature, measure of time, measure of weight, measure of length, measure of distance, measure of thickness, measure of angles
Scientific symbols
TOO
international system of units, biology, mathematics, geometry, geometrical shapes
Gymnastics
B23
rhythmic gymnastics, trampoline, gymnastics
Aquatic and nautical sports
S27
water polo, diving, swimming, sailing, sailboard, canoe-kayak: Whitewater, rowing and sculling, canoe-kayak: flatwater racing, water skiing, surfing, scuba diving
Combat sports
B-42
boxing, wrestling, judo, karate, kung fu, jujitsu, aikido, kendo, sumo, fencing
Strength sports
BBO
weightlifting, fitness equipment
Equestrian sports SOCIETY
TOB
City
voB
metropolitan area, downtown, cross section of a street, office building, shopping mall, department store, convention center, restaurant, self-service restaurant, hotel, common symbols
Justice
TOB
prison, court
Economy and finance
Education
TBB
732
library, school
Religion
73B 73B
heraldry, flags VAB
weapons In the Stone Age, weapons in the age of the Romans, armor, bows and crossbow, thrusting and cutting weapons, harquebus, seventeenth century cannon and mortar, submachine gun, pistol, revolver, automatic rifle, light machine gun, modern howitzer, modern mortar, hand grenade, bazooka, recoilless rifle, antipersonnel mine, tank, missiles, combat aircraft, aircraft carrier, frigate, nuclear submarine
Safety
Precision and accuracy sports
'
BBB
archery, shotgun shooting, rifle shooting, pistol shooting, billiards, lawn bowling, petanque, bowling, golf
B70
road racing, mountain biking, track cycling, BMX
Motor sports
B72
car racing, motorcycling, personal watercraft, snowmobile
S77
curling, ice hockey, figure skating, speed skating, bobsled, luge, skeleton, track, ski resort, snowboarding, alpine skiing, freestyle skiing, ski jumping, speed skiing, cross-country skiing, biathlon. snowshoes
Sports on wheels
BB4
skateboarding, in-line skating
Aerial sports
BBB
hang gliding, glider, ballooning
Mountain sports
BOB
climbing VBA
fire prevention, crime prevention, ear protection, eye protection, head protection, respiratory system protection, foot protection, safety symbols
Health
show-jumping, riding, dressage, horse racing: turf, horse racing: harness racing, polo
Winter sports
chronology of religions, church, synagogue, mosque
Weapons
BB2
Cycling
examples of currency abbreviations, money and modes of payment, bank
Politics
s
table tennis, badminton, racquetball, squash, tennis
gearing systems, double pulley system, lever magnetism, electronics
Racket sports
77s
ambulance, first aid equipment, first aid kit, clinical thermometers, blood pressure monitor, hospital, walking aids, wheelchair, forms of medications
Outdoor leisure
302
camping, knots, fishing, hunting
Games
314
dice and dominoes, cards, board games, jigsaw puzzle, mah-jongg, video entertainment system, darts, roulette table, slot machine, soccer table
2
ASTRONOMY
2B
^2
SO
List of chapters ■
EARTH
PLANTS
ANIMALS
HUMAN BEING
1 VB
FOOO ANO KITCHEN
242
226
OO-IT-YOURSELF ANO GAROENING
334
3T2
CLOTHING
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES ANO ARTICLES
332
'466
HOUSE
ARTS ANO ARCHITECTURE
COMMUNICATIONS ANO OFFICE AUTOMATION
536
TRANSPORT ANO MACHINERY
644
766
ENERGY
676
SCIENCE
706
SOCIETY
SPORTS ANO GAMES
321
INOEX
I 2
Science whose aim is the observation and knowledge of celestial bodies: position, movement, structure, evolution and so forth.
4
1 Celestial bodies
10
Masses of natural matter (as a planet or nebula) located in space.
i Astronomical observation I
Observation of phenomena occurring in the celestial sphere.
18
i Astronautics |
Science of navigation in space and all of its related human activities.
CELESTIAL BODIES
solar system ASTRONOMY
I Region of our galaxy under the influence of the Sun; includes nine planets and their natural satellites as well as asteroids and comets. Saturn Sixth planet from the Sun, also the second largest planet; Saturn is encircled by rings forming a band about 120,000 mi in diameter.
outer planets
Planets located beyond the asteroid belt; with the exception of Pluto, these are known as the gas giants.
50,000 astronomical units Corresponds to about 50,000 times the Earth-Sun distance.
Pluto Ninth planet from the Sun; Pluto Is •so small and distant that some consider it to be an asteroid or comet from the Kuiper belt.
Jupiter Fifth planet from the Sun, also the largest: Jupiter is 1,330 times the' size of Earth.
Uranus Seventh planet from the Sun. also the third largest planet: Uranus is composed mainly of rock, ice and hydrogen and features 11 rings.
from the Sun; its atmosphere, composed of hydrogen, helium and methane, gives Neptune its bluish color. Features four rings.
Sun Star around which the planets gravitate; represents over 99.8% of the total mass of the solar system.
50 astronomical units Corresponds to about 50 times the Earth-Sun distance.
Kuiper belt Circular region of the solar system about 50 astronomical units from the Sun; thought to be a repository of small icy bodies, the source of comets.
Oort cloud Region of space bordering the solar system about 50,000 astronomical units from fhe Sun; composed of billions of comets.
planets and satellites I Planets orbit the Sun, satellites orbit the planets. They are represented from left to right from the Sun, based on their relative sizes. Deimos Satellite of Mars; one of the smallest natural satellites in the Phobos solar system, its surface displays Satellite of Mars; slightly larger than Deimos, Phobos features a large crater named Stickney. Moon Earth's only natural satellite; devoid ot water and atmosphere and characterized by a highly uneven Venus surface. Second planet from the Sun; its density and chemical composition are similar to those of Earth. Mercury The planet closest to the Sun; devoid of atmosphere, heavily cratered and marked by extreme variations in temperature (-300°F to 800°F).
^
^ ^
Earth Third planet from the Sun, inhabited by humankind; up to now, the only planet with evidence of life.
; i i i
# I i
Mars Fourth planet from the Sun; its crust contains iron oxide, giving Mars its reddish color. e
lo Satellite of Jupiter; the celestial body with the greatest number of active volcanoes. Europa Satelliteof Jupiter: displays a surface layer of ice that might cover liquid water.
I
4
Callisto Satellite of Jupiter; its heavily cratered surface indicates that Callisto is very old.
« *
Ganymede 1 Satellite of Jupiter; the j; |iatu ral satel I fe^^iniiMdbirtrvqtem % gt^^i^mTTaceis thought to ver an ocean and a mantle.
Sun
Star around which the planets gravitate; represents over 99.8% of the total mass of the sotar system.
CELESTIAL BODIES
solar system
1 astronomical unit Unit of distance equai to the mean distance between Earth and the Sun, equivalent to about 93 miilion mi.
Earth Third pianet from the Sun, inhabited by humankind; up to now, the oniy pianet with evidence of life. Mercury The planet closest to the Sun; devoid - of atmosphere, heavily cratered and marked by extreme variations in temperature (-300°F to 800°F). Venus Second pianet from the Sun; its ’ density and chemical composition are similar to those of Earfh. asteroid belt Circular region between Mars and ■Jupiter containing the greatest number of asteroids; marks the boundary between the inner and outer planets.
Mars -.Fourth planet from the Sun; its . . crustcontains iron oxide, giving Mars its reddish color..
planets and satellites
lapetus Satellite of Saturn featuring a bright side composed of ice and a dark side composed of unknown matter.
Titan Saturn’s largest satellite, 1.5 times the diameter of the Moon. Uranus from the Sun, also the planet; Uranus is mainly of rock, ice and ’ hydrogen and features 11 rings.
Saturn Sixth planet from the Sun, also the second largest planet; Saturn is encircled by rings forming a about 120,000 mi in
Oberon The most distant satellite of Uranus; its craters are often surrounded by light rays. Neptune Eighth planet from the Sun; its atmosphere, composed of hydrogen, helium and methane, gives Neptune its bluish color. Eeatures four rings. Charon Pluto’s only satellite; almost equal in size and mass to the planet itself. •'
Pluto Ninth planet from the Sun; Pluto is ''■■■ so small and distant that some consider it to be an asteroid or comet from the Kuiper belt.
Rhea Satellite of Saturn; its cratered surface is covered with ice as hard as rock. Mimas Satellite of Saturn; features a crater .named Flerschel spanning onethird of Its surface,
Dione Satellite of Saturn; its cratered surface features ice deposits.
Tethys
ati|||^^yiaf]Lto be comp surface is an immense impact crater named Odysseus
Titania The largest satellite of Uranus; its surface displays numerous valleys and faults. Umbriel Satellite of Uranus; its heavily cratered surface is very dark.
Miranda Ariel Satellite of Uranus whose surface is Satellite of Uranus; its cratered surface cr^^d in^places; displays vast is composed of numerous long valleys expanses^t^Letesand furrows, and extremely high escarpments.
Triton Neptune’s largest satellite; together with Pluto, Triton is the coldest object in the solar system.
ASTRONOMY
inner planets Rocky planets closest to the Sun; located inside the asteroid beit.
CELESTIAL BODIES
ASTRONOMY
Sun I star composed of 92,1% hydrogen atoms and 7.8% helium atoms, around which the planets gravitate: represents more than 99.8% of the solar system's total mass. structure of the Sun From the center to the periphery are the core, the radiation and convection zones, the photosphere, the chromosphere and the corona. chromosphere The lowest level of the solar atmosphere, with a temperature of 18,000°F.
spicules A narrow jet of gas in the form of a plume observed in the solar chromosphere. flare Violent projection of extremely hot gas into space, provoking polar auroras on Earth a few days later. sunspot A dark, slightly cooler zone of the photosphere where the magnetic field is more intense.
corona The outermost layer of the solar atmosphere, visible in the form of a halo during a total eclipse: corona temperatures can reach 1,800,000°F.
granulation Network of cells on the photosphere brought about by the convective movement of hot gas from the Sun’s interior.
m
convection zone Region where hot gas currents circulate between the hot regions of the core and the cool surface.
photosphere Visible surface of the Sun, with a temperature of 10,000°F.
core The innermost mnermos part of 0 the Sun into where 'here hydrogen is converted int helium by nuclear fusion; core temperatures reach 27 000
faculae - Luminous region of the photosphere.
radiation nzone Region here energy produced the core before the form light and heat
types of eclipses There are three types of solar eclipse, based oh the degree of obscuration.
prominence Gas that erupts from the chromosphere and solar corona, contrasting with the darkness of space.
annular eclipse Occurs when the Moon comes between Earth and the Sun, reducing the latter to a luminous ring.
solar eclipse Obscuration of the Sun brought about by the passage of the Moon between Earth and the Sun.
Earth’s orbit Elliptical path of Earth revolving around the Sun under the effect of gravitation. umbra shadow On Earth, the observer in this region will see a total or annular eclipse. ■,
partial eclipse Observed by anyone within the penumbra zone during an eclipse.
Moon Natural satellite of Earth.'' -.
penumbra shadow On Earth, the observer in this region will see a partial eclipse. Earth Third planet from the Sun, Earth takes a full day to rotate once on itself, one year to revolve once around the Sun.
I B
Moon’s orbit Elliptical path of the Moon revolving around Earth under the effect of gravitation.
total eclipse Occurs when the lunar disk completely covers the solar disk and only the Sun’s corona remains visible.
CELESTIAL BODIES
Moon Earth's only natural satellite; devoid ot water and atmosphere, It displays a highly uneven surface. lunar features Aspect of the Moon determined by past volcanic activity, meteorite impact and soil fractures.
There are two types of eclipse based on the degree of obscuration: partial or total. lake Small isolated plain of hardened lava.
cliff Steep rock face shaped by a sea.
partial eclipse When the Moon enters the umbra shadow, its bright side diminishes little by little.
highland Designates bright regions riddled ■ with craters; these oldest regions cover 85% of the surface.
bay Small plain of hardened lava---" located along the edges of a sea.
sea Designates the vast plains of hardened lava forming the dark regions; younger than the highlands, these cover 15% of the surface. mountain range Vestiges of the walls ota oncelarge crater; semicircular in shape, it can span hundreds of miles.
ocean Avery large sea.
total eclipse Occurs when the Moon is completely within the umbra shadow and takes on a reddish appearance.
crater ■Circular basin dug out by the impact of a meteorite.
cirque Vast crater characterized by remarkable relief; varies between 12 and 120 mi in diameter. ‘ crater ray Band that radiates from a young crater, the result of matter ejected during a meteorite impact.
lunar eclipse Eclipse during which the Moon enters Earth’s umbra shadow in part or in full.
Earth’s orbit Elliptical path of Earth revolving around the Sun under the effect of gravitation.
umbra shadow When the Moon is completely in •this region, the Sun’s light no longer reaches it; the eclipse is therefore total.
Earth Our planet, by coming between the Sun and the Moon, gives rise to lunar eclipses. Moon’s orbit Elliptical path of the Moon revolving around Earth under the effect of gravitation.
new crescent new moon The Moon lies directly between Earth and The Moon is visible in the early evening in the shape of a thin the Sun; it is not visible, as the Sun’s light crescent. is too brilliant.
full moon The visible face of the Moon is completely illuminated by the Sun’s rays.
waning gibbous As the Moon moves closer to the Sun, its shadow begins to obscure the Sun’s disk.
wall Mountain usually surrounding a cirgue.
penumbra shadow When the Moon enters this region, it slowly ceases to be illuminated by the Sun. Moon Natural satellite of Earth.
phases of the Moon Changes in the Moon’s appearance over the course of a month; result from the movement of the Moon in relation to the Sun, as seen from Earth.
first quarter The visible face of the Moon grows increasingly bright; the lunar crescent gradually changes until it forms a semicircle after one week.
waxing gibbous As the Moon moves away from the Sun, its shadow gradually recedes.
last quarter The bright side gradually recedes until it becomes a half-moon.
old crescent The Moon lies to the right of the Sun and appears in the sky at dawn in the form of a thin crescent.
ASTRONOMY
types of eclipses
I
CELESTIAL BODIES
meteorite ASTRONOMY
Fragment of rock, iron or another mineral that crashes into Earth instead of completely burning up as it crosses the atmosphere. stony meteorites Meteorites composed mainly of rocky matter. Divided into two groups; chondrites and achondrites. iron meteorite Meteorite consisting mainly of iron and nickel, marked by small faults.
stony-iron meteorite The rarest class of meteorites, characterized by the presence of almost equal quantities of rocky matter and metals.
chondrite The most common meteorite, characterized by the presence of rock or sulfurous matter in the form of minuscule spheres (chondrules).
achondrite Meteorite whose composition is similar to that of certain terrestrial rocks; believed to come from the Moon or from Mars.
comet Small icy body that partially evaporates as it approaches the Sun; made up of a head with a solid core and tails composed of gas and dust.
coma
Cloud of gas and dust particles emitted by the expulsion of gas from the nucleus when a comet approaches the Sun..
r head Part made up of the nucleus andthe coma. nucleus Central part of the comet; composed mainly of ice and rocky matter.
dust tail Visible tail formed by dust particles pushed out of the coma by pressure from the Sun's rays; can reach over 6 million mi in length.
ion tail
Almost invisible tail formed by the gas of the coma pushed back by the solar wind; can reach several hundreds of millions of miles in length.
Star A sphere of gas massive enough to generate light and heat through nuclear reactions that transform hydrogen into hoJium in its core. low-mass stars Stars whose mass is less than f .5 times that of the Sun.
■ massive stars Stars whose mass is more than 1.5 times that of the Sun; can be up to 50 times the mass of the Sun.
brown dwarf Star whose mass is not sufficient to generate a nuclear reaction.
planetary nebula Expanding gaseous envelope that corresponds to the external layer of a red giant that is gradually fading away.
supernova A supergiant that collapses onto itself and explodes with such force that it releases more energy than millions of suns.
black dwarf Dead star, likely the residue of a dwarf that has totally exhausted its
nova A white dwarf that assimilates gaseous matter from a neighboring star, suddenly becoming extremely bright before it returns to its initial brightness.
white dwarf An old, extremely dense star of faint luminosity, formed by the nucleus of a red giant contracting until it reaches the size of Earth.
red giant An old star whose hydrogen reserve has been exhausted; its luminosity can be 100 times that of the Sun.
main-sequence star Star whose mass is sufficient to generate a nuclear reaction.
pulsar A neutron star that rotates rapidly on itself, thereby emitfing regular radio waves.
supergiant An old, extremely luminous star of considerable mass; its diameter can be as much as 100 times that of the Sun.
black hole Results when the core of a massive star collapses; the gravitational force is so strong that not even light can escape.
neutron star Star formed of compressed neutrons, believed to be the residue of a supernova explosion.
CELESTIAL BODIES
galaxy Grouping ol slars and interstellar matter linked together by gravitation; each galaxy comprises an average of 100 billion stars. Milky Way
Classification of galaxies according to their torm, devised by astronomer Ed\win Hubble in the 1920s; it is still used today.
Spiral galaxy composed of 200 to 300 billion stars, including the Sun; thought to be 10 billion years old.
Milky Way (seen from above) From above, the Milky Way appears as a spiral that rotates on itself around a nucleus.
elliptical galaxy Spherical or oval galaxy with no spiral arms.
nucleus Central region of the bulge; the densest and most luminous region.
lenticular galaxy Flat, lens-shaped galaxy with a large bulge but no arms.
spiral arm Curved grouping of stars influenced by the rotation of the galaxy around its nucleus.
Milky Way (side view) From the side, the Milky Way appears as a disk because its spiral arms are seen from the same angle. normal spiral galaxy Galaxy composed of a large nucleus from which spiral arms emerge.
halo Region surrounding the galaxy, inhabited by isolated stars or groupings called globular clusters; the halo has a radius ot about 50,000 light-years.
barred spiral galaxy Galaxy crossed by a bar of stars and interstellar matter; the spiral arms emerge from the ends of the bar.
disk The main part of the galaxy, made up of a bulge and attaching arms.
bulge The central bulge of the Milky .. ■■ Way's disk; the densest region of--'" the Milky Way, with a depth of 15,000 light-years. globular cluster Cluster made up of hundreds of thniicanrlc nt nirl Qtari;
type I irregular galaxy Rare type of galaxy that seems to possess spiral arms without displaying a specific symmetry.
type II irregular galaxy Rare type of galaxy whose structure obeys no specific symmetry,
ASTRONOMY
Hubble’s classification
I
ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATION
planetarium ASTRONOMY
I Structure where a projector is used to simulate the movement of the celestial bodies on a dome representing half of the celestial sphere.
tweeter Loudspeaker designed to reproduce the high frequencies of the sound signal.
working area
zenith Central point of the projection dome: simulates the center of the ■ true celestial dome for an observer on the ground. projection dome Screen representing half of the celestial dome: the aspect of the sky at different' periods is projected onto the screen. midrange Loudspeaker designed to reproduce the-.,, middle frequencies of the sound signal.
auditorium The planetarium’s main room, built to-., receive the public during a shovi/.
control room Premises containing the various control. and monitoring instruments required to produce a show. control console ■ Instrument that serves to manually execute various commands tor purposes of producing a show.
woofer Loudspeaker designed to reproduce the low frequencies of the sound signal.
planetarium projector auxiliary projector Projector that reproduces and simulates Apparatus used to produce special effects, the past, present and future movement of celestial bodies.
constellations of the Southern hemisphere I Groupings of stars whose position on the celestial dome of the Southern hemisphere, as seen from Earth, forms figures; this makes them easier to locate and has often inspired names. 1
Cetus Large, mostly southern constellation containing a remarkable star, Mira Ceti: in the 16th century, Mira Ceti became the first star 8 of varying luminosity (variable star) to be discovered,
Sculptor Constellation composed of faint stars recorded in the 18th century.
2
Aquarius Zodiac constellation between Capricorn and Pisces: contains several faint stars.
Eridanus Large constellation containing Achernar, ninth brightest star in the sky.
6
y '
I 10
Aquila Mostly northern constellation containing Altaic 12th brightest star in the sky.
10 Small faint constellation
Capricornus Zodiac constellation marking the beginning of winter in the Gregorian calendar.
Horologium 11 Faint constellation discovered in the 18th century,
Microscopium Small constellation recorded in the 18th century: originally formed part of the Southern Fish.
Phoenix 12 Faint constellation recorded in the 17th century.
Pisces Austrinus Constellation composed of seven stars: the brightest is named Fomalhaut, meaning “mouth of a large fish". Grus Constellation discovered in the 17th century whose shape recalls that of a bird inflight.
Fornax
13
^ A
Pavo Constellation recorded in the 17th century: contains only one bright star. Alpha Pavonis.
Ara Small taint constellation recorded in the 2nd century.
q
Triangulum Australe Small constellation discovered in the 17th century whose three brightest stars form a triangle.
Corona Australis Small faint constellation recorded in the 2nd century.
24
Apus Constellation composed of faint stars recorded in the 17th century.
Sagittarius The last zodiac constellation of the fail: features, in particular, the greatest number of variable stars (stars of varying luminosity).
pc ^^
Octans A taint constellation recorded in the 18th century: includes the South celestial pole.
26
Hydrus Constellation containing only about 20 stars, most often barely visible to the naked eye: discovered in the 17th century.
Indus Small faint constellation discovered in the 17th century.
16
Telescopium Constellation composed of taint stars discovered in the 18th century: shares stars with neighboring constellations.
2
17
18
discovered in the 18th century.
Tucana Constellation harboring the third closest galaxy to Earth, the Small Magellanic Cloud, an irregular galaxy located about 200,000 light-years away.
22
15
A
q
pq
21
Scutum Small constellation composed of five faint stars recorded in the 17th century. Scorpius Zodiac constellation between Libra and Sagittarius: contains Antares, 16th brightest star in the sky. Norma A faint constellation recorded in the 18th century.
27 ^
Mensa Faint constellation recorded in the 18th century: includes part of the Large Magellanic Cloud.
Reticulum 28 Small constellation recorded in the 18th century.
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
constellations of the Southern hemisphere
^ Jim"—I- ';i^ ' V
'
^
49
•
jm. m' 1 1
Serpens Mostly southern constellation divided into two parts by the constellation Ophiucus, thereby terming the head and tail of the Serpent.
2
m
\ '
■-
,\.
:i,.,
:r v:;:;l:;vi;i| \;.5i
•
»
9
*■ ■# m
■* c ■
V ,■
4
:•
•
# •* *
v>»
*
\
*
• % 32
\
28 426
33
•
/31 ,
13
30
■
•
• .
39
• 41 14 W I * 25
9
24
42 ,:'r
\ 15
^
41
\
M
.. r le"* ’ 17
#23
«
=il.
.
«
¥
♦
! /
* • ♦ ' #/*
%47»
/
46 9 /
,'lr'£
■:
■I
* ♦ .,..,:r^pr
^1^
•
* 22
M-* * 44 ^43 '
-r
\ ^ X \
/*4
5
50
,
*
/
55 %: f
30
Pictor Constellation recorded in the 18th century; includes a red dwarf located close to Earth (13 lightyears).
31
Columba Small faint constellation discovered in the 17th century.
32
Caelunn Small faint constellation discovered in the 18th century whose form recalls that of a sculptor’s tool.
33
Lepus Constellation in the shape of a hare pursued by a hunfer (Orion); contains R Leporis, a large star of varying luminosity.
34
Orion Mostly southern constellation containing the red giant Betelgeuse and Rigel, seventh brightest star in the sky.
35
Canis Major Small constellation containing Sirius, brightest star in the sky.
36
Monoceros Though faint, this mostly southern constellation contains a great number of stars and nebulae.
&gi|ifii|||::5?;;;; ^
'^52^i
50
Libra Zodiac constellation marking the beginning of fall; harbors Kiffa Borealis, one of fhe rare stars to be the color of green emerald.
51
Virgo Last zodiac constellation of the summer; contains the Virgo Cluster, a grouping of galaxies 60 light-years from Earfh broughf fogether by gravitational force.
»'
37
Puppis Constellation in the Milky Way; includes a half-dozen stars.
43
Musca Small faint constellation recorded in the 17th century.
38
Pyxis Faint constellation in the Milky Way; recorded in the 18th century.
44
Circinus Small faint constellation recorded in the 18th century.
52
Corvus Small constellation whose form recalls that of a kite.
39
Vela Constellation in the Milky Way; contains a number of brilliant stars and a great many open clusters (loosely concentrated star groupings).
45
Crux The smallest constellation in the sky; its four brightest stars form a cross whose base points to the South celestial pole.
53
Crater Faint constellation representing Apollo’s Cup.
40
Carina Constellation containing Canopus, second brightest star in the sky; serves as a compass for space probes.
46
Centaurus Constellation in the Milky Way; contains Proximo Centauri, the star closest to Earth (4.3 light-years) and Omega Centauri, brightest globular cluster in the sky.
54
Sextans Faint constellation discovered in the 17th century.
41
Volans Faint constellation recorded in the 17th century.
47
Lupus Constellation discovered in the 2nd century. In 1006, the brightest supernova ever seen appeared in this constellation.
55
Hydra Though faint, this mostly southern constellation is the largest in the sky.
42
Chamaeleon Faint constellation discovered in the 17th century.
48
Ophiuchus Large, mostly southern constellation discovered in the 2nd century; includes Barnard's Star, second closest star to Earth (6 light-years).
56
Antlia A faint constellation recorded in fhe 18th century. 11 ^
ASTRONOMY
29
Dorado Constellation harboring the second closest galaxy to Earth, the Large Magellanic Cloud, an irregular galaxy located about 165,000 light-years away.
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
constellations of the Northern hemisphere ASTRONOMY
Groupings of stars whose position on the celestial dome of the Northern hemisphere, as seen from Earth, forms figures; this makes them easier to locate and has otten inspired names.
I
1
Pisces Last zodiac constellation of the winter; while extrennely farreaching, it harbors only faint stars.
2
Cetus Large, mostly southern constellation containing a remarkable star, Mira Ceti; in the f6th century, Mira Ceti became the first star of varying luminosity (variable star) to be discovered.
3
Aries Zodiac constellation marking the beginning of spring in the Gregorian calendar.
4
Triangulum Constellation harboring M33 (third largest galaxy close to Earth), located about 2.7 million lightyears away.
5
Andromeda Constellation harboring the Andromeda nebula (second largest galaxy close to Earth), located about 2.25 million light-years away.
6
Pegasus Vast constellation easily located thanks to the quadrangle that three of its brilliant stars form with Sirrah (Andromeda); this asterism known as the “Great Square of Pegasus".
12
'
Equuleus Small constellation composed of faint stars recorded in the 2nd century.
g
Delphinus Small constellation harboring faint stars discovered in the 2nd century.
9
Aquila Mostly northern constellation containing Altaic f2th brightest star in the sky.
10
Sagitta Small constellation containing only a few stars visible to the naked eye; contains a fairly bright globular cluster.
11
Cygnus Constellation whose shape recalls that of a swan inflight; contains Deneb, 20th brightest star in the sky.
12
Lacerla Constellation formed of faint stars recorded in the 17th century.
17
Orion Mostly southern constellation containing the red giant Betelgeuse and Rigel, seventh brightest star in the sky.
13
Cepheus Constellation harboring Delta Cephei, a prototype of stars of varying luminosity, named Cepheid variables for this reason.
18
Auriga Constellation containing Capella, sixth brightest star in the sky.
14
Cassiopeia Constellation easily identitied thanks to the “W" termed by its five principal stars; contains a number of stars of varying luminosity (variable stars).
19 Faint constellation discovered in
15
Perseus Constellation harboring a great numberof stars of varying luminosity and two large star clusters, h and Chi Persei.
20
Lynx Constellation composed of faint stars recorded in the 17th century.
16
Taurus Zodiac constellation located between Aries and Gemini; contains the star Aldebaran (14th brightest star) as well as two clusters, the Hyades and Pleiades.
21
Ursa Minor Constellation containing the North Star, 47th brightest star in the sky; also called “Little Dipper" owing to its size in relation to the “Big Dipper".
Camelopardalis the 17th century.
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
constellations of the Northern hemisphere
23
Lyra Constellation containing Vega, titth brightest star in the sky.
24
Ophiuchus Large, mostly southern constellation discovered in the 2nd century; includes Barnard’s Star, second closest star to Earth (6 light-years).
25
Hercules Large constellation containing Rasalgethi, a red giant about 830 times brighter than the Sun and more than 680 times its diameter.
26
Serpens Mostly southern constellation divided into two parts by the constellation Ophiucus, thereby terming the head and tail of the Serpent.
32
Ursa Major Constellation whose seven principal stars draw the outline of a giant saucepan: also called “Big Dipper”. Contains several spiral galaxies.
33
Leo Minor Small faint constellation discovered in the 17th century.
29
Virgo Last zodiac constellation of the summer; contains the Virgo Cluster, a grouping of galaxies 60 light-years from Earth brought together by gravitational force.
34
Leo Zodiac constellation between Cancer and Virgo; its brightest stars form the silhouette of a lion. Harbors numerous galaxies.
on
Vulpecula Small constellation composed of faint stars recorded in the 17th century.
orj
Coma Berenices Constellation containing the Coma Cluster of galaxies, located 260 light-years from Earth.
oc
Hydra Though faint, this mostly southern constellation is the largest in the sky.
40
Milky Way Faint milky band that is our galaxy, as seen from our spiral arm.
31
Canes Venatici Faint constellation harboring numerous galaxies, among them the spiral galaxy M51, located 37 million light-years from Earth.
05
Cancer Zodiac constellation marking the beginning of summer in the Gregorian calendar.
41
North Star Star located at the end of the Little Dipper handle; nowadays serves to indicate the direction of the North celestial pole.
2-7
Corona Borealis Small constellation whose principal stars form an incomplete circle: recorded in the 2nd century.
20 °
Bootes Constellation containing the red giant Arcturus, fourth brightest star in the sky.
37
00
Canis Minor Constellation containing Procyon, eighth brightest star in the sky. Gemini Last zodiac constellation ot the spring; contains Castor and Pollux, 18th brightest star in the sky.
celestial coordinate system Imaginary horizontal and vertical lines used to describe the position of an object on the celestial sphere. inclination Angle formed between an imaginary line connecting the terrestrial poles and an imaginary line perpendicular to the ecliptic.
celestial sphere Imaginary sphere where celestial bodies are observed and positioned.
North celestial pole Projection of the North terrestrial pole onto the celestial sphere.
celestial equator Projection of the terrestrial Equator onto the celestial sphere; serves as the point' of origin for declinations.
terrestrial sphere Shape of Earth whose coordinates are projected onto the celestial sphere. Equator Imaginary circle surrounding Earth at its widest circumference, dividing it into two hemispheres; the Northern hemisphere and the Southern hemisphere. vernal equinox Point at which the ecliptic and the celestial equator intersect; serves as the point of origin for right ascensions.
South celestial pole Projection of the South terrestrial pole onto the celestial sphere.
declination One of two coordinates used to locate a celestial body on the celestial sphere; similar to terrestrial latitude.
ecliptic Projection of the Sun’s apparent annual path onto the celestial sphere.
right ascension One of two coordinates used to locate a celestial body on the celestial sphere; similar to terrestrial longitude. celestial meridian ' Projection of a terrestrial meridian onto the celestial sphere.
13 I
ASTRONOMY
Draco 22 Vast constellation composed ot a great many taint stars.
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
refracting telescope ASTRONOMY
I I Optical instrument that uses an objective lens to observe celestial bodies.
finderscope
Small low-magnification telescope with a wide field of view; serves to locate celestial bodies.
main tube cradle
Part that tightens around the main tube to secure it to the base.
The barrel of a telescope housing the optical system; light rays travel through the main tube. dew shield
Device placed in front of the objective to limit stray light and condensation.
eyepiece
Lens or system of lenses meant to magnify the image when placed before the eye.-.
eyepiece holder,. star diagonal
declination setting scale
Part serving to deflect the light toward the eyepiece, thereby--., providing a comfortable observation position.
• Graduated disk indicating the declination of the celestial body observed. azimuth clamp
Clamp serving to lock the telescope along its horizontal axis.
focusing knob
Adjusting device that makes it possible • to obtain a clear Image of the object.
altitude clamp
Clamp serving to lock the telescope along its vertical axis.
azimuth fine adjustment
Fine-tuning device serving to position thetelescope horizontally.
right ascension setting Scale
altitude fine adjustment
Graduated disk indicating the right ascension of the observed celestial body.
Fine-tuning device serving to position thetelescope vertically.
counterweight
fork
Weight equal to that of the telescope; makes It possible to balance the whole.
Mount with dual forks used to secure thetelescope to the tripod.
-tripod
tripod accessories shelf
Stable three-legged stand of variable height.
cross section of a refracting telescope Magnification depends on the length of the main tube and the size and composition of the lens system.
light
Emitted by a celestial body, light is captured by the objective lens and travels along the main tube until it reaches the eyepiece.
eyepiece
Lens or system of lenses meant to magnify the image when placed before the eye.
objective lens
Lens that captures light from the object observed and causes it to converge. main tube
The barrel of a telescope housing the optical system; light rays travel through the main tube.
I 14
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
reflecting telescope Optical instrument that uses an objective mirror to observe celestial bodies. | ASTRONOMY
finderscope Small low-magnificatlon telescope with a wide field of view; serves to locate celestial bodies.
eyepiece Lens or system of lenses meant to magnify the image when placed before the eye.
cradle Part that tightens around the main tube to secure it to the base.
support.. ..
main tube The barrel of the telescope through which light rays travel; houses the optical system.
focusing knob Adjusting device that makes it possible to obtain a clear image of the object.
right ascension setting scale Graduated disk indicating the right ascension of the observed celestial body.
declination setting scale Graduated disk indicating the declination of the celestial body observed.
azimuth fine adjustment Fine-tuning device that serves to position the telescope horizontally.
azimuth clamp Clamp serving to lock the telescope along its horizontal axis.
altitude fine adjustment Fine-tuning device that serves to position the telescope vertically.
altitude clamp Clamp serving to lock the telescope along Its vertical axis.
cross section of a reflecting telescope Magnification depends on the length of the main tube and the power of the eyepiece.
eyepiece Lens or system ot lenses meant to magnify the image when placed before the eye.
secondary mirror Mirror that collects light and directs it toward the eyepiece.
light Emitted by a celestial body, it crosses the main tube and Is sent back by the concave primary mirror; the secondary mirror ntercepts It and directs it toward the eyepiece.
concave primary mirror Mirror that collects light and whose shape makes It possible to direct it toward the secondary mirror. main tube The barrel ot the telescope through which light rays travel: houses the optical system,
15 I
ASTRONOIVIICAL OBSERVATION
radio telescope ASTRONOMY
I I Instrument used to capture, concentrate and analyze radio waves emanating from a celestial body or a region of the celestial sphere.
Steerable parabolic reflector Type of adjustable radio telescope in the shape of a saucer; its power depends on its diameter.
first focal room Observation capsule used on occasion; located in the prime focus of the radio telescope
secondary reflector Receives waves reflected by the parabolic reflector and directs them toward the receiver.
radio wave Invisible electromagnetic waves emitted by celestial bodies and collected on Earth using a radio telescope.
receiver Device that amplifies waves before they are converted into an electric? signal. parabolic reflector A surface often composed of fine wire-mesh that collects radio waves ■ and causes them to converge on a single point.
second focal room Secondary focus of the radio telescope that houses the radio receiver; used more often than the first focal room.
upper laboratory Area where the electrical signal is filtered, digitized and transmitted to the laboratory.
support structure Structural element on the rim that prevents the parabolic reflector from becoming deformed.
counterweight Weight equal to that of the ■•■■'■parabolic reflector; makes it possible to balance the whole.
rotating track Rail making it possible to turn the radio telescope vertically so as to point it toward a given region of the sky.
laboratory Area where astronomers analyze the digital signal to obtain information.
circular track Rail making it possible to turn the radio telescope horizontally so as to point it toward a given region of the sky.
elevator
nm im.
ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATION
Hubble space telescope Telescope placed in orbit above Earth’s atmosphere (370 mi), making it possible to observe the universe as never before.
fine guidance system Makes it possible to point and control the telescope with. great precision.
aperture door Panel that opens and closes over the telescope’s optical system.
light shield Prevents stray light from entering the telescope.
scientific instruments These include cameras, ■■■ spectrographs and photometers.
secondary mirror Mirror that sends light back toward the scientific instruments through a hole in the primary mirror.
solar panel Power supply device that converts solar energy into immediately usable electrical energy.
primary mirror Mirror that reflects the light of celestial bodies, directing it toward the secondary mirror.
aft shroud Part containing, in particular, a cooling system that protects the scientific instruments.
astronomical observatory Building specially designed to house a large telescope. |
cross section of an astronomical observatory
secondary mirror Mirror that intercepts light and redirects it toward the Cassegrain focus through a hole in the center of the primary mirror.
telescope Optical instrument that uses an objective mirror to observe celestial bodies. flat mirror Adjustable mirror making it possible to choose the location of the focus,-
light Emitted by the celestial body, light is sent back toward the Cassegrain focus by the primary and secondary mirrors.
observatory dome shutter Upper part of the dome that opens so that light can enter the telescope. rotating dome Roof of the observatory that pivots on itself so that all parts of the sky can be observed.
prime focus ■ Focal point of the primary mirror where the light rays concentrate.
horseshoe mount Mount used to support a large telescope-._ and point it toward the celestial pole.
hour angle gear Drive mechanism allowing the telescope to follow the polar axis,
prime focus observing capsule Area where astronomers once gathered to monitor the exposure time of photographic plates.
polar axis Axis parallel to Earth’s axis of rotation: its rotation is opposite to that of Earth, making it possible to capture fixed images of an observed celestial body.
interior dome shell Regulates the temperature of the telescope so as to avoid air turbulence and prevent the mirror from becoming deformed. exterior dome shell Protects against foul weather.
telescope base Pedestal on which the telescope mount rests.
observation post Area where most observations are carried out.
Cassegrain focus Focal point where the image forms; located behind the primary mirror.
coude focus laboratory primary mirror Focal point located at a distance Area where the chemical composition of observed Mirror that reflects the light of celestial bodies, directing it toward from the telescope, obtained using celestial bodies is studied using spectroscopy, a series of mirrors; stationary, it is the prime focus, used to conduct complex analyses and experiments.
ASTRONOMY
antenna Conductor that transmits images to Earth by means of a communications satellite.
I
ASTRONAUTICS
space probe ASTRONOMY
I Unmanned craft launched in the direction of a celestial body in the solar system for purposes of studying it. orbiter (Viking)
Part of the probe that flies over a celestial body before placing itself in orbit around the latter and studying it; the tw/o Viking orbiters were launched in 1975. low gain antenna Secondary antenna used to communicate with Earth when the high gain antenna cannot be used. thruster engine Machine that burns a liquid fuel mixfure, thereby providing thrust.
attitude control thruster Small rocket engine that directs the orbiter to the desired position.
solar panel Power supply device that converts solar energy into immediately usable electrical energy. high gain antenna Principal antenna pointed toward Earth to transmit large quantities of scientific data as well as photographs.
star tracker Instrument that serves to direct the probe, in Viking’s case pointing it toward the star Canopus. camera infrared thermal mapper Captures thousands of images, Instrument used to analyze the surface and atmosphere thereby providing an overall view of a celestial body by measuring its temperature of the celestial body. variations.
lander (Viking)
Spacecraft designed to touch down on the surface of fhe celestial body so as to study it.
camera Two cameras make it possible to obtain three-dimensionai color images of the ceiestiai body's surface.
shock absorber Piece of equipmenf deployed fo cushion the impact when the lander touches down.
terminal descent engine Rocket engine that allows the lander to slow down before it touches the ground.
UHF antenna Antenna used to establish radio contact with the orbiter.
high gain antenna Principal antenna pointed toward Earth to transmit large quantities of scientific data as well as photographs.
radioisotope thermoelectric generator Device that suppiies eiectrical power; converts the heat reieased by the radioactive decay of a subsfance it contains into electricity.
propellant tank Place where fuel for the descent engines is stored.
furlable boom Mobile extension arm serving to dig into the soil and collect samples.
collector head Shovel used to collect soil samples, which are analyzed on-site.
temperature sensor Instrument that measures the surface temperature of the celestial body.
ASTRONAUTICS
soace probe examples of space probes ASTRONOMY
Since the end of the 1950s, over 125 space probes have been launched to study the planets and satellites of the solar system.
Pioneer In 1973, Pioneer-10, en route to Jupiter, became the first probe to cross the asteroid belt. NEAR This probe thrust into orbit around the asteroid Eros in 2000 and landed on it in 2001.
Voyager Voyager 1 and 2 transformed our knowledge of giant planets; over 27 years after they were launched in 1977, they continue to explore the distant confines of the solar system.
Cassini The Cassini probe will study Saturn, its rings and natural satellites; Cassini is scheduled to release the Huygens probe
Mariner Mariner 10 photographed the surface of the planet Mercury three times in the mid-1970s, revealing a world quite similar to that of our Moon.
Huygens Huygens was designed to study Titan, Saturn’s largest satellite.
Mars Odyssey Mars Odyssey was put into orbit around Mars in 2001 to study its geology and environment and to detect the presence of underground water.
Magellan Placed in orbit around Venus in 1990, Magellan is mapping 98% of its surface.
Ulysses Launched in 1990, Ulysses is the only probe to have observed the two poles of the Sun; it is studying various types of solar rays.
Venera In 1975, Venera-9 transmitted the first photograph of the Venusian soil before it was crushed by the planet’s atmospheric pressure.
service module Houses the main propulsion system and supplies energy, electricity, water and other provisions.
command module Section of the craft where the crew resided during the mission; one astronaut stayed on board during the Moon landing. It was the only section of the Apollo craft to return to Earth. lunar module Inhabited section of the craft; enabled two men to walk on the Moon and spend a few days there before returning to dock with the Apollo capsule.
t
Stardust Stardust’s mission is to collect fragments of interstellar dust, hence its name; it returned to Earth in 2006.
Pathfinder Pathfinder landed on Mars in the summer of 1997. There, it deployed a small allterrain vehicle named Sojourner to study the composition of the surface.
Galileo The first probe to thrust into orbit around Jupiter (1995), Galileo is also exploring the planet's four largest satellites.
Apollo Manned craft that enabled six crews to land on the Moon between 1969 and 1972. On July 20, 1969, Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin became the first men to explore another world. 13
(
ASTRONAUTICS
spacesuit ASTRONOMY
I A pressurized watertight suit that provides the astronaut with oxygen and protects against solar rays and meteorites during space walks^
35 mm still camera A single-objective reflex camera that uses 35 mm film to capture an image.
life support system Module that contains, in particular, a supply of oxygen, a cooling system and a carbon dioxide disposal system.
helmet ring ,,
solar shield Translucent part of the helmet that allows the astronaut to see and protects against the Sun's ultraviolet rays. helmet Plastic shell that covers the head, allowing the astronaut to breathe and to see.
color television camera
computer screen Makes it possible to view data on the status of survival equipment.
procedure checklist A booklet containing the procedures to follow during space walks.
communications volume controls .
glove Covered with silicone at the fingertips to provide touch sensitivity and insulated so that objects heated by the Sun can be picked up.
tool tether
safety tether Connects the astronaut to the shuttle, also providing a certain mobility.
reading mirror Allows astronauts to see the parts of the spacesuit outside their field of vision. life support system controls
body temperature control unit thruster Gives the astronaut the push needed to move away from the shuttle and to walk in space.
' oxygen pressure actuator
manned maneuvering unit Instrument equipped with outlets used to connect various instruments and a propulsion system enabling the astronaut to move around the shuttle.
protection layer Protects the astronaut from heat, cold and small meteorites.
I 20
ASTRONAUTICS
international space station
mobile remote servicer Base that supports the arm and allows it to move about the structure.
Russian module Generates the station’s electrical energy using photovoltaic cells.
remote manipulator system This mechanical arm is used to litt heavy loads during the assembly ot the station and to perform maintenance work.
centrifuge module Module used to create variable artificial gravity, making it possible to study the effect of gravity levels on living organisms.
radiators Corrugated panels ensuring heat evacuation from the station. ■,
truss structure Truss frame attached to the U.S. laboratory. photovoltaic arrays Panels that supply power to the station by transforming the Sun's light into electrical current. ■ remote manipulator system Mechanical arm designed to conduct scientific experiments on the Japanese platform.
! ; i i
Japanese experiment module Designed to conduct research in the life sciences and in the science of matter; also eguipped with a platform for outside experiments.
mating adaptor Connector on which the space shuttle orbiter docks during most of the station’s supply and assembly missions. U.S. laboratory Designed to carry out scientific activities, particularly in the life sciences and in physics. U.S. habitation module Designed to accommodate six persons; contains a kitchen, roomettes, a bathroom and first-aid equipment. crew return vehicle Vehicle used to bring the crew back to Earth in case ot emergency.
European experiment module Designed to conduct research in the life and materials sciences, in physics and in numerous other technologies.
I ASTRONOMY
Complex made up of some 10 modules in orbit around Earth; built and assembled by 15 countries, it is used to conduct scientific and technological research on weightlessness.
ASTRONAUTICS
space shuttle ASTRONOMY
I Reusable manned space vehicle composed of an orbiter, two rockets and a fuel tank space shuttle at takeoff
On takeoff, the space shuttle is made up of an orbiter, two rockets and an external fuel fank.
external fuel tank Contains the liquid fuel (oxygen and hydrogen) that supplies the three engines of the orbiter tail.
booster parachute Slows the rocket's fall after it separates from the space shuttle some two minutes after takeoff.
solid rocket booster Solid-fuel thruster that provides most of the lift during the first few minutes of flight, after which it separates.
orbiter The only part of the shuttle to fly in orbit: transports 13 tons of material and five to seven astronauts.
remote manipulator system Mechanical arm used to handle and move shuttle cargo -
nozzle The end portion of a rocket from which combustion gases escape, thereby creating the thrust needed to propel the craft.
cargo bay Shuttle compartment that stores various types of cargo, depending on the mission (satellite, probe, laboratory, telescope).
flight deck Forward section of the orbiter housing the crew, flight-control equipment and monitor.
surface insulation Protects against heat so that the orbiter does not burn up on re-entry' into the atmosphere.
attitude control thrusters Small rocket engines that direct the orbiter to the desired position.' heat shield Protects the orbiter nose from heat caused by friction when the vehicle enters the ■ atmosphere; covered with carbon fiber, it can withstand temperatures over 2,900°F.
tile Covering 70% of the orbiter, the tiles protect it from heat on re-entry into the atmosphere.
I 22
side hatch Door allowing the crew to embark and disembark before the launch and after the return to Earth.
ASTRONAUTICS
space shuttle
rudder Mobile vertical part that allows the orbiter to set its direction when landing.
scientific airlock Door making it possible to expose eguipment to the space vacuum. observation window Window that makes it possible to see outside the orbiter.
■
scientific instruments Varying for each mission, they make it possible, tor example, to study meteorological conditions, pollution and cosmic radiation.
main engine Each of fhe orbiter’s three tail engines ' used during takeoff; these only tunctionforthe first 8 min. of flight.
hatch Ipening that provides access to the communications tunnel.
maneuvering engine Used to place the vehicle in orbit, to provide thrust in case the orbit changes and to take the vehicle out of orbit.
tank Contains fuel for the maneuvering engines and the directional control thrusters.
body flap Part serving as a thermal shield for the motors during re-entry into the atmosphere.
eleven - Each of the two ailerons controls pitching during landing.
communication tunnel Corridor that allows the astronauts to go trom the orbiter crew compartment to the laboratory.
spacelab Area where scientific experiments on weightlessness are carried out.
wing Horizontal surface acted on by aerodynamic forces that keep the orbiter aloft in the atmosphere.
radiator panel Discharges into space the heat produced by the functioning of onboard equipment.
cargo bay door Remains open in orbit so as to expose the content of the cargo bay to space.
23
ASTRONOMY
orbiter
The only part of the shuttle to fly In orbit: can transport 13 tons of material and five to seven astronauts.
ASTRONAUTICS
space launcher r—
ASTRONOMY
Rocket that serves to place satellites in Earth’s orbit or to send probes into the solar system. cross section of a space launcher (Ariane V)
In service since 1996, this European launcher transports heavy payloads, including the most powerful communications satellites.
examples of space launchers upper section fairing
The tip of the launcher that houses-"' and protects the payload.
Composed of the storable propellant upper stage and the payload. Saturn V
satellite
A spacecraft transported by the launcher and placed in orbit around Earth.
In service from 1967 to 1973, the most powerful rocket ever built 4 * served to launch the Apollo missions: the only launcher never to have failed.
payload adaptor
Ensures satellite/launcher interface and • is compatible with all satellite pjatforms.
payload
dual launch structure
Space probe or satellite carried by the launcher.
Module used to insert two independent payloads into orbit.
storable propellant upper stage
vehicle equipment bay
Upper stage used to propel the payload toward its final orbit.
Elouses most of the onboard electronic equipment and flight-control systems.
liquid oxygen tank
Serves to burn liquid hydrogen, thereby providing the energy needed for rocket propulsion. main cryogenic stage
Central body that ensures propulsion after the solid booster' stage separates.
—
Titan IV
/
In service since 1989, this U.S. / launcher serves, in particular, to « launch large military satellites.
lower section
w: .
Composed of the main cryogenic stage andthe solid booster stage.
/ liquid hydrogen tank
solid booster stage
Provides the main thrust during takeoff before separating from the main' cryogenic stage.
Hydrogen, burned on contact with liquid oxygen, serves as engine fuel. solid rocket booster
Solid-fuel thruster that provides most of the lift during the first few minutes of flight, after which it separates.
rocket engine
Ensures launcher propulsion by - means of liquid hydrogen combustion in contact with liquid oxygen. nozzle
The end portion of a rocket from -which combustion gases escape, thereby creating the thrust needed to propel the craft.
Delta II
In service since 1989, this highly versatile launcher places
ASTRONAUTICS
space launcher
launch escape system Makes it possible, in the event ot damage, to separate the command module trom the rest of the launcher and to pull it.
command module Capsule Inhabited by the crew during most of an Apollo mission; the only part of the vehicle to return to Earth.
payload Includes the Apollo craft, the lunar module and the third stage; the latter, after being placed in Earth's orbit, soars toward the Moon.
service module Houses the main propulsion system and supplies energy, electricity,' water and other provisions. lunar module Inhabited section of the craft; enabled two men to walk on the Moon and' spend a few days there before returning to dock with the Apollo capsule. instrument unit The brain of the rocket; includes the computers and all of the electronic' equipment that controls the rocket during its launch.
third stage At an altitude of 92 mi, the third-stage engine begins to run, allowing the launcher to place itself in orbit before making its way toward the Moon.
helium sphere Helium is used to pressurize theoxygen tank. J-2 engine The second and third stages are equipped ^ with J-2 engines; these provide thrust using liquid oxygen-hydrogen combustion. liquid hydrogen tank Hydrogen, burned on contact with liquid ■ oxygen, serves as engine fuel.
second stage At an altitude of 38.8 mi, the five secondstage engines ignite, burning for 6 min. 30 sec. before they are jettisoned.
liquid oxygen tank Contains liquid oxygen used to burn kerosene.
liquid oxygen tank baffle Serves to limit the movement of liquid oxygen inside the tank.
kerosene tank Kerosene, burned on contact with liquid. oxygen, serves as fuel for F-1 engines.
fuel transfer pipe Pipe through which liquid oxygen is sent to the rocket engines.''
first stage Equipped with five F-1 engines that give the launcher the thrust it needs to leave the launchpad; jettisoned after 2 min. 30 sec. of flight.
stabilizing fin Fins located on either side of the-, launcher, serving to stabilize it. '■ nozzle The end portion of a rocket from which ^ combustion gases escape, thereby creating the thrust needed to propel the craft. F-1 engine The first stage is equipped with five; it provides thrust using kerosene-liquid oxygen combustion. 25
ASTRONOMY
cross section of a space launcher (Saturn V)
Saturn V served as the launcher for the U.S. Apollo lunar exploration program.
Various sciences that Study the Earth, either as a physical entity, or as a living environment for plants, animals 4 and human beings.
42
^,
53
Meteorology
Environment
Science whose subject is the history, structure
The science that studies atmospheric
and evolution of the terrestrial globe.
phenomena, with a particular focus on
Collective term for the elements that surround a living organism, some of which contribute
forecasting variations in weather.
directly to meeting its needs.
I Geology
GEOGRAPHY
configuration of the continents I The continents are vast tracts of land surrounded by water; they cover about 30% of the Earth’s surface^
EARTH
planisphere Map depicting the Earth’s two hemispheres.
Arctic Vast region inside the north polar circle: it includes the Arctic Ocean and the lands bordering it.-..
North Sea Relatively shallow sea (220,000 mi') in the North Atlantic and bordered by the coasts of Europe; some major European porfs are located along its estuaries. Greenland Sea Sea (465,000 miO in the North Atlantic: it is bordered by the coast of Greenland. : I |
Mediterranean Sea One of the largest Inland seas in the world (965,000 mi‘): it lies between Europe, Africa and Asia and connects to the Atlantic Ocean through the Strait of Gibraltar. Black Sea Inland sea (162,000 mi^) befween Eastern Europe and Asia: it opens into the Mediterranean through two straits, the Dardanelles and the Bosporus. Caspian Sea The world’s largest lake (140,000 mP), located between Europe and Asia; it has no link to an ocean and is diminishing in size.
Bering Sea Northern part of the Pacific between Kamchatka (in Asia) and Alaska: it is deepest in its southern portion. South China Sea Southern part of the China Sea bordering the entire southeast coast of Asia as well as Borneo, the Philippines and Taiwan. Arctic Ocean i The smallest of the oceans i (5.8 million mi^), bordered by the : northern coasts of Asia, America : and Europe: it is largely covered : with pack ice.
Atlantic Ocean The world’s second largest ocean (36 million mi^); it covers 20% of the Earth’s surface. Pacific Ocean The world’s largest ocean (69 million mi‘), the Pacific covers 30% of the Earth’s surface, more than all of the continents put together. Indian Ocean Relatively small ocean (29 million mi') located between 'Africa, Asia and Australia: it has high water temperatures and is dotted with numerous islands.
Central America Extends from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec in Mexico to the Isthmus of Panama.
Caribbean Sea Body of water (1.1 million miO located between Central America and the northern portion of South America.
Rsd 3@ci Gulf (165,000 mi^) located between Africa and the Arabian Peninsula; it connects to the Mediterranean through the Suez Canal,
Australia The world’s largest island (3 million mi^) is sparsely inhabited in spite of its size: because of its isolation, Australia’s wildlife is unique.
Antarctica The only uninhabited continent (5 million mi‘), located inside the south polar circle; 98% of its surface is covered with an ice cap. Antarctica holds 90% of the Earth’s freshwater reserves.
I
28
North America Its area (9.3 million mP) represents about 16% of the world’s land; the Central American isthmus is an extension of North America. South America Represents 12% of the world’s land; linked to North America by Central America: it includes the Andes in the west and plains and plateaus in east and central regions.
Europe Western extremity of the vast Eurasian continent that, by convention, is separated from Asia by the Ural Mountains; it covers a relatively small area.
Oceania Continent that represents 6% of the world’s land and features a great many islands in the Pacific and Indian oceans; Australia is its true continent.
Africa Continent that represents about 20% of the world’s land: two-thirds of its surface lies north of the Equator. Characterized by very hot climates, Mediterranean in the north and south, tropical and arid elsewhere.
Asia The largest and most populous continent, Asia represents 32% of the world’s land; it is dominated by imposing mountain ranges.
Eurasia Composed of Europe and Asia, Eurasia represents about 39% of the world’s land; it forms a true continent that geographers have distinguished for historical and ethnographic reasons.
GEOGRAPHY
configuration of the continents
Atlantic Ocean From the polar circle to the continent, this ocean is called the Antarctic.
PITPIP
Parallel of latitude at 66°34'S that marks the polar zone, where days and nights last 24 hours during solstices.---.. Drake Passage Almost 560 mi wide, it separates Tierra del Fuego from Antarctica and connects the Atlantic to the Pacific; its currents are very powerful.
Amery Ice Shelf Its immense size makes it one of the world’s most remarkable ice shelves.
Filchner Ice Shelf Fed by adjacent continental ice,.,-sheets and by local precipitation; It borders the Weddell Sea.
Marie Byrd Land Region at an altitude of over-6,500 feet.
The only uninhabited continent (5 million mi‘), located inside the south polar circle; 98% of its surface is covered with an ice cap. Antarctica holds 90% of the Earth’s freshwater reserves.
Queen Maud Land Oldest and largest part of Antarctica, Queen Maud Land also forms its continental shelf.
Weddell Sea Sea northwest of Antarctica, p'^rtly delimited by the Antarctic \ Peninsula; more than half of itk, surfaceTs covered w
Antarctic Peninsula Extends far beyond the polar circle and includes several mountain systems; parts that crumble away from its tip form small islands.
Antarctica
South Pole Point of the terrestrial surface at the southern extremity of the Earth’s axis of rotation; the Norwegian Amundsen and his expedition first reached it in 1911.
Wilkes Land Region of the Antarctic continent that takes its name from a 19thcentury American mariner and explorer. Indian Ocean Frorti the polar circle to the continent, . 'this ocean is called the Antarctic.
Pacific Ocean Prom the polar circle to the, continent, this ocean is called the Antarctic. Ross IcejShelf \ Immense ice shelf beginning at the\ edge of the continentjs southern slope
Transacitarctic Mountains Mountaimchainthatisan mxlension of the Andes Cordillera in South America; its peaks reach heights of more than 13,000 feet.
that includes Pafjua New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledojiia and Fiji.
Indian Ocean Relatively small ocean (29 million mi‘ located between Africa, Asia and Australia; it has high water temperature and is dotted with numerous
Great Barrier Reef \ Coral reef extending over 1,500 mi; a Unesco World Eleritage|Site, it provides a habitat for numerous forms of marine life. i
Great Sandy Desert The northernmost desert of Australia is also the world’s second largest desert (730,000 mip after the Sahara,
:
Ne\|r Caledonia Modntainous island, humid and volknic; it is surrounded by a baifrier reef enclosing the world’s ' est lagoon.
-•'4, I Ocean; its warm waters/(from 77°F^ ftk subject to Currents that reverse, depending onjthe season.
Lake Eyre, North Variable in/size, Australia’s largest lake is a salt lake.
Great Victoria Desert Southernmost desert of Australia
X1oat)mept-tbaLrepfeseflts-about-6% of the wprld’s land and features a great many islands scattered between the Pacific |nd Indian oceans; Australia is ; its true continent. I Pacific Ocean ijhe world’s largest ocean (69 nlillion mi‘), the Pacific covers 30% of the Earth’s surface, more than aU..^ihejo_nticents put together.
'''’''PaffbfO'ce¥nTalf770^t)ro7T^
Torres Strait Some 105 mi wide, the Torres Strait connects the Pacific and Indian oceans; it is named after a 17th-century Spanish mariner...
Gulf of Carpentaria Gulf bounded by Cape York to the east and Arnhem Land to the west.
Oceania
Melarlesia
Papua New Guinea The eastern part of New Guinea belongs to Oceania, while the western part of the island is in Asia...
4-/ ^ ■' Great Australian Bight Located in the Indikn Ocean south of Australia, it is Imown for its strong winds and tough waters.
Bass Strait Some 125 mi wide and relatively shallow, it separates continental Australia from Tasmania.
Tasmania Island and federal state of Australia, from which ills separated by the Bass Strait,
Fiji Islands, Archipelago composed of 326 islands, some 100 of which are inhabited; its principal islands are Viti Levu and yanua Levu.
Great Dividing Range Mountaih range extending 2,200 ml; it includes Mount KOSCIUSKO (7,310 feet), Australij highes(/peak. /
Tasman Sea Part of the Pacific pcean located between Austral la' Tasmania amd - - / New Zealand. Narped after a 17th/ > century Dutch mariner. i New Zealand ■ Archipelago composed of a northern volcanic ipland, the most popiilated island, and a southern island crossed by a mountain range that is deeply cut with glacial valleys.
Cook Strait Some 9j3 mi wide. Cook St/ait separates New Zealand's two islands.
29
I EARTH
Ant^rptip
GEOGRAPHY
configuration of the continents
EARTH
North America
The Appalachians constitute the principal relief on the eastern part of the continent, while in the west, high mountain chains (the Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Madre) follow the coast from Alaska to Mexico.
Hudson Bay Vast gulf that opens onto the Atlantic Ocean through the Hudson Strait: the bay is frozen seven months a year.
Beaufort Sea Part of the Arctic Ocean between Alaska and the Arctic Archipelago
Bering Strait Some 62 mi wide, it connects the Pacific Ocean to the Arctic Ocean.
Canada’s longest river (2,635 mi).
Baffin Island Island In the Arctic Archipelago: the Baffin Sea separates it from Greenland.
Greenland Second largest island in the world (over 770,000 mi^) after Australia.
^ Great Lakes ■' These five lakes constitute the world’s largest reserve of fresh surface water (95,000 mP).
Gulf of Alaska Northeast part of the Pacific Ocean,, bordering Alaska."
Newfoundland Island
Aleutian Islands Archipelago that is an extension of Alaska: it is composed of 150 islands and Islets stretching over more than 1,000 mi. Rocky Mountains Eastern margin of the western cordilleras, extending from Alaska to Mexico.
Saint Lawrence River River (over 680 mi) that drains southeastern, Canada and empties into the Atlantic Ocean. Appalachian Mountains Old massif extending over 1,200 mi from the Canadian border to Alabama: its highest peak is Mount Mitchell (6,684 feet).
Grand Canyon The longest gorge in the world (220 mi): the Colorado River flows through
Mississippi River The Mississippi (2,350 mi) drainage basin covers the entire Mountains fans.
Gulf of California • Separates the Baja California peninsula from the continent.
Gulf of Mexico Part of the Atlantic located between the U.S., Mexico and Cuba.
Yucatan Peninsula Vast plateau characterized by aridity in the northwest and abundant precipitation in the south, where a dense forest grows. Central America Extends from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec in Mexico to the Isthmus of Panama
West Indies Archipelago that includes more than 700 Islands, including the Greater Antilles in thr north (Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Puerto Rico) ai the Lesser Antilles in the east. Caribbean Sea Body of water (1.1 million mi-) located between Central America and the northern portion of South America.
,■ Isthmus of Panama ^ The Panama Canal opened In 1914 allowing maritime traffic to travel between the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean.
GEOGRAPHY
configuration of the continents
South America Linked to North America by Central America, its main features are the Andes Cordillera in the west and the plains and plateaus of the central and eastern regions.
Orinoco River River in Venezuela (1,340 mi) that empties into the Atlantic through a vast delta; the volume of its flow is considerable.
Equator Imaginary circle surrounding Earth at its widest circumference, dividing it into two hemispheres; the Northern hemisphere and the Southern hemisphere.
Andes Cordillera Longest mountain chain in the world (5,000 mi) and the second, highest, it follows the western coast of South America; its highest peak is Aconcagua (22,834 feet).
Lake Titicaca Located in the Andes Cordillera between Peru and Bolivia; at anelevation of 12,500 feet, it is the highest navigable lake in the world.
Atacama Desert Among the driest deserts on the,...--"" planet, receiving only a few inches of rain per year.
Parana River River (1,860 mi) with most of its course in Brazil; it marks the boundary between Brazil and Paraguay, and between Paraguay and Argentina.
Patagonia Plateau in Chile and Argentina; it is divided into Andean Patagonia with a humid climate and abundant vegetation, and the Patagonian plateau, which is dry and sparse.
Tierra del Fuego Archipelago separated from the continent by the Magellan Strait; its cold damp climate results in perpetual snows from as low as 2,300 feet. Cape Horn Southernmost point of South America, only 620 mi from Antarctica; famous for its storms and dangerous reefs and shoals.
> D H
I
Amazon River The largest river in the world in volume of flow; it rises in the Andes and flows for 4,090 mi through more than 80% of Brazil’s territory.
Gulf of Panama Bounded in the north by the. Isthmus of Panama, its coast is uneven and dotted with islands.
m
Falkland Islands Archipelago composed of two main islands separated by the Falkland Strait, as well as some 100 islets.
Drake Passage Almost 560 mi wide, it separates Tierra del Fuego from Antarctica and connects the Atlantic to the Pacific; its currents are very powerful.
GEOGRAPHY
I
configuration of the continents
EARTH i
I
P
Europe Western extremity of the vast Eurasian continent that, by convention, is separated from Asia by the Ural Mountains; it covers a relatively small area.
Lake Ladoga Europe’s largest lake (6,800 mi^) is located in Russia; it empties into the Baltic Sea. Gulf of Bothnia Relatively shallow Gulf between ' Sweden and/inland; it iS/Often ./ icebound.
Norwegian Sea Open sea west of Norway and east of Iceland.
Barents Sea Area of the Arctic Ocean lying north of the Scandinavian Peninsula and Russia; it is partially ice-covered. Kola Peninsula Mostly mountainous peninsula located in Russia, above the Arctic polar circle.
; I i
Ural Mountains Mountain range extending 1,500 mi from the Caspian Sea to the Arctic; it is traditionally considered the boundary between Europe and Asia, Volga River The longest river in Europe (2,300 mi) is ice-covered three to four months per year; its spring flood is substantial.
; j ;
Dnieper River River in Russia (1,350 m;') whose flow is slow butabuntj^nt; it is a major communications artery.
Iceland Volcanic island subject to regular earthquakes; it has over 3,100 mi of coastiine. North Sea Relativeiy shallow sea (220,000 mi^) in the North Atlantic and bordered by the coasts of Europe; some major European ports are located along its estuaries.
Scandinavian Peninsula Vast Nordic peninsula that includes Norway, Sweden and part of Finland.
Irish Sea Section of the Atlantic that separates Great Britain from Ireland. Atlantic Ocean The world's second largest ocean; it covers 20% of the Earth’s surface. English Channel Relatively shallow sea between France and England; its extreme tides cause strong currents, making navigation difficult. Vistula River Poland’s principal river (680 mi) has its source in the Carpathians and joins the Baltic Sea at the Gulf of Gdansk; it is icecovered two to three months per year.
It jBrackSea " Unland sea (162,000 mi") betwee^ Eastern Europe and Asia; it opens into th| Mediterranean through two straitSj; the Dardan^Allhe^osporg^-"'
Alps Largest mountain mass in Europe, extending 750 mi; Mont Blanc (15,771 feet) is its highest peak. Iberian Peninsula Peninsula comprising Spain and_ Portugal; it extends from the Pyrenees to the Strait of Gibraltar. Strait of Gibraltar Channel (9 mi wide) between Spain and Morocco; it connects theMediterranean to the Atlantic and is an important shipping route. Pyrenees Mountain range whose northern slope is in France and whose southern slope is in Spain; Pico de Aneto (11,169 feet) is its highest peak.
Balkan Peninsula Danube River Carpathian Mountains Second longest river in Europe Mountainous, easternmost Mountain range in central Europe, (1,770 mi); it flows into the Black peninsula of Europe whose lower than the Alps; its highest crumbling coastline features Sea through a vast delta with three point is at an elevation of peninsulas and scattered islands. branches. 8,711 feet. Mediterranean Sea Adriatic Sea Aegean Sea One of the world’s largest inland Gulf of the Mediterranean, 520 mi Area of the Mediterranean Sea seas, bordered by Europe, Africa and long and 110 mi wide, located between Turkey and Greece; it Asia; it connects to the Atlantic between Italy and the Balkan contains numerous islands, the Ocean through the Strait of Gibraltar. Peninsula. largest of which is Crete.
I 32
configuration of the continents
Asia
Gobi Desert One of the largest deserts in the world (400,000 mil, shared by China and Mongolia; the Gobi is a plateau situated at an elevation of about 3,300 feet.
Kamchatka Peninsula Peninsula (12,000 melon the Bering Sea; it is characterized by intense volcanic activity.
Caspian Sea The world's largest lake (140,000 mb), located between Europe and Asia; It has no link to an ocean and is diminishing in size.
:(j Sea of Japan '*-Area of the Pacific Ocean that sepMtes Japan from the Asian mainlandT'itjs divided into a warm region and a colrl region.
Black Sea Inland sea (162,000 mi‘) between Eastern Europe and Asia; It opens Into the Mediterranean through two straits, the Dardanelles and the Bosporus, Red Sea Gulf (165,000 mi‘) located between Africa and the Arabian Peninsula; it connects to the Mediterranean through the Suez Canal.
Pacific Ocean The world’s largest ocean milliqn mb), the Pacific covers SOio'-qf tpe Earth’s surface, more than all otztljie continents put together. Japan''.^ " Archiperafp made up of 1,000 islands, incl'u.ding four main islands that represent 95% of its territory; it is ch^acterized by intense volcanic ac^.ivity and frequent earthquakes'.-,
Korean Peninsula Peninsula that delimits the Sea of Japan; its climate Is marked by monsoons inmummerand typhoons-ifi the fall. last China Sea Area of the China Sea between Korea, the Ryukyu Islands (south of Japan) and Taiwan. Philifipines Archipelago with more than 7,000 islandsmnd islets; two principal islands ’|Luzon and Mindanao) make upY0% of its tejottbiy.
Gulf of Aden Northwestern arm of the Indian Ocean between southern Saudi Arabia and lortheastern Africa; it connects to the Red Sea through the strait of Bab El Mandeb. Arabian Peninsula Vast semiarid peninsula; it holds 50% of the world’s oil supply.
Persian Gulf Gulf (500 mi long) bordered by Saudi Arabia, Iran and Iraq; it is also called the Arabian Gulf and is an important maritime trade route.
Himalayas The world’s highest mountain raligennTJrrtetft^^ above 26,000 teet, including Everest (29,035 feet). Gulf of Oman The narrowest part df the Arabian
Arabian Sea Area of the Indian Ocean between India and the Arabian Peninsula; the Gulf of Oman is an arm of the Arabian Sea,
Indian Ocean Relatively small ocean (29 million mil located between Africa, Asia and Australia; it has high water temperatures and is dotted with numerous islands.
Indonesia Archipelago with almost 14,000 islandsextending 3,100 mi from west to east; it is the world’s most active volcanic zone. Bay of Bengal Area of the Indian Ocean between India and the Indochinese Peninsula; the Ganges River empties into this bay through the world’s largest delta.
South China Sea Southern part of the China Sea bordering the entire southeast coast of Asia as well as Borneo, the Philippines and Taiwan.
EARTH
Aral Sea Sea once connected to the Caspian Sea; it is now an immense salt lake.
Lake Baikal The world’s oldest (25 million years) and deepest (5,315 feet) lake; Lake Baikal is 370 mi long and 40 to 50 mi wide and is frozen six months of the year.
The largest and most populous continent, Asia represents 32% of the world’s land; it is dominated by imposing mountain ranges.
I ^ ^
land: two-thirds of its surface lies north of the Equator. Characterized by very hot climates, Mediterranean in the north and south, tropical and arid elsewhere. Atlas Mountains Mountain chain composed of several ranges; it extends from Tunisia to Morocco, where Jebel Toubkal is its highest peak (13,665 feet).
Mediterranean Sea One of the largest inland seas in the world (965,000 mi^); it lies between Europe, Africa and Asia and connects to the Atlantic Ocean through the Strait of Gibraltar.
Sahara Desert Largest desert in the world (3 million mi^): it covers onequarter of Africa.
Tropic of Cancer Parallel located at 23°26' N latitude (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator),
Lake Chad Large lake, shallow and marshy, the vestige of what was once a sea; it continues to diminish in size and could one day dry up.
The world's longest river (4,150 mi) is known for its summer flooding. Red Sea Gulf (165,000 mP) located between Africa and the Arabian Peninsula; it connects to the Mediterranean through the Suez Canal.
Senegal River River (1,050 mi) forming the boundary between Senegal and Mauritania; it empties into the Atlantic,
Gulf of Aden '■ ■'Northwestern arm of the Indian Ocean between southern Saudi Arabia and northeastern Africa; it connects to the Red Sea through the strait of Bab El Mandeb.
Niger RiverAfrica’s third longest river (2,600 mi) after the Nile and the Congo.
, Lake Victoria , Africa’s largest lake (26,000 mi^) is I relatively shallow; it is bordered by -^tjganda, Kenya and Tanzania.
Gulf of Guinea Gulf extending from Ivory Coast to Gabon; its waters are warm.
Equator Imaginary circle surrounding Earth at its widest circumference, dividing it into two hemispheres; the Northern Hemisphere and the Southern Hemisphere.
\
■ '■
-Lake Tanganyika The world’^s deepest lake (4,710 feet) after Lake Baikal; it empties into the Congo River.
'H
Congo River Second longest river In Africa (2,850 mi) and the world’s second river in size of drainage basin and volume of flow.
Lake Malawi Lake shared by Malawi, Tanzania and Mozambique; it is 310 mi long and 30 mi wide.
4
^• :■'
f
V
* .1
•' A
"fi.*
Atlantic Ocean The world’s second largest ocean; it covers 20% of the Earth’s surface.
Indian Ocean fRelattvely smaW^cean (29 million mi-) located between Africa, Asia and / Australia; it has high water temperatures and is dotted with numerous isiands.
Tropic of Capricorn Parallel located at 23°26’ S latitude (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator). Namib Desert Arid region extending 1,250 mi along the Atlantic coast. Frequent fog brings the equivalent of 2 in of annual rainfall. Kalahari Desert Semiarid region bordering the Namib Desert; the north is marshy while the south is characterized by very sparse vegetation.
I 34
Madagascar Island (1,000 mi lofig); because it is isolated off the coast of Africa, MadagascaTTfto^ fauna are unique. Mozarribique Channel Arm of the Indian Ocean between the African continent and Madagascar.
,■ Cape of Good Hope Former island now connected to the continent by a ridge of sand; located only 90 mi to the west of Africa’s soufhernmost point.
GEOGRAPHY
cartography A collective term for the techniques and graphic arts used to develop and produce maps based on direct observation or documentation.
I
Earth coordinate system
Arctic Circle Parallel of latitude 66°34' N; it marks the polar zone, where days and nights last 24 hours during solstices.
Tropic of Cancer Parallel located at 23°26' N latitude ' (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator).
Northern Hemisphere Northern half of the globe in relation to the Equator.
Equator Imaginary line encircling the Earth at its greatest circumference and perpendicular to the polar axis; its latitude, 0, serves as a reference point for calculating other latitudes.
Southern Hemisphere Southern half of the globe in relation to the Equator.
Tropic of Capricorn Parallel located at 23°26’ N latitude (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator).
South Pole Point on the Earth’s surface at the southern extremity of the axis of rotation, where the meridians converge.
Antarctic Circle , Parallel of latitude at 66°34’ S; it marks the polar zone, where days and nights last 24 hours during solstices.
hemispheres Northern Hemisphere
Northern half of the globe in relation to the Equator.
Western Hemisphere
Western half of the globe in relation to the prime meridian.
The globe is divided by convention into four half spheres, using the Greenwich meridian or the Equator as a reference point.
Eastern Hemisphere
Eastern half of the globe in relation to the prime meridian.
Southern Hemisphere
Southern half of the globe in relation to the Equator.
35
i EARTH
North Pole Point on the Earth's surface at the northern extremity of the axis of rotation, where the meridians converge.
The intersection of two imaginary lines, longitude and latitude, makes it possible to locate a precise point on the Earth's surface.
GEOGRAPHY
Cd-oara:]!iv
EARTH
grid system Collective term for the parallels and meridians that form an imaginary grid over the Earth's surface, making it possible to locate a specific point.
line of latitude
line of longitude
Coordinate of a point on the Earth’s surface indicating, in degrees, its distance from the Equator.
Coordinate of a point on the Earth’s surface indicating, in degrees, its distance from the prime meridian.
Arctic Circle Parallel of latitude 66°34'N: it marks the polar zone, where days and nights last 24 hours during ■solstices.
Eastern meridian Imaginary line connecting the poles and perpendicular to the Equator: located east of the -Greenwich meridian.
Tropic of Cancer Parallel located at 23°26’ N latitude (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator)..,
prime meridian Chosen by convention as the -meridian of origin; its longitude, 0, divides the Eastern and Western hemispheres. Equator Imaginary line encircling the Earth at its greatest circumference and perpendicular to the polar axis; its latitude, 0, serves as a reference point for calculating other latitudes.
Tropic of Capricorn Parallel located at 23°26’ N latitude (a distance of about 1,600 mi from the Equator).
Antarctic Circle Parallel of latitude at 66°34’ S; it marks the polar zone, where days and nights last 24 hours during solstices.
■Western meridian Imaginary line connecting the poles and perpendicular to the Equator; located west of the Greenwich meridian.
■parallel Imaginary circle whose plane is parallel to the Equator,
map projections Representations of the Earth’s surface on a plane
plane projection
conic projection
Produced on a plane placed in such a way that it is tangent to a point on the Earth’s surface; it can represent only one hemisphere.
Obtained by projecting the Earth’s surface onto a cone whose base is a parallel; it can represent only a part of the globe.
*g y*
V
^
i
wm
m
p
cylindrical projection
Obtained by projecting the Earth’s surface onto a cylinder; the meridians and parallels are thus straight lines intersecting at right angles. interrupted projection
Results in a map that is not continuous but cut oft, the divisions often placed in the middle of the oceans; it is used to represent the continents. 36
1
■
1
GEOGRAPHY
cartography
North
North-Northwest
North-Northeast
Northwest
Northeast
West-Northwest
East-Northeast
West
East
West-Southwest
East-Southeast
Southeast
Southwest
South-Southwest
South-Southeast
South
political map Type of map representing various countries and their territorial or administrative units.
internal boundary Boundary marking the territorial limits of a province or state within a federated state.
international boundary Boundary marking a country’s territorial limits.
province Territorial division run by a ■government elected by the population (in Canada) or appointed by a central authority (China). city Major urban center, characterized by a ■ concentrated settlement whose activities revolve around industry, commerce, services and administration. capital ■City where the government is located.
country Territory inhabited by a citizenry and administered by a government; its borders are clearly established.
state Each of the territories constituting a federation; the United States is divided into 50 states.
EARTH
compass card Star indicating the cardinal points and the intermediary directions: it is reproduced on compass dials, marine charts and so forth.
GEOGRAPHY
cartography
EARTH
physical map
Type of map representing the Earth’s surface (topography, watercourses, aquatic areas) using various techniques (contour lines, colors).
sea
Vast body of saltwater at some distance inland; It Is not as deep as an ocean.
bay
Indentation in a shoreline that reaches tar inland and is delimited by two capes.
strait
; ;
Natural arm of a sea between two coasts; it connects two bodies of water.
mountain range
A row ot connected mountains characterized by high summits and deep valleys.
island
Expanse of land completely surrounded by water.
ocean
Vast body of saltwater covering a large part of the Earth’s surtace and separating the continents.
mountain mass
Group of closely spaced mountains. - river estuary
Mouth of a river that is influenced b_y the tides; it forms an indentation in the coastline that varies in width and depth. lake
Body of water complefely surrounded by land; it varies in size and depth.
river
Natural watercourse of minor or intermediate size that empties into another watercourse.
plateau
archipelago
Vast expanse of relatively flat land, higher than the surrounding region and bounded by deep valleys with sheer cliffs.
..'Group of islands.
gulf
Long curvature in a coastline; it reaches far inland and Is more or less open.
■■
peninsula
A piece of land connected to a larger body amd extending into water.
cape
Massive elevated headland extending into the sea ora river estuary.
plain
Vast, relatively tiat expanse of land, lower than the surrounding landscape; its valleys are wide and shallow.
I 3B
isthmus river
Major watercourse fed by numerous smaller rivers; it empties into the sea.
Narrow strip of land between two bodies of water; it connects two larger expanses of land.
GEOGRAPHY
cartography railroad Collective term for the network of rails and the structures needed to transport travelers and goods by train.
urban map Precise and detailed representation of an area of a city, usually on a large scale.
bridge Structure allowing a communications route to span a natural obstacle or another communications route.
suburbs All the cities surrounding a big city on which they depend economically.
park ■Area of a city set aside for leisure or recreational use.
river Major watercourse fed by numerous smaller rivers; if empfies into the sea.
cemetery Place where the dead are buried
-monument Structure that commemorates a historic event or holds aesthetic, religious or symbolic value.
woods Small tract of land covered with trees circular route High-speed road that circles the downtown area, making it possible to divert traffic away from downtown or connect two outlying communities.
highway Large thoroughfare with separate one-way lanes and no crossing streets; reserved for high-speed ■traffic.
traffic circle ■' Junction where several roads converge on a roadway that circles a round, central island; traffic moves in one direction only. street ■ Thoroughfare built inside a city and usually lined with buildings.
EARTH
railroad line Communications route composed of two parallel rails along which trains travel.
district Area of a city having a distinguishing character.
avenue public building Thoroughfare larger than a street; it Large building that houses public services a district or an area of a services, city. - ■
route number
boulevard Very large, high-volume thoroughfare connecting various parts of a city.
road map Map that uses lines to indicate a network of roads; it often features information for tourists.
road Communications route connecting two distant geographic points, usually, urban centers.
highway Large thoroughfare with separate one-way lanes and no crossing streets; reserved for high-speed traffic. route number rest area An area along a highway providing a place to rest and usually having restrooms.
airport Location that contains all the technical and commercial facilities needed to support air traffic.
service area Area built alongside a highway providing services such as a gas station, restaurant, lodging and tourist information.
national park Zone that the government designates with a view to protecting its natural resources; access is granted under certain conditions.
belt highway Branch of a highway built around an urban center to facilitate inbound and outbound access and to absorb through traffic.
scenic route Road offering particularly scenic landscapes for travelers.
secondary road Road connecting two regional urban centers of lesser importance or providing access to a highway.
point of interest A unique or attractive feature.
39
i
GEOGRAPHY
remote sensing
EARTH
Technique that uses electromagnetic waves to obtain information about the Earth’s surface and atmosphere from a distance.
t
radar Detection device that emits electromagnetic waves and receives their echoes.
airborne radar Radar used aboard an aircraft.
Radarsat satellite Canadian-built Earth observation satellite used to monitor environmental changes and natural resource use. radar antenna Antenna designed to emit electromagnetic wave beams and to capture the echo reflected by the Earth’s surface.
bus module Section of the satellite connected to the payload and equipped with the resources needed to make it function. payload module Section of the satellite that houses detection materials and maintenance equipment. X-band antenna Type of antenna that emits and receives extremely high-frequency' waves.
solar array Power supply device that converts solar energy into immediately usable electrical energy.
thruster Piece of equipment that generates the impetus required to move the satellite.
Earth sensor Instrument that locates the Earth's horizon so that the radar antenna can bepositioned correctly. Sun sensor Instrument that positions the solar panels in the direction of the Sun to capture its energy.
remote command antenna Type of anfenna fhat allows the ground operation -center to transmit commands to the satellite.
-support structure
sensor swath Width of the Earth’s surface observed during the passage of a satellite.. f
GEOGRAPHY
'
:\.-0:e^e::n;r:n I ! sonar
I
ultrasound waves emission
Production of very high-frequency sound vibrations whose echo is captured and analyzed. echo
Waves reflected by the target and measured by a remote sensing device.
target
Surface or object from which sonar waves reflect.
satellite remote sensing
energy source
Observation of the Earth’s surface and afmosphere by a satellite equipped with a sensor.
At the origin of the remote sensing process is an energy source, for example fhe Sun, used to illuminate the target. data recording
• '-'•W
passive sensor
Instrument that receives the waves produced when the target reflects the Sun’s natural rays.
If the satellite in unable to communicate with the terrestrial station, data is registered onboard and transmitted later.
active sensor
Instrument that itself emits the energy required to illuminate the target and receives the waves it reflects.
data recording
If the satellite in unable to communicate with the terrestrial station, data is registered onboard and transmitted later. data processing
Raw data is interpreted and analyzed to extract information about the target.
data reception
Raw data reaches the terrestrial station in digital form.
natural radiation
When the sky is clear, the satellite captures the reflection of the Sun’s rays from the Earth’s surface.
reflection
Phenomenon by which natural or 'artificial waves bounce off the target and toward the satellite.
artificial radiation
When atmospheric conditions hide the Sun’s rays, the active sensor itself emits radiation waves. data transmission target
target
Surface or object that reflects the Sun’s rays.
Surface or object that reflects the Sun’s rays.
The sensor transmits raw data, if possible immediately, to a terrestrial station for processing.
EARTH
Detection system emitting ultrasound; it is used for detection mainly in a marine environment.
GEOLOGY
section of the Earth's crust I The Earth’s crust, continental and oceanic, is composed mainly of sedimentary, metamorphic and igneous rock.
EARTH
sea level Average height of seawater observed for a given time (day, month, year); it is used as a reference point to define coastal features and measure land elevations. deep-sea floor Part of the Earth’s surface beneath the seas and the oceans: its topography is highly variable.
intrusive rocks Igneous rocks that have risen close to the Earth’s surface.
volcano Landform built up as lava and ash are ejected from the upper mantle during successive eruptions, accumulating and solidifying on the surface.
mountain range A row of elevated connected' landforms characterized by high summits and deep valleys
basaltic layer Layer of basalt, a rock denser than granite, that forms the deep-sea floor and is covered with various types of debris.-.
sedimentary rocksRocks formed by the accumulation, compaction and cementation of fragments of eroded rock and debris left by living organisms.
metamorphic rocksRocks made from igneous or sedimentary rocks that have been subjected to high pressure and very high temperatures.
'
granitic layer Layer of granite that gives the continents their essential form.
igneous rocks Rock formed from molten magma that has cooled and solidified inside the Earth; also called magmatic rock.
structure of the Earth I The Earth is formed of three concentric layers: the core, the mantle and the crust; these are separated by transition zones called * discontinuities. Earth’s crust Solid layer at the Earth's surface whose thickness varies from 6 mi beneath the oceans to 35 mi beneath the mountains.
Mohorovicic discontinuity Zone that separates the Earth's crust from the asthenosphere.
lithosphere Layer from 30 to 60 mi thick that comprises the Earth’s crust and the solid part of the upper mantle; it is divided into tectonic plates.
continental crust Layer varying in thickness from 20 to 45 mi and composed mainly of granite. It forms a number of distinct landforms: the continents.
asthenosphere Layer of the upper mantle with a thickness of 125 mi; it is composed of molten rock, on top of which the lithospheric plates slide. upper mantle Layer of hard rock nearly 390 mi thick: it is made up of the asthenosphere and the base of the lithosphere.
Gutenberg discontinuity Zone separating the lower mantle from the core; it is located at a depth of about 1,800 mi.
lower mantle Little-known layer with a thickness of - about 1,420 mi; its slow-moving currents, called convection currents, are caused by temperature variations. outer core Composed of molten metal, it is -1,130 mi thick: the magnetic field is caused by electric currents circulating inside the outer core. inner core Composed of iron and nickel, it is subject to so much pressure that it remains in a solid state in spite of temperatures higher than 9,000°F; its diameter is 1,000 mi.
I 42
GEOLOGY
tectonic plates Immense portions of the lithosphere that slide over the asthenosphere; this shifting movement shapes the Earth’s topography. |
Philippine Plate Plate that forms the Philippines archipelago by means of subduction with the Eurasian Plate.
Cocos Plate Plate along the coast of Mexico and Central America; it is sinking beneath the North American Plate and the Caribbean Plate. .
Australian-Indian Plate Plate that is moving north 3 in per year; it forms the Red Sea by means of divergence from the African Plate.
Caribbean Plate Plate subducting under the American plates; the CaribbeanPlate created the islands of the Lesser Antilles.
transform plate boundaries Plates that slide against each other, triggering earthquakes along faults of the same name.
convergent plate boundaries Plates that collide, triggering either subduction or folding, which results in the creation of mountains.
Pacific Plate The only entirely oceanic plate, it is also among the most rapidly shifting plates (4 in per year). Nazca Plate One of the most rapidly shifting plates, moving 3 in per year.
subduction Phenomenon by which an oceanic plate slides under a continental plate or under another oceanic plate, resulting in a trench.
South American Plate Scotia Plate Plate that forms the Andes Small plate under which the Antarctic Plate and part of the cordillera by means of subduction with the Nazca Plate. South American Plate are sliding.
Antarctic Plate African Plate Plate that, diverging from the South The largest plate; it is stationary. American Plate, forms an underwater mountain chain.
divergent plate boundaries Plates that are moving apart, causing magma to appear, which solidifies fo generafe a new crusf.
earthquake Sudden tremor in a region of the Earth's crust caused by one rock mass sliding against another. | isoseismal line Curved line connecting the points on the Earth’s surface that have been subject to tremors of the same intensity.
epicenter Point on the Earth’s surface located directly over the focus, where the most violent tremors are felt.
Earth’s crust Solid layer at the Earth’s surface -whose thickness varies from 6 mi beneath the oceans to 35 mi beneath the mountains.
depth of focus Distance between the focus and the epicenter; it can reach 430 mi.
seismic wave Series of vibrations generated at the focus that disperse in all directions, causing shaking of the Earth’s surface.
fault Fracture in the Earth’s crust separating two blocks that slide against one another during an earthquake.
vertical seismograph Instrument that measures vertical ground movement. spring It keeps the mass from moving.-.. mass Independent of ground movement, it remains stationary during an earthquake, thus serving as a reference for measuring the amplitude of tremors. -
pen Writing instrument that converts ground movement into a line.
focus Point in the Earth’s crust where an earthquake is triggered. Also called the hypocenter.
rotating drum Secured to the ground, it rotates under the pen, recording ground movements on paper.
horizontal seismograph Instrument that measures horizontal ground movements.
pen Writing instrument that converts ground movement into a line.
seismogram Graphic representation produced by a seismograph; the stronger the tremors, the greater the oscillations on the paper.seismogram Graphic representation produced by a seismograph; the stronger the tremors, the greater the oscillations on the paper.
pillar Very solid vertical support. stand Horizontal support that is secured to the ground.
bedrock Extremely hard rock mass joined with the subsoil.
seismographs
vertical ground movement
Instruments that record seismic wave amplitude at a given point on the Earth’s surface. mass Independent of ground movement, it remains stationary during an earthquake, thus serving as a reference tor measuring the amplitude of tremors. rotating drum Secured to the ground, it rotates under the pen. recording ground movements on paper.
horizontal ground movement
43
EARTH
Eurasian Plate Plate converging with the Australian-Indian Plate; it created the Flimalayas.
North American Plate Together with the Pacitic Plate, this plate creates the San Andreas Fault (750 mi), which extends from the Gulf of California to San Francisco.
GEOLOGY
volcano
EARTH
I Landform built up as lava and ash are ejected from the upper mantle during successive eruptions, accumulating and solidifying on the surface. volcano during eruption Eruption of magmatic matter (molten rock, ash, gas) from the upper mantle; it can last several years.
cloud of volcanic ash Ash is formed of particles less than 0.08 in in diameter; it is composed of pulverized magma and ground rock.
crater Depression whose center features a chimney through which lava, gas and volcanic ejecta escape.
lava layer Layer of volcanic rock formed by cooled lava.
fumarole Regular emission of gas from a fissure on the Earth’s surface,
geyser Hot water spring that ejects sporadic jets of water and vapor.
volcanic bomb Mass of magma ejected high into the air where it solidifies; it can be ,very large.
lava flow Lava mass pouring from a volcano at average speeds of 980 feet per hour; it can reach temperatures as highas2,200°F.
main vent • Conduit along which lava and other volcanic ejecta rise.
side vent Small rise that appears on the side of the volcano and is fed by the main vent.
ash layer Ash and lava form the layers that shape the volcano overtime.
-laccolith Mass of magma that enters the Earth's crust and then solidifies, causing a deformation on the Earth’s surface.
magma chamber Pocket where magma accumulates before rising to the surface. dike Mass of magma that enters the Earth’s crust and then solidifies in the form of bladelike shafts that are vertical or oblique to the layers of the Earth.
magma Molten rock and gas under very high pressure that can reach extremely high temperatures.
sill Layer of magma that has solidified between the layers of the Earth’s crust; it is about 30 feet thick and several miles long.
examples of volcanoes Various types of volcanoes are characterized by the viscosity of their lava and the violence of their eruptions. explosive volcano Characterized by viscous lava, it produces powerful eruptions of rocks, lava and gas; it also releases pyroclastic surges.
I 44
effusive volcano Characterized by streams of fluid lava flowing over large areas.
GEOLOGY
mountain Elevated landform characterized by steep slopes; it is usually part ot a chain.
EARTH
summit
The highest point on the mountain.
perpetual snows
pass
Accumulations of snow on the highest reaches of a mountain that never melt.
Depression in a mountain landscape that creates a passage.
crest
Line intersecting two mountain slopes: a crest can run all the way into the valley.
spur cliff
A steep and fairly smooth slope.
A lower mountain chain bordering a principal chain.
peak
Mountain whose summit forms a cone or point.'
ridge
Long narrow section at the highest point on a mountain.
mountain slope
A mountain face that reaches down into the valley.
mountain torrent
Watercourse flowing steeply with irregular flow; it is subject to violent floods when the snow melts. valley
Elongated depression shaped by a watercourse or glacier and bounded by the slopes of the surrounding land.
forest
Vast expanse of land covered with trees. drumlin
Low hill sculpted by a moving glacier and formed of glacial drift; drumlins are usually found in parallel groupings.
hill
Moderately high landform whose slopes follow a gentle Incline. plateau kettle
Cavity formed as a mass of melting ice detaches from the tongue of a receding glacier; some kettles fill with water to form a lake.
; ; :
Vast expanse of relatively flat land, higher than the surrounding region and bounded by deep valleys with sheer cliffs.
lake
Body of water completely surrounded by land; if varies in size and depth. 45
GEOLOGY
glacier
EARTH
I Mass of ice resulting from the accumulation and compression of snow; it moves under its own weight.
bergschrund Crevasse between the firn and the rock face: it appears when the glacier breaks away from the rock face, firn Accumulation of snow inside a cirque; compressed by its own weight, it is converted into ice and feeds the glacier.
glacial cirque Semicircular cavity with steep sides, carved out by ice. medial moraine Forms where the lateral moraines of two parallel glacier tongues come together.
hanging glacier Glacier with no tongue that remains in its cirque.
serac Chaotic mass of unstable ice bordered by crevasses.
lateral moraine Deposit of rock debris scraped from the sides of raised land by ice. meltwater Water that runs beneath the glacier tongue, forming rivers and occasionally lakes at the foot of a glacier.
rock basin Basin dug out
glacier tongue River of ice formed by the flow of the firn. crevasse Deep narrow fissure that forms on the surface of the glacier.
riegel A rocky ridge set crosswise to the glacier tongue.
I 46
ground moraine Deposit of-rock debris (till) that is dragged along and deposited under the advancing glacier.
end moraine Deposit of rock debris scraped from the ground and pushed to the front of the glacier.
outwash plain Relatively even, gently sloping tract of land, formed by the action of a glacier's meltwater. terminal moraine Frontal moraine marking the glacier’s most advanced position before it recedes.
GEOLOGY
cave Natural underground cavity that results from the slow dissolution and erosion of rock by water. |
lapiaz Calcareous rock surface with crests separated by grooves that are often deep; it is shaped by the water.
sinkhole Basin termed by continuous water infiltration into calcareous rock, causing the dissolution of fhe rock.
EARTH
stalactite Crystalline rock formation caused by the partial evaporation of water droplets from the vault of the cave.
gorge Deep narrow ravine along which a .■permanent or intermittent river flows.
pothole Natural well connecting a sinkhole to an underground swallow hole
waterfall Almost vertical flow of a watercourse, caused by a sudden .change in the level of its bed.
swallow hole Deep hole connecting the ground surface to an underground gallery; it is caused by the collapse of the cave’s vault.
gour Small basins hollowed out by water.
column Crystalline rock formation that, results when a stalactite meets a stalagmite.
water table Vast expanse of underground water fed by rainwater filfering through the earth; it supplies springs and can be collected in wells.
subterranean stream Watercourse that flows through underground cavities.
stalagmite Crystalline rock formation caused by the evaporation of water droplets that fall on the floor of the cave.
dry gallery Underground corridor that forms when the water table drops.
resurgence Where an underground watercourse reappears at the surface after disappearing further upstream.
landslides Ground movements that vary in speed, depending on the slope's gradient, the nature of the soil and what triggers it.
creep
Very slow, imperceptible movement of earth along a slope, caused mainly by alternating wet and dry periods. mudflow
Sudden flow of mud along a slope; it occurs when torrential rains quickly saturate the soil.
earthflow
The upper section of a sloping water-soaked terrain that collapses, forming a tongue of land the length of the slope. 47
(
GEOLOGY
watercourse
EARTH
I Natural flow of water that varies in size, depending on the ground slope and the number of tributaries.
brook Small watercourse that is a tributary of a river or a lake. spring Point where underground water rises to the surface; it may be the source of a watercourse.
glacier Mass of ice resulting from the accumulation and compression of snow; it moves under its own weight. river Natural watercourse fed by numerous smaller streams; it empties into a larger river or the sea.
plain Vast, relatively flat expanse of land, lower than the surrounding landscape; its valleys are wide and shallow.
valley Elongated depression shaped by a watercourse or glacier and bounded by the slopes of the urrounding land.
river Natural watercourse fed by numerous smaller streams; it empties into a larger river or the sea.
alluvial deposits Sediment (mud, sand, gravel, pebbles) transported and then deposited by a watercourse.
oxbow Meander in which only a narrow neck of land remains between the two parts of the watercourse.
delta distributary Channel that a river or stream follows near its mouth; several arms, separated by alluvial deposits, form a delta. floodplain Level surface bordering a watercourse; it is subject to periodic flooding. sea idy of saltwater at some niand, it IS not as deep as
waterfall Almost vertical flow of a watercourse, caused by a sudden change in the level of its bed.
lake Body of water completely surrounded by land; it varies in size and depth.
effluent Watercourse from a lake or glacier.
gorge Deep narrow valley bounded by steep or very sheer slopes, carved out by a watercourse.
affluent Watercourse that flows into a larger watercourse or a lake.
confluent roint wn6r6 two or moro watercourses meet.
meander Sinuosity created by a watercourse following a gentle slope.
delta Section of the coastline where sediment builds up at the mouth of a river, divided into several arms.
lake Body of water varying in size and completely surrounded by land.
I 48
glacial lake
volcanic lake
tectonic lake
Lake that fills a basin dug out by a glacier, whose meltwater then forms the lake.
Lake that fills the crater of an extinct volcano.
Lake that occupies a natural basin resulting from a collapse of the Earth’s crust.
oxbow lake
oasis
artificial lake
Crescent-shaped lake formed when a river changes course by flowing across the neck of the oxbow.
Desert zone made fertile by the presence of underground or surface water.
Lake created when a dam is built on a watercourse.
GEOLOGY
wave Undulation caused by the wind on the surface of a sea or lake. |
crest
The highest point of a wave.
wave height
EARTH
shore
wave length
Horizontal distance between two successive crests or troughs.
breaker
High wave that breaks on the coast.
Strip of land where the sea meets the land.
Vertical distance between the crest and the trough.
--(5
t oO
■
)-
4-
A
O
.»•'
•:>f ; .■ • *1 i ft -T,
O -fV*.'
o
Cl -
o
_ --0
■ .>!
o
cy
-
O o
o
iJ'-'r-ji;
,
.V. ■, ..V
' ;'swave base
Maximum depth beneath which wave action is no longer perceptible.
still water level
Level of the water surface in the absence of waves.
trough
Lowest point of the wave.
foam
sand bar
Accumulation of sediment at the bottom of the sea, close to the shoreline; it is sometimes exposed at low tide.
Whitish froth that forms on the water surface when a wave breaks.
ocean floor Part of the Earth’s surface beneath the seas and the oceans; its topography is highly variable. continental rise continental slope
submarine canyon
Slope of a few degrees that extends from fhe continental shelf; it is 660 to 6,600 feet deep.
Deep valley that is frequently the extension of a river; it ends in a sediment buildup.
Gently sloping section of the continental margin; it connects the continental slope to the abyssal plain.
abyssal plain
Zone located at a depth of 6,600 to 20,000 feet; it covers most of the ocean floor. sea level
mid-ocean ridge
continent
Mean water level observed for a given duration (day, month, year); it is used as a reference to define coastal teatures and calculate the • elevation of topographical elements.
Group of underwater mountain chains criss-crossing the oceans; it is formed by an outpouring of magma.
A collective term for the vast andmasses and their submerged margins...
abyssal hill
Rounded underwater rise of low -■elevation.
continental margin
Underwater extension of the continent; it comprises the continental shelf, the continental slope and the continental rise. continental shelf
Section of the continental margin extending from the coast of the continent to the continental rise; its depth is no more than 660 feet. seamount
guyot
Isolated mountain of volcanic origin featuring a pointed summit.
Ancient volcano whose summit has been cut off by erosion and then submerged.
island arc
String of volcanic islands formed when two tectonic plates meet.
magma
trench
Molten rock and gas under very high pressure that can reach extremely high temperatures.
Extremely deep elongated depression bordering a continent or island arc; it occurs when one tectonic plate moves under another.
volcanic island
Volcano whose summit rises above sea level.
49
GEOLOGY
ocean trenches and ridges Trench: very deep, elongated cavity bordering a continent or an island arc; it forms when one tectonic plate slides beneath another Ridge: underwater mountain range that criss-crosses the oceans and is formed by rising magma in a zone where two plates are moving apart.
EARTH
I
Aleutian Trench Trench (25,600 feet) extending from Alaska to the Kamchatka Peninsula: It results from the Pacific Plate sliding beneath the North American Plate. : : :
North America Its area (9.3 million miS represents about 16% of the world’s land: the Central American isthmus is an extension of North America.
Europe Western extremity of the vast Eurasian continent that, by convention, is separated from Asia by the Ural Mountains: it covers a relatively small area.
Africa Continent that represents about 20% of the world’s land; two-thirds of its surface lies north of the Ryukyu Trench Equator. Characterized by very hot Trench (24,629 feet) located near the climates, Mediterranean in the north Ryukyu Islands; it marks the boundary between the Philippine and south, tropical and arid elsewhere. Plate and the Eurasian Plate.
Mid-Atlantic Ridge Ridge about 7,000 mi long, located in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean; some of its mountains reach the surface, forming islands such as Iceland.
Asia The largest and most populous continent, Asia represents 32% of the world's land; it is dominated by imposing mountain ranges.
Japan Trench Trench (27,929 feet) located east of Japan, on the boundary between the Pacific Plate and the Eurasian Plate: this zone is marked by intense seismic activity.
Kuril Trench Trench (34,587 feet) located northeast of Japan; it results from the Pacific Plate sliding beneath the •Eurasian Plate. Mariana Trench Cavity located near the Mariana Islands, where the Pacific Plate and the Philipplm Plate converge; It Is the world’s deepest -trench (about 36,000 feet). Philippine Trench Trench bordering the eastern Philippines, reaching depths of 34,578 feet; it results from the Philippine Plate sinking beneath the Eurasian Plate. Java Trench Trench located south of Indonesia, between the Australian-Indian and the Eurasian Plates; it is the deepest point in the Indian Ocean (24,440 ft). Kermadec-Tonga Trench Cavity located north of New Zealand, where the Pacific Plate meets the Australian-Indian Plate: it reaches depths of 35,702 feet. Australia The world's largest island (3 million miO is sparsely Inhabited in spite of its size; because of its isolation, Australia’s wildlife is unique.
; :
East Pacific Ridge Ridge that marks the boundary between the Pacific and Cocos Islands plates to the north, and the Pacific and Nazca plates to the south.
Pacific-Antarctic Ridge Mountain range separating the Pacific and Antarctic plates: it joins the eastern Pacific Ridge off the coast of South America. Peru-Chile Trench Trench (26,460 feet) bordering South America; the world’s longest trench (3,700 mi), it is located on the boundary between the Nazca Plate and the South American Plate.
I 50
South America Represents about 12% of the world’s land and is linked to North America by Central America; its features include the Andes in the west and plains and plateaus in east and central regions.
i i ; j
Southwest Indian Ridge Ridge separating the African and Antarctic plates; it joins the MidIndian and Southeast Indian ridges off the coast of Madagascar. Puerto Rico Trench Trench located oft the coast of Puerto Rico, on the boundary between the South American and Caribbean plates: it features the deepest point in the Atlantic Ocean (27,493 feet).
;
Southeast Indian Ridge Ridge separating the Antarctic Plate from the Australian-Indian Plate; its topography is more regular than the topography of the Southwest Indian and Mid-Indian ridges.
Mid-Indian Ridge Mountain range in the middle of the Indian Ocean that separates the African and Australian-Indian plates.
GEOLOGY
common coastal features Area where the land meets the sea; its features vary depending on climate, wind, sea and the type of rocks of which it is composed. |
cave Natural underground cavity that results from the slow dissolution and erosion of rock by water. \
EARTH
river estuary Mouth of a river that is influenced stack by the tides; it forms an indentation Needle-shaped column resulting in the coastline that varies in width and denth from the collapse of an arch.
dune Accumulation of sand shaped by the wind. lagoon Shallow expanse of seawater separated from the sea by a ridge of sand or a barrier island.
^ , natural arch Arch hollowed out ot a headland by the sea.
beach Accumulation of sand or pebbles along a coast.
sand island Exposed summit of a sand deposit formed near or occasionally far from a shoreline. tombolo rocky islet Ridge of sand joining an island to the Small island made of rock, shoreline.
cliff Steep rock face shaped by a sea.
headland Tapering strip of land jutting into the sea.
barrier beach
Usually narrow ridge of sand or pebbles bordering the shoreline.
delta
Section ot the coastline where sediment builds up at the mouth of a river, divided into several arms.
skerry Rock tip just above the surface of the water.
spit Elongated ridge of sand or pebbles extending into the water.
examples of shorelines Shoreline: strip of land where the sea meets the land.
shore cliff
fjords
Steep rock-faced shoreline shaped by the sea.
Deep glacial valleys tilled with seawater and cutting into the shoreline.
atoll
Ring-shaped coral-reef island enclosing a laooon and often a central island.
lagoon Shallow expanse of water separated from the sea by a coral reef.
rias
Coastal valleys that are filled by the sea and get shallower inland.
51
I
GEOLOGY
desert
EARTH
I Hot region where aridity (less than 4 in of annual rainfall) is such that plant and animal life is almost nonexistent.
butte Rocky hill shaped by erosion, with steep sides and a flat summit; it is smaller in area than a mesa... sandy desert Desert where minuscule grains of rock (sand) form dunes by wind action.
mesa Isolated plateau with a flat summit and very steep sides; it features a layer of rock that is resistant to erosion.
needle Tapering pointed column of rock shaped by the wind.
rocky desert Most common type of desert, where rock fragments fracture due to temperature variations between night and day.
wadi . Often dry watercourse that is subject to sudden flooding in the event of rain.
palm grove Zone where palm trees are planted.
saline lake Lake characterized by high salt content due to considerable water evaporation and the concentration of dissolved mineral salts.
oasis Desert zone made fertile by the presence of underground or surface water.
examples of dunes Dune: accumulation of sand transported by the wind, found in deserts and along coasts.
crescentic dune Moving crescent-shaped dune whose arms extend in the same direction as the wind.
complex dune Star-shaped dune that forms where winds blowing in various directions meet.
parabolic dune Crescent-shaped coastal dune whose arms point into the wind; vegetation often keeps it in place.
longitudinal dunes Narrow elongated dunes that form when the wind blows in two convergent directions.
transverse dunes Dunes that form perpendicular to the direction of the wind.
chain of dunes Dunes aligned in the same direction, parallel to the wind.
METEOROLOGY
profile of the Earth’s atmosphere Atmosphere: layer of air that surrounds the Earth and is composed mainly of nitrogen (78%) and oxygen (21 %); its density decreases with I altitude. * EARTH
temperature scale
altitude scale
space probe Unmanned craft launched in the direction of a celestial body in the solar system for purposes of studying it. exosphere The outermost region of the atmosphere, where low-density gases disperse into space. artificial satellite Observation spacecraft placed in orbit around the Earth.
Hubble space telescope Telescope placed in orbit above Earth’s atmosphere (370 mi), making it possible to observe the universe as never before.
500 km 310 mi
thermopause Thin transition layer between the thermosphere and the exosphere.
space shuttle It orbits at an altitude of about 250 mi. thermosphere Layer that absorbs a large portion of solar radiation, leading to a steady increase in its temperature.
aurora Luminous phenomenon that occurs at high altitudes near the Earth’s poles. shooting star Luminous trace produced when a meteorite burns up as it enters the Earth’s atmosphere. airliner Commercial aircraft that makes regular flights of variable duration, depending on the distance covered; it flies at altitudes of 39,000 feet.
ozone layer Layer of gas that absorbs a large part of the Sun’s ultraviolet rays.
-lOO’C 80 km ■-150"T”50mi'^
mesopause Thin transition layer between the mesosphere and the thermosphere.
Mt Everest The world’s highest peak rises to an elevation of 29,035 feet.
mesosphere The atmosphere’s coldest layer, where temperatures decrease with altitude.
supersonic jet Aircraft whose cruising speed is faster than the speed of sound; it flies at altitudes of 62,000 feet. cloud Fine droplets of water or ice crystals suspended in the atmosphere. sea level Average height of seawater observed for a given time (day, month, year); it is used as a reference point to define coastal features and measure land elevations.
0°C
50 km 32“ F"''30'mi'
-60 “C -75 "F
15”C 60°F
15 km 10 mi
stratopause Thin transition layer between the stratosphere and the mesosphere. tropopause The boundary between the troposphere and the stratosphere; its altitude varies depending on the season, ground temperature, latitude and atmospheric pressure.
stratosphere Elighly stable layer of air where temperatures increase with altitude due to the absorption of solar radiation by the ozone layer.
troposphere The most dense layer, which produces most of the meteorological phenomena and where temperatures decrease with altitude. 53
METEOROLOGY
seasons of the year
EARTH
I Periodic climate changes over the course of a year; they are a function of the Earth’s inclination toward the Sun and its rotation around it.
spring Season between the vernal equinox and the summer solstice.
vernal equinox At the equinoxes, day and night are of equal length; the vernal (spring) equinox is on March 20 or 21 in the Northern Hemisphere.
winter Season between the winter solstice and the vernal equinox.
winter solstice Shortest day of the year; it tails on December 2f or 22 in the Northern Hemisphere.
summer solstice Longest day of the year; it falls on June 21 or 22 in the Northern Hemisphere.
summer Season between the summer solstice and the autumnal equinox.
autumn Season between the autumnal equinox and the winter solstice.
autumnal equinox At the equinoxes, day and night are of equal length; the autumnal (fall) equinox is on September 22 or 23 in the Northern Hemisphere.
meteorological forecast I Scientific method that makes il possible to forecast atmospheric conditions in a particular region for a given period. ■
weather satellite Observation spacecraft that studies the atmosphere and transmits data to Earth, making it possible to forecast the weather on the ground.
data processing Data from weather stations and satellites is centralized and processed with a view to forecasting weather and producing maps.
aircraft weatherstation Aircraft equipped with meteorological observation instruments; it reports on the state of the atmosphere at various altitudes.
buoy weatherstation Buoy equipped with an automatic weather station that transmits data about atmospheric conditions on the water.
weather radar Instrument that detects the presence and movement of clouds and precipitation.
ocean weather station Ship equipped with meteorological observation instruments that report on atmospheric conditions on the oceans.
weather map Map representing atmospheric conditions observed in a region at a given time. I 54
sounding balloon Pressurized balloon equipped with measurement instruments used to collect atmospheric data (up to an altitude of 20 mi), which it then transmits to the ground by radio signal.
land station Collective term for the facilities and instruments required to perform meteorological observations at ground level.
METEOROLOGY
weather map Map representing atmospheric conditions observed in a region at a given time.
wind direction and speed
isobar Curve connecting the points on the Earth's surface that have the same atmospheric pressure.
EARTH
barometric pressure Measurement of the force that air exerts at a given point on the Earth’s surface; it is expressed in lillibars.
low-pressure center Zone characterized hy relatively low pressure that increases as a function of distance from its center... precipitation area Zone in which atmospheric water content condenses and falls from the clouds in liquid or solid form. trough Elongated zone in which atmospheric pressure is relatively low.
type of the air mass Air mass: a vast moving body of air; it takes on the climatic characteristics of the region lying helow it
high-pressure center Zone characterized by relatively high pressure that decreases as a function of the distance from its center.
'6e
'nz) 9 ^
■)o
U
I 1
-7
■©
Rs \
^
•6
’
'U
station model Method of representing information collected by an observation station on a weather map using symbols and numbers. type of high cloud Type of cloud observed at altitudes higher than 20,000 feet.
wind speed Wind speed is indicated by barbs and pennants whose values must be added. air temperature Sensation of heat or cold (°F) measured using an open-air thermometer shielded from direct sunlight.
type of middle cloud /Type of cloud observed at altitudes between 6,500 and 20,000 feet. station circle Circle on a weather map that represents an observation station; displayed around the circle is the information collected by the station.
-2
,
sea-level pressure Reference pressure that corresponds to the pressure observed at sea level; it is expressed in inches of mercury.
_
^^1
1^^
sky coverage Proportion of the sky covered with cloud.
wind direction Wind direction is indicated by the position of the wind shaft.
present state of weather Type of precipitation (present weather) noted at the moment of observation.
_
_i_i ^
-6 temperature of dew point Temperature (°F) at which water vapor in the air begins to condense; it is used to calculate humidity in the air.
■
I
I
^ '1
type of low cloud Type of cloud observed between ground level and an altitude of 6,500 feet.
y—
/ /
barometric tendency Variation in atmospheric pressure during the three hours preceding observation.
pressure change Positive or negative value that corresponds to the difference between the pressure reading and sea-level pressure: it is expressed in inches of mercury. 55
METEOROLOGY
international weather symbols I standardized map symbols used to record observations from meteorological stations all over the world.
EARTH
wind Displacement of air caused by variations in pressure between two regions of the atmosphere.
calm Symbol indicating the absence of wind.
shaft Symbol of a wind blowing at a speed lower than 3 mph.
wind arrow Symbol that uses the position of the shaft to indicate wind direction and the number of barbs and pennants to indicate wind speed.
half barb Symbol of a wind blowing between 3 and 8 mph.
barb Symbol of a wind blowing between 9 and 14 mph.
A
pennant Symbol of a wind blowing between 55 and 60 mph.
fronts Contact surface between two air masses with different temperatures and pressure.
surface cold front Front consisting of a cold air mass that touches the ground and displaces a warm air mass.
surface warm front Front consisting of a warm air mass that touches the ground and displaces a cold air mass.
occluded front A composite front that forms when a cold front overtakes a warm front, which it pushes to a higher altitude before joining another cold front.
upper cold front Front of a cold air mass that does not touch the Earth's surface and slides over a colder air mass.
upper warm front Front consisting of a warm air mass that does not touch the ground and slides over a colder air mass.
stationary front Front that moves very slowly owing to the parallel movement of hot and cold air masses.
sky coverage Proportion of the sky covered with cloud.
very cloudy sky
cloudless sky
clear sky
3
slightly covered sky
overcast sky
cloudy sky
obscured sky
clouds stratus Gray cloud forming a continuous veil that is similar to fog, though it never touches the ground; it can trigger light precipitation.
Fine droplets of water or ice crystal suspended in the atmosphere; the World Meteorological Organization classifies them according to 10 types.
I 56
altostratus Gray sheet that can completely cover the sky but allows the Sun to be seen without a halo phenomenon; it can trigger heavy precipitation.
cirrus Cloud in the form of wisps or separate strips; it usually appears in advance of a depression.
cumulonimbus Very imposing cloud that can reach a thickness of 6 mi and whose base is very dark; it can trigger violent precipitation.
nimbostratus Cloud in the form of a dark layer sufficiently thick to block out the Sun; it triggers continuous precipitation.
cirrostratus Whitish layer that can completely cover the sky and that creates a halo around the Sun.
cumulus Fair-weathercloud with very clear contours; it has a gray, flat base and a white top with rounded protuberances.
altocumulus Cloud composed of large white or gray flecks that sometimes form parallel layers; it foreshadows the arrival of a depression.
cirrocumulus Cloud formed of white or gray fleci or strips, often arranged in rows.
stratocumulus Gray and white cloud arranged in more or less continuous rolled layers; it does not usually trigger precipitation.
METEOROLOGY
international weather symbols
► sandstorm or dust storm
/ \
tropical storm Low-pressure zone accompanied by precipitation and winds between 37 and 74mph.
hurricane Tropical cyclone comprised of a low-pressure zone accompanied by violent precipitation and winds between 74 and 185 mph.
light intermittent rain Rain: precipitation of water droplets produced when the air temperature is higher than 32°F.
light intermittent drizzle Drizzle: uniform continuous precipitation of water droplets that fall very slowly and are befween 0.008 and 0.02 in in diamefer.
moderate intermittent rain
moderate intermittent drizzle
* *
moderate intermittent snow
thick intermittent drizzle
-)(-
heavy intermittent snow
9 ^
9 ^
lightning Brief but intense luminous phenomenon caused by an electrical discharge between two clouds or between a cloud and the ground.
heavy thunderstorm Storm with winds higher than 57 mph, hail or heavy rain.
heavy intermittent rain
%
z
a A
examples of kitchen knives
n
The shape and size of kitchen knives vary depending on their use and the type of food for which they are intended.
I m
cleaver Knife with a wide rigid blade heavy enough to break bones.
cook’s knife Knife with a wide range of uses, from cutting large pieces of meat to chopping fresh herbs.
ham knife Knife with a ridged blade used to cut whole cooked ham. paring knife Miniature version of the cook’s knife, it is used to clean, scrape and slice small pieces of food.
filleting knife Knife with a long pointed blade used for separating fish into fillets. carving fork Fork used to hold a piece of meat in place when it is being cut into portions. boning knife Small pointed knife with a tapered blade used to separate the meat from the bones.
grapefruit knife Knife used to detach citrus fruit pulp.
peeler Its pivoting blade follows the contours of the fruits and vegetables it is used to peel.
sharpening steel Cylindrical steel rod with narrow grooves used for honing a knife edge.
sharpening stone Abrasive stone used to sharpen knife edges.
oyster knife Double-edged knife with a guard used to open oyster shells by severing the muscle that holds them closed.
butter curler Utensil with a serrated hook that creates butter curls when scraped ar.rnss cold buffer.
cutting board Made of plastic or wood and used tor cutting up foods.
zester Knife whose blade curves at the end and has five small cutting holes; it is used to remove thin strips of rind from citrus fruits. groove
Furrow where cooking juicescollect. 229
[
KITCHEN
1
kifciien utensils for opening
FOOD AND KITCHEN
Instruments that remove lids, caps or corks from containers in order to provide access to their contents.
can opener Tool used to open cans by cutting along the inside edge of the lid.
bottle opener Instrument used to remove caps from bottles.
wine waiter corkscrew Instrument with a screw and a lever that open wine bottles by leverage, a blade for cutting the hood around the top, and a bottle opener.
lever corkscrew Instrument with a screw and two wings that rise as the screw penetrates the cork; they then act as levers to open the bottle.
for grinding and grating Instruments that can reduce food to fine particles, shavings, powder, purees, etc.
mortar Hemispheric receptacle made of marble, porcelain or hardwood in which certain foods can be ground with a pestle.
nutcracker Tongs used to break nutshells and release the kernel inside.
meat grinder Instrument with a knife and interchangeable disks used to grind meat; the perforations in the disks determine the size of the grind.
pestle
Usually heavy instrument whose short handle extends into a head; it is used mainly to grind seeds, dry ingredients and garlic.
garlic press Utensil used to finely crush garlic cloves.
nutmeg grater Small conical grater used to reduce nutmeg seeds to a powder. 'm
grater Instrument used to reduce food such as vegetables, cheese and nuts into fine particles or a powder.
* A,
**
pusher Bent part of the handle that presses the piece of cheese against the drum.
citrus juicer Instrument used to extract juice from citrus fruits, usually lemons or oranges.
rotary cheese grater Instrument used to grate cheese by scraping it against the teeth of a ' rotating drum.
crank Angled lever that makes the drum rotate.
drum Cylindrical part of the utensil thatgrates the cheese.
handle Part enabling the user to hold the grater and exert pressure on the pusher.
{
^.
4
pasta maker Instrument that can roll out and cut pasta dough into different shapes with its removable blades.
I 230
food mill Instrument used to reduce cooked fruit and vegetables to a puree, the consistency of which depends on the disk used.
slices vegetables in different ways, depending on the blade used.
KITCHEN
kitchen utensils
for measuring Instruments designed to measure the volume or weight of ingredients, food temperature, and cooking or preparation time.
measuring spoons The bowls on these spoons correspond to an exact quantity of an ingredient, and are used to measure it.
measuring cups Receptacles used to measure the exact quantity of an ingredient.
i
candy thermometer Thermometer that is placed in hot liquid sugar mixtures to measure their exact temperature.
measuring cup Graduated container with a pouring spout used for measuring liquids. meat thermometer Thermometer inserted into a roast to check its degree of doneness.
measuring beaker Graduated container used to measure dry and liquid ingredients.
kitchen timer Device used to measure a period of time; once that time has elapsed, the timer rings.
oven thermometer Thermometer that is placed inside an oven to check the exact temperature.
egg timer Device with two glass vials, one of which is filled with sand; the flow of the sand between the vials measures a precise time period.
kitchen scale Instruments used to weigh dry ingredients (e.g., flour, sugar, rice),
for straining and draining Instruments used to filter dry or liquid foods, or to remove the liquid used to wash, blanch, cook or fry certain foods.
mesh strainer Instrument used to sift dry ingredients or filter liquid ones.
funnel Cone-shaped instrument ending in a tube used to pour liquid into a narrow-necked container. muslin Cloth woven into a fine loose mesh and used to strain creamed soups and sauces so they become finer and smoother.
colander Instrument used to drain food.
fry basket Metal mesh receptacle designed to hold foods during frying and drain them afterward.
chinois Finely meshed cone-shaped strainer used to filter broth and sauces, and to reduce food to a puree.
sieve Strainer made of woven nylon, metal or silk strands and attached to a wooden frame; it is used to strain dry and liquid ingredients.
salad spinner Apparatus that uses centrifugal force to remove water from freshly washed lettuce leaves. 231
FOOD AND KITCHEN
instant-read thermometer Digital thermometer that, when inserted into a roast, instantly indicates the meat’s internal temperature.
KITCHEN
kitchen utensils i
baking utensils Baking: refers to the production of cakes, cookies and other usually sweet comestibles made from cooked dough, pastry or batter.
FOOD AND KITOHEN
icing syringe Fitted with interchangeable nozzles that are filled with icing, it Is used to decorate baked goods and molded desserts.
pastry cutting wheel Device used for cutting dough; the indented wheel gives it a fluted edge.
pastry brush Device with silk or nylon bristles at one end, used to coat, brush or glaze pastries, or to grease baking pans.
sifter Device used to sieve flour; it has a spring-loaded handle that moves the flour about and makes it lighter.
cookie cutters Hollow metal molds used to cut dough into soft shapes that will be retained after baking.
pastry bag and nozzles Leakproof bag into which interchangeable nozzles are inserted; it is used to decorate dishes, baked goods and molded desserts, or to make pastries.
mixing bowls Round containers of various sizes used to prepare or mix food and ingredients.
baking sheet Rectangular pan with low sides, usually made of aluminum, used for baking cookies, cakes and other pastries that do not require molding.
removable-bottomed pan Metal baking pan whose bottom, and sometimes its side, come apart so the contents can be removed more easily. \ 232
muffin pan Baking pan with indentations used to give muffins their distinctive shape.
pie pan Metal pan used to make a pie crust and to bake a pie in the oven
eggbeater Mechanical device with two whisks activated by a crank handle; it is used to beat liquid and semiliquid ingredients,
whisk Utensi! made of several curved and intersecting steel wires used to blend, beat or whip liquid and semiliquid ingredients.
dredger Container with a perforated lid used tor sprinkling food with flour, sugar or grated cheese.
pastry blender Utensil used to blend fatty ingredients with flour.
rolling pin Wooden cylinder that rolls freely between two lateral handles; it is used to roll oht pastry.
souffle dish Deep porcelain dish that prevents the rising souffle from overflowing as it cooks.
charlotte mold Deep metal pan shaped like a pail and used to cook a cream-based sweet dessert surrounded by biscuits.
quiche plate Metal baking pan with a scalloped edge that makes the crust of the quiche more attractive.
cake pan Relatively deep metal baking pan with enough room to allow the cake to rise.
KITCHEN
kitchen utensils set of utensils Main kitchen utensils, often matching, stored in a stand.
draining spoon Large elongated slightly concave spoon with perforations; it is used to remove small pieces of food from their cooking liquid.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
ladle Spoon with a deep bowl and a long handle: it is used to decant liquid or semiliquid tood.
spatula Long blade of variable width used to turn food over during cooking.
skimmer Large round slightly concave spoon with perforations; it is used to skim broth and sauce, or to remove tood from its cooking liquid.
potato masher Utensil used to manually puree cooked truits and vegetables.
turner Utensil used to handle cooked food without breaking it.
miscellaneous utensils
larding needle Tool used to insert strips of lard, ham or truffles into cuts ot meat.
Stoner Tongllke device used to remove stones from olives and cherries without damaging the flesh.
melon bailer Spoon used to cut small round pieces trom the flesh of fruits or vegetables.
trussing needle Tool used to thread pieces of string through poultry or to tie a roast,
apple corer Utensil used to remove the core from apples and pears.
kitchen shears Multipurpose utensil used for cutting fresh herbs, trimming meat and vegetables.
snail tongs Utensil used to hold snail shells so the snail can be extracted,
snail dish Has several Indentations for holding snails when they are served.
ice cream scoop Spoon used to remove a serving of ice milk or ice cream from a container.
tongs Utensil used for holding, turning and serving food.
poultry shears Utensil used to cut poultry into pieces. vegetable brush Utensil used to clean certain vegetables, such as potatoes.
tasting spoon Wooden spoon consisting of two bowls joined by a shallow groove used to take and taste liquids.
tea ball Hollow sphere that holds dried tea leaves during steeping.
spaghetti tongs Two-armed utensil with teeth at the end that facilitate serving long strips of pasta.
egg slicer Device that uses taut steel wires to siice a hard-boiled egg.
baster Utensil with a graduated tube and a rubber bulb; it is used to suck up cooking liquid and drizzle it over the meat. 233
KITCHEN
cooking utensils I utensils used for cooking food, especially in the oven or on the stove. tajine Varnished earthenware dish with a cone-shaped airtight iid used in northwestern Africa to cook an eponymous dish.
wok set Cooking utensil native to Asia used for rapidly cooking tood in very little fat. rack -Half-moon-shaped grating used to drain or set aside food.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
lid Removable part that covers the wok during cooking.
wok Large cone-shaped frying pan; food collects at the center of the • rounded bottom, where the heat is most intense.
burner ring ■ Metal base used to balance the wok over the burner or hot plate.
fish poacher Oblong receptacle that has a rack and a cover; it is used to cook whole fish. rack Pertorated sheet; the hooks allow it to be lifted so that, once cooked, the fish can be drained and removed.
fondue set Utensil designed to prepare and serve various kinds of fondue, such as meat, cheese or chocolate.
fondue pot Container with one or two side handles used tor cooking fondue.
stand Metal base designed to hold the--" fondue pot and the burner.
lid • Removable part that covers the fish poacher during cooking.
burner Compartment containing a flammable liquid that keeps the fondue pot warm throughout the meal.
dripping pan Slightly concave rectangular pan used to roast meat or to catch the meat’s cooking juices.
terrine Container with a perforated lid that allows steam to escape; it is designed for cooking recipes with or without jelly.
pressure cooker Stock pot with a screw-on, airtight lid designed to cook food rapidly using pressurized steam. pressure regulator Device maintaining the pressure at a constant level. safety valve Device that regulates escaping 'steam when the stock pot is under pressure.
I 234
roasting pans Somewhat deep large-capacity utensils used to roast meat in the oven.
KITCHEN
cooking utensils
stock pot Container used for cooking large quantities of food in a liquid.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
Dutch oven Somewhat deep stock pot used for cooking food in a liquid.
couscous kettle Double container in which steam from the broth in which the food in the bottom part is simmering cooks and flavors the semolina In the top part.
steamer Utensil comprising two saucepans; the steam from the boiling water in thebottom one cooks the food in the top one.
egg poacher Device used to poach eggs by placing them in indentations in a tray suspended over a hot liquid.
saute pan Similar to a frying pan but with a straight edge, used to cook food in fat, over high heat.
small saucepan Deeper than a frying pan, this utensil is used to simmer or braise dishes.
diable Utensil composed of two skillets of porous clay that fit tightly together; It Is used for braising food.
pancake pan Round thick-bottomed skillet with a shallow edge that allows a spatula to loosen and flip the pancake.
steamer basket Perforated receptacle that Is placed in a saucepan above the water level and filled with food to be steamcooked.
double boiler Utensil comprising two saucepans; the bottom one contains boiling water, which cooks or heats the food in the top one.
saucepan Low-sided receptacle commonly used to heat liquids or cook food in a liquid. 235
KITCHEN
domestic appliances I Domestic appliances operating on electricity. hand mixer Electric appliance comprising two beaters and a motor unit used to beat or mix liquid or semiliquid food.
for mixing and blending Appliances used for stirring, for blending several ingredients together or for changing the appearance of an ingredient. blender Electric appliance comprising a motor unit with a container on fop, in which raw or cooked food is mixed, crushed or pureed.
beater ejector Button pressed to remove the beaters. cap Part that gives the container an airtight seal.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
container Glass jug in which food or ingredients are placed.
speed selector Device for selecting the speed at--" which the beaters rotate. beater Device used to beat or mix food; the beaters are inserted into--"" cogwheels that turn in opposite directions.
cutting blade -Propeller blade that mixes or grinds food as it turns.
handle Part used to pick up and handle the ' mixer.
motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work. push button Buttons used to start the appliance and select blade speed. hand blender Electric appliance with a handheld motor unit: less powerful than the blender, it is used for mixing liquids and grinding soft foods.
heel rest Part on which the mixer rests when it is not in use.
table mixer Electric appliance comprising a powerful motor unit, two beaters and a stand used to beat or mix liquid or semiliquid foods. beater ejector Button pressed to remove the beaters.
speed control Device for selecting the speed at which the beaters rotate.
beater Device used to beat or mix food: the beaters are inserted into cogwheels that turn in opposite directions. tilt-back head The motor unit rotates on an axis so the beaters can be lowered into the bowl and lifted out ofit.
motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work.
blending attachment Part containing the rotating blade that mixes or grinds food.
mixing bowl Round container of various sizes used to mix food in. turntable Enables the mixing bowl to be rotated so the contents will be beaten or mixed uniformly.
stand ■ Base that holds the mixing bowl and the tilt-back head.
beaters Instruments used to mix, beat or knead liquid or semiliquid foods.
four blade beater All-purpose beater used to mix, beat or whisk various ingredients.
I 236
spiral beater Beater used primarily to mix and knead light dough.
wire beater Beater used to mix, emulsify or beat many different ingredients or to incorporate air into a mixture.
dough hook Beater used to mix and knead dough.
KITCHEN
domestic appliances
food processor Electric appliance comprising a motor unit, a blade and a set of disks used for cuffing, chopping, slicing, grating, mixing, kneading, etc.
for cutting Appliances used primarily for separating elements into small parts or portions.
pusher Device that pushes food into the bowl.
feed tube Conduit in which food is placed. disks Blades that can replace the cutting mechanism to grate or mince food.
"n
O O
lid Removable part covering the bowl.
a >
z a TT
blade ■Propeller blade that mixes or grinds food as if furns.
n n m
handle ■ Part used to pick up and move the bowl.
speed selector Device used for controlling the rotation speed of the blade or disks.
bowl Container in which food or ingredients are placed.
spindle Shaft that transmits the motor's movement to the blade or disks.
motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work. electric knife Electric appliance with a blade that has a back-and-forth motion used to facilitate cutting a piece of meat.
power cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit..
for juicing Device designed to extract juice from fruit, especially citrus fruit, when pressure is exerted upon it.
citrus juicer Electric appliance designed to extract the juice from citrus truit, .•■■'■'
reamer Device upon which the fruit half is placed and which reams it as it turns. strainer Part of the juicer that catches the seeds and the pulp.
bowl with serving spout ■ Container that collects the juice; it has a pouring spout. motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work. 237
I
KITCHEN
domesticaiiDliances
I for cooking
I
! Appliances that bring raw food into contact with a heat source in order to cook them.
microwave oven Appliance that generates highfrequency waves to quickly heat or cook food.
door Movable part that closes the-microwave oven. clock timer Displays either real time or the -programmed cooking time.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
sensor probe Instrument that is inserted into food and used to check internal temperature and monitor cooking.
latch ■ Device that opens the door when pushed.
probe receptacle Place where the sensor probe's--plug is connected.
control panel Panel containing the programming keys.
window Thick window for looking inside--- ' the oven.
waffle iron Appliance comprising two indented piates, each one covering a heating element; it is used to cook waffles or grill food. handle Part used to raise and lower the lid.
plate Indented cooking surface thaf, because it is attached to the inside of the lid, can be raised and lowered. temperature selector Device used to regulate plate- ., temperature.
deep fryer Container with a heating element that raises the temperature of fat high enough to deep-fry food.
handle Part used to open or close the microwave oven door.
,.-lid Movable part that closes the waffle iron.
hinge Jointed part that makes it possible to raise and lower the lid.
plate Indented cooking surface designed to receive waffle batter or food intended for grilling.
toaster Appliance with heating elements that toast slices of bread.
lever Spring-loaded device that lowers the carriage holding the bread slices.
bread guide Metal grating for holding bread slices in place.
basket Wire mesh container with a detachable handle designed to--hold foods during frying and drain them once cooked. rack Notched device used to raise or lower the-., basket.
temperature control Device used to regulate cooking temperature.
timer Device used to monitor cooking -. time.
thermostat Device used to regulate fat temperature. signal lamp Light indicating when the desired temperature has been reached.
I 238
slot ■ Opening in which the bread slice is placed.
filter - Device that absorbs the steam from hot fat.
lid Removable part that covers the deep fryer during cooking.
handle Part used to pick up and move the toaster.
KITCHEN
domestic appliances raclette with grill Appliance with covered heating elements used to melt cheese or grill meat and side vegetables. electric steamer Electric appliance comprising two dishes resting on a water-filled base; it is used to steam food separately.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
cooking plate dish Ribbed cooking surface covering Small shallow nonstick container used for cooking individual the heating elements; it is used for grilling food. servings of food.
base Stand supporting the raclette with grill; it contains the heating elements that cook the food. cooking dishes Containers that have a perforated base so the food they contain can be steamed.
insulated handle rrt used to pick up and move the grill without burning oneself.
water level IndicatorDevice thaf indicafes the water level in the appliance’s reservoir.
indoor electric grill Electric appliance comprising a metal grill and a heating element used to cook food,
signal lamp Light indicating that the heating element has been turned on.
timer Device used to monitor cooking time.
bread machine Electric appliance used to raise and bake bread dough. lid Movable part that closes the bread • machine. drip pan Container into which the cooking juices drain.
cooking surface Metal grill on which the food is cooked.
adjustable thermostat Device used to regulate baking temperature.
control panel Panel containing the programming keys.
window Thick glass through which the ^ bread dough can be seen inside the mold. griddle Electric appliance comprising a cooking surface and used for grilling food.
detachable control Device used to regulate grill temperature and that can be detached from the unit.
loaf pan Container for the bread dough, which, once baked, will become' bread.
grease well Hole through which cooking juices drain.
239 I
KITCHEN
miscellaneous domestic appliances
I can opener Tool used to open cans by cutting along the inside edge of the lid.
pierce lever Device connected to the blade that the user presses down so it pierces the can lid.
magnetic lid holder ■Part that holds the lid once it has been removed from the can.
cutting blade ■ Knife thaf separafes fhe lid from fhe can.
FOOD AND KITCHEN
coffee mill Appliance that uses a rotating blade to finely grind coffee beans or other items, such as spices.
drive wheel '■•Cogwheel that helps rotate the can so the lid can be removed.
lid Removable part that covers the-" coffee mill when it is in use.
blade Instrument used to grind coffeebeans or other items.
on-off button Device that turns the appliance on, or off.
motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work. kettle Container with a heating element used to boil water. whistle Device that produces a sound when steam from the boiling water passes through it.
handle ■ Part used to pick up and move the kettle.
signal lamp - Light showing that the appliance is on.
spout Small tapered projection used to--' pour the boiling liquid.
juicer Appliance that uses centrifugal force to extract the juice from vegetables and fruit, except citrus fruits, which must be reamed.
body ■Part of the kettle that holds the water to be boiled.
base Stand supporting the kettle: it contains the heating element that boils the water.
pusher •' Device that pushes the fruits or vegetables into the appliance. ice cream freezer Appliance comprising a freezer bucket in which revolving paddles make sherbet and icecream. motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work. cover ■ Movable part that covers the freezer bucket during food preparation.
handle ■Part used to pick up and move the ice cream freezer. freezer bucket Container designed to keep its contents cold.
I 240
lid Movable part that covers the juicer when it is in operation.
strainer Device that allows only the fruit or vegetable juice to pass through.
feed tube ' Conduit into which fruit or vegetables are placed to extract their juice. motor unit Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work.
bowl Container into which the juice drains.
KITCHEN
coffee makers utensils used lo brew coffee; each of the various models produces coflee that has a distinctive flavor.
I
Neapolitan coffee maker Coffee maker that is placed on a heat source to boil the water; it is then turned over so the boiling water filters through the ground beans into the serving compartment.
automatic drip coffee maker Electric coffee maker that allows hot water to drain into a paper filter containing the ground beans, and coffee to drip into the carafe below. lid
Removable part covering the reservoir and under which the basket is located.
reservoir
Container holding the water to beheated.
basket
water level
Removable container that holds the filter with the ground beans.
Indicates how many cups of coffeecan be made.
-n
O 0 □
carafe signal lamp
Container with a spout into which the coffee drips and that is used to pour it.
Light showing that the appliance ison.
> Z
□
7;
on-off switch
Button for turning the device on oroff. espresso machine Electric coffee maker that allows hot water to deforced under pressure through the ground beans.
warming plate
H
Surface used to keep the coffee warm.
m
n 1 vacuum coffee maker Coffee maker that brews coffee by causing the water to pass through the ground beans twice.
steam control knob
Device used to regulate the steam coming out of the nozzle. upper bowl
on-off switch
Compartment into which the brewed coffee rises and from which it drains into the lower bowl as the heat source cools.
Button for turning the device on or off.
tamper
Tool used to pack the ground beans into the filter.
filter holder
Removable part with a handle into which the metal filter containing the ground beans is inserted.
drip tray
stem
Compartment into which excess liquid drains.
Conduit through which the hot water rises. lower bowl
Compartment from which boiling water rises under pressure into the upper bowl, passing through the ground beans; the brewed coffee drains into it for serving.
water tank steam nozzle
Device that emits steam used tofoam milk.
plunger Coffee maker that allows hot water to be poured over ground beans; once the grounds have steeped, the plunger is depressed to push the grounds to the bottom of the carafe.
Reservoir where the water is kept before it is required for heating.
percolator Electric coffee maker that allows the hot water to rise several times through a tube to percolate through ground beans.
espresso coffee maker Coffee maker that allows boiling water from the lower compartment to be forced through the ground beans into the upper compartment. spout
Tube-shaped part through which--.., the coffee is poured.
signal lamp
Light showing that the appliance is on. 241 I
244 1
1
!1
Location
247 1
Elements of a house
250
1
How a house and its surrounding features are
I
Structure of a house
)
1
—
situated on a lot.
25B 1
Heating
261
Various devices fueled by wood, gas, oil, coal or electricity used for heating a house.
I 242
Air conditioning [
262 |
Regulates and maintains the temperature and humidity of the rooms of a house.
Plumbing
f Set of pipes and facilities distributing and evacuating water in a house.
Structure built as a dwelling and equipped to provide a comfortable and secure life for people,
i Electricity
276
Set of all the components allowing this form of energy to be used in a dwelling.
House furniture Collection of furniture, domestic appliances, accessories and lighting fixtures furnishing a dwelling.
243
i
LOCATION
exterior of a house I View of a house on its site with the components of its exterior structure.
ornamental tree Tree planted for decorative purposes.
patio Outdoor area adjacent to the house that is often paved and adapted for ourdoor dining.
gable Upper triangular section of a wall supporting the sides of the roof.-
HOUSE
vegetable garden Plot of land for grow/ing edible plants.
gable vent Opening in the side of a gable for ventilation.
property line
shed Structure used for storing garden equipment.
grade slope Inclination joining two different levels of the lot.
garden path Walkway bordered by plants.
borderGarden trimming the side of a structure or pathway.
dormer window Small window built into the roof of-'" a structure to let in light.
gutter Open pipe at the bottom of the roof" collecting rainwater and channeling it to the downspout.
downspout Vertical pipe through which rainwater flows.
I 244
garage Structure used for parking vehicles.
LOCATION
exterior of a house
skylight
lightning rod
Window protruding through the roof to ventilate and iiluminate the room beiow.
Metal spike attached to the roof; it protects the house by conducting lightning to the ground.
chimney pot
Topmost part of the chimney; it is -covered by a piece of metal.
chimney
-Part of the heating system that protrudes from the roof.
roof
House covering that protects it from the elements; it rests on the frame.
HOUSE
cornice
■Extended section of a roof protecting the wall from rain.
steps
Outdoor staircase ending in a landing that leads to the house entrance.
basement window
site plan
Opening in the wall of the bottom floor to let in light and air.
Graphical representation of the horizontal projection of a lot.
hedge
Bushes planted in a row to demarcate a lot.
lawn
Land covered by short thick grass requiring regular mowing.
flower bed
Grouping of flowers and decorative shrubs.
sidewalk
Pedestrian walkway bordering a street. porch
Covered part of a house entrance protecting the door and people from the elements. driveway
245
LOCATION
pool I Man-made basin designed for swimming.
above ground swimming pool
skimmer
HOUSE
Device filtering out debris from the surface of the water.
filter
Device removing and absorbing impurities from the water. pump
upright
Device circulating the water through the skimmer to the filter before returning it to the pool.
Vertical part bracing the rim and walls of the pool.
wall
Vertical side enclosing the pool.
in-ground swimming pool diving board
Spring-held board providing momentum for jumping oj diving. ’main drain
underwater light
Opening covered by a grate; it is used to channel water to the filter or to drain the pool. ladder
Light embedded in the wall; it illuminates the pool underwater.
Used by swimmers to get into or out of the diving well.
water.
I
246
ELEMENTS OF A HOUSE
exterior door The exterior door comprises a moving part, the leaf, plus a frame. It provides access to and egress from the house. |
cornice entablature
Protruding molding that rests horizontally across the entablature, protecting the parts beneath it from the rain.
- Level set of woodwork covering the doorway.
header
Level trame part enclosing the upper part ot a door’s opening. HOUSE
top rail
Level piece of wood at the top of the door.
jamb
Protruding part of a door’s framew/ork on each side of the opening.
panel
Flat surface bordered by molding; it is often recessed.
mullion
shutting stile
Vertical piece of wood joining the top and lock rails.
Vertical part of the door on which the lock and doorknob are mounted.
lock rail
lock
Level piece of wood in the middle of the door.
Device mounted on the door allowing it to lock by using a key. doorknob
middle panel
Device mounted on the door allowing it to open.
Long narrow panel placed horizontally.
hanging stile
Vertical part of the door to which the hinges are attached. hinge
Cylindrical metal part bent at an angle; it supports the door and allows it to swing.
1
bottom rail
1
.
Level piece ot wood at the bottom of the door.
1
^
— • :
\
weather strip
threshold
Sloped strip ot wood allowing water to flow away from the door.
Surface forming the bottom part of the door opening.
247
[
ELEMENTS OF A HOUSE
lock I Device mounted on the door allowing it to lock by using a key. general view
lock -Device mounted on the door allowing it to lock by using a key. dead bolt Part whose end is inserted into a strike plate to lock the door when activated by a key.
HOUSE
escutcheon Thin plate fastened to the door with openings for the lock’s rose and ring. rose . Decorative plaque with an opening in the center allowing the doorknob to turn.
faceplate Thin plate fastened to the edge of the door with an opening through which the bolt passes. latch bolt Part whose beveled end is activated by a doorknob; it catches automatically in a strike plate when the door is closed.
doorknob ■ Knob in the form of a lever used only for latch bolt locks.
tubular lock Lock whose knobs activate a latch bolt and is locked by pushing a button: it is used for interior doors.
outside knob Knob located on the outer side of the door.'
nut Hollow cylinder of metal whose lining is threaded to screw onto a corresponding bolt.
spindle Extended part that manipulates the bolt when turned.
rose Decorative plaque with an opening in the center allowing the doorknob to turn.
inside knob Knob located on the interior side of the door; it contains a push-button.
push-button Button that activates the locking mechanism when pushed.
bolt Metal threaded peg ending in a head: it screws into a nut.
latch bolt Part whose beveled end is activated by a doorknob; it catches automatically in a strike plate when the door is closed. faceplate Thin plate fastened to the edge of the door with an opening through which the bolt passes.
I 248
ELEMENTS OF A HOUSE
lock mortise lock Lock fitted into a door whose dead bolt provides greater security; it is used especially on exterior doors.
cylinder Part that contains the lock mechanism.
stator Fixed part of the lock mechanism interacting with the grooves in the key to make the rotor turn.--
spring Elastic piece of metal that, by pressing against the cotter pin, prevents the rotor from turning if ..the key's grooves do not match. cotter pin Piece of metal that, by aligning itself to the key’s grooves under pressure from the spring, enables the rotor to turn.
Metal part whose unique grooves activate the lock. rotor Rotating part of a lock mechanism that a unique key can turn in order to draw the bolt.
cylinder case Flollow part of a lock into which the locking mechanism is fitted.
HOUSE
keyway Orifice complementing the shape of the key and through which the rotor is fitted. Protruding cylindrical part on the door into which the key is inserted.
strike plate Metal part fixed to the door frame and fitted with an opening to a cavity into which the bolt is inserted.
dead bolt Part whose end is inserted into a strike plate to lock the door when activated by a key.
faceplate Thin plate fastened to the edge of the door with an opening through which the bolt passes.
window Opening in a wall fitted with glass to let in light and air.
head of frame Upper level part of the window frame.
casing Protruding border surrounding the sash frame of the window.
jalousie Exterior panel composed of horizontal strips protecting the window from the sun or rain while allowing air to pass through.
structure
top rail of sash Level piece of wood at the top of the movable part of the window. casement Movable window panel, with or without glass, that swings on hinges.
muntin Small jamb or crosspiece holding a window pane in place.
hanging stile Vertical part of the frame to which the 'hinges are attached; it allows the window to open.
pane Small glass plate in a window or... door.
sash frame Eixed frame encasing the movable part of the window.
hook Curved part holding the jalousie or shutter in place.
shutter Exterior panel made of solid wood protecting the glass portion of the window.
weatherboard Sloped strip of wood allowing water to flow away from the window. stile tongue of sash Vertical part of the frame with a rounded side that tits into the stile groove of the sash.
sill of frame Lower level part of the window sash frame.
hinge Small metal part pivoting on a gudgeon to let the casement swing.
stile groove of sash Vertical part of the frame with a concave groove; the stile tongue of the sash fits into it.
249
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
main rooms
elevation Vertical representation of the projection of the house. third floor
Floor immediately below roof containing rooms or an unfinished part ot the house.
second floor
Part of the house defined by a floor and a ceiling; it is located above -the first floor.
first floor
HOUSE
Part of the house closest to ground -level. basement
Part of the house that is 'underground or partially so; it lies under the ground floor.
first floor Part of the house closest to ground level.
patio door
Window at ground level whose sliding panel serves as a door. glassed roof
kitchen
Room where meals are prepared. dinette
Large glassed surface forming the walls and roof.
Part of a kitchen reserved for eating meals.
pantry
Storage place tor food not needing refrigeration.
dining room
sitting room
Room in which various activities take place, such as reading and watching television
Room designed and furnished for eating meals and receiving dinner guests.
laundry room
fireplace
Room where laundry is washedand dried.
Decorative brick installation for burning fires.
half bath
living room
Small room consisting of a toilef and a sink.
Room designed and furnished fc receiving visifors.
guard
Set of bars and a handrail bordering the stairs or the open' side of a landing.
Corridor or passage providing access to other rooms. stairs
frontdoor
Structural component enabling movement between floors of a house or other structure. vestibule
Entry room for the house.
I 250
closet
Space designated for storing clothes, hats, umbrellas and so forth.
steps
Outdoor staircase ending in a landing that leads to the house entrance.
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
main rooms loft An upper room or space immediately the roof.
study
.Room intended for intellectual work; it usually contains a worktable. railing
•Handrail at support level bordering the open side of a room.
master bedroom, cathedral roof
The largest room for sleeping. This one is enclosed by a high ceiling having two slopes.
stairwell skylight
Window protruding though a roof to ventilate and illuminate the stairwell. HOUSE
bathroom skylight
Window protruding though a root to ventilate and • illuminate the bathroom.
second floor Part of the house defined by a floor and a ceiling; it is located above the first floor.
bedroom
wardrobe
Room for sleeping.
Closet for storing clothes. bathtub
Sanitary fixture for taking baths; it is shaped like a deep, elongated basin.
bedroom
Room for sleeping
walk-in wardrobe
Large closet for storing clothes; it -is big enough to enter.
bathroom
Room designed for personal hygiene; it is equipped with running water and sanitary fixtures. walk-in closet
toilet
Closet for storing clothes.
Sanitary fixture for disposing of bodily waste; it comprises a toilet bowl and a tank.
landing
atform at the top of a set of stairs roviding access to rooms on that floor.
stairs
railing
■ail at support level bordering the open side of a room. master bedroom, cathedral ceiling
■ The largest room for sleeping. This one is enclosed by a high ceiling having two slopes.
guard
Set of bars and a handrail bordering the stairs or the open side of a landing.
balcony window
Window at floor level whose sliding panel serves as a door.
stairwell
Space designed to accommodate stairs.
bathroom
Room designed for personal hygiene; it is equipped with' running water and sanitary fixtures.
balcony
shower
Sanitary fixture for washing the body under a spray of water.
window
Opening in a wall fitted with glass to let in light and air.
Platform protruding from a house and opening onto a room by a door or a balcony window; it is bordered by a handrail.
251
[ I
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
frame Assembly of members that consists of the load-bearing structure of a building and that provides stability to it.
double plate Level double member attached to the top ends of the studs; it also supports ceiling joists and rafters.
tie beam Beam forming the hip of a sloped roof and against which the rafters rest.
rafter Diagonal frame member of a sloped roof resting against the tie beam and the double plate; it supports the roof.
ceiling joist Level member to which the ceiling sheathing is attached; for a sloped ceiling, it is usually attached to the rafters. sheathing Wall covering attached directly to the frame serving as a base or support upon which to nail other facings.
gable stud Vertical member of a frame transferring the roof’s load to the double plate.
subfloor Planks or plywood laid on floor joists; the floor covering is in turn laid on it.
header Level member at the top of a window opening; it also transfers the vertical loads it supports to the contiguous gable studs. HOUSE
strut Member placed between two studs to keep them evenly spaced and to increase stability and strength.
windowsill Level member at the bottom of a window opening. sill plate Member anchored to the top of the foundation wall; the floor joists and the end joists rest on it.
stud Vertical member used in walls to support the double plate and to which the wall covering is attached. girder Especially strong level member transferring the load above it to its supporting wall. ledger Level member located along a girder and supporting the ends of the floor joists.
brace Vertical or diagonal member used to strengthen the studs and to keep them from deforming. bridging Structure composed of two members forming an X and placed between the joists to reinforce them and keep them from deforming. end joist Member perpendicular and attached to the floor joists at their ends to form the exterior framework.
252
foundation Part of the wall located below ground level and wider than the wall itself, which it supports; it is usually made of cement. footing Spread-footing section supporting the foundation wall; it is usually made of cement. corner stud Strong stud located at the corner of the frame.
foist Level member resting on a ledger and a sill plate and intended to support the floor.
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
roof truss Assembly of members composed of a triangular substructure to form the frame of a sloped roof; it supports the roof, |
king post
Vertical member supporting the tie beam and joining the principal rafters to the ridge beam. principal rafter
side post
Diagonal member ot a roof truss; it functions as a ratter.
Small vertical member supporting the principal ratter.
ridge beam
strut
Level member at the base ot a truss upon which the side posts and the king post rest; these in turn support the principal ratters.
Diagonai member supporting the principal rafter, joining it to the junction ot the king post and the ridge beam.
foundation Work done on-sIte in cement or masonry; It supports a structure's load and transfers it to the ground, thus providing stability. | sheathing
Wall covering attached directly to the frame serving as a base or support upon which to nail other tacings.
wall stud
Vertical member used in walls to support the double plate; the facing is attached to it.
baseboard
Plank ot wood protruding trom the base of a wall; it covers the joint between the floor and the wall. molding
insulating material
Finishing molding attached to the baseboard where it meets the floor; its cross-section is a quarter circle.
Material impeding heat loss to the outdoors or the cold trom entering. subfloor
wood flooring
Planks or plywood laid on tloor joists; the floor covering is in turn laid on it.
A room’s decorative tloor covei made ot wooden squares or str ,.of wood.
brick wall
Exterior racing ot a frame usually composed of blocks made from baked clay. sill
Level member to which the bottom ends of the studs are attached.
floor joist
Level member resting on a ledger and a sill plate and intended to support the floor.
foundation
Part of the wall located below ground level and wider than the wall itself, which it supports; it is usually made of cement.
end joist
Member perpendicular and attached to the tloor joists at their ends to form the exterior framework.
gravel
Bed of small stones absorbing smaller particles found in water to prevent them from blocking the drain; it also keeps the drain in place.
sill plate
Member anchored to the top of the foundation wall; the floor joists and the end joists rest on it.
drain tile-
Perforated pipe draining water from the soil; it also protects the foundation from frost and pressure caused by wet soil.
footing
Spread-footing section supporting the foundation wall; it is usually made of cement. 253
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
wood flooring
I
A room's decorative floor covering made of wooden squares or strips of wood.
wood flooring on cement screed Wood flooring that is supported by a layer of cement.
wood flooring on wooden structure Wood flooring that is supported by a subfloor made of wood.
floorboard
floorboard
Small piece of wood that forms decorative panels when assembled with others of the same type.
Strip of wood that forms a pattern when assembled with others.
HOUSE
subfloor
Planks or plywood laid on floor, joists: the floor covering is in turn ’ laid on it.
insulating material
Layer under the cement screed that dampens impact noises; it is usually made of felt or cork.
cement screed
glue
Cement layer ensuring the evenness of the room’s floor.
Adhesive used to fix the wood flooring to the cement screed.
joist
Level member resting on a ledger and a sill plate and intended to support the floor.
wood flooring arrangements Strip flooring and parquetry are vehicles for creating various artistic patterns.
overlay flooring strip flooring with alternate joints Wood flooring with floorboards of different Wood flooring with floorboards of lengths laid parallel; its joints are distributed identical lengths laid parallel; its joints randomly. are offset by half a length from one row to the next.
herringbone parquet Wood flooring of rectangular wood strips of equal lengths laid one against the other to form an angle of 45°.
herringbone pattern Wood flooring of equal lengths whose joints meet at 45° to 60° cuts.
Chantilly parquet Wood flooring composed of a border and of compartments positioned at right angles to it. Inspired by the Chateau de Chantilly in France.
Versailles parquet Wood flooring composed of a border and of compartments positioned diagonally in relation to it. Inspired by the Chateau de Versailles in France.
inlaid parquet Wood flooring of parquetry assembled in a checkerboard pattern. basket weave pattern Wood flooring of parquetry creating a woven effect.
Arenberg parquet Wood flooring composed of a border and of different geometric figures. Inspired by the Chateau d'Arenberg in Belgium.
textile floor coverings I Textile floor coverings, such as rugs and pile carpets, are comfortable and attractive, and dampen impact noise. rug Piece of thick heavy fabric usually having a nap and covering a section of the floor; it is removable.
pile carpet Piece of thick heavy fabric attached to and covering the entire floor of a room. pile
Visible surface of a carpet made of ---■ raised fibers that are cut or looped.
•rtf: S'--
underlay
Covering placed beneafh the pile. carpet to make walking more comfortable and to dampen noise. I 254
C
,
•
tackless strip
Small Strip of wood covered with ' tacks and nailed or glued to the perimeter of the room; the pile carpet is fastened to it.
STRUCTURE OF A HOUSE
stairs structural component enabling movement between floors of a house or other structure. |
goose-neck guard
Set of bars and a handrail bordering the stairs or the open side Ota landing.
cap
Adornment tor the top of a newel post.
Decorative detail at the end of a handrail. handrail
Top part of a guard for gripping when climbing or descending a ..-staircase.
landing
Platform between two flights of - stairs or at the top of a staircase. closed stringer
HOUSE
Diagonal piece of notched wood supporting steps and risers and enclosing their ends. flight of stairs
Set of steps lying between two floors, two landings or a floor and a landing. open stringer
i i i
Diagonal piece of wood cuf to fit the steps and risers and supporting the ends of fhe steps at the banister.
starting step
Bottom step in a flight of sfairs.
step groove
Width of the staircase. between two successive risers, excluding the nosing. baseboard
Plank of wood protruding from the base of a wall; it hides the joint between the floor and the wall.
banister
Small piece of wood supporting the handrail and providing safety.
newel post
Strong post at the top or bottom of a staircase supporting the handrail
step Part of a staircase composed of a tread and a riser.
HEATING
wood firing Creates heat by burning wood; nowadays, heating with wood is usually reserved as a backup. fireplace Masonry structure topped with a chimney and open in front: burning wood emits heat that is reflected from the inner hearth.
hood
Part of a fireplace located above the •mantel: it hides the chimney and allows the smoke to escape to the outdoors.
mantel shelf
Level top part of a fireplace’s •mantel. corbel piece mantel
HOUSE
Piece protruding from a jamb or wall: It supports the mantel of a fireplace.
Part of the fireplace protruding over the hearth, lintel
jamb
Horizontal crosspiece above the hearth and supporting the mantel.
Vertical facing making up the side of the hearth and supporting the upper parts of the fireplace.
frame
Metal piece around the edge of the fireplace opening.
firebrick back
Vertical facing making up the back of the hearth.
base
Pedestal protecting a room’s floor from the heat produced by the fireplace. inner hearth •
Part of a fireplace where combustion takes place. woodbox
Part of the fireplace where wood is •stored. slow-burning stove Closed heating device: the amount of air entering the tire box is controlled to slow down combustion. chimney connection
Pipe connecting the stove to the chimney or to another stovepipe to evacuate the smoke.
smoke baffle
Device directing the smoke toward -the chimney connection.
warm-air baff
Device forcing heated air to tf front of the stov
loading door
Airtight glass door sealing the fire • box.
hot-air outlet
firebrick
Vents in the side of the box through which heated air is returned to the room.
Brick that can withstand very high temperatures without deforming. handle
box
Rigid metal casing of the stove.
fire box
-Area of fhe stove in which the wood is burned. air inlet control
Handle controlling the mechanism for regulating the amount of air entering the fire box. I 25B
I :
I
HEATING
wood firing
fire irons
chimney Channel through which smoke and combustion gases from a heating device are evacuated while ensuring the free flow of air.
Tools used to grasp and move burning wood, revive the fire and collect the ashes. rain cap
Part covering the top of a chimney to protect it from wind and rain.
storm collar
Part protecting the watertightness of the flashing by diverting water runoff. HOUSE
flashing
Part located where the exterior of the chimney joins the roof; it protects against water seepage.
ceiling
ceiling collar
Part fitted around a section of the chimney to protect combustible materials in the floor, ceiling and roof from the heat. pipe section
broom Tool for cleaning the hearth and sweeping the ashes into the shovel.
poker Tool for poking the embers and logs in order to stir up the fire.
shovel Tool for collecting the ashes.
log tongs Tool for grasping and moving logs and embers.
Sections of stovepipe forming the chimney are joined in various ways: they are screwed, welded or fitted into collars.
ceiling collar
Part fitted around a chimney at certain points to protect combustible materials in the floor, -ceiling and roof from the heat.
floor
andirons Metal supports placed in the hearth for cradling the logs; they allow air to circulate during combustion.
log carrier Basket for carrying firewood and storing it near the fireplace.
capped tee
T-shaped pipe joining a heating device to the chimney stovepipe.
fireplace screen Device placed in front of the fireplace opening to protect the floor from sparks. 257
HEATING
forced warm-air system In this type ot system, air is heated in a turnace and blown by a tan through a network of ducts to the rooms ot a dwelling.
branch duct
Duct, usually made of sheet metal, 'carrying the hot air toward the registers.
hot-air register
Adjustable grill located at the end of a duct through which hot air is distributed throughout a room.air return
HOUSE
Duct directing air from a room back to the furnace to be reheated.
damper
Mechanism for regulating the volume of air passing through a' duct.
'furnace
Device creating heat and blowing ■■■the air through the duct system.
wall stack section
plenum
Vertical duct carrying hot air upward toward the registers on the upper floors.
Joining duct between the furnace and the hot-air distribution system.
elbow
Connection or part of a duct for altering the direction of the hot air.
mam duct
Duct that leaves the turnace and carries hot air toward the branch ducts.
electric furnace Device using electricity for creating heat and blowing it through the duct system.
types of registers Registers are located at the ends of the ducts and are fitted at the bottom of a wgJI, in a floor or near the celling. hot-air outflow
Duct directing hot from the furnace to the rooms.
air return
Duct directing air from a room back to the furnace to be reheated.
plenum
Joining duct between the furnace and the hot-air distribution system. heating element
baseboard register Adjustable grill located at the^end of a duct through which hotair is distributed throughout a room.
Electric device heating the air before distributing it through the ducts.
electric conm
Device connecting the i furnace to the dwelling’s!
wall register Grill at the end of an air-return duct, which returns a room’s air to the furnace.
blower motor
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device, blower
Device blowing the hot air out of the furnace.
access panel
Removable panel for accessing the furnace’s components.
I 258
ceiling register Grill at the end of a duct through which a room’s air is drawn to mix it with the forced hotair.
HEATING
forced hot-water system Water heated in a boiler tiows up to the radiators, where it releases its heat to the ambient air; the water then returns to the boiler to be reheated. radiator branch supply pipe
Device transferring heat obtained trom the passage of hot water to the ambient air.
Pipe carrying the hot water to the radiators one floor above.
branch return pipe
Pipe carrying the cooled water to the main return pipe one tioor below.
main supply pipe
Pipe carrying the hot water to the radiators.
expansion tank main return pipe
Reservoir tor absorbing water expansion; it keeps the water pressure in the system steady.
Pipe carrying cooled water to the boiler.
HOUSE
boiler
Device in which water is heated before being distributed to the radiators.
circulating pump
Device moving water throughout the network ot pipes and radiators.
oil burner Device for mixing a flammable substance (heating oil) with air, then blowing and Igniting this mixture in a boiler’s fire pot.
nozzle
Tube through which the heating oil passes to be pulverized into tiny droplets; upon exiting, it mixes with air. electrode assembly
boiler Device in which water is heated before being distributed to the radiators.
The mixture of heating oil and air Is lit by an electric spark arcing''-., between two electrodes.
ignition transformer air tube
Cylindrical part covering the nozzle and the ignition electrodes; it joins the burner to the fire pot.
heat control
Mechanism controlled by fluctuations in temperature; it can be set to automatically switch the burner on or off.
pressure relief valve chimney
Channel through which combustion gases are evacuated.
Mechanism for releasing pressure by letting off excess water or steam.
Device that changes the voltage of an electric circuit in order to produce a spark between two electrodes.
oil supply line
electric motor
Tube injecting heating oil into the burner and toward the nozzle,-
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device. Device blowing air out of the burner to mix with the heating oil mist.
box
• Rigid metal casing for the boiler. insulation
- Material covering the sides of the boiler to reduce heat loss,
oil supply inlet
oil pump
Device compressing heating oil and directing it to the nozzle.
Tube carrying heating oil to the pump.
Aquastat
-Device regulating the water temperature.
column radiator Device consisting of vertical columns through which hot water circulates; the inherent heat is transferred to the ambient air.
heating element
-Conduit in which the water is heated.
covering grille
, radiator’s decorative cover. heat exchanger
.Set of pipes transferring the heat produced by combustion to the water.
bleeder valve
Mechanism for releasing air that occasionally accumulates at the' top of the radiator.
1
I
draft hole
Peephole for viewing the inside of the fire pot.
airtube burner
Cylindrical part covering the nozzle Device for mixing a flammable and the ignition electrodes; it joins substance with air, and fanning and the burner to the fire pot. igniting this mixture in a boiler’s lire pot.
fire pot
Part of the boiler where the combustion of air and heating oil takes place after they pass through the burner.
column
Vertical tube through which thewater flows. hot-water outlet -
Valve for draining the water from the radiator.
regulating valve
Device for regulating the volume of water circulating through a radiator.
259 {
HEATING
heat pump
I Device exchanging heat between two environments of different temperatures; it can either heat or cool a house dependinq on how the I circuit is set. ’ circuit breaker supply duct
Mechanism automatically cutting oft the power supply In the event of' overload.
Duct carrying forced hot air ■ (heating mode) or cool air (cooling mode) into the house. indoor unit
fan
Part of the pump that, depending on the - setting, either transfers outdoor heat into the house (heating mode) or transfers heat from the indoors to the outdoors (cooling mode).
Propeller-shaped blades drawing in outdoor air (heating mode) orexpelling indoor air (cooling mode).
refrigerant tubing
outdoor unit
Conduit circulating a refrigerant, thus enabling the heat transfer.
Part of the pump in which, depending on the setting, the outside air is tapped (heating mode) or the indoor air is cooled (cooling mode).. HOUSE
electric connection
Conduit connecting the heat pump to the dwelling's electric system. compressor
Device compressing the refrigerant to the desired pressure.
refrigerant tubing
auxiliary heating
electric baseboard radiator Device using electricity to heat air by drawing it in at its base and releasing it at the top by convection.
thermostat
Mechanism that, by sensing changes in temperature, will automatically switch the radiator on or off.
fin
Projecting metal rib attached to the heating element; it increases the heat-emitting surface area.
deflector
fan heater Device in which the air is heated by electric elements and diffused by a fan.
Part directir the heated air toward the room,
convector Device that, by convection, draws air through its base, heats it inside, then diffuses it through a grille on the top.
outlet grille
■Grille through which the heated air is diffused in the room. oil-filled heater Device made of tubes that circulate oil heated by electric elements.
casing
Rigid metal box protecting the heater.
I
260
radiant heater Device producing heat from a heating element and diffusing it in the form of light waves.
AIR CONDITIONING
air-conditioning appliances These appliances help make a house comfortable by cooling, filtering and humidifying or dehumidifying the ambient air
dehumidifier Device that lowers the humidity level in a room’s air by cooling it.
motor Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
front grille Perforated panel through which the air enters a room.
blade Part whose long flat surface moves the ambient air when it rotates.
water level
bucket Tank collecting the water droplets formed from the cooled air.
choosing key Button for confirming the selected time and temperatures programmed.
i I I !
air purifier Device drawing air in from a room to filter it by removing its pollutants before returning it.
room thermostat Mechanism that, by sensing changes in temperature, can be set to automatically switch the heating or airconditioning or off in a room or house. cover
housing arrow key Button for changing the ' programmed time and house temperature. programming control Button for regulating fhe thermostat according to the schedule chosen.
control panel Panel containing the controls for operating the humiditier.
desired temperature Desired temperature of the ambient air.
temperature control Knob for selecting the desired temperature.
pointer Metal needle attached to the thermometer showing the ambient temperature. actual temperature A built-in thermometer shows the current temperature of the room in which it is located.
humidifier Device that increases the humidity level in the air of a room.
vaporizer Device blending air with a fine mist of water before blowing it into the room.
water tank Reservoir containing the water to be vaporized in the room.
air filter Device that absorbs dust ■suspended in the air. vaporizing grille ■ Perforated panel dispersing the humidified air.
water level
room air conditioner Device installed in a window tor cooling and circulating the air in a room.
hygrometer Device measuring the amount of humidity in a room’s air.
evaporator blower Device drawing in warm air from the room, directing it over the cold evaporator coils and then returning it to the room.
fan motor Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive a device; in this case, the fan.
casing
condenser coil Tube in which the hot refrigerant dissipates the room’s heat to the outdoors.
louver Device directing cool air into the room.
humidity
thermostat Mechanism that, by sensing changes in temperature, will automatically switch the air conditioner on or off.
vent Grate through which outdoor air is drawn inward.
blower motor Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive a device; in this case, the fan.
fan control Knob for regulating the rate of air flow. temperature
function selector Knob for regulating the temperature and the fan speed.
condenser fan Propeller-shaped tan drawing outdoor air through the vents and over the hot condenser coils to cool them.
control panel Panel containing the controls that operate the air conditioner.
grille Grille through which the heated air is diffused in the room.
evaporator coil Tube carrying refrigerant that absorbs the room’s heat.
2B1
HOUSE
programmable thermostat Electronic device tor keeping a house or a room at a certain temperature; it can be programmed to follow a schedule. display Screen showing digital data (time and temperature).
ceiling fan Device whose rotating blades draw the warm air in a room upward in summer or push it downward in winter.
rod -... Cylinder linking the fan to the ceiling and housing the electric wires.
humidistat Mechanism that, by sensing changes in humidity, can be set to automatically switch the humiditier on or ott.
I
PLUMBING
plumbing system I In a house, there are four plumbing systems enabling water to circulate: hot and cold water distribution, pipe ventilation and wastewater evacuation.
mam circuit vent
Vertical pipe vented directly outdoors that allows air to circulate throughout the draining circuit; it also vents sewer gas.
[uui vein
Point of entry for outside air into the main circuit vent.
toilet
Sanitary fixture for disposing of bodily waste; it comprises a toilet bowl and a tank.
circuit vent
Allows air to circulate and maintains constant pressure throughout the entire draining circuit.
sink
Sanitary fixture in the form of a basin; it is used for washing.
HOUSE
double sink
Fixture consisting of two basins having a water supply and equipped with a drain; it is used in a kitchen ora laundry room.-.
bathtub
Sanitary fixture for taking baths; i / is shaped like a deep, elongated c basin.
drain
Pipe that uses gravity to carry wastewater from a fixture to a branch.-.
shower and tub fixture
Device for mixing hot and cold water for the -bath or shower.
waste stack
overflow
Pipe through which wastewater is discharged and carried to the building sewer.-
Drainpipe for draining off a fixture’s overflow when the water level reaches a certain level. trap
hot-water heater
U-shaped pipe beneath a fixture • containing a quantity of water to prevent sewage gases from escaping.
Device producing sanitary hot water for washing and bathing; it consumes gas or electricity.,. main cleanout
branch
Metal part screwed to the drain that can be removed if the drain needs to be unplugged.-
■ Pipe draining wastewater from the fixtures to the waste stack. fixture drain-
supply line
pipe carrying waste from a toilet to the branch.
Pipe delivering cold drinking water to a house’s plumbing system; it is an extension of the water service pipe.
hot-water riser
Vertical pipe carrying hot water to house’s upper floors.
shutoff valve
Valve for shutting off the water supply to the entire house.-
cold-water riser
water service pipe
Vertical pipe carrying cold water to a house’s upper floors.
Pipe connecting a public water-''' supply to the house. water meter
Device for gauging the amount of water consumed by a household.
ventilating circuit
^ Set of interconnected pipes allowing air to circulate in the circuit.
I 2B2
floor drain
Hole at the end of a pipe carrying overflow water to the main drain.
draining circuit
m Set of interconnected pipes allowing wastewater to drain into the building sewer.
building sewer
washer
Drainpipe carrying wastewater from the waste stack to the sewage system or septic tank.
Household appliance that washes clothes automatically.
cold-water circuit
Set of interconnected pipes distributing cold drinking water throughout a house.
hot-water circuit
■ Set of interconnected pipes distributing hot water from a hot-water heater.
PLUMBING
pedestal-type sump pump Device removing water from a pit dug in the ground in order to evacuate it to a sewer or septic tank.
I
switch
Mechanism allowing the pump motor to be activated when the float reaches a preset level.
pump motor
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
check valve
Valve with a toggle preventing water from backing up into the sump.
grounded receptacle
Device for supplying electricity and ensuring the transfer of the current to the ground in the event of device malfunction; it prevents electrocution.
discharge line
Pipe through which the pump evacuates the sump water to a sewer or septic tank.
float clamp
Metal part keeping the float line in place.
HOUSE
sump
Pit in which water runoft is collected in the event the basement floods.
float
Moving part connected to the shutoff switch; it rises with the water level and activates the pump.
septic tank Underground system in which sewage is treated and dispersed. tank
Wastewater settles and sewage decomposes naturally in the first compartment. Water then flows into the second compartment.
building sewer
Drainpipe carrying wastewater from the waste stack to the sewage system or septic tank.
distribution box
Device spreading water evenly through the network of drains. gravel
Bed of small stones absorbing smaller particles found in water to prevent them from blocking the perforated pipes; it also keeps the perforated pipes in place
leach field
Land containing perforated pipes through which the water infiltrates the ground.
perforated pipe
Perforated pipe through which water drains in order to filter through the gravel and then into the soil. 2B3
PLUMBING
bathroom I Room designed for personal hygiene; it is equipped with running water and sanitary fixtures.
portable shower head sliding door
shower head
Panel or panels of a door sliding horizontally along a set of tracks.
Perforated device through which water flows underpressure.
overflow
Movable handle equipped with a perforated shower head; it is used especially for rinsing hair.
Drainpipe for draining off a fixture’s overflow when the water level reaches a certain level.
shower stall spray hose
faucet
Enclosed space in which a sanitary faciiity allows one to wash one’s body under a spray of water.
mirror
Polished glass surface reflecting light and returning images.
HOUSE
Flexible pipe allowing the shower head to be moved.
Device stopping or starting the flow of hot or cold water, as well as regulating its flow rate.
stissue holder
tub platform
;
toilet tank
bidet
Reservoir storing water used to flush the contents of a toilet bowl.
Low sanitary fixture shaped like a toilet bowl and used for bathing private parts. toilet
Sanitary fixture for disposing of bodily waste; it comprises a toilet bowl and a tank.
I 264
Raised floor section leading to the bathtub.
seat cover
Part covering the toilet-bowl opening,
sink
i
Sanitary fixture in the form of a basin; it is used for washing.
bathtub
Sanitary fixture for taking baths; it is shaped like a deep, elongated basin.
■ i
i :
soap dish
vanity cabinet
Furniture where one grooms oneself; it is equipped with a countertop and usually contains drawers.
^ towel bar
PLUMBING
toilet Sanitary fixture for disposing of bodily waste; it comprises a toilet bowl and a tank.
flush handle Mechanism that one lowers in order to tiush out the contents ot the toilet; it activates the trip lever.
I
overflow tube Drainpipe for draining off a fixture’s overflow when the water level reaches a certain level. trip lever Mechanism that, when activated by the flush handle, pulls up the lift chain, letting the water flow from the tank into the toilet bowl.
refill tube Pipe carrying water from the cold-water supply line to the toilet bowl.
float ball Movable device that, when dropping with the water level, opens the valve; when the water level rises again, it shuts the valve.
tank lid.
HOUSE
lift chain Connector composed of a series of metal links that, when pulled up by ••the trip lever, opens the tank ball.
ball-cock supply valve Mechanism allowing or stopping the flow of water into the tank; it is activated by the float ball.
seat cover Part covering the toilet-bowl opening.
seat Seat pierced with a hole; it can be raised or lowered.
tiller tube Pipe carrying water from the cold-water supply line to the toilet tank.
tank ball Plug that, when raised by the lift chain, lets the water in the tank flow into the ■ toilet bowl; it then sinks, allowing the tank to refill. valve seat shaft Watertight device into which the tank ball is inserted to allow the tank to refill.
toilet bowl Hollowed-out part of the fixture in which water flushes waste out through the trap.
conical washer-' Watertight seal inserted in the toilet bowl opening to prevent the water from escaping. cold-water supply line' Pipe carrying water to the toilet.
shutoff valve Device for shutting off the supply of water to the toilet.
trap Part of the toilet holding a certain amount of water so that sewage gases cannot escape from the draining circuit.
waste pipe Pipe through which wastewater is discharged and carried to the building sewer.
wax seal Gasket inserted between the toilet trap and the waste pipe to prevent water from leaking into the room.
265
PLUMBING
water-heater tank I Device producing sanitary hot water for washing and bathing; it consumes gas or electricity.
electric water-heater tank
cold-water supply Inlet pipe for cold water to the tank.
HOUSE
anode rod Magnesium-coated electrode protecting the tank from the corrosive effects of the water. high-temperature cutoff Mechanism cutting off the flow of electric current when the temperature of the water exceeds a set' value.
upper thermostat Device that senses changes in temperature and automatically switches the upper heating element on or off. ■
hot-water outlet Outlet pipe for hot water flowing into the hot-water circuit.
pressure relief valve Device tor lowering the pressure inside the tank by releasing excess hot water.
upper heating element Coated electric resistor immersed in the upper part of the tank to heat the water.
access paneltank Insulated reservoir in which hot water is stored; it is usually cylindrical and enameled or glazed.
insulation ■ Material placed between the tank and the outer walls of the hot-water tank in order to'reduce heat loss. electric supply Point where the hot-water tank connects with the household circuit. overflow pipe Pipe through which water escapes when maximum pressure is exceeded.
lower thermostat Device that senses changes in temperature and automatically switches the lower heating element on or oft.
lower heating element Coated electric resistor immersed in the lower part of the tank to heat the water.
drain valve Device for emptying water from the tank.
I 2B6
PLUMBING
water-heater tank
gas water-heater tank
hot-water outlet Outlet pipe for hot water flowing into the hot-water circuit.
outer jacket Metal casing protecting the tank.
flue hat Device reducing the amount of air withdrawn by convection.
pressure-relief valve Device for lowering the pressure inside the tank by releasing excess hot water. HOUSE
overflow pipe Pipe through which water escapes when maximum pressure is exceeded.
insulation Material placed between the tank and the outer walls of the hot-water tank in order to reduce heat ioss. cold-water supply line Inlet pipe for cold water to the tank.
flue Channel through which combustion gases are evacuated.
glass-lined tank Insulated reservoir protected against corrosion by an enamel or glaze coating. I
reset button Mechanism allowing the burner to be manually restarted. gas cock Mechanism cutting off the gas supply when the water reaches the desired temperature. control box Box containing the set of controls that measure temperature and operate the burner.
temperature control ... Device for setting the temperature. thermostat Mechanism controlled by fluctuations in temperature; it can be set to automatically switch the burner on or off.
drain valve Device for emptying the water from the tank. gas burner - Combustion device for an air-gas mixture.
267
PLUMBING
faucets I The double-handle faucet controls the flow of hot and cold water; the single-lever faucet mixes the hot and cold water and controls their * flow. stem faucet Device stopping or starting the flow of hot or cold water, as well as regulating its flow rate.
handle When turned, raises or lowers the spindle, allowing the water to be turned oft or on.
packing nut Metal part allowing the packing to be tightened against the washer.
packing Gasket preventing the spindle trom leaking.
washer Part inserted over the spindle that fits into the body of the faucet.
spindle Metal unit that provides the link between the handle and the stem washer.
HOUSE
stem holder Bracket for the stem washer. spout Curved end out of which water flows.
thread Helical grooves at the end of the spout to which an accessory, such as an aerator, can be attached.
valve seat Part against which the stem washer presses to prevent leakage.
disc faucet Type of faucet fitted with two perforated discs that regulate the water’s flow and its temperature.
handle Lever for controlling water flow and the mixture of hot and cold water. bonnet Decorative part covering the body of the faucet; the handle turns on it.
spout Curved end out of which water flows.
seal Washer protecting a water inlet trom leaking. water inlet Tubular section through which water enters the faucet.
stem washer Stopper attached to the bottom of the spindle. When inserted into the valve seat, it blocks the inflow of water; when raised, it allows the water to flow.
ball-type faucet Type of faucet fitted with a perforated ball that regulates both the flow of water and its temperature.
cylinder Part fitted with two discs; one activated by the handle, the other stationary.
aerator Device fitted with a screen and attached to the spout; it aerates the water and prevents splashing.
escutcheon Plate for covering and protecting water-intake pipes.
handle Lever for controlling water flow and the mixture of hot and cold water.
cartridge faucet Type of faucet fitted with a perforated cartridge that regulates both the flow of water and its temperature.
spout Curved end out of which water flows. bonnet Decorative part covering the body of the faucet; the handle turns on it.
handle Lever for controlling water flow and the mixture of hot and cold water.
uai LI luyc
aerator Device fitted with a screen and attached to the spout; it aerates the water and prevents splashing.
body Part covering the faucet’s mechanism.
packing retainer ring Plastic part inserted into the body to keep the washer on the bail and to prevent leakage in the faucet.
washer Part wedged between the packing retainer ring and the ball assembly to prevent leaking.
valve seat Gasket preventing the water inlet ■ from leaking. spring Elastic metal part that is kept under pressure to hold the valve seat in’ place.
0-ring Circular gasket, usually made of rubber, preventing water from leaking from the base of the faucet. I 2B8
cover Decorative part capping the top of the handle.
ball assembly Perforated part letting water enter; it also mixes the hot and cold water.
When its stem is raised by the handle, its lower end is lifted out of the seat to let water flow...
spout Curved end out of which water flows.
cartridge stem Unit activated by the handle that drives the rotating movement of the cartridge.
retaining ring Plastic part inside the faucet body keeping the washer in place. aerator Device fitted with a screen and attached to the spout; it aerates the water and prevents splashing.
body Part attached to the faucet’s ring and serving to hide the cartridge.
0-ring Circular gasket, usually made of rubber, preventing water from leaking from the base of the faucet.
PLUMBING
fittings Transition fittings are used for joining components made of different materials, whereas fittings are used to join components of the same | material. examples of transition fittings Transition fittings aliow tubes of different materials to be joined. steel to plastic The tubes are joined by a threaded tube for the steel end. and by compression coupling or, fora plastic end, by gluing.
copper to steel The tubes are joined by a threaded tube on the steel end, and by union or compression coupiing on the copper end.
copper to plastic The tubes are joined by union or compression coupling,
examples of fittings Fittings are used to join two or more pipes, a pipe to a device, or a pipe to a cap or plug.
Fitting joining two pipes so that the pipe can bypass an obstacle.
Fitting joining three pipes, one of which is perpendicular to the other two.
trap U-shaped pipe beneath a fixture containing a quantity of water to prevent sewage gases from escaping.
Fitting joining three pipes, one of which is obligue to the other two.
HOUSE
cap Plug inserted into the end of a pipe to ciose it off.
li U-bend Fitting joining two pipes in order to change their direction by 180°.
threaded cap Plug screwed onto the end of a male threaded pipe to close it off.
hexagon bushing Fitting with a hexagonai head. It joins two pipes of different diameters: one pipe is screwed onto the male end, and the other into the female end.
flush bushing Fitting joining two pipes of different diameters. The larger pipe screws onto the male end and the smaller pipe screws into the female end.
90° elbow Fitting for joining two pipes in order to change their direction.
nipple Threaded fitting having two male ends; it is used to join two pipes of the same diameter.
45° elbow Fitting for joining two pipes in order to change their direction by 45°.
pipe coupling Threaded fitting with twofemaie ends; it is used to join two pipes of the same diameter.
reducing coupling Fitting joining two pipes of different diameters in order to reduce the diameter of a pipe run.
square head plug Cap screwed into the end of a threaded female pipe to close it off.
mechanical connectors
union Formed by using a nut to tighten a maie union nut in a female union nut; leakage is prevented by placing a gasket where the two tubes meet.
Pipes joined using nuts and threaded metal parts; a gasket is inserted to tighten them, thus preventing ieakage.
union nut
Threaded on the inside so that a male union nut can be screwed into it.
ring nut
Part that enables a male union nut to be screwed into a female union nut.
I union nut
. compression fitting Threaded part into which two tubes can be inserted; they are made watertight by a gasket tightened with a nut.
Threaded on the outside so it can be inserted into the female union nut.
gasket
Fiexible washer placed where two tubes meet to prevent leakage.
pipe B
pipe A
nut
Metal part that screws onto the fitting so that the gasket can be tightened on the tube.
connector Threaded part joining two pipes.
pipe B
i
pipe A
gasket
Washer made of metal or rubber compressed against the pipe to prevent leakage in the fitting.
flare joint Threaded part over which two tubes having beil-shaped ends can be tightened by a nut.
pipe B
pipe A
connector Threaded part joining two pipes.
tube end Flared end of a pipe.
269
I
PLUMBING
examples of branching I Branching: the way in which an appliance is hooked up to a house's plumbing system. garbage disposal sink
Appliance used in a kitchen, sometimes with two basins, that is fed by water and equipped with a drain and a garbage disposal unit.
handle Lever controlling the flow and mixture of hot and cold water.
spray head Flexible faucet with a perforated spout, used especially for rinsing.
single-handle kitchen faucet Device acting as both faucet and hot and cold water mixer.
HOUSE
spout assembly Curved end out of which water flows. sink Water-fed basin equipped with a drain; it is indispensable for cooking and cleaning tasks.
escutcheon Plate for covering and protecting water-intake pipes.
compression coupling Tightening of a gasket on a tube by using a nut.
strainer body Part equipped with an orifice and located at the bottom of the sink, allowing water to flow out. rubber gasket Gasket preventing leakage between the strainer body and the sink.
spray hose Supple tube allowing the spray head to be moved.
locknut Part for tightening the joint between the draining circuit and' the end piece.
■supply tube Pipe carrying water from the supply line to the faucet.
strainer coupling Part for tightening the joint,, between the strainer body and the end piece.
garbage disposal unit Electric device for grinding table scraps into fine particles so that running water can flush them down the drain.
drain Pipe joining the strainer body with-'' the tee.
shutoff valve ' Device allowing the flow of water to the sink to be shut off.
trap U-shaped pipe beneath a fixture containing a quantity of water toprevent sewage gases from escaping.
hot-water supply line
cleanout Part screwed into the trap that can be removed in case it needs to be unblocked.
cold-water supply line
trap coupling Movable part joining the trap with the tee.
I 270
PLUMBING
exanriijles of branching
washer Household appliance that washes clothes automatically.
air chamber Prevents banging in the pipes (water hamnner) caused by pressure when a faucet is shut off. flexible rubber hose Supple tube carrying water to the washer.
shutoff valve Device for shutting off the supply of water to the washer.
cold-water supply line
tee Shaped like a T, it joins three pipes, one of which is perpendicular to the other two.
washer Household appliance that washes clothes automatically.
HOUSE
hot-water supply line
house drain Pipe using gravity to move the wastewater from the washer to the drain.
standpipe Pipe through which wastewater is discharged and carried to the ■ building sewer.
drain hose Flexible tube through which the washer pump expels wastewater to the standpipe.
dishwasher Appliance designed to automatically wash and dry dishes. drain hose Pipe collecting wastewater from the dishwasher and carrying it to the drain. dishwasher Appliance designed to automatically wash and dry dishes.
air chamber Prevents banging in the pipes (water hammer) caused by pressure when a faucet is shut off.
waste tee Shaped like a T, it joins three pipes, one of which is perpendicular to the other two.
hot-water supply line
cold-water supply line
shutoff valve Device for shutting off the supply of water to the dishwasher.
271
(
ELECTRICITY
distribution panel I Set of devices forming the junction of the public electricity grid and the electric circuits of a dwelling.
knockout
bonding jumper
Partially cut-out metal part that can be removed if needed in order to attach a supplementary cable to the panel.
Screvi/ inserted into the metal box of the panel allowing it to be connected to the neutral hot bus bar.
240-volt feeder cable
Cable consisting of three wires, one neutral and two live, conducting an electric current from the grid to the distribution panel.
| i
main breaker
Mechanism controlling the supply of electricity to the hot bus bars; it allows the current to all the dwelling’s circuits to be cut.'.,.
connector
Device for screwing the electricconnection conduit to the panel box.
double circuit breaker
Protection device for a 240-volt circuit that, in the event of overload, is released and thus cuts oft electricity to the circuits.-.,
main power cable
Live wire conducting the electric current.
single circuit breaker
ground bond
HOUSE
Protection device fora 120-volt circuit that, in the event of overload, is released and thus cuts off elecfricity to the circuits.-.,.
- Links the bonding jumper to the neutral hot bus bar. , 240-volt circuit
Composed of two lives wires, one neutral wire and one grounded wire: this allows electricity to reach devices requiring a lot of power. 120-volt circuit
Composed of one live wire, one neufral wire and one grounded wire; it allows electricity to reach a small appliance or a light. neutral service wire
Wire having no electric charge that, via - the neutral hot bus bar, returns the current from domestic circuits to the grid.
ground fault circuit interrupter
Device reducing the risk of electric shock in a humid place in the event of an accidental leak of current to the ground.
hot bus bar ^
neutral wire
- Conductive part of the panel into which the breakers for each circuit are plugged.
Wire having no electric charge that, allows the current to return to the distribution panel and the grid.
ground
ground/neutral bus bar
Receives the current from the neutral grounded wires of fhe various circuits and conducts them tothe neutral service wire and the ground connection.
plastic insulator
Plate made of nonconductive material preventing the hot bus bars from coming in contact with the back of the panel.
terminal
Part of fhe ground/neufral bus bar fo which a neutral wire and the ground wire of a circuit are attached.
Part connecting the neutral hot bus bar 'that allows the current from the circuits’ neutral wires to be transferred to the neutral service wire.
ground connection
ground wire
Metal conductor attached to the ground wire in order to ground the entire circuit.
Wire conducting the current from the ground/neutral bus bar to the ground connection in the event of a short circuit.
examples of fuses Fuses: electric connection devices devised for interrupting the current in the event of electric overload by melting one of its components.
I 272
cartridge fuse
plug fuse
knife-blade cartridge fuse
Having a maximum capacity of 60 amperes, it protects a circuit of 240 volts.
Having a maximum capacity of 30 amperes, it screws in like a lightbulb and protects a circuit of 120 volts.
Having a capacity of 60 to 600 amperes, it protects the main electric circuit,
ELECTRICITY
network connection Set of equipment and conductors allowing a customer's electric installation to be connected to the public grid, |
customer’s service entrance
supply point
The customer's portion of the electric hookup: from the service box to the connection point.
Place where the customer’s service entrance is connected to the lowtension distribution line.-.
connection point phase conductor
Place where the customer’s electric hookup Is connected to the electric grid.
Live wire conducting the electric current.
medium-tension distribution line
Overhead electricity-distribution lines with tension between 750 and 50,000 volts; Its conductors are located at the top of the poles.
neutral conductor
Conductor of a distribution line that, connected to a neutral point of the grid, returns the current.--... low-tension distribution line ..
ground wire-
HOUSE
Overhead electricity-distribution line with a maximum tension of 750 volts; Its conductors are located under the transformer.
'
Metal conductor inserted into the ground ensuring that accidental electric leakages are conducted to the earth. distributor service loop
Set of conductors extending the distribution line to the customer's connection point. electricity meter-
Device measuring the consumption of electricity by a dwelling.
main switch
Mechanism allowing a dwelling's current to be cut off.
service box
Metal box containing the main switch.
distribution panel
fuse
Set of devices forming the junction Electric connection device devised of the public electricity grid and the for interrupting the current in the event of electric overload by electric circuits of a dwelling. melting one of Its components.
electricity meter: Device measuring the consumption of electricity by a dwelling. |
full-load adjustment screw cover
Screw adjusting the rotation speed of the disk so that ■ it corresponds to high consumption, such as in large appliances requiring a great deal of electricify.
dial register
disk
Metering system measuring a dwelling’s electricity consumption expressed in kilowatt hours (kWh).
Aluminum plate that turns as the current •flows through the meter; the number of times it rotates is proportional to the amount of electricity consumed.
nameplate
Plate bearing the various features of an elecfric meter.
light-load adjustment screw
consumer number
base
Screw allowing the rotation speed of the disk to be adjusted so that it corresponds to light consumption, such as from a lamp, toaster or ceiling fan. 273 I
ELECTRICITY
contact devices I Examples of components that connect a device to an electric circuit. European plug End part of an electric wire equipped with pins that are inserted into the socket contacts of an outlet to establish contact.
American plug End part of an electric wire equipped with blades that are inserted into an outlet to establish contact.
clamp
Metal part used for fastening a • device’s wire to the plug. pin
Cylindrical metal part that establishes electric contact when inserted into the corresponding outlet.
switch plate Protective plate covering an outlet or, in this case, a switch.
blade
Elat metal part inserted into the slot of an outlet to establish electric contact.
grounding socket
Device connecting a circuit's ground wire, which allows the current to be conducted to the ground connection in the event of a short circuit. terminal
HOUSE
cover
Part covering the internal components of a plug.
grounding prong
Device connecting a circuit’s ground wire, which allows the current to be conducted to the ground connection in the event of a short circuit.
Part to which an electric wire’s conductors are attached.
switch Mechanism allowing the current in an electric circuit to be established or interrupted.
outlet ' electrical box Device connecting an electric Box housing the electric circuit that conducts the current to connections in order to protect the an electric device when a plug is part of the dwelling’s frame upon inserted. which it is mounted.
European outlet Device fitted with sockets connecting an electric circuit to an electric device when the plug is inserted into it.
dimmer switch Switch for varying the brightness of a lighting installation.
grounding prong
Device connecting a circuit’s ground -■-wire, which allows the current to be conducted to the ground connection in the event of a short circuit. socket-contact
plug adapter Electric accessory adapting a plug to an outlet of a different configuration.
''Hole intended to receive a plug's pin and establish electric contact.
incandescent lamp Lamp in which a filament heated by an electric current produces light rays.
luiiydicii’iiaiuycii mnifj
Lamp that is brighter and lasts longer than a traditional incandescent lamp, but that lets off more heat.
inert gas
Gas inserted in the bulb to slow down evaporation of the filament. filament
Very thin metal wire, usually made of tungsten, emitting light rays when an electric current passes through it.
filament support
Metal wire holding the filament.
button
End of the stem: the filament ---supports are attached to it.
support
Metal wire holding the filament.
-tungsten filament
lead-in wire
Very thin metal wire emitting light rays when an electric current passes though it.
Electric conductor carrying the current to the filament. stem
inert gas
Button support. heat deflecting disc-
Metal disc placed at the entrance of a lamp’s neck to protect the pinch and the base from the heat. exhaust tube
Glass tube used to empty the air from the bulb and then to fill it with inert gas before it is sealed. I 274
pinch
Part in which the lead-in wires are attached.
bulb
Gas sealed in a glass envelope into which the luminous body of a lamp is inserted.
Gas inserted in the bulb to slow down evaporation of the filament; iodine or bromine are added as they combine with the tungsten at high temperatures.
electric circuit
Lamp component allowing the electric current to circulate through the tungsten filament.
base
base
Metal end of a lightbulb inserted into a socket to connect it to the electric circuit.
contact
Metal part that establishes electric contact between the base of a lightbulb and the socket.
Metal end of a lightbulb inserted into a socket to connect it to the electric circuit.
ELECTRICITY
■igh:ing
lamp socket Device composed of a socket, its protective components and a switch.
parts of a lamp socket
bayonet base Base fitted with two short metal pins so that it can be placed in the corresponding socket.
bulb Gas sealed in a glass envelope into which the luminous body of a lamp is inserted.
screw base Base fitted with a screw pitch so it can be inserted into the corresponding socket. HOUSE
cap Component fitting onto the outer shell and covering the upper end of a lamp’s socket.
socket Device into which a lamp’s base is inserted in order to connect it to the electric-supply circuit and to keep it in place.
insulating sleeve Component protecting the outer shell from the heat.
energy-saving bulb Bulb whose electricity consumption is lower and its life longer than an incandescent bulb.
fluorescent tube Tube in which the electric current produces ultraviolet radiationconverted into visible light by a layer of a fluorescent substance.
bulb Gas sealed in a glass envelope into which the luminous body of a lamp is inserted. tube retention clip Part into which the fluorescent tube is inserted to connect it.■-
outer shell Decorative component covering the socket and the Insulating sleeve.
mounting plate Plate on which the lamp’s working devices are attached.
electronic ballast Device stabilizing the electric current, ensuring that the light switches on instantly, without blinking.
housing letal end of a lightbuib inserted ito a socket to connect it to the
fluorescent tube Tube in which the electric current produces ultraviolet radiation converted into visible light by a layer of a fluorescent substance.
electrode A device placed at each end of the tube; an electric discharge arcs between the two of them.
phosphorescent coating The tube’s internal coating: it is composed of phosphate particles that convert ultraviolet rays into visible light.
lead-in wire Electric conductor carrying thecurrent to the filament.
bulb Long glass cylinder enclosing the components of this type of tube and diffusing light.
exhaust tubeGlass tube used to empty the air from the bulb and then to fill it with inert gas before it is sealed. pinch Part in which the lead-in wires are attached.
n base id of the tube equipped with two ns that, when inserted into the icket, connect the tube with the ectric circuit.
tungsten-balogen lamp Lamp that is brighter and lasts longer than a traditional incandescent lamp, but that lets off more heat.
pin , Cylindrical metal part that '■'establishes electric contact when inserted into the corresponding outlet. mercury A small amount of vaporized mercury, added to the gas, emits ultraviolet radiation during the electric discharge.
gas The lube is filled with an inert gas under low pressure, with mercury added.
pin Cylindrical metal part that establishes electric contact when inserted into the corresponding outlet. I
275
I
HOUSE FURNITURE
armchair
I
Chair consisting of arms, a back and legs.
palmette Decorative pattern shaped like a stylized palm leaf.
parts
rinceau Decorative pattern, painted or carved, usually composed of curved plant elements.
patera - Decorative pattern shaped like a rose or a star.
arm Side of the armchair supporting the ■ arm on both sides of the seat.
volute Decorative pattern carved at the ends of the arms.
arm stump Vertical member supporting the arm and fastening it to the apron of the seat. base of splat Part of the splat joining it to the apron of the chair.
HOUSE
splat Armchair member supporting the back.
seat Level part of the armchair for sitting upon.
cockleshell Decorative pattern shaped like a shell.
acanthus leaf Decorative pattern characterized by a series of carved leaves whose rounded top is in relief.
cabriole leg Small stile supporting the seat, curved outward toward the top and inward toward the bottom. apron Wooden part surrounding and supporting the seat and into which the legs are fitted.
scroll foot Carved ornamental foot of the armchair.
examples of armchairs
Wassily chair Armchair with a tubular metal frame and whose back and seat are made of leather.
meridienne Sofa with an irregular back joining two arms of different heights.
sofa Long upholstered armchair that seats several people.
I 276
director’s chair Wooden armchair with a canvas back and seat that folds up in the middle.
rocking chair Armchair with curved runners to rock on.
cabriolet Wooden 18th-century armchair with a curved back and'armrests that curve outward. ^
recamier Long lounge chair on which one can recline, equipped with an upholstered headrest and back, the latter extending only a part of the length of the chair.
club chair Large deep upholstered armchair, usually made of leather.
bergere Upholstered armchair with a cushioned seat.
love seat Sofa that seats two people.
chesterfield Upholstered quilted sofa whose arms are the same height as its back.
HOUSE FURNITURE
side chair Seat consisting of a back and legs but no arms. | parts
ear
Top end of a chair's stile. top rail
Horizontal member located at the top of the back. back
cross rail
Part of the chair supporting the back.
Horizontal member located in the center of the back.
seat
Level part of the chair for sitting upon.
stile
Part of a chair supporting both theback and the rear of the apron. apron
HOUSE
Wooden part surrounding and supporting the seat and into which the legs are fitted.
support
Grouping that supports the seat, composed of the legs, spindle and apron.
spindle
Horizontal member joining two of the chair’s legs.
rear leg-
Bottom end of the stile completing the chair's support.
front leg
Bottom end of the front part the support.
stacking chairs
rocking chair
Chairs designed to be placed one atop the other for storing.
Chair equipped with curved runners to rock on.
examples of chairs
tolding chair
chaise longue
Chair whose seat and legs fold up for ease of storage and carrying.
Folding chair upon which one can recline.
seats Furniture designed for sitting.
ottoman
bench
banquette
Low upholstered seat having neither arms nor back.
Long narrow unupholstered seat with or without a back, seating several people.
Bench with an upholstered seat.
footstool
Seat with legs, having neither arms nor back, of various heights. bean bag cbair
Seat composed of an upholstered bag; it assumes the form of the human body.
step chair
Chair whose foldaway lower part can be pulled out to form a step.
bar stool
Seat with legs, having neither arms nor back, high enough so that a person can sit at the level of a bar.
1
HOUSE FURNITURE
table I Piece of furniture consisting of a level top supported by one or several legs and whose uses are numerous. gate-leg table Table equipped with a folding panel that can be raised to enlarge the tabletop surface,
examples of tables
drawer
Sliding compartment encased in a piece of furniture.
top
knob
Part attached to the drawer allowing it to open.
Level panel made trom a wide range ot material and forming the' top of a table.
extension table Table to which one or more extensions can be added to enlarge the tabletop surface.
top
Level panel made from a wide range of material and forming the top of a table.
drop-leaf
Panel that is lifted to enlarge the tabletop surface.
extension
HOUSE
Panel inserted at the end of the tabletop or between the two halves to enlarge the surface.
leg
stretcher
Stile supporting the tabletop.
Level part of the gate-leg.'
gate-leg
Pivoting leg supporting the drop-leaf.
apron
crosspiece
Member forming the frame and supporting the top, and in which the legs are fitted.
Stretcher joining the legs of a table to give it more stability.
nest of tables Set of tables of various heights designed to stack one atop the other.
serving cart Piece of furniture on which to place the dishes when the table is cleared.
storage furniture I Furniture serving to archive, support or protect various objects. armoire Tall piece of furniture enclosed by panels and equipped with shelves to store items such as linens, clothing and supplies.
frieze ■cornice
Ornamental molding above the cornice.
Set of protruding moldings across the top^of an armoire.
top rail
Horizontal wooden member located at the top of the frame.
door panel
Carved orpainted-Surface demarcated by a molding.
center post
Fixed center stile of an armoire’s frame. frame Set of stiles and rails comprising an armoire’s structure.
hanging stile
Vertical member of the frame to which the hinges are fastened.
diamond point
Decorative pattern whose embossment resembles the facets of a diamond.
lock
■Device mounted on the door allowing it to lock by using a key.
rail-
Flat section of the panel between two decorative relief patterns.
frame stile
Wooden member making up the sides of the frame. hinge
Cylindrical metal part bent at an angle: it supports the door and allows itto swing.
bottom rail
Horizontal wooden member located- -at the bottom of the frame. door Each of an armoire’s moving parts, acting as doors.
I 278
peg
foot
Wooden member, usually decorative, supporting the armoire.
bracket base
Lower part of the frame
Dowel made of wood or metal used for fastening various members.
HOUSE FURNITURE
compartment Compartment tor storing various objects.
linen chest
Low/ piece ot turniture shaped like a chest and closed by a lid.
shelf Level board on which clothes are stored.
secretary
dresser
Piece of furniture tor storing office supplies and stationery; it includes a drop panel serving as a writing table.
Piece of furniture for the bedroom equipped with drawers, used for storing clothes; it often has a mirror mounted on top.
HOUSE
closet Part ot an armoire equipped with a rod tor hanging clothes.
wardrobe
Piece of furniture in which one part is equipped with shelves and drawers for storing clothes and the other with a rod tor hanging them.
glass-fronted display cabinet
Piece ot furniture consisting of a buffet in the lower part and shelves for displaying dishes in the upper part.
drawer Sliding compartment encased in apiece of turniture. chiffonier
display cabinet
corner cupboard
Tall narrow piece of furniture equipped with stacked drawers for storing accessories and clothes.
Glass cabinet for displaying collectibles and knickknacks.
Piece of furniture designed to be placed in the angle formed by two walls.
buffet
Dining room or kitchen furniture for storing dishes, silverware and table linens.
liquor cabinet
Piece of furniture for storing liquor and the accessories used for making drinks. 273
^ 1
HOUSE FURNITURE
bed I Piece of furniture to stretch out on for resting or sleeping.
sofa bed
Sofa that can be converted into a bed.
futon
- Cotton mattress of Japanese origin. -a*
frame
HOUSE
Set of components forming the structure of the piece of furniture.
parts mattress cover
pillow protector
Plastic or fabric case that covers the mattress to protect it.
footboard
Fabric case that immediately covers the pillow to protect it.
Panel forming the end of the bed where the feet lie. headboard
Panel forming the end of the bed where the head lies.
bolster
Cylindrical cushion on which the pillow rests: it usually extends the entire width of the bed.
handle
leg
box spring
pillow
Solid piece of furniture with springs on the inside, covered in fabric and supported by a frame; the mattress lies on it.
Cushion intended to support the head.
Stile supporting the bed.
linen
Set of fabrics, blankets and pillows covering a bed.
comforter
Cloth case stuffed with down, feathers or synthetic material and often scatter cushion quilted: it is used as a cover or for Stuffed piece of fabric to lie against rlprnrati\/p niirnncpc
r\r Haonrotcs
sham
Decorative doth envelope covering a pillow that matches the bedcover.
n KQH
pillowcase
Cloth envelope covering a pillow.
fitted sheet
Piece of fabric whose corners and edges are designed to tuck snugly under the mattress.
flat sheet
■ Piece of fabric between the body and the blanket.
I 280
blanket
neckroll
Covering for the sheet made of various warm fabrics; it protects against the cold.
Ornamental cylindrical cushion.
valance
Strip of fabric, usually pleated, trimming the base of the bed.
HOUSE FURNITURE
children's furniture Furniture designed and adapted for young children.
I
booster seat Seat that, when set upon a chair, raises the child so that he or she can sit at table level.
playpen Bed that closes up, usually used when traveling.
back Part supporting the back. changing table Detachable shelf for tending to the various needs of the baby.
top rail Elevated part of the sides of the bed protecting the baby from falling.
changing table Piece of furniture equipped with storage space and a changing area. HOUSE
protects, but the child can see through it.
mattress Large stuffed cushion upon which the baby sleeps. crib Deep bed for a baby surrounded by bars, one side of which can be lowered; it is equipped with a mattress whose height can be changed.
high chair Elevated seat, closed in front by a removable tray, in which a baby sits for feeding. back 'Part supporting the back.
headboard End of the bed where the head of the baby is placed.
barrier Assembly of bars enclosing the
slat Vertical part of the barrier forming the sides of the bed.
tray Removable tray on which the child’s food is set down.
footrest Support for the feet.
caster Small wheels attached to the feet of the bed to facilitate moving it.
drawer Sliding compartment encased in a mattress Large stuffed cushion upon which the baby sleeps.
281
HOUSE FURNITURE
window accessories I Set of elements decorating a window.
HOUSE
indoor shutters Decorative wood panels placed in front of a window composed of adjustable horizontal louvers for controlling the amount of light entering a room.
glass curtain Curtain placed in front of a window, attached in various ways, in combination or separately.
valance Pleated or gathered strip of fabric hiding the curtain rod.
cottage curtain Curtain held to the side by a tieback, usually trimmed with a ruffle.
cafe curtain Curtain whose rod is located halfway up the window; it lets in light while providing privacy.
curtain Formal drapery placed in front of a window, often composed of several layers of curtains.
tieback Strip of fabric or rope holding back and supporting a curtain.
ruffle Pleated or gathered strip of fabric trimming the curtain border.
cornice Strip of fabric affixed to rigid canvas or cardboard: it covers and hides the curtain rod.
overdrapery Curtain covering another curtain.
holdback Part attached to the wall for hooking the tieback.
draw drapery Piece of decorative fabric sliding in front of a window to filter or block the light and provide privacy.
cord tieback Plaited rope serving as a tieback.
sheer curtain Curtain made of a light fabric that filters the light entering a room.
tassel Decorative end of a cord tieback.
HOUSE FURNITURE
window accessories examples of pleats I Pleats; creases in fabric giving volume to a curtain.
box pleat Pleat formed by two folds that meet in front and touch on the outside of the fabric, thus forming a hollow in the fabric.
inverted pleat Pleat formed from two pleats that meet on the reverse of the fabric.
pinch pleat Pleat formed from three pleats stitched together at the bottom to keep them together.
examples of headings
pleated heading Heading made of pleats spaced at regular intervals.
pencil pleat heading Heading whose small vertical pleats are shaped like tubes; they are made by pulling on two threads sewn through the fabric.
shirred heading Heading made of pleats created by pulling on strings inserted through a ribbon.
draped swag Strip of fabric placed in front of the curtain to hide the rod; it is arranged to form loose pleats.
examples of curtains The various types of curtains can create a particular atmosphere in a room.
crisscross curtains Curtains whose held-back sides form an overlap.
balloon curtain Curtain that is raised like a blind and whose pleats are gathered to make them puffy. 283
HOUSE
Headings; decorative pleated, shirred or draped parts at the top of the curtains.
HOUSE FURNITURE
window accessories poles Rods of various shapes and materials from which a curtain hangs. plain pole curtain pole
pole
Ornamental cylindrical rod, made of wood or metal: it supports a curtain that is opened by hand.
Smooth cylindrical rod.
ring
Cylindrical rod on which the rings Circular part sliding on the rod and slide. drawing the curtain.
fluted pole
Cylindrical rod with grooves. end cap
block bracket
eyelet
HOUSE
Ornament attached to the end of the pole.
Small metal ring into which a hook is inserted to support a curtain.
single curtain rod
double curtain rod
Rectangular metal bar composed of two parts: one is inserted into the other in order to adjust the length.
Rod composed of two single rods, used to hang two curtains in front of the same window.
curtain track
Rectangular metal rod equipped with a track: the gliders that support the curtain move along it.
wall bracket
roller
Small metal wheel pulling the curtain along the^track.
ceiling bracket
track
Grooved metal rail along which the rollers move. bridge end stop
Metal part joining two track sections.
Metal part serving as a stopper at the ends of the track.
carrier hook
Metal part to which the curtain heading is attached. traverse rod
ring clip
Implement composed of two articulated prongs that grip the curtain in order to hang it.
Circular piece to take the hook supporting the curtains.
Part composed of a roller for ■moving the curtain along the track as well as a hooking device supporting the curtain.
Rectangular metal rod that adjusts to the exact width of a window and along which the carriers move, activated by an operating cord. support. end bracket
V
master carrier
operating cord
Carrier attached to the operating cord: it pulls the other curtain carriers.
Narrow rope attached to the master carrier: it is used to open and close the curtains.
yoke
, Frame holding the pulley's spindle, pulley
overlap carrier
Master carrier that closes the two curtain panels one in front of the other.
tension pulley wheel
spring housing
Casing protecting the spring that keeps the cord and pulley under ‘ tension. I 284
Device equipped with a sheaved wheel around which the operating cord winds in order to pull the ■carriers.
fastening device
Part solidly anchoring the spring ■housing to the wall or floor.
HOUSE FURNITURE
window accessories blinds I Devices that roll or fold up, serving to filter or j block light and provide privacy.
roller shade round end pin
End of the roller serving as its axle; it turns in the bracket.
Shade with a roller containing a spring that causes the shade cloth to roll up.
roller
winding mechanism
Tube housing the spring; the shade cioth wraps around it.
Spring mechanism allowing the shade cloth to roll up and down.
bracket
Part into which the roller pin is inserted and that supports the shade.
.s/: ft “"ft flat end pin
End of the roller regulating the spring’s tension and its stopping mechanism.
shade cloth
Piece of vinyl or stiffened cloth dressing a window. batten
hem
coil spring
Shade cloth hem through which the batten is inserted.
Instrument that tightens as the shade cloth is lowered and that pulls it up as it relaxes.
HOUSE
Narrow flat wooden part that, inserted into the shade cloth’s hem, serves as support.
Venetian blind
drum tilt tube
Tube in which the drum rotates.
Cylindrical mechanism allowing the cord and laths to move.
Shade made of adjustable horizontal laths containing a mechanism for controlling its height and orientation.
lift cord lock
Mechanism keeping the shade at the desired height.
headrail
Grooved metal rod containing the shade’s mechanism and used to mount the blinds in front of a window.
lift cord
Double cord to control the shade’s height and keep it level. lath
Thin flat strips made of aluminum, wood or plastic, the constituent parts of the shade.
lath tilt device
Rod used tor pivoting the tilt tube. cord
equalizing buckle
System of strings controlled by the lath tilt device and the lift cord; it supports the laths, changes their tilt angle and raises them.
Part for adjusting the shade horizontally. tassel
Ornament at the end of the operating cord hiding the cords’ knots.
bottom rail
Bar that is heavier than the laths and serves as ballast to ease lowering the shade.
roman shade
Shade that forms layered pleats as it is raised by means of cords sliding through rings on the back of the cloth.
roll-up blind
Shade made of nonadjustable laths rolled up by a system of cords and pulleys. 285
HOUSE FURNITURE
lights I Fixed or portable devices designed and used to diffuse elecfric light.
ceiling fitting Light mounted directly on the ceiling. clamp spotlight Small portable spotlight with a concentrated beam; it can be mounted on furniture with a clamp.
hanging pendant Light designed to be hung from the ceiling.
halogen desk lamp Desk lamp of greater luminous intensity and longer duration than a traditional lamp but that emits more heat.
LU
cn
n 0 1
arm Articulated moving bar for adjusting the position of the lamp charlo
adjustable lamp Multidirectional light usually mounted on a worktable by an adjustable clamp. base Relatively heavy support for stabilizing the lamp..
on-off switch Button tor turning the device on or off.
arm Articulated moving bar for adjusting the position of the lamp shade.
» shade Opaque shield direfcting the lamp’s light onto the work surface.
spring Elastic metal coil for changing and mainfaining the position for the two' sections of the arm.
bed lamp Small reading light that can be mounted on the back of a book or the headboard of a bed.
adjustable clamp Mechanism in the form of a vise for mounting the lamp to the edge of’ the worktable.
shade Translucent screen directing the lamp’s light while decreasing its glare.
base The lamp’s flat-bottomed circular support that makes it stable.
floor lamp Portable lamp having a high stand that is placed on the floor.
I 286
stand Ornamental base of a lamp of various materials and shapes; it supports the socket while concealing the electric wires.
table lamp Movable light with a short stand; it is placed on furniture.
desk lamp Portable light equipped with an opaque shield that directs and diffuses the light onto the worktable.
HOUSE FURNITURE
lights
chandelier
Light suspended from the ceiling and consisting of several lamps.
bobeche Small ornamental cup placed at the base of the socket.
crystal drop Crystal ornament hanging from the bobeches.
HOUSE
crystal button Ornamental set of crystal drops arranged in a garland. column • Mounting that supports the chandelier’s branches.
track lighting
Device mounted to the ceiling to support spots and supply electricity to them. bar frame Part of the track fitted with two metal strips; the electric current passes through it. transformer Device adapting the electric current from the track to the spot’s voltage.
contact lever Device for-attaching the transformer and plugging it into the bar frame.
spot Small adjustable spotlight with a concentrated beam.
wall lantern
Exterior light mounted on a wall, consisting of a translucent or transparent cage containing a light source.
strip light
Device composed of a set of lights that are mounted on the same base.
post lantern
Exterior light having a high stand that is fixed to the ground; it consists of a translucent or transparent cage containing a light source. 287
i
HOUSE FURNITURE
domestic appliances I Domestic appliances operating on electricity.
steam iron
Electric appliance producing steam and used to iron fabric.
front tip
fill opening
Where water enters to til I the chamber.
body
Rigid casing covering and protecting the various working eiements of the appliance.
spray
Device for turning water into mist to dampen the fabric.
HOUSE
water-level tube
spray button
Button for switching between steam and dry ironing.
spray control
Device regulating the flow of steam.
fabric guide temperature control
Tabie showing the appropriate iron temperature for each type of fabric.
Device for regulating the iron’s temperature. soleplate
Flat metal part that presses the fabric, with orifices through which the steam escapes.
handle
heel rest
Part upon which the iron rests while not in use.
cord
Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
signal lamp
Light showing that the appliance is on.
vertical cord lift
Part keeping a section of the cord in an upright position in order to free up the ironing surface.
hand vacuum cleaner
Portable cordless appliance for vacuuming dust and dirt. locking button dust receiver
Mechanism keeping the dust receiver on the motor unit.
on-off switch
Button for turning the device on or off.
Receptacle holding the dust and dirt. recharging base
Electric base on which the vacuum cleaner rests to recharge the motor unit’s battery.
motor unit
■ Part containing the motor and the various circuits making the appliance work.
i
288
HOUSE FURNITURE
domestic appliances
upright vacuum cleaner Vertical one-piece vacuum cleaner that is steered by means of a handle-grip. on-oft switch Button for turning the device on or off. cylinder vacuum cleaner Electric appliance for vacuuming dust and dirt; it is equipped with wheels and a flexible hose. tool storage area Space for storing the cleaning tools.
hose Flexible pipe to which tools are attached.
locking device Mechanism for locking the flexible hose onto the pipe. HOUSE
bag compartment Space for housing the bag that collects the dust and dirt.
pipe Cylindrical rigid tube that moves the rug and floor brushes and other cleaning tools.
cleaner height adjustment knob Mechanism for controlling brush height depending on the thickness of the rug or pile carpet to be cleaned.
flexible hose Supple tube to which the pipe and cleaning tools are connected: it makes the appliance more manageable.
ventilating grille Perforated panel through which aspirated air, cleansed of dust and dirt, is expelled.
on-off switch Button for turning the device on or
tools Small accessories that one attaches to the end of the hose to vacuum dust and dirt.
brush Rotating instrument equipped with bristles tor dislodging dirt encrusted in the rug or pile carpet fibers. extension pipe Cylindrical tube inserted into the end of the pipe to lengthen it.
bumper Trim protecting the furniture if the .vacuum cleaner collides with it.
caster
handle
cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
hood Rigid casing covering and protecting the various working elements of the appliance.
rug and floor brush Accessory devised to vacuum dust and dirt from a rug, pile carpet or floor.
cleaning tools Small accessories that one attaches to the end of the hose to vacuum dust and dirt.
upholstery nozzle Accessory for vacuuming dust and dirt from fabric.
dusting brush Accessory for vacuuming dust from various surfaces.
crevice tool Accessory for vacuuming dust and dirt from hard-to-reach places.
tioor brush Accessory equipped with bristles to avoid scratching the floor while vacuuming. 289
HOUSE FURNITURE
domestic appliances range hood Ventilation appliance expelling or recycling air that contains cooking fumes and odors.
gas range Appliance for cooking food, equipped with gas-fed burners and an oven. grate Metal grille supporting the cookware over the burners. burner Device producing a flame in orderto cook food.
filter Device catching the cooking grease.
cooktop Surface of the range on which the burners are arranged.
burner control knobs Instrument for starting and stopping the supply of gas and for controlling its flow.
HOUSE
surface element Heating element on which cooking takes place.
terminal - Metal part making electric contact.
control panel Panel containing the programming - keys for the burners and the oven.
handle Part for opening and closing the oven door.
tubular element Spiral-shaped electric resistor that heats up as a current passes through it.
door
window Thick window for looking inside the oven.
oven Closed part of the range, equipped with an upper heating element (broiler) and a lower heating element, in which food is cooked or heated.
rack Metal grille for supporting cookware; its height is adjustable.
drawer---' Sliding drawer at the bottom of the range in which sundry cookware is stored. drip bowl Small container placed beneath the surface element to catch cooking spills.
trim ring Decorative part supporting the drip bowl and surface element.
backguard Vertical part across the back of the range containing the appliance’s various controls. timed outlet Electric-feed device for switching on an appliance at a preset time.
cooktop Surface of the range on which the elements are arranged.
rack Metal grille for supporting cookware; its height is adjustable. oven Closed part of the range, equipped with an upper heating element (broiler) and a lower heating element, in which food is cooked or heated. drawer Sliding drawer at the bottom of the range in which sundry cookware is stored.
I 290
lid Flat top that is lowered to cover the appliance’s cooktop when not in use.
oven control knob Instruments for turning on the oven and controlling the mode of cooking and temperature.
electric range Electric appliance for cooking food, equipped with surface elements or griddles and an oven. clock timer Multifunction timekeeping mechanism; it shows the time, times cooking duration, starts the oven at a preset time, etc.
signal lamp Light showing that a surface ..-element is on. • control knob Instrument for making or cutting electric contact and for regulating the intensity of the surface -elements'heat. control panel -Panel containing the programming keys.
surface element Heating element on which cooking takes place. cooktop edge Protruding edge along the sides of the cooking surface.
handle Part for opening and closing the oven door.
window Thick window tor looking inside the oven.
HOUSE FURNITURE
domestic appliances
chest freezer
lock
Large horizontal appliance for conserving food at a very lo\w temperature (0°F).
lid Moving part hermetically closing the freezer.
cabinet Large insulated compartment for storing food.
basket Removable container for storing food.
HOUSE
temperature control Device for selecting and maintaining the degree of coldness in the appliance. defrost drain Removable plug for draining defrost water.
refrigerator
Appliance with two compartments, one for keeping food cold and the other for freezing it. ice cube tray Container with compartments for making ice cubes.
doorstop Part that stops the door from opening too far.
freezer compartment Refrigerator compartment for freezing food.
freezer door
magnetic gasket ■ Rubber gasket keeping the doors watertight.
handle
thermostat control Knobs for regulating the refrigerator temperature. egg tray -Compartment for storing eggs.
switch ■ Mechanism switching on the refrigerator light when the door is opened.
butter compartment ■ Compartment with a pull-down door for storing butter.
meat keeper Compartment for storing meat. storage door Door with rows of shelves and ■compartments.
shelf channel Notched part to which the shelves attach.
■dairy compartment Compartment tor storing milk cartons.
refrigerator compartment , Compartment keeping food cold.
door shelf Adjustable removable shelf fitted with a rim.
glass cover Translucent shelf forming the cover--’ of the crisper. crisper Compartment maintaining optimal temperature for conserving fruits and vegetables.
guard rail Part keeping food in place when the door is opened or closed. shelf Metal removable support whose height is adjustable.
291
i
HOUSE FURNITURE
washer
Household appliance that washes clothes automatically.
water-level selector
temperature selector
control knob
- Device automatically controlling the selected wash cycle.
control panel
Panel containing the programming keys.
lid
■Moving part for closing the washer's tub.
backguard
Vertical part across the back of the washer on which the appliance's various controls are found.
agitator
Device stirring the laundry. tub rim
Protrusion that reduces splashing. cabinet
Enameled sheet-metal case covering and protecting the -appliance's various components. basket
Perforated drum into which the---laundry is placed. tub
Durable container into which the water flows.
lint filter
Device collecting fiber residue from fabric.----' ■
suspension arm
Metal struts supporting the tub. drain hose
Flexible pipe through which the washer's pump expels the wastewater to the dwelling's drain circuit.
transmission
Mechanism allowing the agitator and basket to turn at various speeds.-
motor
emptying hose
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
Pipe through which the washer’s pump empties the water from the tub.
torque converter
Mechanism controlling and adjustingthe agitator and basket action.
leveling foot
Adjustable part for supporting the appliance and making if level. drive belt
Device using a system of pulleys to transfer fhe motor’s mechanical energy to the washer’s transmission.
292
spring
pump
Metal elastic piece attached to the suspension arm to reduce tub vibrations.
Device that evacuates wastewater from the tub and drives it into the drain hose.
HOUSE FURNITURE
electric dryer
Appliance for automatically drying laundry.
control panel temperature selector
Panel containing the programming keys. control knob
Device automatically controlling -the selected drying cycle. backguard
Vertical part across the back of the " dryer on which the appliance's various controls are found.
start switch
door switch
Mechanism stopping the drum’s rotation when the door is opened.
heating duct
Conduit in which air is heated and directed toward the drum.
door
vane
Part causing the laundry to tumble while drying. '! I
-4
drum
Cylinder whose rotation tumbles the laundry to dry it.
lint trap
Device collecting fiber residue from fabric.
fan
Device circulating the hot air in the drum.
■cabinet
Enameled sheet-metal case covering and protecting the appliance's various components.
leveling foot motor
safety thermostat
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
Device interrupting the current it the heating element temperature is too high.
heating element
Adjustable part for supporting the appliance and making it level.
Electric resistor heating the air before it enters the drum.
293
HOUSE FURNITURE
domestic appliances control panel Panel containing the programming keys.
control knob
signal lamp
Device automatically controlling the selected wash cycle.
Light showing that the appliance is on.
push button
HOUSE
Button pressed to select the wash cycle.
air vent
Conduit for evacuating the steam during drying.
latch
Lever tor closing and locking the door.
dishwasher
Appliance designed to automatically wash and dry dishes.
wash tower
Mechanism spraying the dishes with hot water from the center of the appliance.
rack
Grillelike shelf in which the dishes are arranged.
insulating material
Material lining the dishwasher’s walls in order to reduce heat loss and noise.
spray arm
Rotating perforated arm spraying the dishes with hot pressurized water to clean them.-.
tub
-Durable container in which the ^dishes are washed and dried.
overflow protection switch
Mechanism halting the water feed if the water level exceeds the tub’s capacity.
slide
Mechanism supporting the basket and enabling it to slide.
hinge
Articulated fastener allowing the door to be raised and lowered.. water hose
detergent dispenser
Hot-water feed pipe to the dishwasher connected to the dwelling’s plumbing ..circuit.
Device that is activated by the control knob. and dispenses the detergent into the tub.
heating element
_ Submerged electric resistor that 'heats the water and dries the dishes. drain hose
Flexible pipe through which the ■dishwasher pump expels wastewater into the dwelling’s drain circuit. pump
Device routing the water under pressure to the spray arms and evacuating the tub’s wastewater into the drain hose.
gasket
Rubber seal keeping the door watertight.
leveling foot
Adjustable part for supporting the appliance and making it level.
rinse-aid dispenser
Device that is activated by the control knob and dispenses a rinsing agent into the tub.
cutlery basket
Grilielike container in which the cutlery is placed.
motor
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
HOUSE FURNITURE
household equipment Objects used for cleaning a dwelling.
kitchen towel Piece ot cloth used to dry dishes, furniture and so on.
dustpan Instrument used to collect dust and dirt.
broom Instrument equipped with fibers attached to a handle for collecting dust and dirt.
I
mop Instrument equipped with fabric strips attached to a handle tor washing floors.
HOUSE
brush Utensil with fibers attached to a mounting used to scrub and clean block-..
fibers Relatively rigid fabric strands for scrubbing and cleaning. refuse container Container into which household trash is placed.
fibers Relatively rigid fabric strands forscrubbing and cleaning.
pail Container for carrying water used for household chores.
pouring spout
handle Part shaped like a semicircle for gripping the pail. 295
296
298
0n
■-YOURSEL G A R D E N I N
Do-it-yourself
Gardening
Construction, installation or repair work carried out in
Activity whose main purpose is to create and maintain a pleasure garden or a vegetable garden.
a house without professional help.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
basic building materials I Components that, when assembled, form the structure of a building. brick Block of compressed baked clay, laid in rows with the help of mortar to form various masonry work, such as walls, partitions and chimneys.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
solid brick Small brick, not perforated, used especially in building or covering various types of walls.
perforated brick Small brick with vertical holes, whose dimensions are usually no greater than 40% of the brick.
hollow brick Large brick, over 40% of which is composed of horizontal cells.
partition tile Hollow brick, usually worked with the help of plaster, used to build or line partitions.
f
brick wall
firebrick Brick that can withstand very high temperatures without deforming.
mortar Mixture of fine aggregates (pebbles, gravel, sand), water and a binder (cement or lime), used to join masonry components or to coat masonry after it is completed.
Stone Block of mineral matter, of irregular shape, used for masonry or as a facing.
flagstone Flat stone of irregular shape, used to cover floors and walls.
rubble Small block of rough or crudely carved stone, usually assembled with the help of mortar to build a wall.
cut stone Stone cut in regular shapes so that it can befitted without a joint or with very thin joints.
stone wall
concrete Material composed of aggregates (pebbles, gravel, sand) and water mixed together by a binder (cement or lime) that, after hardening in a mold, forms a substance that is resistant to compression.
concrete block Concrete component, solid or hollow, used mainly in the construction of masonry as a substitute for brick. I 298
prestressed concrete Concrete whose steel bars are stretched before cooling, creating a highly resistant and durable material; it is used to manufacture beams with long spans.
reinforced concrete Concrete reinforced by steel bars, often used in the manufacture of load-bearing units in a building.
steel Iron- and carbon-based metal, very durable, frequently used in structures.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
covering materials Materials covering a surface, usually for the purpose of protecting or decorating it. |
shingle Small wooden plank used to cover roofs and walls that are especially exposed to inclement weather.
tile Hard surface, usually made of baked molded clay, used as a covering for roofs.
gypsum tile Small molded-plaster component, solid or hollow, with holes on the sides; disused to construct and repair walls.
floor tile Small flat component of regular shape, made from various materials and used for covering floors and walls.
gypsum board Large panel made of a layer of plaster covered with paperboard, usually used as a finishing material on a dwelling’s interior walls.
insulating materials : Materials impeding the transfer of heat to the outside, or cold to the inside, of a building or a duct. |
pipe-wrapping insulation
molded insulation
foam-rubber insulation
blanket insulation
foam insulation
299
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
tar paper Paper usually stapled directly to the roof or exterior walls, under the covering, In order to enhance Impermeability.
diamond mesh metal lath Metal grid used as a framework or support for plaster and other coatings.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
wood I Relatively hard, dense substance forming the trunks, branches and roots of trees. The wood of each species has distinct characteristics. section of a log
board Flat piece of wood less than 2 in in thickness, used in carpentry and created when a log is cut along its length.
log Cylindrical piece of wood obtained by cutting a tree trunk into .-sections.
board Flat piece ot wood less than 2 in in thickness, used in carpentry and-, created when a log is cut along its' length.
face side Surface of a piece of wood carefully finished fo be the visible side of a' piece of woodwork.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
grain Direction and arrangement of the fibers in wood. Astraightand--.. regular grain makes the wood easy to work with.
end grain Surface of a piece of woodcut against the grain. slab First or last cut to a log; it is round and includes the bark.
back Surface of a piece of wood not meant to be seen.
edge The two lengthwise sides of the board, which correspond to its thickness.
wood-based materials Materials obtained when a log is converted: also when various wood elements are assembled or agglomerated. Thin sheets of wood (veneer) of equal thickness, used for the manufacture of plywood.-..
multi-ply plywood Panel made from at least five layers, each glued to the other with their respective grains running perpendicular to the adjacent layer.
peeled veneer Thin sheet obtained from rotating a log on a peeling machine and applying a blade (lathe) to it.
bardboard Smooth and homogeneous board made when minuscule wood fibers are soaked in resin and pressed at a high temperature, I 30D
perforated bardboard
blockboard Panel mads ot two layers sandwiching a central part (core), which is made up ot wide slats glued side by side.
%
laminboard Panel made of two layers sandwiching a central part (core), which is made up of wide slats, or laminations, glued side by side.
plastic-laminated particle board Particle board with a melamine surface layer that is hard, smooth and easy to wash.
waterboard Panel made from wood chips mixed with glue, then pressed at a high temperature to bond them,
particle board Board made from sawdust mixed with glue, then pressed at a high temperature to bond them.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: nailing tools Carpentry: working with wood to build simple furniture or carry out construction and renovation projects.
I
claw hammer
Cleaved-peen hammer much used in construction, for driving nails in and pulling them out.
handle-..
claw The cleaved peen can be used to extract bent or partially driven nails.
cheek The sides of the hammer head, between the claw and the face.
carpenter’s hammer
Hammer whose tapered peen is ideal for starting small nails; once they catch, the hammering can continue using the face.
eye Hollowed-out part of the hammer head into which the handle is' inserted.
ball-peen hammer
Perfect for driving chisels and punches, it has a spherical peen often used for flattening rivets and working metals.
ball peen Rounded part located opposite the face.
nail set
Tool used to push a nail completely into wood without damaging its surface. mallet
Large-headed hammer, often made of wood or rubber, used for directly striking materials or for hammering woodworking tools.
head Striking end of a mallet.
pry bar
: 'TS' -M
Tool serving as both nail remover and lever, especially to remove moldings or take apart nailed assemblies.
examples of nails
nail
Long metal part, usually with a head and a tip, used to attach or assemble various materials. head Flat surface that is struck when hammering a nail.
tack
Small wide-headed nail often used to affix carpets, fabric and other thin materials.
shank Long thin part between the head -and the tip whose length, diameter and shape vary according to the type of nail.
tip Pointed end whose function is to 'make it easier to drive the nail into the wood or other material.
spiral nail
masonry nail
Turns like a screw as it is hammered in; it reduces cracking and is hard to pull out.
Made of hardened steel, it can be hammered into masonry without breaking or bending.
common nail
finishing nail
cut nail
Sturdy wide-headed nail, used for general woodwork and carpentry.
The head, scarcely wider than the shank, can easily be hammered in and concealed; it is ideal for finishing work and moldings.
The flat shank and head do not harm fibers; it is used especially for laying wood flooring. 301
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
face Flat surface used to drive a nail into amaterial.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: screwing tools examples or rips
screwdriver Hand tool used for tightening or loosening screws and bolts by applying a rotating motion.
Tip: end part of the blade or bit; it adapts to the screw or bolt’s groove. shank
Metal part inserted into the screwdriver handle.
tip
aj=
End of the blade or bit that fits into the groove of the screw or bolt.
square-headed tip Tip whose end cut fits into a socket-head screw.
handle blade
T.--
Thin flat part forming the end of the shank.
spiral screwdriver Screwdriver with interchangeable bits fitted into a mechanism for screwing or unscrewing by simply pushing the handle.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
spiral blade
Thin flat part forming the end of the bit.
cross-headed tip Tip whose crisscross end fits into a crossheaded screw.
ratchet
Mechanism converting pressure applied on the handle into the rotation motion of the blade.
Mechanical instrument for setting the direction of rotation of the spiral and the blade (screwing or unscrewing).
flat tip Tip that fits into a screw's slot.
handle locking ring
chuck
The parts of the chuck that grip the tool to keep it firmly in place.
Device with jaws for attaching the bit or drill to the tool.
Blocks the spiral’s rotation allowing the tool to be used as an ordinary screwdriver. spring wing
The spring under the wing keeps it folded along the bolt as it passes cordless screwdriver Battery-driven screwdriver with interchangeable bits, used for tightening and loosening screws and bolts.
bit
Detachable shank rotated by the motor to screw or unscrew a part.
handle
tip
End of the blade or bit that fits into the groove of the screw or bolt.
toggle bolt Part composed of a bolt with wings that deploy inside the wall to ensure a solid fastening.
reversing switch
screw Metal part, composed of a head and a partially or completely threaded shank, used to secure fastenings and assemblies.
Switch for selecting the bit’s direction of rotation (screwing or unscrewing).
battery
Device that stores chemical energy while charging, then converts it to electric energy.
examples of heads
expansion bolt Part composed of a bolt in a sheath that bends when the bolt is inserted, then flattens out against the inside of the wall.
Head: broadened end of the screw, whose shape and.slot vary. head
- Broadened end of the screw, whose shape and slot vary. slot 4
^ ..if
..:S,>
Notch in the head into which a corresponding screwdriver tip can be inserted. shank
s
flat head Slotted head becoming flush with the surface of the wood when completely embedded.
round head Slotted rounded head whose base is flat so that it presses against the wood or metal surface.
Nonthreaded part of a screw's shank. 4
^
,A\
4
thread
Spiral protrusion on the shank’s surface, for driving the screw into a solid material by turning. I 302
one-way head Slotted head having two opposing quarters removed so that the screw can be turned one way only, making it very difficult to unscrew.
Phillips Head whose crisscross indentation keeps the screwdriver in the middle of the head, providing a very firm grip.
socket head Head with a square socket that varies in size.
©
oval head Slotted head topped with an ornamental spherical part that is not driven beneath the wood’s surface.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: sawing tools
hacksaw Frame handsaw for sawing metal of varying thicknesses.
adjustable frame
coping saw Small handsaw with a trame, used for cutting out curves or delicate patterns in a piece of relatively thin wood.
Rigid metal mount keeping the blade under tension. Extendable, it can be adjusted for blades of various lengths.
keeping the (gpigiQ^^ (Q prevent it trom buckling.
grip handle
handle
The rotation of the handle regulates the tension of the blade on the frame. blade
It has very hard teeth; their thickness depends on the type of metal. blade
handsaw Very common manual saw, suited for straight cuts in boards or wood panels. back
Toothless edge of a blade.
handle
blade
Long and rigid but slightly flexible, it is designed for following a straight line.
compass saw Small handsaw used mostly to cut regular or curved openings in wood and panels. blade
Narrow and rigid, it can cut a piece of wood in a curve.
toe handle
Front end of a blade, usually narrower than the heel.
heel
Rear end of a blade, partially or completely encased in the handle. blade
It is set in a rigid frame, which is part of a movable device that moves the blade vertically and horizontally.
tooth
Small point forming the cutting part of the blade. Together, their number, shape and disposition vary depending on the intended use. hand miter saw Device consisting of a handsaw and a guide for cutting a piece at a precise angle.
handle
fence
■ Perpendicular plate on the surface bracing the piece to be cut.
miter box
■Grooved instrument for guiding the saw to make cuts at precise angles. end stop
Adjustable device against which the piece rests to keep it from moving.
miter latch
Device for locking the blade at the desired angle. miter scale
Graduated scale for regulating the blade precisely to the selected cut angle.
clamp
Instrument for locking a piece against the fence and the grooved surface. 303
□ O-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
Thin, flexible and very straight, it can move at various angles to make irregular cuts.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: sawing tools electric miter saw System composed of a circular saw and guiding device for cutting at a precise angle.
handle
blade guard Device covering the blade in order to protect the user’s hands and prevent sawdust from escaping.
dust spout Sawdust-ejection conduit, to which a collection bag can usually be attached.
blade - Thin metal disk with teeth; it rotates to cut pieces of metal or wood.
fence Perpendicular plate on the surface bracing the piece to be cut.
miter latch Device for locking the table and the blade in the desired position. ■m
DO-IT-YQURSELF AND GARDENING
miter lock handle ■ When the miter-latch screw is disengaged, it allows the table to be pivoted to select the cut angle.
circular saw blade Thin metal detachable disk, adaptable for various types of circular saws. table Pivoting circular surface, fitted with a slot for the saw, to which is attached the structure supporting the blade.
X
'
»
X
I
^
/
t
tooth Small point forming the cutting part of the blade. Together, their number, shape and disposition vary depending on the intended use.
circular saw Portable electric saw with a circular blade: it is used for making straight cuts in various materials.
handle For optimal control of the tool, it is advisable to place one hand on the handle and the other on the knob handle. upper blade guard Fixed sheath covering the upper part of the blade to protect the user’s hands and prevent sawdust from escaping.
blade Thin metal disk with teeth; it rotates to cut pieces of metal or wood.
lower guard retracting lever For manually raising the lower blade guard.
blade locking bolt Part attaching the blade to its rotation axle. lower blade guard Retractable sheath covering the lower part of the blade, which lifts as the cut advances. rip fence Movable part, perpendicular to the surface, controlling the width of the' cut in the lengthwise direction.
I 304
miter scale Graduated scale for regulating the blade precisely to the selected cut angle.
trigger switch Connection mechanism for starting or stopping the tool by squeezing with the finger.
tip End'Of the tooth whose composition depends on the nature of the material to ^ be cut.
height adjustment scale Regulates the blade’s height under the base plate, to control the depth of the cut.
motor
blade tilting mechanism Device controlling the base plate’s degree of inclination to the blade so that straight or beveled cuts can be made. knob handle Flandle for ease of guiding the tool while sawing.
blade tilting lock Mechanism for locking the blade at the degree of inclination selected, between 45° and 90°.
base plate Support plate for the tool, which rests on the surface of the piece to be cut.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpeiitry: sawing tools jig saw Electric portable saw whose blade has an up-and-down motion; it is used for making straight or curved cuts.
speed selector switch Device for controlling the rhythm of-.,^ the blade’s up-and-down motion.
lock-on button Device locking the switch in position to keep the saw working continuously during long or complex cuts.
trigger switch Connection mechanism for sfarting ^ or stopping the tool by squeezing with the finger.
handle
orbital-action selector Mechanism regulating the pendular motion of the blade. A slight or no pendular motion gives a better finish but takes longer. chip cover Protective cover preventing sawdust and fragments from flying toward the user or toward the cutting line.
power cord Flexible elecfric wire housing fhe leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
base The tool’s support plate, which rests on the surface of the piece to be cut. It can be inclined to make beveled cuts. table saw Set composed of a table, a circular saw and guiding accessories, for making sfraighf or oblique cufs fo large pieces,
blade guard Device covering the blade in order to protect the user’s hands and prevent sawdust from escaping. table Flat surface supporting the piece to saw and the guiding accessories.
miter gauge slot Notch in the table in which the miter gauge slides. ■
table extension Part extending the table’s work--..., surface.
blade Thin metal disk with teeth; it rotates to cut pieces of metal or wood. rip fence Movable part, perpendicular to the surface, controlling the width of the cut in the lengthwise direction. rip fence guide Perforated part whose motion along a track keeps the guide parallel to the exact measure desired.
miter gauge Movable accessory for a transverse cut that positions a piece at a precise angle (between 45° and 90°), and guides it toward the blade.
rip fence lock Locking handle used to keep the guide still and parallel to the desired spot on the table.
blade lock handle Screw locking the blade in the height and tiltsettings.
switch
rip fence slot Groove containing the rip fence guide and making its slide parallel.
blade height and tilting mechanism Wheel that moves along an angle indicator (between 0° and 45°) and regulates the blade’s fieight and inclination.
rip fence rule Scale showing the distance between the parallel guide and the blade, and, therefore, the width ot the cut. 305
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
blade It moves up and down but can also move from front to back, which increases the efficiency of fhe sawing.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: drilling tools
I cordless drill-driver Battery-powered portable electric tool used to drill holes and to screw and unscrew.
keyless chuck Chuck with a regulating ring that automatically tightens the jaws on the tool's shank.
examples of bits and drills
speed selector switch Device for regulating the chuck’s rotation speed.
screwdriver bit Detachable tool inserted into the chuck and used for screwing and unscrewing.
While both are intended for drilling holes in various materials, the bit has a center point while the drill ends in a cutting-edge cone.
twist bit Bit with a spiral drill flute; itdril straight uniform holes andisve practical for inserting dowels.
shank Upper part of the bit, on which pressure from the chuck’s jaws is exerted. flute Groove in the body of the bit that removes debris from the hole while drilling.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
torque adjustment collar Ringlike part controlling the tool’s torsion power. Screwing needs lower torque than drilling.
battery pack Device that stores chemical energy while charging, then converts it to electric energy.
trigger switch Connection mechanism for sfarfing or stopping the tool by squeezing with the finger.
body Part between the shank and the lead screw. fluted land Cutting edge forming the edge of the land.
land Flat surface befween the flutes.
reversing switch Switch for selecting the bit’s or drill’s direction of rotafion (screwing or unscrewing).
battery pack Device that stores chemical energy while charging, then converts it to electric energy. electric drill Portable electric tool using variablespeed rotation to pierce holes and to drive drills and bits.
charger Electrical device for recharging the tool’s battery.
solid center auger bit Bit made up of a central shank encircled by a twist; it is very durable and especially designed for making deep holes. shank Upper part of the bit, on which pressure from the chuck’s jaws is exerted.
chuck key Part for tightening and loosening the chuck’s jaws.
nameplate Plate showing the name of the warning plate manufacturer, the serial number of the device and certain technical Plate providing certain safety characteristics (tension, power, etc.). precautions to avoid injuries caused by misuse of the tool.,
lead screw Threaded pointed end for centering the bit in the middle of the hole at the start of drilling.
twist Spiral protrusion around the bit's shank; it removes debris from the • hole being drilled. ■
switch lock Device locking the switch in position to keep the saw working for a prolonged period. housing..
chuck Device with jaws for attaching the bit or drill to the tool.
spur Up that covers the outline of the hole and removes debris, which is then pushed to the twist and ..disposed of.
trigger switch Connection mechanism for starting or stopping the tool by squeezing • with the finger.
lead screw Threaded pointed end for centering the bit in the middle of the hole at ■•the start of drilling.
pistol grip handle Part shaped like a pistol grip so the wrist remains straight while holding the tool. jaw The parts of the chuck that grip the tool to keep it firmly in place.
cable sleeve Protective casing around the cable to avoid twisting and prevent wear.
auxiliary handle Tubular handle providing a firm grip and stabilizing the tool while drilling. cable
I 306
masonry drill The carbide and tungsten tip, hard and durable, is designed to drill through material such as brick, concrete and stone.
spade bit Bit designed for shallow holes of wide diameter; it has a long lead screw for positioning on the center of the hole.
twist drill Usually used to drill holes in metal or wood, it is the most common type of drill.
double-twist auger bit Bit made up of two opposing twists; if removes debris quickly as the hole is drilled.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: driilirgtools hand drill
turning handle
Gear-driven hand tool, used mainly to drill holes in wood, soft metal and plastic.
Handle whose rotation turns the drive wheel, which in turn transmits the motion to the pinion and the chuck. side handle
main handle
In vertical drilling, it stabilizes the tool while the other hand rotates the turning handle.
In horizontal drilling, it stabilizes the tool while the other hand rotates the turning handle. jaw
drive wheel
■ Toothed wheel that meshes with the pinion, thereby transmitting its rotational motion.
The parts of the chuck that grip the tool to keep it firmly in place. pinion
chuck
drill
Device with jaws for attaching the bit or drill to the tool.
Detachable shankthat is inserted into the chuck, whose rotating motion drills holes in various materiais.
Small toothed wheel downshifting the turning handle's motion; each turn of the handle translates into at least three rotations of the chuck.
brace
Hand tool, made up of an angled crank and a pawl and ratchet mechanism, for drilling holes.
handle cam ring
Metal cylinder covering the crank above the pawl. crank
Angled shank whose rotation drives the chuck, by the agency of a pawl and ratchet mechanism.
chuck
,• Device with jaws for attaching the ' bit or drill to the tool.
front knob
Knob for holding and stabilizing the tool while the other hand turns the crank by using the handle.
The parts of the chuck that grip the tool to keep it firmly in place. ratchet
quill
Hollow end of the front knob in which the crank turns.
Toothed wheel having only one direction of rotation; it is kept in place by the pawl. drill press
pulley safety guard
Set made up of an electric drill and a table mounted on a column, for drilling holes of a given depth in succession.
-
Case protecting the pulleys and the belt linking the motor to the drill.
motor
switch
Button for turning the device on or off. feed lever
depth stop ■
■■ Lever activating a mechanism for lowering or raising the chuck.
Device regulating the chuck’s depth of penetration.
quill''
Hollow part in which an arbor supporting the chuck slides up and down.
table-locking clamp
Locking device used to keep the table at a desired height.
chuck
Device with jaws for attaching the bit or drill to the tool. column
Cylindrical post fixed into the base; it supports the tool’s table, motor and head.
table
Flat surface whose height is adjustable; it supports the piece to be drilled. base
Support on which the tool rests, which can be bolted down to ensure maximum stability.
f
■ DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
Movable part for turning the crank.
307
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: shaping tools
I random orbit sander Portable electric tool whose abrasive disk moves two ways (rotating and eccentric) to sand various types of surface.
angle grinder Portable electric tool used for grinding, polishing, shaping and more. power cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
spindle lock button Device preventing the spindle from rotating while the grinding wheel is replaced.
lock-on button Device locking the switch in position to keep the saw working for a prolonged period.
power cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
housing switch Button for turning the device on or off. side handle Flandle intended mainly for guiding the tool while ensuring maximum stability. DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
grinding wheel Somewhat rigid abrasive disk mounted on a grinder’s spindle, whose roughness varies with the task (e.g., grinding, polishing, shaping).
wheel guard Metal shield partially covering the grinding wheel to prevent any accidental contact or, in case of breakage, to protect the user from flying pieces.
dust canister Receptacle collecting the dust drawn through the Sander's openings and the corresponding perforations in the sanding disk.
sanding pad Cushion to which the sanding disk is attached. Usually made of flexible material, it is used for sanding flat and curved surfaces. sanding disk Paper, usually perforated and selfadhesive, that fits the Sander's sanding pad.
grinding wheel Somewhat rigid abrasive disk mounted on a grinder’s spindle, whose roughness varies with the task (e.g., grinding, polishing, shaping).
sanding disk Paper, usually perforated and selfadhesive, that fits the Sander’s sanding pad.
sand paper Paper usually coated with glass powder, used by itself or mounted on a tool for smoothing.
trigger switch Connection mechanism for starting or stopping the tool by squeezing with the finger.
examples of bits Bits: detachable tools fitted with edges or abrasive parts; a router applies a rotating motion on them to mill a piece of work.
router Portable electric tool using rotating bits to mill moldings, grooves and wood joints. motor
head Flat top of the router; the tool rests on it when not in use.-
switch Button for turning the device on or off.
cord sleeve Protective casing around the cable to lessen twisting and prevent wear.
rounding-over bit Depending on the way it is positioned, it is a bit for rounding the edge of a piece of wood or for making a convex molding with a shoulder.
rabbet bit Bit for cutting an edge at right angles, used especially for making frames and for various cabinetmaking joints.
core box bit Bit usually used to mill grooves in wood in the shape of semicircles.
dovetail bit Bit for making cuts shaped like a dove's tail, often used in joining drawers.
cove bit Bit used especially for concave moldings or for cutting articulating joints for a gateleg table.
chamfer bit Bit for beveling edges at a 45° angle to create decorative edges and joints.
depth adjustment Device that regulates the depth of the bit, thus controlling the depth of the milling.
guide handle Used to hold and guide the tool.
collet Ring-shaped part for tightening or--" loosening the tool holder. base Support plate for the tool, which rests on the surface of the piece to be worked on.
I
308
tool holder Device fitted with jaws tor attaching the bit to the router.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: shaping tools plane Hand tool with a cutting blade, intended mainly for planing a wood surface or to give it a shape (e.g., beveled, chamfered).
wedge lever Lever for holding or releasing the assembly made up of the lever cap, blade and cap iron.
lateral-adjustment lever Device for aligning the cutting edge of the blade with the plane of the sole.
lever cap Part keeping the blade and the cap .■iron in place and underpressure.
handle
knob Handle for guiding and stabilizing the tool.
depth-of-cut adjustment knob Screw for controlling the motion of the blade in relation to the sole; this determines the depth of the cut.
toe Front end of the tool.
heel Rear end of the tool. blade Metal plate whose beveled edge constitutes the cutting edge of the plane.
frog-adjustment screw Screw adjusting the blade’s slant and, therefore, the width of the opening (mouth) that removes the shavings.
depth-of-cut adjustment knob Screw for controlling the motion of the blade in ^ relation to the sole; this determines the depth of the cut.
jointer plane The longest in the plane family, it is used for planing large pieces of wood and is not thrown off by bumps or indentations.
lever cap Part keeping the blade and the cap ...iron in place and underpressure.
knob Handle for guiding and stabilizing the tool.
sole Support plate, which lies on the surface of the piece to be planed.
heel Rear end of the tool.
cap iron Metal part in apposition to the blade; it breaks off the wood shavings to facilitate their removal.
toe Front end of the tool. rasp Hand tool made up of a metal blade whose tooth-covered surface can quickly rough out wood, metal or plastic.
handle
file Hand tool made up of a metal blade whose striated surface allows for pieces of wood, metal or plastic to be smoothed, altered or burnished.
tang Part of the blade extending into the handle, by which it is attached.
teeth Metal pointy protuberances making up the abrasive part of a rasp. Their widths vary depending on the use. wood chisel Hand tool with a metal blade whose end is beveled for woodworking.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
sole Support plate, which rests on the surface of the piece to be planed.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: gripping and tightening tools
I pliers Hand tools with two movable jaws ot tixed or variable gaps, intended for gripping or clamping objects.
straight jaw ^ Jaw whose interior side is rectilinear tor grasping or clamping a flat, square or many-sided object.
slip joint pliers Pliers with curved jaws and ending in a straight part, adjustable to two widths of opening.
rib joint pliers Pliers with straight jaws, adjustable to several gap positions,
bolt Metal plug ending in a head and threaded for screwing into a nut; it forms the pliers’axle of articulation,'..
curved jaw Jaw whose internal side is rounded for gripping or clamping a round object.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
adjustable channel Set of notches that receive the bolt to change the jaws’gap.
handle Long part that, in concert with its twin, exerts pressure to open or close the jaws.
slip joint Pliers'articulating axle, which slides between two positions to change the jaws’gap.
nut Hollow cylinder of metal whose lining is threaded to screw onto a corresponding bolt. handle Long part that, in concert with its twin, exerts pressure to open or close the jaws.
locking pliers Used as pliers, wrench and vice, it has variable-gap jaws for gripping and clamping objects.
spring Tight when the handles are closed to lock the pliers, it resumes its shape when unlocked and the handles return to their initial position.
lever The pressure of the adjusting screw raises or lowers it, thereby controlling the jaws' gap.
adjusting screw Screw regulating the jaws' gap.
toothed jaw Striated straight or curved part that, with its twin, grasps or clamps an object. rivet Riveted assembly part that is the axle of articulation for the release lever.
release lever Lever for unlocking the pliers and releasing the grip.
washers Ringlike parts placed between a nut or a bolt and a part to be tightened; they distribute the stress.
flat washer Placed underneath a screw or the head of a bolt, it distributes the pressure while protecting the work surface. I 310
lock washer Slightly spiral-shaped washer, which acts as a spring to prevent screws from loosening.
external tooth lock washer Washer having protuberances on the outside so that a screw tightens securely and will not loosen,
internal tooth lock washer Washer having protuberances on the inside so that a screw tightens securely and will not loosen.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: gripping and tightening tools wrenches Hand tools with fixed or variable openings, used
fixed jaw Upper branch of the fork, which is an extension of the tool’s handle. ■.
crescent wrench Wrench whose jaws’ gap is adjustable for gripping nuts, bolts or plumbing fittings of various sizes.
movable jaw Lower branch of the fork, whose gap enables the tool to adjust to the size of the object to be gripped.
tightening and loosening nuts and bolts, and 3ssembling and disassembling objects,
handle thumbscrew Small striated wheel controlling the movable jaw’s gap.
Wrench with two many-sided heads, designed mainly to tighten plumbing joints.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
ratchet box end wrench Wrench whose rings are fitted with a pawl, which limits the part’s rotation in one direction, and a ratchet, which can be rotated in the opposite direction
Wrench with two openings of different sizes, each having parallel jaws.
box end wrench Wrench that is usually bent and has two many-sided rings of different sizes; it grips the nut more firmly than the open end wrench.
Wrench with one forked end and one many-sided head, both ends are the same size.
ratchet socket wrench Wrench fitted with a pawl and a ratchet: the pawl sets the direction of rotation, while the ratchet lets the handle turn in the opposite direction over the socket.
bolts Metal plugs ending in a head and threaded so they can be tightly screwed into nuts to secure fastenings and assemblies. bolt Metal threaded plug ending in a head: it is tightly screwed into a nut to secure fastenings and
socket set Set made up of hollow cylinders of different sizes and interior profiles that fit onto a ratchet socket wrench.
nut Hollow cylinder of metal whose lining is threaded to screw onto a corresponding bolt.
head Widened end of the bolt, of various shapes and sizes,
nuts Metal parts with holes whose surfaces are threaded for screwing onto the corresponding bolts.
hexagon nut Most common nut; it has six sides for tightening with a wrench.
shoulder bolt Bolt whose head comprises a section of smaller diameter for concentrating the tightening pressure.
acorn nut Nut capped with a hollow dome that covers and protects the threaded end of the bolt.
wing nut Nut comprised of two protruding ends for tightening or loosening by hand.
threaded rod Elongated part whose surface has a spiral protrusion for screwing into a corresponding nut.
shoulder Cylindrical nonthreaded protrusion used as a bracket as the bolt is being tightened. 31 1
DO-IT-YOURSELF
I
carpentry: gripping and tightening tools
C-clamp Portable tool with a C-shaped frame, used for keeping objects from moving while working on them.
handle Sliding bar for tightening or loosening the adjusting screw, thereby spreading or closing the jaws.
fixed jaw Smooth or striated part against which the movable jaw presses an object.
vise Press with two jaws; it is attached to a worktable and used for clamping objects.
movable jaw Smooth or striated jaw that presses an object against the fixed jaw.
fixed jaw Smooth or striated part against which the movable jaw presses an object.
movable jaw Smooth or striated jaw that presses ,■ an object against the fixed jaw.
adjusting screw Threaded shank whose rotation is controlled by the handle; it moves the jaw toward or away from the piece to be clamped.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
swivel head End of the tightening screw; it 'pivots to adjust to irregularly shaped objects.
handle Sliding bar for tightening or loosening the adjusting screw, thereby spreading or closing the jaws.
throat Opening made by the frame.
swivel lock Sliding bar clamping down the swivel base by locking it into the desired position.
adjusting screw Threaded shank whose rotation is controlled by the handle; it moves the jaw toward or away from the piece to be clamped.
bolt Threaded metal plug with a head that is tightly screwed into a nut to secure the vise to a work bench.
frame Rigid metal support in the shape of a C, having the fixed jaw on one end, while the other end contains a hole for the adjusting screw.
swivel base Rotating surface surmounting the fixed base, which allows the vise to turn 360°.
peg Detachable part inserted into one of the openings on the work surface to clamp an object between its jaws.
pipe clamp Large press comprising a metal pipe supporting a jaw and a tail stop.
fixed base The tool’s supporting block, usually bolted onto a work bench.
jaws The parts of the working surface that spread apart or close together to clamp one or more objects.
work bench and vise Small, usually folding, worktable whose top surface (tray) is composed of two adjustable jaws for clamping objects.
handle Sliding bar that adjusts the screw to slide the tail stop’s jaw up or down the pipe.
clamping screw Threaded shank whose rotation, controlled by the clamping lever, causes the jaw to slide along the pipe to or from the object to be clamped. Movable part for pressing more objects against the tail stop.
working surlace Large flat surface with two jaws forming a clamp, which supports the objects to be worked on as well as various tools and accessories.
crank Handle for regulating the jaws’ gap. The two ends of the jaws can be adjusted independently in order to clamp a part at an angle.
pipe Hollow cylinder of varying length, along which the jaw and the tail stop slide.
tail stop Movable jaw whose motion along the pipe quickly adjusts the tool to the length of the object to be clamped. locking lever Handle that fixes the tail stop at the desired position on the pipe.
footrest
DO-IT-YOURSELF
carpentry: measuring and marking tools
I bevel square Instrument whose movable arms are used for measuring or for marking an angle.
framing square Instrument, usually graduated, used for marking right angles and to check that joints and cuts are perpendicular.
spirit level Instrument fitted with tubes containing a liquid and an air bubble that, when placed between two points of reference, shows whether a surface is level, vertical or at 45°, chalk line Instrument consisting of a cord that rewinds into a case filled with chalk powder; it is used for marking straight lines.
tape measure Instrument for determining length made up of a graduated, flexible tape of variable length that rolls up inside a case.
tape lock Mechanism preventing the tape from rewinding, making iteasierto measure things.
crank handle Device for rewinding the line into the case containing the chalk powder.
scale Divisions of equal length marked on the tape and constituting the units of measurement.--.,.. hook Bent metal end of the tape that is hooked onto an object; it also makes iteasierto unroll the tape.
case Metal body enclosing the graduated tape.
tape Thin metal graduated band; it is narrow and flexible for measuring lengths.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
case Metal body housing the chalk powder and the line.
line Chalk-covered cord that is pulled between two points to mark a straight line, hook Curved metal end of the cord that can be attached to an object; it also makes unwinding easier.
carpentry: miscellaneous material tool box Rigid container, fitted with a cover and a tray, for storing and carrying tools. handle Pelt
tool belt Band worn around the waist, fitted with pockets and accessories for holding tools and instruments needed close at hand.
■tray Rigid detachable container, divided into compartments and usually used for storing hardware or small tools.
hammer loop Metal bracket for holding the head of a hammer.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
plumbing tools The purpose of plumbing is to install, maintain and repair a dwelling’s pipes and sanitary fixtures.
pipe threader Round part with teeth, mounted on a diestock, for creating a thread on the outside of a pipe by hand.
Teflon tape Flexible waterproof ribbon for covering threaded pipe joints to prevent leakage.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
tube cutter Hand tool fitted with a cutting wheel for making straight even cuts to metal or plastic pipes.
tube flaring tool Hand tool composed of a clamp and a conical instrument that is inserted into a pipe to widen the end.
valve seat wrench Elbow-shaped key, usually having one square end and the other octagonal, used mainly for removing faucet seats.
pencil point tip
Detachable end in which the gas is burned, and whose shape produces a slender flame with a fine tip.
plumber’s snake Metal semirigid auger whose end is usually fitted with a hook or corkscrew; it is used for unblocking pipes.
disposable fuel cylinder
.Small interchangeable tank, filled with gas (usually propane or butane) supplying the burner.
soldering torch Portable tool operating on gas, for fastening parts using a finishing metal with a low melting point, such as lead. I 314
hacksaw Frame handsaw tor sawing metal of varying thicknesses.
plunger Rubber funnel-shaped instrument, attached to the end of a handle, for unblocking toilets, sinks and other drains.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
pkimbing tools wrenches Hand tools with fixed or variable openings, used for tightening and loosening nuts and bolts, and for assembling and disassembling objects.
strap wrench
Wrench whose strap acts as a jaw to grip objects that are difficult to access or whose surfaces must not be damaged.
chain pipe wrench
Wrench whose chain acts as a jaw for gripping large pipes and irregularly shaped objects.
masonry tools The purpose of masonry is to build and repair structures or to cover walls with brick, stone or concrete blocks.
caulking gun cartridge
Small replaceable reservoir, fitted with a nozzle and containing a malleable, adhesive caulking.
nozzle
Instrument using a piston mechanism for applying caulking to seal joints and openings.
Conical nozzle forming the end of the cartridge.
tip piston release
gun
Elbow-shaped shaft with a push stick (piston) that compresses the contents of the cartridge or releases the gun.
End of the nozzle through which the caulking is applied.
Open cylindrical instrument supporting a cartridge.
mason’s trowel
Tool with a trapezoidal blade, used mainly for spreading and smoothing mortar and concrete.
piston lever
Trigger controlling the forward motion of the cartridge.
bricklayer’s hammer
Hammer with a long, pointed peen, used for finishing brick and stone and for removing a damaged covering.
tang
Part of the blade extending into the handle, by which it is attached..,
hawk
joint filler
Plate with a short handle, used mainly to hold mortar, plaster and coatings when applying them to a facing.
square trowel
Tool whose fine blade is used to smooth noticeable joints in a facing.
Tool with a rectangular blade, usually used for smoothing plaster and small concrete surfaces.
315 I
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
pipe wrench
Wrench with notched jaws and adjustable opening for firmly gripping nuts, couplings and thickwalled pipes.
a telescoping handle, and pivot to open at variable positions; it is used for working in cramped spaces.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
electricity tools I The purpose of the electrical trade is to install, maintain and repair electrical wiring and devices in a place or building. multimeter Device for measuring, among other things, a conductor’s resistance, the voltage between two points and the strength of the current.
probe Metal tip connecting the multimeter to the circuit being tested.
housing
digital display Liquid-crystal screen displaying the reading taken by the device.
insulated blade
auto/manual range - Button for choosing between the automatic and manual gauge for each function.
data hold Function for keeping certain readings in memory.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
voltage tester Screwdriver used for detecting an electric current in appliances, devices and lowvoltage circuits.
cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
selector switch Device for selecting the desired function and the appropriate gauge for the measurement.
insulated handle Part for gripping the tool, made from a material that prevents an electric current from passing through it.
input terminal Socket for receiving a probe’s cord.
neon lamp Small tube that lights up when the blade is in contact with a live conductor.
drop light Portable electric lamp protected by a guard and fitted with a long cord allowing it to be moved.
continuity tester Instrument for detecting short circuits and open circuits and for testing fuses. reflector Metal half sphere concentrating and directing the light from a lightbulb. bulb Glass envelope filled with gas, inwhich a luminous body is inserted.
receptacle analyzer Instrument for detecting any faults in the receptacle, such as grounding problems and crossed or unconnected wires.
guard Metal mesh protecting the. lightbulb while the drop light is being handled. convenience outlet Device connected to an electric circuit: it transmits the current to an ■ electrical appliance when its plug is inserted into the outlet.
handle
neon tester Instrument used for detecting the presence of an electric current in low-voltage appliances, devices and circuits.
high-voltage tester Instrument used for defecting an electric current in high-voltage appliances, devices and circuits
cord Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
electricity tools multipurpose tool Pliers fitted with straight jaws, used especially for gripping, cutting and stripping electric wires. lineman’s pliers Pliers fitted with straight jaws that provide a powerful grip; they also include a wire cutter and jaws for pulling fish wire.
pivot
Pliers’axle of articulation, which allows the jaws to open and close.
jaw
Straight striated part that, with its twin, opens and closes to grip, twist or cut an electric cable, wire or other object.
wire cutter
Cutting edge for cropping an electric wire.
wire cutter
wire stripper
Part fitted with two cutting edges-' for cropping an electric wire.
Pliers'cutting notch, of various diameters, in which the end of an electric cable is clamped for stripping.
pivot
Pliers’axle of articulation, which-' allows the jaws to open and close. DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
insulated handle
hammer Hammer with an elongated head and a tapered peen, for attaching small parts and nailing in cramped spaces.
Long part of the pliers, covered with a material preventing the tlow of electricity.
insulated handle
Long part of the pliers, covered with a material preventing the flow of electricity.
fuse puller Insulated pliers designed for handling cartridge fuses.
wire nut Hollow part inside which electric wires are connected.
cable ripper Tool with openings of various diameters for stripping a nonmetal electric cable or wire. cutter Knife with a curved blade used mainly for making incisions in the sheathing of a nonmetal electric cable or wire. adjustment wheel
Small striated wheel controlling the movement of the jaws so they adapt to the diameter ot the electric wire being stripped.
fish wire Metal wire ending in a hook, used mainly for running electric cables through walls.
needle-nose pliers Pliers with long narrow jaws for doing delicate work or accessing hard-to-reach parts.
wire stripper Pliers with adjustable cutting jaws tor removing the insulating sheathing from an electric cable or wire. 317
DO-IT-YOURSELF
soldering and welding tools I Welding joins two parts by fusing their edges, while soldering does so by fusing a finishing metal (solder) placed on the joint soldering gun Electric tool that is more powerful than a soldering iron; it uses finishing metal with a low melting point, such as lead, to join parts.
protective clothing
housing
tip
^ Case enclosing and protecting the device's mechanism.
Metal part forming the end of the gun, used to heat a solder.
heating element
pistol grip handle
Electrical resistor that quickly heats the tip. on-off switch
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
cord sleeve
soldering iron Electric tool with a tip for heating a solder, used to join parts that can take only weak mechanical pressure.
Protective casing around the cable to lessen twisting and prevent wear,
Part shaped like a pistol grip so the wrist remains straight while holding the tool.
goggles
welding curtain Movable panel that stops the sparks and harmful light rays emitted while welding.
face shield
tip cleaners Fine metal needles of various sizes used for clearing the inside of a nozzle, head or burner.
striker Instrument producing a spark for lighting the gas emitted by a nozzle, head or burner.
iJ
hand shield friction strip
Abrasive surface on which a flint is struck to ■producea spark, flint
Small stone that is scraped against an abrasive surface to produce a spark.
arc welding Welding process in which the heat needed for fusing is provided by an electric arc between the electrode and the part to be welded.
electrode holder
electrode lead
gauntlet Fireproof article of clothing that covers the hand and wrist and takes the shape of the fingers.
electrode
Detachable metal pin; it conducts the current and produces an electric arc.
ground clamp
Tongs connecting the part to be welded to the work lead.
work lead
Cable returning the current to the arc welding machine.
I 318
arc welding machine
Device providing a current to the electrode: the current’s intensity depends on the nature of the parts to be welded and the electrode’s characteristics.
mitten Fireproof article of clothing entirely covering the hand and the wrist but leaving the thumb free.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
soldering and welding tools
cutting torch Burning acetylene produces a very hot flame that can cut through metals such as steel.
cuning oxygen handle Device directing the oxygen to the cutting tip, where combustion takes place.
oxygen valve Valve controlling the volume of oxygen introduced into the welding torch.
welding torch Torch for joining metal parts using a flame produced by burning gas.
mixing chamber Part of the torch where acetylene and oxygen are mixed. The proportion and flow of the gases, regulated by the valves, determine the flame’s properties.
acetylene valve Valve controlling the volume of acetylene entering the torch.
cutting tip End of the torch, whose opening produces a flame concentrated on the surface to be cut. working pressure gauge Dial-operated device whose needle shows the gas pressure at the outlet port of the pressure regulator.
head tube Detachable part conducting the gaseous mixture to the nozzle.
tip End of the head tube; combustion takes place where it opens.
soldering torch Portable tool operating on gas, for fastening parts using a finishing metal with a low melting point, such as lead.
pencil point tip Detachable end in which the gas is burned, and whose shape produces a slender flame with a fine tip.
cylinder pressure gauge Dial-operated device whose needle shows the gas pressure in the cylinder.
adjusting screw Screw for controlling the gas pressure at the regulator outlet port, which corresponds to the gas pressure at the inlet of the torch.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
handle Rigid tube containing the conduits for the welding gas; it also makes the torch easy to handle.
pressure regulator Device placed at the outlet port of each cylinder; it lowers and stabilizes the gas pressure reaching the torch.
check valve Part for preventing gas from returning to the cylinder after passing through the pressure regulator.
oxyacetylene welding Welding process in which the heat required for fusion is provided by the burning of an acetylene and oxygen mixture in the end of the torch.
bottle cart ■Support for the welding material, on wheels for easy moving. pressure regulator Device placed at the outlet port of ■each cylinder; it lowers and stabilizes the gas pressure reaching the torch. oxygen cylinder ■ Oxygen is the gas used to make the acetylene burn.
flame spreader tip Detachable end producing a wide flame for covering a larger surface.
acetylene cylinder As acetylene burns at very high ■temperatures (6,000°E), it is used in steel and metal work, where a high temperature must be attained quickly. hose • Flexible tube bringing gas from the cylinder to the torch.
disposable fuel cylinder Small interchangeable tank, filled with gas (usually propane or butane) supplying the burner.
welding torch Instrument burning gas to produce a flame of a given shape and intensity; it is used to weld and cut metal.
I
DO-IT-YOURSELF
painting upkeep I The main purpose of this type of work is to apply paint, stain or varnish to a surface.
spray paint gun Pneumatic device atomizing paint onto a surface, giving it a smooth uniform finish.
nozzle Opening through which the paint flows; its size depends on the position of a conical part (pointer).
fluid adjustment screw Screw for controlling the maximum size of a pointer, thereby determining the amount of paint emitted by the nozzle.
air cap Part directing the compressed air toward the nozzle: here the air comes in contact with the paint jet, which is atomized.
air valve Movable part whose opening is regulated by the trigger; it lets compressed air into the gun.
trigger Device that controls the supply of both air and paint.
vent hole Opening through which the air enters the container to maintain the atmospheric pressure.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
brush Natural or synthetic bristles attached to a handle, used for spreading paint, varnish or stain on a base.
spreader adjustment screw Movable part whose opening is controlled by a screw that controls the volume of air pushed into the air cap, thereby defining the size and shape of the paint jet.
air hose connection Threaded part receiving a flexible tube; it is connected to a compressor that allows the compressed air into the body of the gun.
container Reservoir for the paint, which is connected to the gun by a tube; here a low-pressure zone is created causing the liquid to be sucked in.
pump Machine drawing in ambient air and forcing it underpressure into the tank.
air compressor Machine compressing and storing the air that supplies a spray paint gun or other pneumatic tool.
handle
ferrule etal part clamped around the end of the handle to keep the bristles firmly in place. bristles Stiff hairs made from natural or synthetic materials; they are filled with paint, varnish or stain to apply them. scraper Instrument with a blade used to remove paint or varnish from a surface.
knurled bolt Bolt fastening the blade on the handle. blade Thin flat metal part that forms the cutting part of the scraper. handle
motor heat gun Electric device blowing very hot air, used mainly to soften paint and varnish to ease scraping them. handle
nozzle End of the tool through which a jet of hot air is forced by a fan. It is usually possible to attach various accessories to it,
air tank Container storing compressed air.
switch Device's start and stop button, regulating the intensity of the hotair flow. tray Container used with a roller; it has a deep area to hold the paint and a ribbed area for coating the roller cover with the amount of paint required.
wheel Circular instrument rotating around an axle so that the device can be moved. handle
paint roller Instrument fitted with a detachable handle for spreading the paint evenly on a large surface.
roller frame Metal pivoting structure inserted into the roller cover as support.
I
roller cover Detachable cylindrical part, covered with natural or synthetic fibers adapted to the nature of the product being applied.
DO-IT-YOURSELF
ladders and stepladders Movable devices of wood or metal, composed of rungs or sfeps and used to reach reiafively high areas.
foldaway ladder Articulating ladder ttiat can be folded up into a trap door.
extension ladder Straight ladder of adjustable height, made up of two superimposed planes that slide one on the other.
straight ladder hook ladder Ladder that leans against a wall, Straight ladder with one end having comprised of two parallel side rails fixed or detachable hooks to keep the joined by rungs. ladder in place on a structure.
I rung
Bar on a ladder that constitutes a
side rail
Part supporting rungs or steps.
locking device
Flook immobilizing the upper part of the ladder at the desired height by hooking onto a rung; it can also be released to lower the upper part.
pulley
Small wheel for maneuvering the hoisting cord.
rope ladder Suspension ladder whose side rails and rungs are made of cord.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
ladder scaffold Movable structure made up of two vertical ladders and a work platform as well as wheels fitted with blocking devices.
hoisting rope
fruit-picking ladder Double ladder specially designed for picking fruit and for pruning and maintaining trees.
Rope that is pulled to raise andlower the upper part of the ladder.
antislip shoe
Part attached to the bottom end of the side rail to prevent slipping.
multipurpose ladder Ladder with several folds, which can be locked in a number of positions.
top
Flat top of a stepladder upon whicti ■ objects can be placed.
stepladder Small ladder, often folding, that is usually composed of three to six steps.
rolling ladder Movable ladder fitted with a platform and a safety rail: it can be moved on wheels equipped with blocking devices.
step stool Stool equipped with steps usually folding under the seat. platform ladder Small indoor ladder, usually folding, that comprises a small number of steps.
tool shelf
Flat folding surface upon which tools can be placed.
shelf safety rail
brace
Folding cross piece maintaining the gap between the two opposite side rails, thereby providing stability. step
Flat narrow surface that supports the feet when climbing, descending or standing.
Part serving as a support and protection barrier.
Flat folding shelf upon which objects can be placed.
platform
Wider step for standing on safely. frame
Parts supporting the steps and the platform of a platform ladder.
step rubber tip
Rubber part attached to the ends ot the frame to prevent slipping.
Flat narrow surface that supports the feet when climbing, descending or standing. 321
[
GARDENING
pleasure garden I Private plot reserved for cultivating ornamental plants where one strolls and relaxes.
ornamental tree Tree planted for decorative■ purposes.
climbing plant Plant growing upward using a nearby structure as support.
lantern Exterior light having a high stand that is fixed to the ground; it consists ■ of a franslucent or transparenf cage containing a light source.
pergola Small structure with horizontal girders supported by posts, used as a support for baskets or climbing plants.
hanging basket Hanging container for ornamental plants.
patio Outdoor surface of various sizes usually covered with flagstone.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
shed Structure used for storing gardenequipment.
clump of flowers Grouping of flowers planted in a decorative manner.
hedge Bushes planted in a row to demarcate a lot.
fan trellis Wood, plastic or metal laths forming a decorative structure or a support for climbing plants.. bush Woody plant usually no taller than 3 ft.
lawn Short thick grass requiring regular mowing.
stake Stick for training a stem or for supporting a fragile one.
pond Small body of water, usually artificial, built for ornamental purposes.
paling fence Barrier made of aligned wooden planks to demarcate a lot.
flower bed Small plot of land adorned with plants, usually flowers.
rock garden Area of land strewn with ornamental rocks, among which plants grow.
I 322
path Walkway bordered by plants.
edging Row of sfones or other solid material demarcating a path.
flagstone Stone, marble or cement tile for covering a surface.
arbor Decorative doorway with rounded apex.
tub Container for ornamental or edible plants.
GARDENING
miscellaneous equipment
motorized earth auger Machine using a rotating bit to quickly dig holes of various sizes in the ground.
handle
Arm for guiding the auger and the bit.
control cable
Cable transmitting the motor’s energy to the bit’s clutch assembly.
auger bit
Detachable rotating part, with a twisted shank for digging holes.
motor
Device converting the combustion of' fuel and air into mechanical energy.
wheelbarrow Small one-wheeled handcart for transporting material such as supplies, tools, soil and debris. compost bin Container for decomposing organic waste from the garden and kitchen to produce fertilizer (compost).
handle
Arm for lifting and moving the wheelbarrow.
tray
Container designed to hold a load.
leg wheel
Part supporting the wheelbarrow when at rest.
Circular object rotating around an axle so that the wheelbarrow can be moved.
323 I
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
starting cable
Electric cable controlling thestarter.
GARDENING
seeding and planting tools
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
I
seeder Small shovel fitted with a distribution device for sowing seeds without touching them.
spreader Small handcart with a reservoir and distribution mechanism for evenly spreading seeds or fertilizer on an area.
bulb dibble Tool with a cylindrical container for removing a core of soil to create a hole in which plant bulbs or young plants are planted.
garden line Cord stretched between two stakes and used as a guide for marking straight furrows and edges for a border or a hedge, or for demarcating sections ofa vegetable garden.
stake Stick for training a stem or for supporting a fragile one.
I 324
GARDENING
hand tools Instruments used for working the soil in cramped spaces, such as a flower bed, small clumps, containers and baskets^
gardening gloves Article of clothing covering the hands to protect them when gardening.
trowel Small shovel used for digging a hole for planting or for removing a seedling.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
small hand cultivator Tool with tines curved alright angles, usually used for loosening aerating and weeding the soil.
weeder Tool with a narrow blade for pulling up weeds with deep roots.
hand fork Tool eguipped with straight, somewhat flat tines, used mainly for loosening the soil.
325 I
GARDENING
tools for loosening the earth
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
I
shovel Tool used for digging holes and manipulating various objects, such as soil, sand and compost.
spade Tool with a flat or slightly concave blade, used mainly for turning over soil.
spading fork Tool with metal tines, which make it easier to loosen soil that is hard or contains many stones or roots.
hoe-fork Tool with a blade, which serves as a hoe, and tines; it is used especially for making furrows.
weeding hoe Tool with claws designed mainly for loosening and weeding soil.
I 326
lawn edger Tool with a semicircular blade for trimming the edge of the lawn, usually along a driveway, a patio or flower bed.
scuffle hoe Tool whose blade, more slanted that that of the draw hoe, loosens, weeds and aerates the soil; it is also used for harvesting root vegetables.
draw hoe Tool whose blade loosens, weeds and aerates the soil; it is also used to groom the soil around a plant.
tools for loosening the earth
hook
Tool with curved tines, used to handle fertilizer and compost, pull up root vegetables and loosen or weed the soil.
pick
Tool whose head is pointed on one end and has a cutting edge on the other; it is used to break up hard or rocky soil.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
rake
Tool with tines perpendicular to the handle, for leveling the soil, removing pebbles and gathering debris.
hoe
Tool with a thick sturdy blade attached directly to the handle: it is used especially for loosening and weeding dense soil.
tiller
Motorized machine that uses its rotating tines to turn over and loosen the soil and mix fertilizer into it.
handlebar Arm tor steering the tiller.
Lever controlling the tiller’s motion an the tines’ rotation.
frame Metal structure of the tiller.
forward/reverse Mechanism for selecting the direction in which the tiller moves.
starter Hand-activated device pulling a cable to start the motor.
motor Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
tine .Cutting blade connected to a rotating axle; it digs into the soil to loosen if.
327
GARDENING
watering tools
I hose trolley Reel mounted on a cart, for transporting and storing a garden hose.
sprinkler hose Hose with small openings through which water flows; placed on the ground, it deeply waters large areas.
reel Spool for quickly rolling and .unrolling a garden hose.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
garden hose Circularpipe, flexible br semirigid, •• conducting water from a tap to a watering device such as a nozzle, gun or sprinkler.
tap connector Threaded part receiving a hose connected to a tap.
trolley crank Handle for rolling up the garden hose on the reel.
hose nozzle Detachabid instrument attached to the end of a garden hose, for adjusting the shape and flow of the water spray.
tank sprayer Device with a tank and a wand that sprays fine droplets of water or treatment products on plants and soil. watering can Container fitted with a long neck, usuallpith a rose at its end, used for sprinkling plants with water or treatment products.
handle Part shaped like a semicircle for gripping the can. rose Detachable perforated part causing water or a liquid to pour in a shower.
I 328
GARDENING
watering ?ools
spray nozzle Watering gun with a wide head that contains small holes, used for watering flowers and delicate plants with a fine shower.
pistol nozzle Watering nozzle activated by means of a trigger flow switch.
arm Part attached to the sprinkler’s pivot for distributing water.
oscillating sprinkler Device with a bar containing multiple nozzles: It moves back and forth to spray water in the shape ot a fan over large areas.
metal arm Device that spreads water evenly to avoid puddles and splashing on the sides.-... nozzle Part with an opening through which the water spray is projected.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
sprayer Small atomizer used mainly for spraying planf foliage and seedlings.
revolving sprinkler Watering device with rotating arms that distribute water inatull circle.
diffuser pin Device fragmenting the spray to vaporize the water.
impulse sprinkler Watering device whose single nozzle is mounted on a pivot that rotates in jerks, emitting a powerful spray to distribute water in a circle or arc.
deflector ■Device modifying the spray’s range.
hose connector Part receiving a garden hose. trip lever Ring-shaped part for adjusting the area to be watered (full or semicircle). sled Support for the sprinkler; it allows the device to be moved by pulling on the hose, which avoids treading on watered areas.
329 I
GARDENING
pruning and cutting tools
I
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
lopping shears Long-handled pruning shears used to cut medium-sized branches.
hedge shears Tool with two blades that articulate like scissors, for trimming hedges, borders or perennials.
pruning saw Handsaw with a straight or slightly curved blade, used to cut relatively large branches.
pruning shears Tool resembling large scissors, used mainly for cutting stems and ^ small branches.
grafting knife Small pointed knife, very sharp designed to make grafting cuts. sickle Tool with a crescent-shaped blade attached to a short handle, for cutting grass in areas that are inaccessible to a lawn mower.
pruning knife Small billhook for cutting small branches or performing various tasks requiring a light cut.
tree pruner Pruning shears mounted on a long pole whose blade is activated by a cord, for cutting hard-to-reach branches.
scythe Tool with a curved blade connected to a long handle with two grips, for cutting tall grass or in an area that is inaccessible to a lawn mower.
billhook Tool with a powerful hooked blade used especially to cut branches and undergrowth.
GARDENING
pruning and cutting tools hedge trimmer Portable electric tool with a toothed blade, for trimming hedges and borders. cord
Flexible electric wire housing the leads connecting the appliance to the electric circuit.
hand protector tooth
Each of the small points forming the cutting part of the blade; their spacing determines the finishing quality.
Part to protect the user from contact with the blade and to stop debris' from being thrown toward the user.
trigger
:hanical connection device for switching the tool on or off by pressing it with a finger.
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
blade
Thin metal part using a back-andforth motion of the teeth to trim plants.
chainsaw Portable motorized saw with a cutting chain; it is manipulated with two hands to cut tree limbs, fell trees and saw wood.
antivibration handle air filter
Device that removes dust from the air entering the engine.
Auxiliary handle, insulated from the housing by rubber shock absorbers that dampen the vibrations produced by the tool.
chain brake
Part that is the machine's shield and release lever for stopping the chain in case of kickback or a false move.
security trigger stop button
Button for instantly stopping the engine.
Device blocking the accelerator control to prevent the chain from being activated accidentally.
guide bar bar nose
Front end of the guide bar.
Grooved metal blade along which the chainsaw chain moves.
handle
Part for gripping and handling the tool.
cutter link
chainsaw chain
Chain link on which a rounded cutting blade is mounted.
Chain equipped with cutter links, which move at high speed along the edge of the guide bar.
accelerator control
engine housing
starter handle
ffandle connected to a cable that is pulled to start the engine.
oil pan
Mechanism for starting, stopping and controlling the speed of the chain. fuel tank
Reservoir containing the fuel supplying the engine.
Reservoir containing oil for lubricating certain parts of the tool, such as the chain.
331 I
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
electric motor
GARDENING
lawn care
I lawn trimmer
Portable motorized tool, equipped
hand mower
Hand tool equipped with a rotating cutting cylinder, used for mowing the grass over a small area.
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
blade
Spiral metal part that, together with the other blades, forms the cutting cylinder.
speed rotation, cuts the grass. power mower
Motorized device using a rotating horizontal blade to cut grass over large areas. cutting cylinder
Part with several rotating blades that push the grass back against a fixed blade to out it.
ignition key
Part that is inserted into the ignition switch to start or stop the motor.
handle
Bar for moving and guiding the mower.
speed control
Mechanism for controlling the blade’s rotation speed and the motion of the mower.
safety handle
Lever controlling both the blade rotation and the wheel motion.
grassbox starter
Detachable container collecting the cut grass..
Hand-activated device pulling a .cable to start the motor.
motor
■ Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
filler cap
Cylindrical part plugging a tank's filler opening.
accelerator cable
■ Cable connecting the speed control to the motor. deflector
spark plug
Part deflecting the cut grass toward the grassbox. casing
Part supporting and covering a rotating blade for cutting the grass.
I 332
Instrument with electrodes that produce sparks that ignite the gaseous mixture in the motor’s combustion chamber.
GARDENING
lawn care
lawn rake Instrument equipped with flexible metal tines, arranged like a fan, used to gather dead leaves, cut grass or bits of debris on the lawn.
ignition key seat
Part for sitting while operating the vehicle.
Part that is inserted into the ignition switch to start or stop the motor.
cruise control lever
steering wheel
Circular instrument used by the operator tor steering the front wheels.
lawn tractor Small motorized vehicle upon which a mower deck is fixed, for cutting large expanses of grass.
mower deck lift lever
Mechanism for selecting the vehicle’s speed,.,
’ Lever for adjusting the mower deck's height.
brake pedal
Lever that the operator presses with the foot to activate the brake system......
hood
Lidlike partot the bodycoverim and protecting the motor.
rear wheel
Circular part rotating around an axle upon which a device rests; in ■■ this case, the rear of the vehicle. Its rear wheels are the driving force.
headlight forward travel pedal
Lamp on the front of the vehicle to light up the space in front.
Lever that is held down to let thevehicle go forward.
reverse travel pedal
Lever that is held down to let the vehicle back up.
deflector
projecting the cut grass to theside. front wheel mower deck
Mobile structure supporting and covering one or more rotating blades that cut the grass.
gauge wheel
Small adjustable wheel following the contours of the terrain to give a uniform cut over uneven surfaces.
Circular part rotating around an axle upon which a device rests; in this case, the front of the vehicle. Its front wheels guide the lawn tractor.
333 I
DO-IT-YOURSELF AND GARDENING
lawn aerator Roller fitted with points for puncturing the lawn in order to aerate it and facilitate the entry of substances such as water and fertilizers.
a.
I
^
f I
33^
‘‘
1
Any object that covers the body to protect, conceal or adorn it.
335 I
elements of ancient costume I Examples of different articles of clothing characteristic of a period, country, condition or occasion. peplos In ancient times, a rectangle of woolen fabric wrapped around the torso and pinned at the shoulders, worn by Greek women.
toga Very long length of woolen fabric that Romans wrapped around themselves, draping it over the left shoulder and arm and leaving the right arm free.
fibula In ancient times, a pin or metal fastener used to secure clothing.
fold ■Part of the cloth folded over the belt to make it puff out.
CLOTHING
sinus Part of the toga that draped down over the left shoulder and went under the right arm, creating carefully arranged folds.
purple border In ancient Rome, the purple^border was worn by magistrates'and by boys until the age of 16.
stola Long full robe with or without sleeves and drawn in with a belt; it was worn by Roman women.
I 33B
palla Long rectangular piece of cloth, folded in half lengthwise and used as a cloak by Roman women.
chlamys In ancient times, a rectangle of woolen fabric pinned on one shoulder: it was worn by soldiers next to the skin or over a chiton.
chiton Tunic worn by Greek men and women in ancient times, made of two rectangles of linen sewn together to form a tube and belted at the waist.
elements of ancient costume
short sleeve Half sleeve covering the upper arm and extended by another half sleeve of various shapes.
floating sleeve Sleeve characterized by a long sometimes ankle-length panel falling from the elbow.
sleeve Part of the garment covering the arm; it can be of various shapes and lengths.
vertical pocket Pocket cut along the grain of the fabric.
fringe Strip of material with hanging threads used to decorate the border of clothing.
CLOTHING
cotehardie
In the 14th century, the cotehardie was a kind of low-cut fitted surcoat with long sleeves left open from the elbow.
corset
Tight-fitting undergarment with stays that appeared in the 18th century; women laced it up under their dresses to shape their waists and hold in their stomachs.
dress with crinoline
A19th-century dress worn over several underskirts, including a full one made of horsehair.
caraco jacket Close-fitting bodice with sleeves, cut off at the hip and buttoned in front; it appeared in the second half of the 18th century.
underskirt
From the 16th century, the underskirt was a short skirt worn under other skirts; by the late 18th and 19th century, it had become a skirt revealed by an open-fronted dress.
ruffle Funnel-shaped lace cuff with two or three flounces. shawl
In fashion since the 19th century, the shawl is a sguare, rectangular or triangular length of fabric used by women to cover their shoulders
stomacher Decorative triangle worn under the bodice of the dress.
bustle Underskirt with a semicircular wire hoop at the back to support the skirt and draw it away from the body.
surcoat
dress with panniers
dress with bustle
Worn over a tunic by men and women from the 13th to the 15th century; the women's was very long, with greatly enlarged armholes, which were often decorated with fur.
Dress that appeared in the mid-18th century; it was worn over an underskirt with two hoops that made it puff out at the hips.
Dress that appeared about 1870; it was worn over a bustle; which gave fullness to the back of the skirt. 337
[
elements of ancient costume
cape Very full coat of variable length that covered the body and arms; it had no sleeves or armholes and sometimes had a hood and slits for the arms. justaucorps Long garment for men that was close-fitting and slightly flared at the bottom. It was initially worn as a military uniform; after 1670 it became an item of civilian clothing.
waistcoat Worn since the end of the 18th century, the waistcoat is tight and sleeveless; the front is buttoned and made of quality material while the back is made of lining.
vest In the 17th and 18th centuries, the vest was worn under the justaucorps it hung straight and had two pockets with flaps and tight sleeves.
cuff Reverse side of the sleeve or a strip of material added to the end of a 'Sleeve and folded back.
CLOTHING
jacket Padded and belted male garment worn between the 14th and the 16th century, based on the doublet; the belt created folds below the waist and the sleeves widened at the shoulders.
breeches Tight knee-length pants that appeared in the second half of the 17th century.
breeches Tight knee-length pants that appeared in the second halt of the 17th century. doublet Tight padded garment with a belt and sleeves; it was worn by men from the 14th to the 17th century.
wing Piece of fabric added to the armhole to accentuate the width of the shoulder.
hanging sleeve Long sleeve, slashed at the elbow so.thearm could extend out of it.
houppelande Long full ceremonial garment (man's coat or woman's dress) worn at the end of the 14th century and in the early 15th century.
I
trunk hose Shorter version of braies and a forerunner of breeches, trunk hose were worn from the 16th to the 17fh century; they puffed out and were gathered above the knee.
braies Full pants that were characteristic of Gallic attire; they were pulled in at the waist with a belt and tied at the ankle with straps.
338
j.
eiements of ancient costume
tricorne Men’s hat with a brim folded into three points and a relatively flat crown; it was worn in the 17th and 18th centuries.
heeled shoe In the 17th century, the heeled shoe had a large tongue decorated with a bow or a buckle.
bicorne Men’s hat with a brim folded into two points; it replaced the tricorne after the French Revolution,
hennin In the 15th century, a high cylindrical women’s headdress that was covered in expensive fabric; a transparent veil of medium length hung from it.
crakow Shoe characterized by a disproportionately long toe; it was in fashion from the end of the 14th through the 15th century.
collaret Piece of delicate, pleated or gathered fabric that adorned the neck of a dress; its shape varied greatly from one period to another.
fraise Stiff pleated collaret worn by men and women from the late 16th century to the beginning of the 17th century.
gaiter Cover for the top of the shoe and the lower part of the leg; it was held in place by an understrap and fastened at the side with buttons or hooks.
traditional clothing Examples of clothing that have characterized different regions for a number of generations.
turban Headgear worn by men in the eastern Mediterranean region and southern Asia and made from a strip of fabric encircling the head.
boubou Full garment made from a length of fabric folded in two; it is worn by black African men and women.
caftan Long full garment, often richly decorated; it is worn by men as ceremonial attire in the eastern Mediterranean region.
loincloth Piece of fabric or woven plant fibers that is worn around the waist by certain peoples of South America, Africa and Oceania.
fez Skullcap of white or red woolen fabric, usually bearing a tassel; it has long been the traditional Turkish headgear.
339
headgear I Item of attire used to cover, protect or adorn the head.
felt hat Soft hat with a dented crown that is adorned with a wide ribbon; it is made from a single piece and has a brim of uniform width.
men’s headgear
hatband Wide silk ribbon decorating the base of the crown.
crown Part of the hat that fits on top of the head.
CLOTHING
binding Strip of fabric running along the-.,, edge of the hat.
brim Part of the hat encircling the base of the crown.
bow Point where the ends of the hatband are tied to trim the hat.
boater Stiff straw headgear with a flat brim of uniform width and an oval crown circled with a ribbon; it was worn at the end of the 19th century.
skullcap Small round cap covering only the top of the head.
garrison cap Elongated brimless headgear with a soft flexible crown; it is worn over the brow and takes the shape of the head.
hunting cap Thick soft cap with a peak and ear flaps, which give protection against the cold.
top hat Stiff silk headgear with a high cylindrical crown circled with a ribbon and a narrow brim that is turned up at the sides; it was worn toward the end of the 18th century.
ear flap Flap that covers the nape of the neck and the ears to keep them warm; it can be turned up and held in place on top of the head.
cap Brimless, somewhat soft headgear that appeared at the end of the 19th century; it has a peak and a flat crown.
peak Part that juts out over the eyes to protect them. I 340
derby Headgear primarily for men that appeared at the end of the 19th century; it is made of stiff felt with a circular rounded crown and an upturned narrow brim.
shapka Fur hat that is native to Poland; it has ear flaps that can be turned up and tied on top of the head.
panama Soft headgear from the end of the 19th and the early 20th century; it is made from woven jipijapa leaves and has a dented crown circled with a ribbon.
headgear
pillbox hat Small low, round or oval toque worn perched on top of the head or pulled down.
women’s headgear
cartwheel hat Headgear in fashion from the early 20th century, made of straw or light fibers with a large soft brim of uniform width.
cloche Hat of the 1920s and‘30s with a cylindrical crown and a narrow brim.
toque Brimless headgear made of fabric or fur, with a cylindrical crown and a flat top that fits snugly on the head.
gob hat Headgear made of soft light material that is worn over the brow and fits snugly on the head; the brim can be worn down to shade the face.
CLOTHING
turban Headgear made of a long strip of fabric, wound around so that it covers the entire head but leaves the forehead uncovered.
crown Part of the hat that fits on top of the head. southwester Waterproof headgear with a narrow brim that widens over the nape of the neck to protect it from inclement weather.
brim Part of the hat encircling the base of the crown.
. , , balaclava
unisex headgear
beret Soft brimless headgear with a round flat crown that sometimes puffs out; it fits on the head by means of a simple hemmed rim ora narrow headband.
Headgear worn by members of both sexes.
stocking cap Woolen headgear made from a cylindrical piece that is folded over for double thickness, sewn at one end and decorated with a pompom.
4"
'4
'
+
341 I
shoes I Items of attire that protect and support the foot, covering the ankle and leg to varying degrees. men’s shoes lining
shoelace
parts of a shoe
Fabric or leather facing that protects and finishes the inside of the shoe.
Narrow cord of fabric or leather, flat or round, that is threaded through eyelets or hooks to tighten the shoe.
tongue cuff
Extension of the vamp that prevents the fastening system from rubbing against the foot: it is lifted when the shoe is put on.
Strip of fabric or leather inside the shoe, running along the edge of the' lining.
vamp
Part of the shoe that covers the .■front of the foot.
heel grip
Part of the lining that makes it easier to put the shoe on or holds the heel of the foot inside the shoe, depending on the type of shoe.
stitch
Visible stitching that both embellishes and reinforces the shoe.
quarter
Back part of the shoe that surrounds the heel of the foot and extends over the instep to reinforce it.
.
•» a • ' -
outside counter-
CLOTHING
part of the quarter that is sewn on or simulated and surrounds the heel of the foot.
*=7 X
0\ - -- ■
.M-
W
I
' punch hole
^-4
gusset pocket Patch pocket made fuller by an expandable boftom and sides or an inverted or round pleaf in the '■'■middle of fhe pockef.
cardigan Fine long-sleeved sweafer ending af the hips and characterized by frontbuttoning, a round neck and a ribbed bottom and wrists.
examples of blouses
body shirt Tight-fitting blouse in stretchy fabric and ending in a bikini bottom.
middy Straight full blouse with a sailor collar and no front opening, ending at the hips.
Blouses: women’s garments covering the torso and worn directly over underwear; there are many different varieties made of all kinds of fabric. CLOTHING
crotch piece Part of fhe bikini thaf goes between the legs; it can sometimes beunfastened so the blouse can be put on over the head.
yoke Variably shaped piece of fabric at the top of the garment, in front, in back or both; it begins at the shoulders or the waist, depending on the garment. shirttail Extension of the bottom of the garment; it can be left hanging out or tucked into the pants.
gather Small narrow pleat made by drawing thread through the fabric;' it is not ironed or sewn down.
classic blouse Front-buttoning blouse with a collar and long sleeves; it is gathered at the wrists and ends at the hips.
smock Long unfitted blouse made of soft lightweight material; it is often buttoned in the back and is usually worn over other garments to protect them.
mini shirtdress Full shirt-blouse ending at mid-thigh and usually worn over a skirt or pants; it has a side slit and rounded shirttails.
wllW:§^!gmv>ts
tunic Straight full blouse ending below the waist.
wrapover top Blouse with two front panels that cross over one another, creating a V-neck; it has ties that fasten at the waist, back or hip.
polo shirt Usually short-sleeved sweater thaf has a pointed turned-down collar; it is often fastened with a placket ending at mid-chest.
over-blouse Straight long-sleeved tunic that is often put on over the head; it is gathered by a belt or a tie at the waist and hangs over a skirt or pants. 359
(
Pocket; part of a garment used to carry things and consisting of a piece of material sewn onto or inside the garment.
gusset pocket Patch pocket made fuller by an expandable bottom and sides or by an Inverted or round pleat In the middle of the pocket.
inset pocket Pocket whose opening contains a decorative seam, giving the garment a distinctive line.
welt pocket Pocket whose opening is adorned and reinforced by one or two thin strips.
seam pocket Pocket where the opening is in a side seam of the garment.
CLOTHING
[if
-r.
flap pocket Pocket whose opening Is covered by a piece of fabric hanging from the top of it.
broad welt side pocket Angled pocket; the outer edge of the opening has a wide welt.
)
h'- i 1 *
patch pocket Pocket of various shapes and sizes, made of a piece of maferial sewn onto the garment’s outer surface.
garment; it opens vertically on one or both sides to protect the hands against the cold.
examples of sleeves Sleeve: part of fhe garment that covers the arm and varies in shape and length.
puff sleeve Very short sleeve that puffs out because of pleats sewn at the armhole and the bottom of the sleeve; it is edged with a narrow strip of fabric or elastic. I 36Q
cap sleeve Small sleeve fitting tightly over the shoulder to fall straight or flare over the upper arm.
three-quarter sleeve Sleeve that partially covers the forearm.
epaulet sleeve Sleeve extending to the neck by a strip that covers the shoulder.
women's clothing French cuff Tight part of a shirt or blouse sleeve made of a wide strip of fabric, which is folded back and fastened edge to edge with cuff links.
pointed tab end Narrow strip of fabric ending in a point and adorning the sleeve slit.
cuff link
Usually metal stud, single or paired with another, for fastening the edges of cuffs.
CLOTHING
batwing sleeve Sleeve with a large armhole that extends almost to the waist: it narrows gradually toward the wrist.
raglan sleeve Sleeve extending over the shoulder and attached front and back with a slanted seam running from under the armhole to the neck.
leg-of-mutton sleeve Sleeve that is narrow from the wrist to the elbow and widens from the elbow to the shoulder, where it is gathered.
pagoda sleeve Sleeve flaring from fhe elbow to the wrist.
bishop sleeve Long sleeve that puffs out because of pleats sewn at the bottom and sometimes at the armhole: it is edged with a narrow strip of fabric or elastic.
shirt sleeve Moderately full sleeve with a French cuff: it is slightly pleated at the bottom and is often embellished with a pointed tab end.
kimono sleeve Very full sleeve with no seam at the armhole.
tailored sleeve Long sleeve made of two pieces that are cut to follow the shape of a bent arm. 3B1 I
I
women's clothing examples of collars Collar: piece sewn onto a garment that finishes or adorns the neck.
roll
Inside of the collar, behind the neck.
stand
Top edge of the break line, where the collar turns.
fall
Part of the collar that folds back over the garment from the break' line.
break line
Line where thecollarfolds.
collar point
lapel
Somewhat pointed tip of the collar.
- Part of a garment turned down over the chest, extending the collar.
notch
Angle formed where the collar andthe lapel meet.
leading edge
CLOTHING
■ Folded part of the fabric that runs along the collar.
collar
Piece sewn onto a garment that finishes or adorns the neck.
dog ear collar
Turned-down collar characterized by long, fairly wide points, which are rounded at the tips.
tailored collar
Collar whose fold covers the back of the neck; its lapels form a V where they cross on the chest. I 362
shawl collar
Wide turned-down collar with long rounded lapels that partially cross in front.
bow collar
Collar made of a long strip of soft fabric sewn onto a round neck: it can be tied in front in various ways.
Peter Pan collar
shirt collar
Fiat collar of uniform width with rounded tips; it is sewn onto a fairly open neck.
Collar with rounded or tapered points that is sewn onto the neck and turned down along a fold line, which is higher in back than in front.
jabot
Decoration made up of one or two pieces of fine soft pleated fabric; it is attached at the base of the neck and spreads out over the chest.
sailor collar
Collar that is square in back and has long lapels extending over the chest; it is fastened to a Vneck and, out of modesty, the plunging neckline is often concealed with a piece of fabric.
women’s clothing
mandarin collar Stand-up collar with rounded upper points that come together at the neck, forming a V.
cowl neck Turtleneck that is large enough to be draped over the head, making a kind of hood that frames the face.
bertha collar Collar made of a strip of fabric of variable width and attached to the edge of a neckline or round neck.
polo collar Turned-down pointed collar fastened with a buttoned placket, which ends at mid-chest.
CLOTHING
turtleneck High-necked collar that is folded over; it is usually snug around the neck and does not fasten.
collaret Piece of delicate, pleated or gathered fabric that adorns the neck of a dress; its shape has varied greatly from one period to another.
stand-up collar Collar made of a narrow strip of fabric that sticks up from a round neck; its edges meet in front but do not fasten.
necklines and necks The neck is that part of a garment near the wearer’s neck; the neckline reveals the neck and part of the shoulders and chest.
plunging neckline Neckline that usually ends in a V and is very low in front or back.
bateau neck Neck tapering to a point on the shoulders.
sweetheart neckline Neckline shaped like the top of a heart.
draped neck Neck with soft pleats that can be arranged in various ways.
V-shaped neck Neckline with edges coming together at mid-chest in a V shape.
draped neckline Neckline made up of a series of soft overlapping folds created by the fabric of the bodice.
square neck Neckline with a square neck that reveals the upper part of the chest.
round neck Rounded neck fitting close to the wearer's neck.
363
I
crosses over in front; it usually has square sleeves and a belt.
baby doll Short nightgown that ends at the top of the thighs and is worn with matching briefs.
CLOTHING
nightgown Long wide full dress, often with shoulder straps, worn next to the skin.
pajamas Light full outfit made up of a jacket or tunic and pants with an elasticized or drawstring waist.
negligee Light elegant women's garment, usually long and decollete with soft lines: it often comes with a nightgown of the same fabric.
women’s clothinc hose
I
Garments of various stretchy fabrics i used to cover the foot and ieg; each pair of hose has a different name, depending on its length.
sock
anklet
Sock covering the leg to just below the knee, _ •
short sock
Sock that covers the foot and extends slightly above the ankle
Light short sock covering only the foot and the ankle.
parity hose
Garment made up of two stockings joined by a pair of briefs, sometimes reinforced and heid in place byan elasticized waist.
stocking
thigh-high stocking
Relatively light knitted women’s garment covering the foot and the leg up to the thigh.
Stocking ending a littie above the knee.
net stocking
Stocking made of stretchable mesh.
CLOTHING
knee-high sock
Sock covering the foot and extending to the knee.
women’s clothing underwear
CLOTHING
Garments worn next to the skin and under other garments.
camisole Short undergarment with an open neck and shoulder straps; the part covering the chest can be shaped like a bra.
teddy Garment combining a camisole and briefs.
body suit Garment combining a bodice and briefs in a single garment.
corselette Support undergarment combining a girdle and a bra.
princess seaming Decorative seam running from the shoulder or the armhole to the garment’s hem, accentuating the figure.
panty corselette Undergarment combining a girdle, a bra and briefs.
halt-slip Undergarment made up of a lightweight skirt and an elasticized waist, substituting for lining.
foundation slip Undergarment with wide nonadjustable shoulder straps, worn under a see-through dress.
slip Undergarment with narrow adjustable shoulder straps; the part covering the chest is usually shaped like a bra.
women's clothin
strapless bra Bra without shoulder straps and with a midriff band that extends to the waist; the cups are preshaped and have underwires and steels.
underwire
Rigid crescent that edges and reinforces the underside of the ■cups.
steel
Narrow flexible strip of metal or plastic inserted into a garment to keep it stiff.
bikini
Low-waisted tight-fitting • undergarment with high-cut legs. garter
Elastic strap attached to a girdle, ■ garter belt, etc., with a system for fastening the hose and keeping it taut.
CLOTHING
i
push-up bra Bra with cups that leave the upper chest bare and with shoulder straps that sit on the outer edge of the shoulder.
hose
'
Relatively iight knitted women’s garment covering the foot and the leg up to the thigh.
wasp-waisted corset Small corset made up of a bra and garter belt, slimming the figure.
girdle Elasticized undergarment with a stomach panel; it is designed to shape the waist and hips.
I;
shoulder Strap
Narrow strip of fabric that is often adjustable; it goes over the shoulder to connect a garment’s front and back.
*#
cup
|i
Main part of the bra that covers and supports the breasts. midriff band ■
Strip of stretchable fabric connecting the cups; it varies in width and fastens with hooks. decollete bra Very low-cut bra with cups that extend upward toward the shoulder straps.
briefs Undergarment that extends fairly low over the hips and is held in place byanelasticized waist.
panel
Foundation piece that flattens the stomach.
parity girdle Girdle usually made up of briefs, with or without legs, and removable garters.
bra Undergarment made up of cups, shoulder straps and a midriff band, designed to support the chest.
corset Sturdy undergarment with steels and often garters; it is designed to shape the waist and hips.
garter belt Narrow belt with garters that fastens around the hips.
367 I
newborn children’s clothing I Garments worn by children from birth to about three years of age.
jumpsuit Low-cut one-piece sleeveless garment with legs and feet.
bunting bag Hooded coat with a front zipper; it is sewn closed at the bottom and sometimes has no armholes.
nylon rumba tights Long drawers with feet; they are made of stretchy or knitted fabric and have ruchingat the back.
bathing wrap Absorbent piece of fabric with a hood at one corner; it is wrapped around a baby when it comes out of the bath.
decorative braid Narrow thick closely woven piece of fabric that edges or adorns a garment.
CLOTHING
false tuck Strip of material designed to hide a garment's seam or decorate its edge.
grow sleepers Newborn sleepwear shaped like a bag or with feet; the garment can be lengthened in various ways: here, with snap fasteners at the waist. ———
...
adjustable strap Strip of adjustable fabric that goes over the shoulder to connect a garment’s front and back. crew neck Rounded neck fitting close to the wearer's neck.
screen print Pattern printed or sewn on the garment to decorate it.
snap-fastening waist Each of the snap fasteners sewn around the waist so the garment’s length can be adjusted.
foot Part of the garment covering the foot
high-back overalls Pants extended by a front piece covering the chest and another covering the back, connected with shoulder straps.
Upper part of the overalls, covering the chest from the waist up. < patch pocket Pocket of various shapes and sizes, made of a piece of material sewn onto the garment's outer surface. top stitching Stitches on the right side of the fabric used to embellish and reinforce the garment.
Vertical opening at the middle front of the pants; if closes with buttons or a zipper and is usualiy covered by the folded edge of the opening. inside-leg snap-fastening Part along the inner ieg of the garment, where snap fasteners make it easier to put the pants on.
shirt Long-sleeved baby shirt used as an under- or overgarment, depending on its weight; its characteristic iap shoulders allow the shirt’s neck to expand when it is being put on.
bib Absorbent piece of fabric tied around a child's neck to protect its clothes from food and saliva.
diaper Absorbent article of clothing used as briefs for babies.
ruffled rumba pants Undergarment with an elasticized waist that extends to the top of the thighs; it is large enough to be worn over a diaper.
One of several narrow decor; strips of light fabric, gathered sewn onto a gam
\ 3B8
disposable diaper Throwaway piece of fabric with a waterproof outer iayer and usually elasticized leg holes, which allow the child to move freely.
Velcro® closure Fastening system made up of two strips with surfaces that grip on contact. ■ waterproof pants Part of the diaper gathered aroundthe top of the thighs.
newborn children's clothing blanket sleepers One-piece long-sleeved nightwear for abies that has legs and feet, a long front zipper and a rear panel, which opens at the waist.
ribbing
V
i
sleepers Infant nightwear that fastens all the way up thefront with snap fasteners.
Tight elastic knitted strip around the sleeve or the bottom of a garment for tightening, reinforcing ■and adorning them.
raglan sleeve
Sleeve extending over the shoulder and attached front and back with a slanted seam running from under .-■the armhole to the neck.
snap-fastening front
A line of snap fasteners on the front of a garment.
ribbing
\ Tight elastic knitted strip around 'the sleeve or the bottom of a garment for tightening, reinforcing and adorning them.
zipper screen print
Closure made up of two lengths of tape "edged with teeth that interlock by means of a slide.
\
Pattern printed or sewn on the garment to decorate it.
vinyl grip sole
inside-leg snap-fastening
Outsole whose material or textured 'surface prevents the foot from slipping.
Part along the inner leg of the garment, where snap fasteners make i easier to put the pants on.
children’s clothing
snowsuit Winter garment consisting of a warm onepiece suit with a hood, which is sometimes detachable and often edged with fur.
crossover back straps overalls ’ants with a bib covering the chest and shoulder straps that cross over in the back. button strap
Narrow strip of fabric that is -attached to the garment by buttons and connects the front and back by passing over the shoulder. drawstring hood
Hood with a string, which draws it tight around the face.
bib
Upper part of the overalls, covering the chest from the waist up.
fly front closing-
Zipper or button fastening system covered by a strip of fabric.
T-shirt dress Long top in cotton jersey with a relatively high neck and usually short sleeves but with no fastening system or collar.
training set Clothing designed for sports. tank top
Short, fairly tight low-cut shirt ■without sleeves or a coilar.
shorts
Very short pants covering only the •top of the thighs. jumpsuit One-piece garment usually fastening in front with a zipper or buttons.
pajamas Nightclothes characterized by a long-sleeved, T-shirt style tunic and ribbing at the crew neck, wrists and ankles.
CLOTHING
Clothing worn by children between the ages ot about 3 and 12.
sportswear I Clothing and accessories designed for sports, dancing or acrobatics. running shoe tongue
Light but sturdy canvas and rubber or leather shoe worn for sports or leisure.
Extension of the vamp that prevents the fastening system from rubbing against the' foot; it is lifted when the shoe is put on.
lining
Fabric or leather facing that protects and finishes the inside of the shoe.
collar
Strip of fabric or leather along the edge of the lining.
counter
Piece used to reinforce the back of the shoe and keep the heel of the foot in place.
quarter
CLOTHING
Back part of the shoe that surrounds the heel of the foot and extends over the instep to reinforce it.
stitch
Visible stitching that both, embellishes and reinforces the shoe.
heel
■
Stiff parf underneath the shoe that supports the back of the foot.
training suit
middle sole
air unit
Sole made of various materials, placed over the outsole and cushioning the entire foot.
tag
Compartment in the middle sole that is filled with air to absorb impact.
shoelace
Metal or plastic sheath that covers each end of a lace to ease it through the eyelets.
Narrow cord of fabric or leather, flat or round, that is threaded through eyelets or hooks to tighten the shoe.
Outfit made up of a jacket or shirt and pants; it is usually made of jersey fleece and is worn over sports clothes or as casual wear.
sweat pants
Training suit pants with a drawstring waist and ribbed ankles. hooded sweat shirt
Cotton fleece pullover fhat is often worn as outerwear; it has ribbing at the wrists and hips, a drawstring hood and a hand-warmer pouch.
sweat shirt
Loose fleece pullover usually with a round neck, long sleeves and ribbing at the hips and wrists.
I 370 IM
sportswear exercise wear swimsuit Women’s swimming garment that is tightfitting and usually stretchy: it can be in one piece or consist of briefs and a bikini top.
Clothing appropriate for sports, dancing or acrobatics.
swimming trunks Low-waisted briefs with very highcut legs; they are usually stretchy and tight-fitting and are worn by men for swimming.
eyelet Small metal-rimmed hole through ..which the lace passes.
vamp Part of the shoe that covers the front of the foot. punch hole Each of the small holes made in the • shoe to form a decorative pattern.
combining a bodice and briefs. n
r~ 0 -H
1 CO
footless tights Tight-fitting stretch knit pants that end at the ankle and usually have an elasticized waist.
outsole Sturdy piece of rubber or leather that forms the bottom of the shoe and is in contact with the ground.
stud Rubber projection molded into the outsoleto improve its grip.
leg-warmer Knitted tube-shaped covering that extends from the ankle to the knee or mid-thigh and keeps the muscles warm.
pants Garment for the lower body; they extend from the waist or the hips to the ankles, covering each leg separately.
boxer shorts Briefs covering the top of the thighs; they are gathered by an elasticized waist and have an inner bikini bottom.
anorak Waterproof sports jacket with long sleeves, a drawstring hood and waist and gathered wrists.
tank top Short, fairly tight low-cut shirt without sleeves or a collar.
371
374
1 Personal accessories
383
Personal articles
Jewelry and associated items designed to
Range of articles and accessories belonging to
enhance a person’s appearance.
an individual who uses them every day.
373 I
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
jewelry I Finely crafted articles of adornment that are valued for their materials (gold, silver, gemstones) and workmanship. earrings Article of jewelry worn on the earlobe.
clip earrings Earrings attached to the earlobe by a spring clip.
screw earrings Earrings attached to the earlobe by a small screw behind the ear.
pierced earrings Earrings with a post that passes through the pierced earlobe and is capped with a clasp.
drop earrings Earrings where the ornamental part hangs down from the ear and varies in shape and length.
hoop earrings Hoop-shaped earrings with a post that passes through the pierced earlobe and fits into the other end of the ring.
necklaces Article of jewelry worn around the neck that consists of a band of gold or silver, a circle of sef or unsef precious stones or pearls strung together. >1
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
i
rope Necklace that is over 3 ft long and can be looped several times around the neck and knotted over the chest.
opera-length necklace Necklace that is approximately 30 in long and falls over the chest,
matinee-length necklace Necklace that is approximately 20 in long and falls above the chest.
velvet-band choker Choker consisting of a ribbon to which an ornament is attached.
pendant Article of jewelry hung from a chain ora necklace.
bib necklace Ncklace consisting of three or more rows.
choker Necklace that sometimes consists of many rows and is worn at the base of the neck.
locket Usually round or oval pendant that opens to receive a memento of a loved one.
brilliant cut facets The most common cut for a diamond is the brilliant cut; consists of 58 facets spread over two faces, which are separated by a girdle.
table
Upper horizontal facet of the diamond that has the shape of an" octagon.
side face crown
■ The 32 facets situated between the girdle and the table.
girdle
Polished or unpolished edge that separates the crown from the” pavilion.
pavilion
The 24 facets situated between the girdle and the culet. culet
Facet that is the point of the pavilion. pavilion facet (8)
top face star facet (8)
Triangular facet cut on the crown ■ face: the table is its base.
bottom face bezel facet (8)
Facet cut on the crown face; the tip touches the table, the point and the girdle.
Facet cut on the pavilion side: one point touches the culet and the -other the girdle. culet
■ Facet that is the point of the pavilion.
table
Upper horizontal facet of the diamond that has the shape of an octagon.
I 374
upper girdle facet (16)
Triangular facet cut on the crown face: the base touches the girdle.
lower girdle facet (16)
Pointed facet cut on the pavilion side: the girdle is its base.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
Q step cut Cut where the square or rectangular girdle is surrounded by parallel rows of rectangular facets: ere are more facets on the pavilion side than on the crown side.
rose cut Cut with a flat base and a dome made up of triangular facets; the total number of facets is a multiple of three.
table cut The simplest kind of table cut; the rectangular girdle with sometimes rounded corners is surrounded on each side by a row of facets.
jewelry cut for gemstones Cutting a gemstone consists of angling the facets so that the stone's brilliance is intensified.
cabochon cut Unfaceted cut suitable for opaque stones; it has one flat side and one or two convex sides.
pear-shaped cut Brilliant full cut with an elongated girdle.
emerald cut Classic emerald step cut that has a rectangular table with beveled corners and a girdle of the same shape with occasionally beveled corners.
French cut Cut where the table and the girdle are square and the facets triangular.
eight cut Cut often used for smaller diamonds; it has eight crown facets, eight pavilion facets, an octagonal tableandaculet.
oval cut Brilliant full cut where the girdle is oval in shape.
scissors cut Step cut with triangular facets.
briolette cut Elongated cut that is completely covered with triangular facets and has neither crown nor pavilion; it is used when stones are to be set in a pendant.
navette cut Brilliant cut with a girdle that is shaped like a spindle with pointed ends.
semiprecious stones Next to precious stones, these stones are the ones whose beauty and durability make them most suitable for jewelry.
amethyst Stone whose color ranges from pale mauve to deepest purple.
lapis lazuli opaque, dark blue stone that is usually speckled; the glittering flecks are proof of its authenticity.
aquamarine Stone whose color ranges from whitish-pale blue to a deep blueaqua color.
topaz Stone with a wide range of colors, including yellowish-orange (the most common), green (the rarest), pink (the most sought-after), blue, brown and colorless.
tourmaline Usually multicolored stone with a rich array of colors from red to pink and green and on to blue,
opal Soft opaque stone that is milkywhite or quite dark and gives off rainbowlike reflections.
turquoise Opaque, light blue stone with tinges of green; it often contains brown, gray or black veins.
garnet Stone whose color ranges from green to yellow to dark red.
emerald Stone whose color varies from greenish-yellow to greenish-blue; an emerald’s value is based more on its color than on its purity.
sapphire This stone can be blue, pink, orange, yellow, green, purple or even colorless: the most soughtafter color is purplish-blue.
r L
precious stones The value of these four gemstones is based on their rarity, brilliance and durability.
diamond ruby The hardest stone is colorless The rarest of all precious stones is although there are also blue, yellow extremely hard: its color varies from a and pink varieties: it is the most bright pinkish-red to a purplish red, renowned precious stone. which is the most sought-after color. 375
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
baguette cut Step cut where the table and girdle are elongated rectangles.
brilliant full cut Diamond cut with 32 crown facets, 24 pavilion facets, an octagonal tableandaculet.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
jewelry rings Article of jewelry worn on the finger; it might have symbolic significance. parts of a ring signet ring Ring with a large flat top that is decorated with initials or coats of arms.
setting
Part of the bezel surrounding and holding the stone.
class ring Ring worn by a graduate that is engraved with the school crest and the student's class year.
band ring Ring of uniform width with no bezel,
claw
Small metal hook bent over the stone to hold it in place.
stone
Crafted stone whose beauty, rarity and durability confer a certain value. There are three groups: precious, semiprecious and synthetic.
bezel
Single or multiple head of the ring in which the stone is held by claws.
engagement ring Ring that is often decorated with a stone and is worn by an engaged woman on her left ring finger.
wedding ring solitaire ring Ring that is usually a circle of precious Ring decorated with a single jem metal or two intertwined circles; it is that is usually brilliant cut. worn by a married person on the left ring finger.
charms
Flexible article of jewelry worn on the wrist, the arm or sometimes the ankle.
Small pieces of costume jewelry attached to a chain or a bracelet.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
bracelets
horn Charm shaped like a horn.
charm bracelet Bracelet that is made of flattened links and fitted with a clasp.
horseshoe Charm shaped like a horseshoe that is said to bring good luck.
identification bracelet Charm bracelet with a plate that is usually engraved with a first name.
nameplate Charm shaped like a small plaque that is usually engraved with a
pins Article of jewelry used to fasten and adorn a garment.
stickpin Article of jewelry consisting of a pointed stem and a decorative head: it is usually worn on women’s coat lapels.
brooch Article of jewelry usually worn by women that consists of a pin with a decorative clasp: it is used to fasten a shawl or collar or adorn a bodice.
I 376
tie bar Pincer-shaped article of jewelry clipped halfway up a tie to keep it attached to the shirt.
tiepin Article of jewelry consisting of a short pointed stem with a head: it is used to hold the two tie aprons together.
collar bar Article of jewelry consisting of a rod with two capped pins; it is used to hold shirt collar points in place.
RSONAL ACCESSORIES
nail care The means of making the hands and especially the nails more beautiful.
I
manicure set Range of instruments used for nail care.
cuticle pusher
Spatula-shaped instrument used to push back the strip of skin edging the base of the nail.
eyebrow tweezers
Delicate pincers used to pluck out hairs. cuticle trimmer
Blade with a concave end that follows the shape of the nail: it is •used to trim the strip of skin edging the base of the nail (cuticle).
case
Usually rigid-sided case that is shaped to fit the articles it is designed to hold.
nail shaper
Beveled blade that is also used to trim the skin edging the nail base.
nail polish Product applied to the nails that dries to become a clear or colored coating protecting and adorning the nails.
zipper
Closure made up of two lengths of tape edged with teeth that interlock by means of a slide.
nail file- '
Ridged metal blade used to file down and smooth nails.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
cuticle scissors
Scissors used to trim cuticles; the thin, flat or curved blades are designed to reach the corners of the nails.
nail scissors
Scissors with short flat, slightly curved edges that are used to trim fingernails and toenails.
strap
Strip of leather or sometimes elasticized material keeping the instruments in place.
cuticle nippers
Pincers with short convex jaws that---, are used to trim cuticles.
nail buffer Curved instrument used to smooth and polish the surface of the nails.
safety scissors Scissors used to trim nails that are safer to use because of their rounded tips.
lever
nail clippers Small pincers with curved jaws and often a file that are used to trim nails.
Rod attached to a fulcrum that brings the jaws together when it is pressed down.
chamois leather
Soft velvety hide used to polish nails.
nail cleaner
Fine-tipped beveled blade used to clean the nail’s outer edge.
Cutting edges of the nail clippers. folding nail file
Ridged metal blade used to tile down and smooth nails.
nail whitener pencil Pencil that is run under the outer edge of the nail to make it white.
emery boards Cardboard file with a coarse-grained side used to file down the nail and a finer-grained side to smooth it.
toenail scissors Scissors with long shanks that are used to trim toenails.
377
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
makeup I Range of beauty products designed lo accentuate the facial features and conceal their imperfections. facial makeup Range of beauty products designed to improve the appearance of facial skin. compact Small flat case housing a container with pressed powder, a powder puff and a mirror... blusher brush Slender round-tipped brush with soft flexible bristles: it is smaller than the loose powder brush and is used to pick up and apply powder blusher. powder puff Small round, often cotton pad used to apply loose or pressed powder.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
fan brush Very flat, very thin brush used to brush away excess loose powder.
synthetic sponge Sponge used to spread foundation evenly over the skin.
pressed powder Creamy compact powder used to touch up skin tone during the day; it usually comes in a compact.
powder blusher Powdered product applied to the cheekbones and cheeks to accentuate facial lines and emphasize skin tone.
loose powder Very fine powder that evens out skin tone, controls oily shine, sets foundation and acts as a base for blusher.
loose powder brush Big round-tipped brush with soft flexible bristles; it is used to pick up and apply loose powder.
liquid foundafion Liquid product applied to the face and neck to even out skin tone.
eye makeup Range of beauty products designed to accentuate the eyes and conceal their imperfections.
eyelash curler Clamp that closes over the lashes to curl them thus makingfhe eyes look bigger. brow brush and lash comb The brush is used to smooth the brows and the comb to separate the lashes after mascara has been applied.
eyebrow pencil Sharp pencil used to enhance eyebrows or change their shape.
mascara brush Small brush used to apply mascara -tothe lashes.
liquid eyeliner Dark liquid product applied at the base of the lashes with a finetipped brush to accentuate the eyes.
sponge-tipped applicator Brush with a sponge at the tip that is used to apply and blend eyeshadow.cake mascara Creamy compact product applied to the lashes with a brush to lengthen or thicken them or change their color.
eyeshadow Product that comes mainly in pressed powder form and is applied to the eyelids to give the color.
liquid mascara Liquid product applied to the lashes with a brush to lengthen or thicken them or change their color.
lip makeup Range of beauty products designed to redraw the Upline and accentuate the lips.
lipbrush Very delicate brush with short stiff bristles: it is used to draw the lipline and apply lipstick inside that line.
I
378
lipliner Pencil used to redraw and enhance the lipline.
lipsfick Waxy product that comes in stick or pencil form and is applied to the lips to give them color
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
body care Range of methods promoting physical hygiene and beauty. stopper
Device inserted into the neck ot the bottle or screwed onto it to close the bottle.
bottle
Small bottle that is often made of glass.
eau de parfum Scented concoction added to a water/alcohol mix; it is more concentrated and lingers longer than eau de toilette.
hair conditioner Product applied to the hair after shampooing to strengthen it, improve its appearance and make styling easier.
haircolor Product applied to the hair to color it.
bubble bath Product that is poured into the bath under the faucet water; it produces large amounts of foam and scents and colors the bathwater.
washcloth Bath mitt usually made of terry cloth; it fits over the hand and is used tor washing all or part of the body.
washcloth Small square towel that is usually made of terry cloth and is used for washing the face.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
eau de toilette Scented concoction that is more diluted with a water/alcohol mix than eau de parfum.
shampoo Product used to wash the hair and the scalp.
deodorant Product applied to the armpits that eliminates or reduces perspiration odors.
massage glove Rough glove used for rubbing the body to exfoliate the skin and stimulate the circulation.
loofah Particularly soft, flexible absorbent material that comes from dried plant matter and is used tor bathing.
natural sponge Particularly soft, flexible absorbent material that comes from the dried skeleton of marine animals and is used for bathing.
back brush Bath brush with a handle long enough to scrub all otthe back. bath sheet Large bath towel used for drying the body after a shower or bath.
bath towel Usually terry cloth article of bath linen used for drying parts ot the body after bathing.
bath brush Brush with relatively soft, flexible bristles that is used for scrubbing the body during baths or showers. 373 {
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES
hairdressing I Care and styling of the hair using numerous appliances and accessories. hairbrushes Instruments made up of fibers ot varying stiffness embedded in a backing: they are used to detangle and style hair.
flat-back brush Brush with bristles set in a soft rubber backing that is used to detangle wet hair.
round brush Brush with bristles that completely encircle the backing so that hair can be given a soft wave.
quill brush Brush with round-tipped bristles set in a concave backing that massages the scalp; it is used for detangling and arranging hair.
vent brush Brush with very widely spaced bristles set In a perforated backing: it is used during blow-drying to detangle hair and style it for a natural look.
PERSONAL ACCESSORIES AND ARTICLES
combs Devices with teeth of varying width and closeness that are used to detangle and style the hair.
:• cuseiti'l lobuTUi nUI ut c.M iimro tloltn m tjCTTiirecIl in wipaiair leUi cm tnu Icilie eun»«i4u»i, ic'
'
» . - . 1^1,■ III niii^ii 1
. cursor right Movement of the cursor one space to the right.
cursor up Movement of the cursor one space up.
end Movement of the cursor to the end of a line or document.
page up Display of the preceding page screen.
a
print screen Printing of a copy of the data displayed on the screen.
4
cursor down Movement of the cursor one space down.
J
page down Display of the next page screen.
j
return Movement of the cursor to the beginning of the next line; the return key also has a validation function (to confirm the execution of a command). 515
Jll*; COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
page up key ■■■Key used to display the preceding page screen.
scrolling Activation or deactivation of the scroll mode; this allows the contents of a window to be moved horizontally and vertically using the arrow keys.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
mpii' devices wheel mouse Mechanical or optical mouse that contains a scroll wheel.
cable Flexible cable containing the conductors by which the mouse is attached to the computer.
cordless mouse Mechanical or optical mouse connected to the computer by infrared or radio signals.
scroll wheel Thumb wheel used to scroll down the contents ot a window without using the scroll bar.
control button Button that transmits various commands to the computer.
optical mouse Mouse in which the ball is replaced by an optical system (lightemitting diode and sensor); it has no movable parts.
mechanical mouse Mouse whose case contains a movable rubber ball underneath to direct the movements of the pointer on the screen.
roller Device that detects the bail's movements and transmit them to -the computer.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
cable Flexible cable containing the conductors by which the mouse is attached to the computer.
Movable sphere that moves over a flat surface (usually a mouse pad) to make the pointer move on the screen.
joystick Device used in video games to direct the movements ot an object or character and to transmit various commands.
lock dial Removable part that surrounds the ball and closes the mouse case.
' mouse pad Smooth antiskid surface over which the mouse moves.
optical sensor Device that measures the mouse’s movements by analyzing the light rays (emitted by a diode) reflected from its support surface.
hat switch Multidirectional button that mainly changes the view displayed on the ■•screen. twist handle Command lever that rotates around a vertical axis to change the view or make an object or character turn.
programmable buttons Buttons that transmit various preset commands to the computer..;
trigger Device used mostly in combat games to fire a projectile.
hand rest
throttle control Device used mostly in car racing or flight simulation games to control such things as speed and thrust.
^ 51B
microphone Device that converts electric pulses into broadcast or recorded sounds. head
OFFICE AUTOMATION
input oevioes trackball Device v\/ith a movable sphere on the upper part of its case; it directs the movements of the pointer on the screen.
digitizing pad Input device equipped with a touch screen on which one can write, draw or point using a stylus.
stylus holder
/ /
/ / •ini''
CD/ROIVI player Equipment that uses a laser beam to read data recorded on a compact disc.
stylus Pencillike implement that is used to enter alphanumeric data, create andretouch images and select an option on a touch screen.
cable Flexible cable containing the conductors used to connect the Webcam to the computer.
Webcam Miniature digital camera used to transmit video images in real time or for videoconferencing over the Internet.
lens Optical system made up of a set of lenses fixed on a mount; it is used to transmit a filmed scene to a sensor. microphone Device that converts electric pulses into broadcast or recorded sounds.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
digital camera Camera that contains a sensor and a microprocessor rather than film; it records and stores images in digital form, which can then be viewed on a screen.
bar code reader Device that uses an optical scanning process to decode information contained in bar codes.
digital camcorder Portable video camera in which the recording tape is replaced by a processor, which records and stores sounds and images in digital format.
optical scanner Equipment that converts a document’s graphics or texts into digital data.
(
OFFICE AUTOMATION
output devices I Electronic devices used to view or print the results of data processing done on a computer flat screen monitor Thin screen that usually has a liquid crystal display or plasma display surface.
video monitor Device with a cathode ray surface that displays computer-generated graphics and texts visually.
vertical control
Button that adjusts the height of the image.''
o I-
< power indicator
o horizontal control
H
3
Button that adjusts the width of the image.''
x. Ol ef^ »1 tT^
■■
ii
cvostrud axerd tattoouSKBccffpeT
Liquid crystal display that is sensitive to the touch and the motion of a finger or stylus.
9» «a coTMoodo cortSMtua'' (Ms
5,
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
I BodtodW** biw^^
page backward button
m
M,
handheld computer Small portable computer with a miniature operating system; it is used mostly for personal management tasks (agenda, address book). audio input/output jack
Connector used to transfer audio signals between the computer and a sound recording or reproduction device such as a microphone or headphones.
infrared port microphone
Device that converts electric pulses into broadcast or recorded sounds.
voice recorder button
alarm/charge indicator light
Key used to record a brief voice message.
Small light that signals an alarm or indicates that a battery is being charged.
dial/action button
touch screen
Thumb wheel used to validate a selection or to scroll up and down through a document. exit button
Device that uses infrared signals to exchange data with a device with a similar port (a network access transmitter-receiver, computer, printer).
Liquid crystal display that is sensitive to the touch and the motion of a finger or stylus.
'
Key used to exit an application.
application launch buttons
Keys used to directly access available applications such as word processing and ■ Internet browsing. sync cable • ’
Cable that connects the docking cradle to the computer; it allows data to be exchanged between the two devices. power plug
power and backlight button
■ Key used to turn a computer on or off; it also illuminates the screen in poor lighting conditions. docking cradle
Base in which a handheld mputer is placed to recharge its- '' battery or exchange data with another computer.
stylus
Pencillike implement used to enter data or to select an option on a touch screen. 527
1
OFFICE AUTOIVIATION
Stationery I Equipment, instruments and accessories needed to carry out office tasks. electronic typewriter
Equipment with a keyboard that is used to produce typewritten documents: it has certain word processing tunctions and an integrated memory.
paper support Folding part used to keep the paper in a vertical position.
printing unit Movable device with raised characters, which strike an inked ribbon to print on paper. pitch scale Graduated scale that shows the different spacing available; it is measured in number of characters per unit of length.
top plate i paper bail release lever Device used to raise and lower the paper bail.
paper bail Part that holds the paper against the platen.
platen Rubber roller over which paper passes during printing.
margin release Key used to print characters outside the margin limits.
paper release lever Device that releases the pressure of the platen on the paper so that the paper can be cleared or moved. variable spacer Thumb wheel that controls the rotation of the platen so the paper can be moved up or down.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
tabulator Key that moves the printing unit or cursor to the next tab stop.
indent Key used to move the left margin temporarily to indent a line or paragraph. ■,
decimal tab Key that aligns numbers columns at a preset decimal tab stop.-
character correction ' Key used to erase the character ..•next to the printing unit or cursor. ■.1
half indexing • Key used to automatically move the paper up and down.
.
margin, control ■ Key used to set the left and right margins.
centering Key used to center a text automatically between two margins' or two tab stops. spelling corrector Key used to activate or deactivate, the automatic spell checking of text' being keyed in. text Key used to store texts in memory and to call them up later to make changes or to print them. shift lock key Key that activates or deactivates the continuous keying of capital letters.
tab setting Key used to insert or remove a standard or decimal tab stop. text display Liquid crystal display that shows keyed-in text as well as information about the machine's settings and operations carried out. code Key that is used with another key to execute various programmed commands.
shift key Key used to produce a capital letter or the second character assigned to the key.
space bar Key that inserts a blank space between two words or characters.
mode Key that is used with another key to choose a setting (character pitch, line spacing, ribbon type). I 528
set Key used to confirm the execution of a command or the choice of a setting.
relocation Key used to automatically reposition the . printing unit or cursor at the last '■ keystroke position before making a t correction. carriage return Key that moves the printing unit or cursor to the beginning of the next line. word correction Key used to erase the word immediately to the left of the printing unit or cursor.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
statioiierv pocket calculator Small self-powered electronic instrument used to automatically make numerical calculations. wallet.. solar cell Device that converts sunlight into electric current to power a pocket calculator.-.,,
subtract from memory Key used to erase the displayed ■number from memory.
display Liquid crystal display that shows the last number entered or the result of operations carried out. -...
add in memory Key used to save the displayed -number in memory.
memory recall Button that displays data stored in memory.-...
clear key Key used to return the pocket -calculator to zero.
memory cancel Button that erases data stored in - --memory.
divide key • Key used to calculate the quotient of two numbers.
dear-entry key Key used to erase the last number entered
number key Key used to enter a number. ■
■■-square root key Key used to derive the square root of a number; this is the number that is multiplied by itself to give the basic number.
subtract key Key used to calculate the difference between two numbers.
multiply key Key used to calculate the product of two numbers.
percent key Key used to obtain the decimal form of a displayed number by dividing it by 100; it is used mainly to calculate percentages.
scientific calculator Calculator designed to execute mathematical operations specific to science and technology.
entries line Part of the screen that shows the problem to be solved.--■■'
add key Key used to add two numbers.
result line Part of the screen that shows the solution to the problem.
equals key Key used to display the results of operations carried out.
basic operations Basic calculations include adding, subtracting, multiplying and ..-dividing.
printer Device that makes a hard copy of data transmitted by the calculator.
first level of operations All the operations directly controlled by the scientific calculator keys.
printing calculator Office calculator with an integrated printer; it is used mainly in business and administration. multiple use key Key that facilitates certain financial calculations (margin, selling price, costs). non-add/subtotal Key used to print numbers other than calculations (codes, dates) or to obtain the results ot an operations subset. add/equals key Key used to display the results of operations carried out; on some calculators, it can also be used to do repeated calculations.
specific operations Specialized calculations include square root, trigonometry and logarithms. second level of operations • All the supplementary functions listed above the keys and accessible using the access to the second level of operations.
change sign key Key used to change the plus or minus sign of the displayed number.
cursor movement keys Keys used to move the cursor around the screen.
access to the second level of operations tey used to select a second function controlled ■ by a key.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
decimal key Key used to insert a decimal symbol to separate the whole and fraction parts of a number.
number of decimals Device used to adjust the number of, decimals making up the fraction of a number. paper feed key Key used to move the paper forward.
double zero key Key that enters two zeros; it is used to speed up the entry of large numbers.
529
^
OFFICE AUTOMATION
Stall onerv
for time management
personal digital assistant Small pocket computer that stores in memory and manages a variety of information such as addresses, telephone numbers and appointments.
calendar pad Sheets of paper printed with the day and date and on a ring base; it is used to jot down appointments and things to do.
display Liquid crystal display screen on which graphics or text data are displayed.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
tear-off calendar Pad of tear-off sheets printed with the day and date; it is used to jot down appointments and things to do.
alphabetical keypad Keys corresponding to letters, symbols and functions used to generate characters or control operations.
display Liquid crystal display showing a variety of information (including date, hour and settings)...
memo pad Set of tear-off sheets of paper used mainly tor taking notes.
I 530
numeric keypad Keys corresponding to numbers, mathematical operators and functions that are placed in a specific order to speed up numeric data entry.
time clock Device used to print the arrival and departure times of employees on time cards.
time card Card on which an employee's arrival and departure times are listed so that worked time can be precisely calculated.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
stationery padded envelope Envelope that is lined with bubble wrap to protect the contents from humidity and impact damage.
1 for correspondence self-sealing flap
Flap coated with an adhesive substance; it seals an envelope on contact. letter opener Small knife used to open envelopes and cut sheets of paper.
steno book Spiral-bound sheets of lined paper; these books were originally used by stenographers to take dictation.
air bubbles
Small air pockets that forma protective cushion around the contents of an envelope.
dater Device consisting of movable strips embossed with a series of digits and letters; it is used to print the date. numbering machine Device consisting of movable strips embossed with a series of digits; it is used to print numbers fingertip Rubber sheath to cover the finger; it is used mainly to turn pages more easily or to sort papers or banknotes more quickly. rubber stamp Device consisting of an embossed rubber strip that is inked to print a stamp on an object or document.
signature book Register made up of sheets of blotting paper; documents that require a manager’s signature are placed In It.
moistener Device used to moisten postage stamps and labels.
rotary tile Device with a set of files that rotate on a spindle for easy consultation.
blotting paper
postage meter Machine used to print a postage meter stamp on an envelope or label in lieu of using a postage stamp.
Liquid-absorbing paper used here to remove excess ink from newly signed documents.
telephone index Book in which frequently used names, addresses and telephone numbers are written and stored in alphabetical order. postmarking module
Unit housing the machine’s control buttons; it is used to set the prepaid postage meter with the correct amount of postage.
feed deck
Device on which envelopes are placed to be stamped with a postage meter.
desk tray Container that usually has several compartments; It Is used to handle incoming and outgoing mail.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
stamp pad Ink-saturated pad on which a rubber stamp Is moistened prior to stamping.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
for filing
self-adhesive labels Small pieces of paper used to Identify objects; they are coated on one side with an adhesive that sticks without wetting.
index cards Heavyweight sheets of paper of varying sizes that are used to record information on a given topic.
I ?'«*',*
r\-‘.i...
#•?©'.
-■,-
a: V
’ -
. *
,
,
< j'-
s V;*''
dividers Heavyweight sheets of paper with side tabs; they are used to separate groups of pages inside a binder.
r
^ ^ :-J
clamp binder Binder fitted with a spring clip; it is used to hold and file sheets of paper.
fastener binder Binder with a flexible rod fitted with two sliding rings; it is used to hold and file punched sheets of paper.
•t’-i
ring binder Hardcover binder fitted with rings; it is used to hold and tile punched sheets of paper.
document folder Folder with pockets used to hold information documents; they are often handed out to meeting participants or journalists.
post binder Binder with two rods that fit into a hinge; it is used to hold and file punched sheets o.f paper.
■¥
vr m.
Piece of metal or plastic that is attached to a file guide, folder or file so they can be quickly retrieved.
window tab Tab with an opening to hold an identification label.
I 532
folder Rigid cardboard that is folded in halt; documents on the same topic are placed in it.
file guides Heavyweight sheets of paper with a tab at the top; they are used to separate groups of documents or folders in a filing cabinet drawer.
hanging file Folder fitted with metal hangers that is hung in a filing cabinef drawer,
OFFICE AUTOMATION
.anoiier^^
&^KW-^5(V,5^ ^I j^y^‘ ill'
it
index card drawer Small built-in drawer designed for storage and filing of index cards.
spiral binder Notebook made up of a set of punched sheets of paper bound together with a spiral wire of metal or plastic.
clipboard Rigid board fitted with a spring clip under which sheets of paper are placed mainly to take notes.
archboard Rigid board fitted with two arched metal clips on which punched sheets are placed.
compressor
Movable panel that holds index cards in an upright position.
metal rail
Cylindrical rod along which the compressor moves.
label holder
Part with an opening to hold an identification label.
comb binding Notebook made up of a set of punched sheets of paper that are bouno lugeiiiei with a toothed plastic strip.
filing box Small open cardboard box that is mainly used to hold magazines, catalogs and brochures.
paper punch Device used to punch holes in sheets of paper.
expanding file Usually expandable file with compartments: it is used to store documents by subject.
CON/IMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
label maker Device used to print characters on a self-adhesive strip.
index card cabinet Small file drawer designed to hold and store index cards in a set order.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
I
Stationery
I miscellaneous articles
box sealing tape dispenser Device that is used to unroll, apply and cut a roll of adhesive tape using one hand.
paperclips Small clips made from a piece of bent metal wire; they are used to hold a few sheets of paper or index cards.
tape guide
Device used as a visual guide to apply the adhesive tape to a specific area.
thumb tacks Small tacks with short pointy ends; they are easily pushed in with the finger and are used to attach sheets of paper, cardboard or posters to a surface.
paper lasieners Small clips made of two bars, which spread open to hold sheets of paper or cardboard.
hub
Rotating piece on which the roll of adhesive tape is mounted.
cutting blade
Thin flat metal piece that cuts the adhesive tape to the desired length.
tension adjusting screw
Screw that adjusts the speed at which the tape unrolls. pencil sharpener Portable device used to sharpen pencils by rotating them in a coneshaped chamber fitted with a blade. paper clip holder Small box containing paper clips, which are released one by one through a magnetic opening.
eraser Small block of rubber used to erase pencil marks and some types of ink.
magnet
Material that produces a magnetic field; it attracts paper clips to the top and holds them in place around the opening.
clip Device with two articulated arms that are pressed together to hold such items as sheets of paper and index cards.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFIOE AUTOMATION
correction fluid Liquid that covers up printed or written characters so that corrections can be made.
' ca® REC
PLAY
STOP
~~T'nin>iii|i,^
ERASE
+ >W
glue stick Tube that contains a small stick of solid adhesive matter to be applied to a surface. tape dispenser Holder that eases the unrolling and cutting of a roll of adhesive tape.
staple remover Device used to remove staples from sheets of paper.
digital voice recorder Portable device used to record voice messages in digital form.
pencil sharpener Office device with a rotating blade that is controlled by a crank: it is used to sharpen pencils.
bill-file Holder fitted with a pointy rod on which notes and bills are stacked.
correction paper Adhesive tape that covers up printed or written characters so that corrections can be made. I 534
staples Pieces of metal wire tor loading in a stapler; they are used to fasten sheets of paper together.
stapler Device used to fasten two or more sheets of paper together with staples.
OFFICE AUTOMATION
Stationery overhead projector Device that projects the enlarged image of a document printed on a transparency on a screen located behind the user.
projection head Movable part that contains the lens and mirror; a focusing ring changes its position to give a clear image on the screen. mirror Polished glass surface that directs light from the lens toward the projection screen.
optical lens Transparent optical disk that captures the light from the optical- ' stage and makes It converge toward the mirror.
cutting head Unit with an opening where paper enters; it is fitted with a cutting device to destroy documents.
optical stage Glass plate that is lit by an internal light; the document to be projected is placed on it...
account book Book with columns in which the financial data of an organization (such as sales, purchases, receipts and expenditures) are recorded.
waste basket Basket that collects shredded -documents.
bulletin board Panel that hangs on a wall; messages, notices, notes and other written communications are pinned on it.
paper shredder Device that reduces paper documents to illegible fragments.
posting surface
lightbox Screen that is illuminated from behind and used to examine items such as negatives, slides, transparencies and drawings.
slotted box Box with flaps that is formed from a single piece of sturdy cardboard; it is used to collect various items for storage or shipping.
COMMUNICATIONS AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
book ends Items designed to hold binders or books tightly against one other.
paper cutter Piece of equipment used to make square cuts in paper, cardboard, transparencies, etc.
waste basket Basket in which unneeded documents are discarded.
538„^ Road transport
582
I The structures and equipment that together provide for the transportation of passengers and cargo by motorized vehicles.
I 536
Rail transport
^
| The structures and equipment required to transport passengers and cargo by train,
596
Maritime transport Structures and equipment required to transport passengers and cargo by ship.
‘
• •
Ji.:
■
* '■
■ , =-v,;
5(
PORT N E R Y
A N
318 I
I
Airtransport
632 | Handling
636 I Heavy machinery
—
The structures and equipment required to transport passengers and cargo by air.
I Machinery and equipment used for moving and storing heavy loads.
I
Equipment used on large-scale projects to dig, loosen and move earth and other matter.
537
ROAD TRANSPORT
road system I Network of thoroughfares providing for the flow of traffic.
cross section of a road Road: thoroughfare connecting two geographical points, usually urban centers.
surface course Roadway’s driving surface; it is smooth, impermeable and provides a good grip tor vehicles.
shoulder Area between the roadway and the ditch, providing the roadway lateral ■ support; it is also a place for emergency stops.
subbase Base of a roadway, made up of 'coarse compacted gravel, making the roadway solid and stable.
solid line Line demarcating the edge of the roadway or, when in the center of the roadway, indicating that passing is prohibited.
bank Natural land along the edge of the road.
base Series of layers above the embankment reducing stress exerted by the traffic and preventing the bed from deforming.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
roadway Surface upon which vehicles drive.
base course Top foundation layer, made up of fine compacted material; the driving surface lies on It.
earth foundation Part of the ground that was not excavated during the road’s construction.
bed Composed of the embankment and the earth foundation; the base rests on it.
subgrade embankment Layer supporting the base course Layers of material used to build up and the subbase and providing or level the route the road is to drainage. take.
broken line Line demarcating the two lanes of the roadway and showing that passing is permitted.
slope Steeply sloped ground between the ditch and the bank and between the ditch and the shoulder.
' ditch Ditch parallel to the roadway; surface water drains into it.
examples of interchanges Interchange: structure linking roads or freeways so they do not intersect.
cloverleaf Interchange with four branches where the inside loops are for turning left and the direct links for turning right.
diamond interchange Interchange connecting a road and a freeway, requiring traffic lights tor left turns onto and off the road or overpass.
I 538
traffic circle Interchange composed of four ramps joining each other to form a circular one-way thoroughfare.
ROAD TRANSPORT
oad sysien:
cloverleaf
Interchange with four branches where the inside loops are for turning left and the direct links for turning right. acceleration lane Temporary lane where vehicles ■entering the freeway gain speed in order to safely merge into the traffic lane.
deceleration lane Temporary lane where vehicles slow down after leaving the traffic lanes. exit Start ofthe ramp for vehicles---"' leaving the freeway.
entrance ■Start of the acceleration lane, parallel to the traffic lanes.
broken line Line demarcating the two lanes of the roadway and showing that passing is permitted.
transfer ramp ■ End of the ramp where it meets the highway entrance.
island -Groomed land between the various lanes of an interchange.
median Strip of land separating two roadways leading in opposite directions.
side lane Temporary lane tor vehicles intending to enter or exit the main lanes.
loop Wide circular curve for moving from one highway to another in order to change direction.
ramp Connecting lane between two highways or between a road and a highway for changing direction.
overpass Raised part of a road or highway on, which traffic flows over another’ highway or obstacle. ■
freeway Large thoroughfare with separate one-way lanes and no crossingstreets; reserved for high-speed traffic.
"-I
slower traffic Far right traffic lane for slowermoving vehicles.
traffic lane Part of the roadway demarcated by lines, each one accommodating One line of traffic. traffic lanes Parts of the roadway demarcated by lines, each accommodating a single line of vehicles.
passing lane Far left traffic lane where fastermoving vehicles pass other traffic.
539 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
highway Communications route connecting two distant geographic points, usually urban centers.
ROAD TRANSPORT
fixed bridges I Structures enabling traffic to clear an obstacle, such as a river, gorge or highway. beam bridge Bridge whose deck is composed of one or several beams, which are supported by piers across the open space.
overpass Raised part of a road or highway on which traffic flows over another highway or obstacle.
arch bridge Bridge whose deck is supported by suspenders attached to an arch, which exerts diagonal thrust against the lateral supports.
trussed arch Arched girder consisting of two chords joined by a triangulated network of struts.
parapet Chest-high barrier on each side of the deck, preventing people and vehicles from falling off.
continuous beam Extended load-bearing part supported by abutments and piers.
upper chord Upper lengthwise steel girder forming the metal arch.
arch Metal bow-shaped structure supporting the deck, whose load it transfers to the abutments. pier Solid concrete construction acting as counterweight to the thrust of the arch against the abutment.
portal frame Part of the deck’s frame over firm ground, lying on columns.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
column Sturdy component forming a vertical support.
thrust Point at which the arch is supported by the abutment.
suspension bridge Bridge whose long deck is suspended from load-bearing cables, which are supported by the towers and anchored in the ground at both ends of the bridge.
lower chord Lower lengthwise steel girder forming the metalarch.
deck Set of components making up the structure that carries the bridge’s traffic lanes.
deck Set of components making up the structure that carries the bridge’s traffic lanes.
suspension cable Very strong, flexible component made of steel wires; it bears the weight of the deck.
abutment Base of the pier; it supports the arch’s weight and thrust.
suspender tower Cable or metal rod connecting the Elevated structure made of metal or suspension cable to the deck, reinforced concrete; it supports the supporting it. cables.
approach ramp Lane for accessing the bridge.
abutment Solid concrete construction whose mass counterbalances the weight of the suspended roadway. anchorage block Concrete structure on each side of the abutment; it is buried deep in the ground and the end of the suspension cable is attached to it. cantilever bridge Bridge whose two main spans extend toward each other and support a short suspended span, which bears less load.
I 540
foundation of tower Solid concrete base that is anchored in the ground.
center span Section of the deck entirely suspended between the towers.
suspended span Short center span resting on the ends of the two cantilever spans.
side span Section of the span between the tower and the abutment.
cantilever span Span with a complex framework on each side of a central pillar; one end of the span rests on the ground and the other supports a suspended span.
ROAD TRANSPORT
fixed bridges cable stay anchorage Apparatus by which one end of the stay is attached to the tower and the other to the end of the deck.
stays Usually metal cables connected at one end to the top of the tower, and supported by the deck at the other end.
cable-stayed bridges
I
Bridges whose deck is supported at several points by stays and rests on one or more towers.
harp cable stays Bridge whose stays are parallel.
fan cable stays Bridge for which the distance between the anchorage points of the stays on the tower is less than the distance between the anchorage points on the deck.
examples of arch bridges Among arch bridges, the position of the deck in relation to the arch varies.
through arch bridge Bridge whose deck is located below the arch from which it is suspended.
portal bridge Bridge resting on diagonal beams that are embedded in the deck.
half-through arch bridge Bridge whose deck is located within the arch from which it is suspended in the middle, and on which it rests, at each end.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
deck arch bridge Bridge whose deck is located above the arch upon which it rests.
examples of arches The concept of the arch varies in relation to the way it absorbs and transfers the roadway’s weight to its support points.
three-hinged arch Arch with three roller joints: one at each end and one at the center.
two-hinged arch Arch whose ends rest on an abutment attached by a roller joint.
fixed arch Nonarticulated arch, embedded in each of its supports.
examples of beam bridges Depending on the length of the roadway above the obstacle, the bridge could comprise one or more beams.
viaduct Bridge composed of several beams that crosses a very high valley.
multiple-span beam bridge Bridge whose deck is composed of several juxtaposed beams, each one supported at each end.
simple-span beam bridge Bridge whose deck is composed of only one continuous beam.
541
I
ROAD TRANSPORT
movable bridges I Bridges whose decks move to free up the transportation channel they cross, or that are built temporarily while awaiting a permanent Structure. swing bridge Bridge whose deck pivots around a vertical axle.
turntable
• Moving mechanical structure on a pier enabling the deck to pivot.
counterweight manrope
Chest-high barrier on each side of the deck, preventing people and vehicles from falling off.
pontoon
Floating caisson filled with air and supporting the deck.
Concrete or cast-iron mass, balancing the weight of fhe deck and facilitating its movement.
single-leaf bascule bridge Bridge whose deck is raised by means of a counterweight mechanism.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
floating bridge Bridge whose deck rests on pontoons that can be taken apart to open the bridge.
double-leaf bascule bridge Bridge whose deck is composed of two spans joining each other at the middle of the bridge and pivoting around a vertical axle at each abutment.
Bailey bridge Steel bridge, often temporary, whose standardized truss components make it easy to assemble quickly.
guiding tower
Pylon equipped with pulleys andcables for hoisting the deck. trolley
Part of the bridge moved by a motor; it glides along rails installed
transporter bridge Bridge with a very high deck from which a moving platform is suspended to transport pedestrians and vehicles. I 542
lift bridge Bridge whose deck is raised by a system of cables.
ROAD TRANSPORT
road tunnel Underground passage for a road under an obstacle, such as a river or a hill.
emergency station Office housing on-duty personnel responsible for communications and for first aid and fire-fighting equipment.
connecting gallery Corridor connecting the vehicle rest area to the emergency station. emergency truck Vehicle equipped for freeing accident or fire victims and transporting them to hospital.
vehicle rest area Area reserved for permanent parking of an emergency vehicle or temporary parking for a vehicle that has broken down or has had an accident. shelter Enclosed room, ventilated, insulated from fire and connected to the evacuation route, ensuring the users’ safety before evacuation
; ; I
technical room Room housing lighting, ventilation, heating and telecommunications equipment.
pressurized refuge Enclosed corridor with two doors; one cannot be opened unless the other one is closed, thus the air pressure prevents the smoke from entering.
stairs
safety niche Recess for an emergency telephone and fire extinguishers.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
roadway Surface upon which vehicles drive.
evacuation route Fresh-air duct connected to a shelter and equipped to evacuate users in case of fire.
exhaust air duct Conduit usually connected to a central ventilating station, which evacuates polluted or smoky air through openings along the tunnel.
fresh air duct Conduit usually connected to a central ventilating station, which supplies the tunnel with fresh air through openings at the side of the roadway.
543
ROAD TRANSPORT
road signs I Objects such as signs, traffic lights and road markings, aimed at ensuring the safety of the road’s users and increasing traffic-flow efficiency. major international road signs Main signs used by countries complying with the Vienna International Convention, which provides some international uniformity to road signs.
right bend
STOP no entry
no U-turn
passing prohibited
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
1
I 544
direction to be followed
direction to be followed
direction to be followed
direction to be followed
one-way traffic
two-way traffic
yield
priority intersection
ROAD TRANSPORT
road signs
falling rocks
overhead clearance
signal ahead
pedestrian crossing
roadwork ahead
railroad crossing
deer crossing
sleep hill
closed to bicycles
closed to motorcycles
closed to trucks
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
school zone
bumps
closed to pedestrians
545
ROAD TRANSPORT
road signs major North American road signs Main signs used in Canada and the United States, inspired more or less by the signs endorsed by the Vienna International Convention of 1968
,
STOP
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
no entry
I 546
direction to be tollowed
direction to be followed
no U-turn
passing prohibited
yield
direction to be followed
one-way traffic
direction to be followed
two-way traffic
ROAD TRANSPORT
road signs
double bend
overhead clearance
steep hill
signal ahead
right bend
falling rocks
school zone
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
bumps
merging traffic
railroad crossing
pedestrian crossing
I
547
(
ROAD TRANSPORT
service station
I gasoline pump Machine with a pump tor refilling vehicles with fuel.
display Surface displaying instructions for customers paying by card... total sale display Screen displaying the total price, -corresponding to the volume of fuel pumped.
card reader slot The card is inserted into the device, which verifies the customer’s personal identification number (PIN) before the transaction can begin.
volume display •Screen displaying, in gallons or liters, the volume of fuel pumped
alphanumeric keyboard Set of buttons for entering numbers, letters and other kinds of information.
price per gallon/liter Screen displaying the price per volume unit (liter or gallon) of the fuel chosen.
slip presenter Slot through which the user is given the payment receipt for the" card payment. type of fuelChoice of available fuels (such as diesel and gasoline) and the price of each per volume unit (liter or gallon).
pump number
-pump nozzle Gun-shaped spout at the end of the gasoline pump hose and used to pour fuel into the vehicle’s tank.
operating instructionsSet of instructions explaining the steps to follow to use the gasoline pump.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
gasoline pump hose Flexible pipe connected to the pump, maintaining fuel flow.
service station Commercial establishment comprising one or several gasoline pumps and carrying out general maintenance of vehicles.
car wash Station where vehicles are automatically washed.
air pump Machine connected to a compressor, used for inflating tires to their required air pressure. gasoline pump Machine with a pump for refilling vehicles with fuel.
I
548
mechanics Workshop where engines and their related systems are maintained and repaired.
ice dispenser Refrigerated box containing bags of ice for self-service.
maintenance Workshop where the necessary checks and adjustments are made to vehicles.
pump islan Space where the gasoline pumf are installei
soft-drink dispenser Automated machine serving soft drinks: it is activated by the insertion of coins into a slot.
office Workplace for administrative personnel.
kiosk Hut where customers can quickly settle their fuel bills.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile Motor vehicle comprising four wheels, developed for transporting a small number of people and small loads.
I
examples of bodies Styles vary from manufacturer to manufacturer and from year to year but there is little variation in the basic model. micro compact car Very small automobile comprising two seats and integrated cargo area, designed to be driven and parked in large cities.
Automobile with an aerodynamic look comprising two doors, a small trunk separate from the passenger compartment and, sometimes, narrow rear seats.
Automobile comprising two doors, a trunk separate from the passenger compartment and four places.
Automobile comprising two doors and a lift gate, folding front seats granting access to the rear seats, and a cargo area integrated with the passenger compartment.
four-door sedan Automobile comprising four doors and a trunk separate from the passenger compartment.
convertible Automobile comprising two or four doors and a soft or hard retractable roof.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Automobile comprising three rows of seats; the last row can be folded down to enlarge the cargo area.
Automobile comprising four doors, a large cargo area integrated with the passenger compartment and folding rear seats for enlarging the cargo area.
Automobile comprising only one row of seats and an uncovered bed closed off by a gate.
Automobile designed to be driven on any kind of roadway or on rugged terrain.
Spacious deluxe sedan comprising four or more doors: the passenger area is separated from the chauffeur’s, 549
ROAD TRANSPORT
I body
Automobile structure designed to house and protect the mechanical components, the passengers and cargo.
windshield
Glass and plastic pane protecting the occupants from inclement weather while providing good visibility. outside mirror
Mirror fixed to the outside of the passenger compartment enabling the driver to see behind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
windshield wiper
Rubber squeegee, usually mounted in a pair; it is activated by a motor and cleans the windshield.
cowl
Transverse component of the body between the hood and the windshield allowing air into the passenger compartment..
washer nozzle hood
Lidlike part of the body covering and protecting the engine.
Device squirting liquid on the windshield in order-., to clean it.
grille
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Plastic or metal grating in front of the vehicle protecting the radiator and serving as decoration.
bumper molding
Metal or plastic trim embellishing the front and rear bumpers.
headlight
Lamp on the front of the vehicle to light up the space in front.
I
550
front fascia
Component on the exterior of the body below the bumpers reducing air resistance.
fender
Component of the body forming a streamlined and aerodynamic casing around the wheels.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile center post Vertical safety pillar between the two doors connecting the upper part of the body to the lower part.
antenna Device receiving radio waves broadcast by a station.
sliding sunroof Moving part in the roof that opens up over the front seats to let air into the passenger compartment.
roof Exterior component with a slightly curving surface forming the vehicle's covering.
drip molding Small open canal capturing rainwater from the roof and carrying it to the rear, where it drips off.
quarter window Small window among the series of windows on the side of the body. trunk Enclosed space at the rear of the • vehicle, or sometimes at the front, designed to hold and transport cargo that is not too large.
fuel door Flap concealing the fuel-tank opening, which is plugged by a cap.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
mud flap Piece of rubber or plastic attached behind the rear wheels to repel projectiles.
wheel cover Decorative metal or plastic part concealing the wheel hub.
t '■ door Moving panel with a handle, attached to the body by hinges or a sliding system, providing access to the passenger compartment. body side molding Metal or plastic part attached along the doors to protect them against light impact.
window Side window that can be lowered, protecting against inclement weather while providing good visibility.
door lock Mechanism housed in the door to lock it; it is manipulated with a key or button.
Circular deformable unit made of rubber, mounted on the wheel and inflated with air, providing the connection between the car and the road, and absorbing the unevenness of the road.
door handle Device for activating the door’s opening mechanism.
551
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile hand brake
automobile systems: main parts
A vehicle is composed of basic mechanical parts and devices making up its systems: each of them fulfills a specific function.
clutch
steering wheel
Mechanism disengaging and reengaging the engine and the gearbox in order to change gears.
Circular instrument used by the operator for steering the guide wheels.
distributor cap
steering column
Unit suppiying the electric current necessary for producing sparks that ignite the fuel in the engine.
Mechanism transmitting the steering wheel’s rotational motion to the steering gearbox.
spark plug cable
Lever in the passenger compartment that is connected to the rear wheels; the driver manually activates it to stop the vehicle or in case of emergency,
\
Electric wire carrying the high-voltage current from the distributor to the spark plugs, which produce sparks Igniting the explosion.
gearshift lever
Control for the gearbox that is manually activated by the driver to govern the actions of the gearbox.
'■
cylinder head cover
Part of the engine covering the cylinder heads, where the fuel is burned.
air filter
Device removing dust from the air entering the engine, battery
Unit storing the eiectricity produced by the alternator and releasing it to supply the vehicle’s electric system. radiator
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Vessel In which the coolant, which circulates around the engine, is cooled by means of flowing air.
cooling fan
Mechanism with blades blowing air across the radiator in order to’ cool the liquid it contains. fan belt
Rubberized bands mounted on a pulley and linked to the engine, driving the fan and the alternator.
brake pedal alternator
Current generator driven by the engine, which recharges the battery to supply the electric system.
Lever that the operator presses with the foot to activate the brake system.
exhaust manifold
Set of pipes at the exit of the cylinders, capturing the combustion gases to conduct them to the exhaust pipe. braking circuit
System of tubes containing a fluid that activates the brakes when they come under pressure from the pedal.
disc brake
exhaust pipe
Braking mechanism comprising a disc attached to the wheel, whose rotation is slowed down when the brake pads exert friction on it. brake booster
Mechanism amplifying the force exerted by the driver on the brake pedal.
Tubular conduit conducting the combustion gases from the exhaust manifold to the catalytic converter. gearbox
Unit changing the ratio between the rotation speed of the engine and that of the wheels in the forward gears, or reversing the rotation in the reverse gear.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile
coil spring Elastic metal shank wound up in a spiral, supporting the weight of the vehicle and absorbing the shocks caused by any unevenness in the road.
shock absorber Telescopic cylinder, pneumatic or hydraulic, reducing the spring’s oscillations.
fuel tank Reservoir containing the fuel that makes the vehicle self-sufficient,
differential Gear system located between the two wheels, ..allowing them to rotate at different speeds and compensating for the difference in distance that they travel when the car turns. filler neck • Conduit connected to the tank for filling it.
axle shaft Transversal axle transmitting the rotation from a differential to a wheel.
tail pipe Conduit expelling the combustion gases from the muffler to the ambient air. muffler Compartmentalized chamber in which the escaping gases expand, thus reducing the noise from the engine. exhaust pipe Tubular conduit carrying the 'combustion gases from the catalytic converter to the muffler.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
suspension arm -Unit joining the suspension components to the vehicle's body.
drive shaft Axle transmitting the rotation of the transmission to the differential.
fuel line Tubes connecting the tank with the engine and supplying it with fuel by means of a pump.
catalytic converter Chamber in which toxic substances contained in the escaping gases are broken down to make them less toxic.
automobile systems Each system is a set of interdependent parts fulfilling a specific function and capable of functioning on its own.
suspension system Set of components that joins the wheels to the vehicle’s body while reducing shocks caused by the road’s unevenness and improving the hold on the road. transmission system Set of components transmitting the motion produced by the motor to the wheels.
fuel supply system Set of components supplying the fuel to the engine.
H
electrical system Set of components supplying the necessary current for starting the vehicle and operating its electric accessories.
’
, exhaust system Set of components designed to expel the engine’s burned gases into the ambient air.
■
H
steering system Set of components that direct the front wheels to guide the vehicle as it moves.
H
gasoline engine Engine in which a mixture of air and gasoline is compressed and ignited to produce an explosion whose energy is converted into mechanical energy.
B
braking system Set of components that reduce the vehicle’s speed, eventually to a halt, and keep it in place while parked. cooling system Set of components that prevents the temperature of the engine from rising excessively. 553
[
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile ^ headlights
Set of regulation luminous devices placed on the front of a vehicle for illuminating and signaling.
high beam
Lamp illuminating the road over a long distance (100 yards), used outside urban areas,-.,. turn signal
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change of the vehicle’s direction or a temporary hazard to other vehicles.
low beam
Lamp illuminating the road at short distances (30 yards), used instead ofhigh beam to avoid blinding drivers coming in the opposite direction.
side marker light
Colored light demarcating the width of the vehicle.
fog light
Lamp whose light rays are directed toward the roadway and illuminate the road shoulder, by which the driver navigates in the event of fog.
brake light
taillights Set of regulation lighting devices placed at the rear of a vehicle and used for signaling.
Light that goes on automatically when the driver steps on the brake pedal in order to warn the vehicles following it. turn signal
back-uo light
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change of the vehicle’sdirection ora temporary hazard to other vehicles.
White lamp that turns on automatically to warn motorists and pedestrians when -the driver puts the car in reverse. taillight
brake light
Lamp turning on automatically when the front lights are lit, making the vehicle visible tor up to 150 yards.
Light that goes on automatically when the driver steps on the brake pedal in order to warn the vehicles following it.
side marker light
Colored light demarcating the width of the vehicle.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
license plate light
Lighting device for a vehicle’s license plate,-making it visible in darkness.
door Moving panel with a handle, attached to the body by hinges or a sliding system, providing access to the passenger compartment.
interior door handle
Mechanism for opening the door from the inside of the vehicle.
window
Side window that can be lowered; it protects against inclement weather while ensuring good visibility.
assist grip
Handle allowing the passenger to pullthedoorinwardinorderto' close it.
interior door lock button
Visible end of the rod activating the ' lock; it is lifted or lowered to unlock and lock the door.
outside mirror control
Lever for adjusting the position of the outside mirrorfrom the inside.
window regulator handle
Handily placed lever that turns to activate themechanism raising and lowering the window.
armrest
-Support fixed to the door, for resting the arm. lock
Mechanism housed in the door to lock it; it is manipulated with a key or button.
hinge
Articulating mechanism supporting the door and enabling it to pivot while it is being opened and closed.-.., accessory pocket
Open compartment fitted into the bottom of the door, for storing small objects. I 554
trim panel
Component covered with fabric, plastic or leather, upholstering the inside of the door. .. inner door shell
The door’s metal structure, serving to absorb impacts; it also encloses the locking mechanisms and, when it is lowered, the window.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile bucket seat; front view Bucket seat: upholstered and adjustable seat that envelopes the occupant’s body, keeping it in place during turns and providing greater comfort.
bucket seat: side view
\
headrest
Safety pad placed behind the passenger’s head to protect the cervical vertebrae in the event of impact.
shoulder belt
Strap crossing in front of the passenger’s thorax, from the -shoulder to the hip. backrest
Part of the seat supporting th bad
seat
Horizontal unit for a passenger to sit on.
sliding rail
Metal part along which the seat moves forward and backward. sliding lever
Handle for moving the seat toward or away from the dashboard, in relation to the passenger’s height.
adjustment knob
The seat’s regulating mechanism, for changing the angle of the backrest to an almost horizontal position.
seat belt
Safety device fitted with sliding straps, keeping the passenger in the seat in the event of an accident. TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
rear seat Bench containing several spaces installed in the rear of the passenger compartment and occupying its full width.
armrest
Folding support in the middle of the rear seat, for resting the forearm. webbing
Center belt in the rear seat, strapping • in the passenger’s pelvis and restraining only the lower part of the body in the event of impact. buckle
Clasp keeping the seat belt around the passenger and released by pressing with the finger.
bench seat
■ Horizontal unit for sitting on, providing up to three spaces.
555
f
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile I dashboard
rearview mirror Mirror mounted on the windshield, positioned by the driver so that the vehicles following behind can be seen in it.
Component in the passenger compartment comprising the instrument panel, the manual controls, storage and other accessories.
wiper switch Electric mechanism for swifching on fhe windshield wipers, controlling their speed and activating the windshield washer fluid.
on-board computer Computer integrated into the vehicle: it provides information about the vehicle’s main components and helps the driver with tasks related to driving.
cruise control Mechanism enabling the driver to maintain a cruising speed for the vehicle.
vanity mirror Small mirror on the inside of the sun visor. sun visor Movable panel that the passenger can lower over the upper part of the windshield or of the side window to prevent being blinded by the Sun.
glove compartment Small storage space fitted with a locking door. vent Opening, usually covered by an adjustable grille, allowing warm or cold air into the passenger compartment.
ignition switch Switch activated by a contact key allowing a current from the battery to flow to the starter.-.
horn Device emitting a loud sound that the driver can use to attract theattention of a pedestrian or other user of the road.
climate control Mechanism operating the heating or air-conditioning system and controlling its intensity.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
steering wheel Circular instrument used by the driver for steering the guide wheels.
audio system ■Sound-reproduction device comprising a tuner and a cassette or CD player.
clutch pedal Pedal pushed to change gears.
headlight/turn signal Lever having several positions that control the turn signals and the low and high beams.
brake pedal Lever that the driver presses with the foot to activate the brake system.
parking brake lever Lever connected to the rear-wheel brakes that the driver activates manually to stop the vehicle, or in case of emergency. gas pedal Unit controlled by the foot to increase, maintain or decrease the vehicle's speed.
gearshift lever ■-Control for the gearbox that is manually activated by the driver to change gears. center console Component located between the front seats and containing certain accessories and control devices, especially the parking brake and gearshift levers.
air bag restraint system
Automatic safety device containing air bags that, in the event of impact, instantly come between the occupants and the dashboard.
sating sensor Device that receives the signal from the primary sensor and deploys the airbags. It has safeguards against deploying accidentally. primary crash sensor Device located at the front of the vehicle, which, in the event of collision, transmits the pulse it receives to the sating sensor.
I
556
air bag Flexible envelope encased in the dashboard, the steering wheel or the doors, which inflates with pressurized gas when it receives the signal from the sating sensor.
electrical cable Cable connecting the sating sensor, which causes the air bags to deploy.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile instrument panel
Set of dials and warning lights within the driver’s view that report on the vehicle’s functioning.
oil warning light alternator warning light
Warning light showing that the battery needs recharging.
Warning light showing that the engine’s oil level is lower than the minimum required.
temperature indicator
Dial showing the temperature of the engine’s coolant. fuel indicator
high beam indicator light
Light showing that the high beams are on.
low fuel warning light
Warning light showing that the gas tank is almost empty.
Dial whose needle is connected to afloat in the gas tank; it shows the level of fuel still available.
warning lights
Small lights that go on and off to indicate whether the vehicle’s various systems are functioning properly.
turn signal indicator
Intermittent light, often accompanied by a sound, showing that a turn signal is in use.
ALB
speedometer
Dial showing the speed at which the vehicle is moving, in kilometers or miles per hour.
seat-belt warning light
arning light showing that one or more seat bells are not buckled or are not buckled correctly.
odometer
Mechanism measuring, in kilometers or miles, the total distance traveled by the vehicle since it left the factory.
trip odometer
door open warning light
Mechanism measuring partial distances traveled by the vehicle in kilometers or miles; it can be reset to zero.
Warning light showing that one or more doors, the tail gate or trunk are open or ajar.
windshield wiper
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
tachometer
I showing the engine’s rotation )eed in revolutions per minute.
ROAD TRANSPORT
automobile accessories Secondary components of a vehicle, used for its maintenance, safety and such.
jumper cables Cables fitted with alligator clips for connecting an emergency battery to a discharged one.
floor mat Fabric or rubber covering placed under the passengers’ feet in order to protect the floor of the vehicle.
black clamp A black clamp is fitted on the negative terminal of the emergency battery; the other is attached to a ■ metal part of the other car.
roller shade Shade with a roller containing a spring that causes the shade cloth to roll up; it is usually placed on a side window.
ball mount Part attached under the rear of the vehicle, with a hitch ball on one end; the trailer’s or caravan's hitch articulates with it.
red clamp cable A red clamp is fitted on the positive terminal of both batteries.
hitch ball Device for hooking up a trailer or caravan to a vehicle.
four-way lug wrench Wrench for tightening and loosening the wheel nuts; it is made up of two crossed rods with each end having a different size.
bike carrier Support placed on the roof or the rear of the vehicle, on which one or niore bicycles can be mounted and transported.
ski rack Support placed on the vehicle’s roof, for mounting and transporting skis.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
snow brush with scraper Small broom with one end for removing snow from the vehicle and the other for scraping ice off the windows.
jack Mechanism activated by a handle, for raising the vehicle.
sun visor Screen placed inside the windshield of a parked vehicle to protect the passenger compartment from the sun.
handle Lever comprising two right-angle bends, for activating the jack mechanism to raise and Jower it.
child safety seat Chair adapted to the size of a child; it is equipped with a safety harness for keeping the child seated and attached to the rear seat by the seat belt.
ROAD TRANSPORT
brakes Units slowing down or stopping the rotation of the vehicle’s wheels. | disc brake
Braking mechanism comprising a disc attached to the wheel, whose rotation is slowed down when the brake pads exert friction on it. brake line
Tube carrying the brake fluid, which becomes pressurized when the driver steps on the brake pedal.
caliper
Viselike part comprising a piston, which straddles the brake disc and supports the brake pads.
piston
Part put into motion by hydraulic pressure, which pushes the brake pads to squeeze the disc. brake pad
Metal plate that is held by the caliper; it is covered with a heatresistant material that rubs against the disc to slow down its rotation. disc
Round plate interlocked with the wheel whose rotation slows down as it is braked by the friction of the brake pads.
brake shoe
drum brake
Crescent-shaped part interlocked with an anchor pin; it is fitted with a lining, which moves against the interior surface of the drum to slow its rotation.
Braking mechanism comprising a drum interlocked with the wheel; the brake shoes rub against the drum to slow down the wheel’s rotation.
anchor pin
wheel cylinder
Mechanism with a cylinder and two pistons that converts the hydraulic pressure in the master cylinder to mechanical force that is applied to the brake shoes.
Axle serving as an anchoring point tor the brake shoe, enabling it to move when acted upon by the piston. return spring
backing plate
Fixed part serving as a mount for the brake shoes, cylinder and anchor pin.
piston-'
brake lining
Band of material attached to the brake shoe; heat resistant, it increases the frictional force on the drum.
Part that slides in the cylinder under hydraulic pressure and pushes the brake shoe against the drum. drum
lug
Part interlocked with the wheel so that the wheel slows its rotation when the brake shoes rub against the inside of the drum.
Part for assembling and interlocking the drum and the wheel.
antilock braking system (ABS)
brake fluid reservoir
Reservoir supplying the master cylinder with the fluid that transmits pressure to the brakes after the driver presses the brake pedal. electronic control unit
Device that, as a result of signals received from the wheel speed sensor, controls the brake pressure modulator to give the optimal hydraulic pressure.-.
master cylinder
brake booster
Mechanism amplifying the force exerted by the driver on the brake pedal.
fechanism composed of a cylinder and pistons that converts the mechani force of the brake pedal into essure that is transmitted to
wheel speed sensor
Device sensing the rotation speed of a wheel 'and transmitting that information to the control unit.
pump and motor assembly
Pump driven by an electric motor, circulating the brake fluid from the accumulator to the master cylinder..
sensor wiring circuit
Set of electric wires transmitting the signals from the sensor to the electronic control unit.
disc brake
Braking mechanism comprising a disc attached to the wheel, whose rotation is slowed down when the brake pads exert friction on it.braking circuit
System of tubes containing a fluid that activates the brakes when they come under pressure from the pedal.'
Electronic device controlling the hydraulic pressure in the braking circuit, to prevent the wheels from locking.
accumulator brake pressure modulator
Hydraulic unit fitted with electric valves that, depending on the signals received from the electronic control unit, adjusts the pressure in each wheel cylinder.
Device temporarily holding the hydraulic brake fluid while the modulator lowers the pressure.
559 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Spring returning the brake shoe to its initial position once the pressure on the brake pedal has ceased.
ROAD TRANSPORT
tire I Circular deformable unit made of rubber, mounted on the wheel and inflated with air, providing the connection between the car and the road, and absorbing the unevenness of the road.
wheel
technical specifications Alphanumeric code molded onto the side of the tire, showing its characteristics.
Circular unit turning around an axle; it supports the weight of the vehicle and transmits the thrust, steering and braking actions.
disk Apart of the rim that is fixed at its center on the wheel's axle. tread design Raised part of the tire tread that improves traction for various usage conditions.
rubbing strip Round protrusion of the rubber wall, protecting it from side impact and wear.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
rubber wall - Part of the tire iocated between the tread and the bead. rim Metal circle constituting the wheel’s circumference and on which the tire is mounted.
bead Part of the tire that encloses a rigid steel wire that keeps the tire on the rim and makes it watertight.
rim flange Edge of the rim providing lateral support to the tire bead so that it adheres solidly to it.
examples of tires Depending on the intended conditions and uses, tire construction (e.g., type of rubber, tread design, width) varies widely.
performance tire
all-season tire
winter tire
Wide tire that withstands particularly high temperatures and offers superior performance in holding the road and handling turns.
Tire designed tor driving on roads that are dry, wet or slightly snow-covered.
Tire characterized by ridges providing a good grip on snowsnd ice-covered roads
I 5BG
touring tire
Tire designed for driving on dry or wet roads, but not recommended for snow or ice.
studded tire
Tire whose tread is fitted with metal studs, which provide a good grip on icy roads.
ROAD TRANSPORT
tire
steel belted radial tire
Hybrid tire with addition belts laid on top of the plies of the radial tire; the cords of these belts crisscross each other diagonally. tread
Sculpted part of a tire coming in contact with the roadway. r
1
tread design
Raised part of the tire tread that improves traction for various usage conditions.
bias-ply tire
rubbing strip
Tire with plies whose cords cross each other and are diagonal to the direction of the tread.
Round protrusion of the rubber wall, protecting it from side impact and wear. belt-'>;
Layer of steel wires or fabric under the tread, reinforcing it.
radial ply
Layer of fabric fibers covered with rubber; its cord extends from one bead to the other. inner lining
Rubber layer covering the interior surface of the tire, preventing the tire from leaking or bursting when punctured. bead wire
Coil of steel wire reinforcing a tire’s bead.
radial tire
rubber wall
Tire with plies whose cords are perpendicular to the direction of the tread.
Part of the tire located between the tread and the bead.
Vessel in which the coolant, which circulates around the engine, is cooled by means ot flowing air.
filler cap
Cap plugging the radiator’s filling opening and regulating the pressure in the cooling system.
grille
Grating on the radiator’s front side, protecting it from impact. cooling fan
Mechanism with blades blowing air across the radiator in order to cool the liquid it contains. electric fan motor temperature sensor
Device immersed in the coolant that switches on the fan when the coolant reaches a predetermined temperature.
Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
lower radiator hose
Rubber hose connecting the cooling-circuit components to each other. 561 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
radiator
ROAD TRANSPORT
sparkplug I Electric device whose two electrodes produce the spark necessary to ignite the air/gasoline mixture in the cylinder.
spark plug terminal
Top part of the spark plug that plugs into a cable connected to the •distributor cap.
center electrode
Metal shank through which the electric current passes after being -transmitted by the terminal.
Spline
Rib that prevents the current trom spreading outside the spark plug, thus avoiding short circuits.
insulator
Porcelain part, resistant to high temperatures, insulating the center electrode to prevent short circuits. hex nut
Six-taced nut providing a grip on the spark plug to tighten it. spark plug gasket
Machined part providing the seal between the spark plug body and the cylinder head.
spark plug body
Lower part of the spark plug that screws into the cylinder head. The ground electrode is part of the spark plug body, from which the end of the center electrode protrudes.
ground electrode
Metal shank welded to the spark plug body and curving under the center electrode. spark plug gap
Space between two electrodes, where the spark is created.
battery
rK':.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
I Unit storing the electricity produced by the alternator and releasing it to supply the vehicis’s electric system.
negative terminal battery cover
Polarity element connected to the negative plates and attached to an electric cable, which connects the battery to the electric circuit.
Upper part of the battery, sealed in--,, the case. positive terminal
Polarity element connected to the positive plates and attached to an electric cable, which connects the battery to the electric circuit.
hydrometer
•
Color indicator giving information about the state of the battery.
liquid/gas separator
Ventilation device retaining the acid vapors and preventing liquid from being discharged. battery case
positive plate strap
Box made of insulating acid-resistant material: the chemical reactions between plates are produced in it.
Component holding the positive plates together.
negative plate strap
•
Component holding the negative plates together.
negative plate
Electrode made of honeycombed lead: it supports the active matter (paste) and collects the current.
positive plate- ■'
Electrode made of honeycombed lead oxide: it supports the active matter (paste) and collects the current.
I 5B2
plate grid
Hole in the plate coated with a porous lead-based paste that reacts in the acid solution.
separator
. Porous partition separating the negative and positive plates in order to prevent short circuits.
ROAD TRANSPORT
electric automobile Car propelled by an electric motor whose energy is provided by a battery. |
electronic control box Electronic device modifying the energy exchanges between the batteries and the electric motor as a function of the driver's commands and the traffic conditions.
traction batteries Batteries producing a 120-V current, providing the vehicle’s traction.
heating fuel tank Reservoir containing the fuel for the heating system.
charging plug Plug for connecting the vehicle to the main current or to a speciallyfitted terminal, in order to charge the batteries. auxiliary battery Battery charged by the traction batteries, producing a 12-V current to supply the electric accessories.
electric cable Cable enabling the batteries to supply the electric motor and recover energy during deceleration and braking. transmission Mechanism relaying the rotational motion of the motor to the wheels.
cooling fan - Device with blades for cooling the electronic control box.
traction batteries Batteries producing a 120-V current, providing the vehicle’s traction.
electric motor Device transforming electric energy into mechanical energy to drive another device.
hybrid automobile
power control module Device modifying the direction and output of the electric current between the battery and the electric motor.
cell The battery is composed of numerous interrelated electric cells, each one accumulating an electric reserve.
electric cable Cable enabling the batteries to supply the electric motor and recover energy during deceleration and braking.
battery condition module Electronic device equipped with sensors, which calculate the state of the battery’s charge and its temperature. motor control module Electronic device controlling the operation of the electric motor (assisting the gasoline engine or ■ recharging the battery).
gasoline engine Engine in which a mixture of air and gasoline is compressed and ignited to produce an explosion whose energy is converted into mechanical energy.
battery The battery is composed of cells ■providing the energy required by the electric motor, which in turn recharges the batteiy.
gas tank Reservoir containing the fuel that supplies the gasoline engine.'
electric motor/generator The electric motor allows the vehicle to start and move at low speed. It also recovers the energy generated by deceleration and braking to recharge the battery.
transmission Mechanism transferring to the wheels the rotational motion of the gasoline engine and the electric motor.
gas conduit Tubes connecting the tank with the engine and supplying it with fuel by means of a pump. 563
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Car powered by an internal combustion engine and an electric motor, reducing gasoline consumption and polluting emissions. |
ROAD TRANSPORT
types of engines I Engines: machines that convert the combustion of an air/fuel mixture into mechanical energy. turbo-compressor engine Engine equipped with a device combining a turbine with a compressor, which increases the amount of air entering the engine to increase its etticiency.
exhaust gas admission The flow of the exhaust gas is conducted directly from the combustion chamber to the turbo compressor to drive the turbine.
intake manifold After cooling, the air is again conducted to the combustion chamber, which takes in more air.
warm-air outlet When compressed, the temperature of the air increases greatly, which can make it less -effective. exhaust manifold Set of pipes at the exit of the cylinders: it captures the exhaust gases and conducts them to the turbo-compressor.
exhaust valve Part that opens to allow the burned gases to escape.
charge aircooler The heat exchanger cools the compressed air before it enters the cylinders.
combustion chamber Part of the cylinder in which the pressurized air/fuel mixture is" ignited and burned,
driven compressor wheel Part integrated with the driving turbine wheel: it spins very quickly as it draws in air and compresses it.
piston Metal moving part in the cylinder and attached to the connecting rod: it-" compresses the air/fuel mixture, then receives the thrust from the burned gases.
driving turbine wheel Part converting the energy from the exhaust gases into rotational energy to activate the compressor.
exhaust pipe Tubular conduit conducting the exhaust gases from the turbocompressor to the muffler.
four-stroke-cycle engine
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Combustion engine whose cycle (intake, compression, combustion, exhaust) requires two up-and-down movements of the piston.
intake valve ■ Part that opens to let the air/fuel mixture into the cylinder. explosion Ignition of the air/fuel mixture produces a major energy release that pushes the piston downward,'
cylinder , Chamber closed by two valves: in it, the piston moves and the air/fuel mixture is burned, air/fuel mixture Mixture prepared in the carburetor, containing an amount of fuel proportional to the amount of air entering.
exhaust valve Part that opens to allow the burned gases to escape.
V intake Phase during which the exhaust valve opens and the piston comes down and draws the air/fuel mixture into the combustion chamber.
combustion Phase during which the expansion of the combustion gases pushes the piston downward, driving the rotation of the crankshaft.
spark Spark produced when an electric current arcs between the two electrodes of a spark plug and ignites the air/fuel mixture.
connecting rod Articulated shank powered by the -gas explosion: it transmits the thrust from the piston to the crankshaft. crankshaft Shaft consisting of a series of - cranks, which convert the alternatr rectilinear motion of the piston/connecting rod assembly into a continuous circular motion.
compression Phase during which the piston goes up to compress the air/fuel mixture. At the height of the compression, the spark plug produces a spark. I 564
/
burned gases-" Mixture of gases (carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxide and unburned hydrocarbons) filling the combustion chamber after the explosion. piston Metal moving part in the cylinder and attached to the connecting rod: it compresses the air/tuel mixture, then receives the thrust from the burned gases.
V exhaust Phase during which the exhaust valve opens and the piston moves back up to expel the burned gases.
ROAD TRANSPORT
types ot 6: mines two-stroke-cycle engine cycle Two-stroke engine: combustion engine whose cycle (intake, compression, combustion and exhaust) requires one up-and-down movement of the piston.
spark plug Electric device whose two •electrodes produce the spark necessary to ignite theair/tuel mixture in the cylinder. exhaust port Conduit through which the burned gases are expelled from the combustion chamber.
transfer port Conduit conducting the air/fuel mixture from the crankcase to the cylinder.
intake port Conduit through which the air/fuel mixture enters the crankcase. crankcase Sealed enclosure where the air/fuel 'mixture enters and the piston/connecting rod moves.
compression/intake Beginning of the first stroke during which the piston moves up, drawing the air/fuel mixture into the crankcase and compressing the mixture in the cylinder.
exhaust/scavaging Second stroke during which the piston is pushed back by the expansion of the burned gases, which are then expelled and replaced by the mixture coming from the crankcase.
combustion End of the first stroke during which a spark ignites the air/fuel mixture.
rotary engine cycle intake manifold Passages through which the air/fuel mixture enters the cylinder.
compression The rotor’s rotation reduces the volume In the chamber and compresses the mixture.
Triangular piston firming eccentrically around an axle and transmitting a rotational motion directly to the crankshaft.
power When the compression level is reached, the spark plugs produce sparks that ignite theair/tuel mixture.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
intake Theair/tuel mixture enters the cylinder through the intake manifold; the rotor’s motion forces it into the next chamber.
exhaust manifold Pipe through which the burned gases are expelled from the cylinder.
Rotary engine: combustion engine in which the combustion chamber is divided by a rotor into three turning parts of unequal volume
exhaust In the passage before the exhaust manifold, the burned gases are expelled by the rotor.
diesel engine cycle
air Air enters the combustion chamber.
injection/combustion Fuel Ignites Immediately when it is injected into the hot air at very high pressure.
fuel injector Device pulverizing the fuel In the combustion chamber.
V intake Phase during which the exhaust valve opens and the piston comes down and draws the air/fuel mixture into the combustion chamber.
compression Stroke during which the piston rises, compressing the air, which becomes heated under the pressure.
Diesel engine: combustion engine in which the compressed air becomes sufficiently hot to Ignite the injected fuel.
J
power Stroke during which the expansion of the burning gases pushes the piston downward.
exhaust Phase during which the piston moves up and forces the burned gases toward the exhaust valve. 565
(
gasoline engine
Engine in which a mixture of air and gasoline is compressed and ignited to produce an explosion whose energy is converted into mechanical energy.
rocker arm
Lever, activated by the camshaft that drives the inlet and exhaust valves to open them.
fuel injector
Device pulverizing the fuel in the combustion chamber. camshaft
distributor cap
Axle driven by a belt, a chain or gears connected to the crankshaft, controlling the opening and closing of the valves.
inlet valve
Part that opens to let the air/fuel mixture into the cylinder.
timing belt
Strap connecting the crankshaft to the camshaft.
intake manifold
Passages through which the air/fuei mixture enters the cylinder.
valve spring
\
Unit supplying the electric current necessary for producing sparks that ignite the fuel in the engine.
cylinder head cover
Spring that brings the valve back \ into the closed position.
Part of the engine covering the cylinder heads, where the fuel is burned. vacuum diaphragm
Device connected to the distributor cap specifying the precise moment ignition must be produced relative to the engine’s rotation speed.
piston skirt
Side surface of a piston guiding it along the inside of the cylinder.. combustion chamber
Part of the cyiinder in which the pressurized air/fuel mixture is ignited and burned.-. piston ring
spark plug cable
Circular ring mounted on the piston providing a seai between it" and the cyiinder.
Electric wire carrying the high-voltage current from the distributor to the spark plugs, which produce sparks igniting the expiosion.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
connecting rod
Articulated shank powered by the gas explosion; it transmits thethrustfrom the piston to the crankshaft.
spark plug
Electric device whose two electrodes produce the spark necessary to ignite the air/fuel mixture in the cylinder.
alternator
Current generator driven by the engine, which recharges the battery to supply the electric system.
exhaust manifold
Set of pipes at the exit of the -cylinders, capturing the combustion gases to conduct them to the exha'ustpipe.
cooling fan
Mechanism with blades blowing air across the radiator in order to cool the liquid it contains.
'■ ■flywheel
Disk connected to the crankshaft, which uses the kinetic energy produced at combustion to regulate the crankshaft rotation during the rest of the cycle.
pulley
Part attached to a shaft, whose, rotational movement it transmits by means of a belt.
exhaust valve
Part that opens to allow the burned gases to escape.
fan belt
Rubberized bands mounted on a puiiey and linked to the engine, driving the fan and the alternator.
engine block
Main engine casing, which encloses the cylinders.
crankshaft
oil pan
Shaft consisting of a series of cranks, which convert the alternate rectilinear motion of the piston/connecting-rod assembiy into a continuous circular motion.
i Container closing the bottom of the engine block; it is the reservoir for the oii that iubricates the engine’s moving parts. oil pan gasket
Packing providing the seal between the oil pan and the engine block.
I 5BB
air conditioner compressor
Component of the air-conditioning system circulating coolant, which cools the air in the passenger compartment when it is hot outside.
oil drain plug
Piug closing the hole at the bottom of the oil pan through which used oil is evacuated.
piston
Metal moving part in the cylinder and attached to the corrnecting rod; it compresses the air/tuel mixture, then receives the thrust from the burned gases.
ROAD TRANSPORT
campers Motorized or towed vehicle fitted out as a dwelling. |
trailer
roof vent side vent Opening in the roof, fitted with a cover, for Grille on the side of the body, for letting in fresh air when parked.letting in fresh air.
body Rigid metal trame comprising the body of the caravan.
sun visor Device protecting against the sun.
awning channel Track where the edge of an awning is inserted so it can be spread out in front of the caravan.
propane gas cylinder Tank containing a gas reserve for supplying the caravan’s stove and heating system.
grab handle Vertical handle, placed at shoulder height near the door, that one holds to step up into the caravan.
hydraulic jack Mechanism composed of a cylinder and a piston and activated by hydraulic pressure; it allows the landing gear to be deployed by turning a crank.
outlet Device connected to the main current by an electric cord, which transmits the electric current to the appliances in the caravan.
towing hitch Device placed at the end of the tow bar, securing the caravan to the hitch ball of the vehicle towing it.
storage compartment Compartment for storing bulky objects, usually accessible from the inside and the outside of the caravan. door Opening comprising a leaf pivoting on hinge pins, for entering and exiting the caravan.
retractable step Folding apparatus attached to the door sill, tor stepping up into or down from the caravan.
Caravan fitted out as a dwelling, usually pulled by an automobile,
tow bar Metal piece attached to the caravan’s chassis; it comprises a towing hitch and enables the caravan to be connected to the towing vehicle. tow safety chain' Part of an antitheft device attached to the towing hitch, which stops anyone from hitching or unhitching the caravan.
landing gear The towing hitch’s telescopic support, which props up the caravan when it is parked.
lighting cable Electric wire for connecting the caravan’s lighting and signaling system to that of the vehicle towing it.
tent trailer
bunk Area for sleeping, supported by a frame when opened out
spare tire Supplementary wheel for replacing a wheel whose tire is punctured. stabilizer jack Retractable support placed under the caravan to keep it steady when parked.
Caravan with a collapsible section that is opened up when at rest and folded up again before moving, to lessen wind resistance. window Flexible canvas opening, letting in air and light, supported by a framework when it is opened out.
body Rigid metal frame comprising the body of the caravan. screen door Doortitted with a wire cloth that ■lets air and light pass through while protecting against mosquitoes. motor home
air conditioner Device cooling and ventilating the caravan's interior air when it is hot outside.
Van whose passenger compartment is fitted out as a dwelling.
luggage rack Support mounted on the roof; baggage is stowed on it using straps. ladder Device composed of steps and stiles, for accessing the vehicle’s root. 567 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
root Rigid part enclosing the top of the body and protecting the sections when they are folded up.
canopy Canvas awning supported by a tramework; it protects an outdoor space from the rain and sun.
ROAD TRANSPORT
bus j
Motorized vehicle for city or intercity transportation of passengers who are standing or seated. blinking lights
school bus
Flashing red lights at the front and rear of the bus that the driver activates at each stop to signal other vehicles to stop.
blind spot mirror
Motorized vehicle tor transporting schoolchildren and equipped with specialized safety devices.
outside mirror
Mirror fixed to the outside of the passenger compartment enabling thedriver to see behind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
Exterior convex mirror providing a wider field of vision than a conventional mirror.
crossover mirror
Convex mirror allowing the driver to see the front of the bus.
two-leaf door
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
city bus Motorized vehicle for city transportation of passengers who are standing or seated.
coach Motorized vehicle for intercity transportation of seated passengers over medium and long distances.
air intake
Opening in the roof, fitted with a cover, tor letting fresh air into the bus.
Wide door divided into two movable parts, which double back to each side to allow several people to pass through at once.
crossing arm
Pivoting rod deployed at each stop so that the schoolchildren stay in the driver’s field of vision while passing in front of the bus.
route sign
Screen usually on the front, rear and right side of the vehicle, displaying the number of the bus’s route.
engine air intake
Opening through which outside air ■enters the vehicle’s engine.
engine compartment
blousing for the engine under the vehicle’s chassis, accessible by a door. I 568
entrance door
baggage compartment
Large compartment beneath the vehicle's floor, fitted with side doors, in which passengers’ baggage is deposited.
ROAD TRANSPORT
bus
double-decker bus
Bus equipped with two superimposed compartments, connected by stairs.
route sign
Screen usually on the front, rear and right side of the vehicle, displaying the number of the bus’s route.
upper deck
Upper floor of the bus.’
van
Motorized vehicle tor transporting about 10 passengers, sometimes equipped with a lift for wheelchairs. blind spot mirror
Exterior convex mirror providing a wider field of vision than a conventional mirror.
West Coast mirror
Mirror fixed to the outside of the passenger compartment enabling the driver to see behind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
handrail
Support rail equipped with a belt restraining the wheelchair when the platform is being raised and lowered. TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
wheelchair lift
; Electric lifting device deployed so that a person I in a wheelchair can be raised into and lowered from a minibus.
entrance door platform
Horizontal part moving up and down for the wheelchair; it rests on the ground in the lower position and forms the doorsill in the upper position.
articulated bus
Bus with two aligned compartments, connected by an articulated joint.
articulated joint
Part connecting the rigid sections by a waterproof bellows and a turning platform shared by the two sections.
rear rigid section
front rigid section
ROAD TRANSPORT
trucking I Transportation of cargo by truck. truck tractor Motorized vehicle equipped with a fifth wheel that pulls a semitrailer and supports part of its weight. windshield
West Coast mirror
Glass and plastic pane protecting Vertical upper part of the conduit the occupants from inclement that evacuates exhaust gas from the weather while providing good engine. visibility. exhaust stack
wind deflector
Aerodynamic device mounted on the tractor’s roof to reduce the semitrailer’s wind resistance.
Mirror fixed to the outside of the passenger compartment enabling the driver to see behind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
air horn
Device comprising two horns activated by compressed air and emitting a sound signal, most often to avert danger.
sleeper-cab
Part behind the cab fitted out with a bed or bunk beds and storage space. grab handle
marker light
Vertical handle placed at shoulder height near the door, for gripping while climbing up to or down from the cab.
Yellow light in front and red in the rear demarcating the dimensions of the vehicle. hood
storage compartment
Lidlike part of the body covering and protecting the engine.
Compartment for storing bulky objects, usually accessible from the inside and outside of the cab. fifth wheel
Coupling device enabling the tractor to be connected to the semitrailer and supporting its front portion.
headlight
Lamp on the front of the vehicle to light up the space in front.
mud flap
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
'.Piece of rubber or plastic attached behind the rear wheels to repel projectiles. radiator grille
step
Plastic or metal grating in front of the vehicle; it protects the vehicle's radiator and serves as decoration.
tire
Tread or set of treads built into the body for climbing up to or down from the cab.
Circular deformable unit made of rubber, mounted on the wheel and inflated with air,-providing the connection between the truck tractor and the road, and absorbing the unevenness of the road.
fog light
Lamp whose light rays are directed toward the roadway and illuminate the road shoulder, by which the driver navigates in the event of fog.
bumper
Malleable element partially absorbing shocks, thus protecting the body and the engine parts from damage.
wheel
;
filler cap
Circular unit turning around an axle; it supports the weight of the vehicle and transmits the thrust, steering and braking actions.
i i ; I
Part screwed into the fuel filler neck to close it.
fender
fuel tank
Part of the body covering the wheel.
Reservoir containing the diesel fuel that makes the vehicle selfsufficient.
tandem tractor frailer Set of vehicles comprising a tractor, a semitrailer and a frailer.
truck tractor
Motorized vehicle equipped with a fifth wheel that pulls a semitrailer and supports part of its weight. I 570
semitrailer
Trailer whose front part is equipped with a kingpin for coupling it to the tractor.
truck trailer
Motorless vehicle for transporting cargo and connected by a coupling bar to the vehicle towing it.
ROAD TRANSPORT
trucking marker light
Yellow light in front and red in the rear demarcating the dimensions of the vehicle.
refrigeration unit
Device using compression to lower the temperature inside the semitrailer to a predetermined level.
frontwall-..
refrigerated semitrailer Semitrailer equipped with a refrigeration unit and an insulated compartment for transporting perishable goods.
vent door
Grille through which the air cools the refrigerant.
sidewall
battery box
Compartment containing the battery supplying the electric energy required to operate the refrigeration unit. partlow chart
Device monitoring the temperature in the semitrailer.
electrical connection
Electric wire connecting the ''semitrailer’s lighting and signaling system with that of the tractor. landing gear
reflector
Device reflecting light back toward its source so that other drivers can see the semitrailer. side rail
mud flap
Piece of rubber or plastic attached behind the rear wheels to repel projectiles.
Thick piece along the length of the chassis frame, reinforcing it.
Reservoir containing the fuel used to operate the refrigeration unit.
.
u ^
.
Axle of attachment housed in the tractors fifth wheel; it allows the semitrailer and the tractor to articulate.
sand shoe
Part attached to the foot of the landing gear to increase stability.
landing gear crank
Bent lever activating the elevating cylinder to deploy the landing gear.
flatbed semitrailer Semitrailer composed of a platform around which detachable side panels can be placed. stake pocket bulkhead
Panel fixed to the front of the deck to prevent cargo from moving forward.
Support placed on the side edges of the deck, holding in place a belt hook or a post for attaching the side panels.
taillight deck
Floor of the semitrailer serving as the loading plane for the cargo.
Lamp turning on automatically when the front lights are lit, making the vehicle visible for up to 150 meters.
turn signal
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change of the vehicle's direction or a temporary hazard to other vehicles.
mud flap
Piece of rubber or plastic attached behind the rear wheels to repel projectiles.
rub rail
Bar attached to the stake pockets to protect them from side impact.
landing gear crank
Bent lever activating the elevating cylinder to deploy the landing gear.
marker light
Yellow light in front and red in the rear demarcating the dimensions of the vehicle.
bumper
Malleable element partially absorbing shocks, thus protecting the body from damage.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
auxiliary tank
' kingpin
Telescopic support keeping the semitrailer level when uncoupled.
ROAD TRANSPORT
mci-mg examples of semitrailers Semitrailers: trailers whose front portion is equipped with a kingpin for coupling them to a tractor.
tank trailer Semitrailer for transporting bulk products in liquid, powder or gas form. tank body
Closed tank divided into several compartments of various sizes.
dump body
Open or closed container; when raised by the elevation cylinder, it discharges its bulk material.
automobile transport semitrailer Semitrailer equipped with several sloped platforms for transporting vehicles.
twist lock
Locking mechanism housed in each bottom corner of the container -to secure it to the semitrailer.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
dump semitrailer Semitrailer equipped with a dump body for transporting in bulk. Semitrailer comprising only a chassis; containers of standard sizes are loaded on it to transport cargo.
chip van Semitrailer designed to transport wood in chip form.
van body semitrailer Semitrailer comprising a closed box, rigid or made of thick fabric (tarpaulin and sliding curtains).
possum-belly body semitrailer Semitrailer designed to transport livestock: it comprises several perforated compartments.
double drop lowbed semitrailer Semitrailer for transporting heavy machinery.
^WWW
I
refrigerated semitrailer Semitrailer equipped with a refrigeration unit and an insulated compartment for transporting perishable goods.
log semitrailer Semitrailer with folding side posts for transporting free trunks.
ROAD TRANSPORT
trucking tow truck Truck for towing vehicles that have broken down.
examples of trucks elevating cylinder
dump body
Hydraulic device comprising a Thick sturdy metal beam, which the telescopic arm, for lifting a heavy load. elevating cylinder raises. boom
Open or closed container; when raised by the elevation cylinder it discharges its bulk material.
Trucks: motorized vehicles for transporting cargo and providing maintenance and safety.
cable-
hookPart that is detached from the towing device while the vehicle’s front wheels are placed in position, then reattached to raise it.
dump truck Truck equipped with a dump body; it is used for bulk transport.
towing device
Lifting device where the front wheels of the towed vehicle are placed. winch
winch controls
Mechanism with a steel cable rolled around a spool, for pulling and raising heavy loads, such as a vehicle that has broken down.
Control mechanisms for the electric motor, which powers the spool’s rotation.
loading hopper
Large reservoir that takes the trash bags and then feeds them to the packer body.
packer body
Bin equipped with a hydraulic system that compresses household trash.
septic truck Truck equipped with a tank, a pump and a long pipe, for emptying septic tanks and other pipes.
cement mixer Truck equipped with a rotating tub, tor transporting fresh cement, which it pours out down a chute.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
trash truck Dump truck for collecting household trash.
tank truck Truck for transporting bulk products in liquid, powder or gas form.
tank body
Closed tank divided into several compartments of various sizes.
box van Truck whose box is rigid and closed.
snowblower Vehicle with a mechanism that draws up snow from the road and projects it some distance or into a dump truck.
street sweeper Vehicle for cleaning city streets, equipped with a collection body, rotating brushes, a vacuum cleaner and a watering device. detachable body truck Truck for transporting containers, which it loads and unloads using a mechanical arm.
collection body
Container for the trash swept up by the central brush.
projection device
Adjustable funnel through which the snow is expelled in a chosen direction.
central brush
Rotating brush that cleans the width of the roadway. lateral brush
worm
Mechanism grinding hardened snow before a screw forces it into the projection device.
Rotating brush that cleans the edge of the roadway.
watering tube
Pipe supplying water to the brush as it cleans the roadway.
573
I
ROAD TRANSPORT
motorcycle I Two-wheeled motorized vehicle whiose engine cylinder is larger than 125 cubic centimeters. mirror
Mirror attached to the handgrip, allowing the motorcyclist to see behind and along the sides otthe vehicle without turning around. handgrip windshield
Glass and plastic pane in front, protecting the motorcyclist from the wind and inclement weather. ■
Extension of the handlebars that the driver holds to steer the motorcycle.
gas tank
Reservoir containing the fuel that makes the vehicle self-sufficient.
clutch lever
Lever for disengaging then engaging the engine and the--., gearbox, allowing the gears to be ■ changed. dashboard
Body component containing the. instrument panel and the light switch. turn signal
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change otthe vehicle’sdirection or a temporary hazard to other vehicles.
headlight
Lamp on the front of the vehicle tolight up the space in front. fairing
telescopic front fork
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Pair of tubes sliding together and encasing a spring: it controls steering, suspension and shock absorption for the front wheel.
Aerodynamic parts covering certain components of the motorcycle toreduce air friction and driver discomfort.
front fender
Piece of curved metal covering the front wheel, protecting the motorcyclist from being splashed.
brake caliper
Viselike part comprising a piston, which straddles the brake disc and supports the brake pads.
rim
Metal circle constituting the wheel’s circumference and on which the tire is mounted.
disc brake
Braking mechanism comprising a disc attached to the wheel, whose rotation is slowed down when the brake pads exert friction on it. engine
Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
spoiler
Partly aesthetic aerodynamic part that deflects air away from the front wheel.
574
carburetor
Engine mechanism that prepares the air/tuel mixture,
ROAD TRANSPORT
motorcycle
protective helmet
bubble
Rigid headgear covering the head to protect it in the event of accident.
Exterior surface made of durable materials (thermoplastic or composite materials) that absorb shocks.
visor hinge
visor
Articulated fastener for raising and lowering the visor.
Transparent swing-away part, protecting the eyes while providing good visibility. air inlet
Opening in the bubble allowing air to circulate in the helmet and preventing fog from forming on the visor.
chin protector
Part of the bubble protecting themotorcyclist’s chin. frame
Set of hollow metal tubes welded together, forming the motorcycle's framework.
turn signal dual seat
Device emitting an intermittent light, .-signaling a change of the vehicle’s ' direction or a temporary hazard to other vehicles.
Usually leather seat allowing the
taillight
Lamp that lights up automatically when the front lights are lit and emits a brighter light when the driver applies the brakes.
Cylindrical mechanism attached to the rear wheel and coupled with a spring; it absorbs shocks caused by unevenness in the road.
exhaust pipe
Compartmentalized chamber in which the escaping gases expand, thus reducing the noise from the engine.
fetal rods, one on each side of the motorcycle frame, for resting the driver’s feet on. kickstand
Fold-down support on the left side of the motorcycle to keep it almost upright when at rest. gearshift lever
Pedal located under the motorcyclist’s left toot, for changing the ratio between the motor’s speed of rotation and that of the wheels.
main stand
Fold-down support comprising two rods; it keeps the motorcycle upright with one of its wheels off the ground.
pillion footrest
Metal rods, one on each side of the motorcycle frame, tor resting the passenger’s feet on.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
rear shock absorber
ROAD TRANSPORT
iiiotorcycle motorcycle dashboard Body component containing the instrument panel and the ignition switch.
speedometer tachometer
Dial showing the speed at which the vehicle is moving, in kilometers or miles per hour.
Dial showing the engine’s rotation speed in revolutions per minute.
oil pressure warning indicator
Light showing that the oil pressure in the engine’s lubrication system is below the' minimum necessary.
high beam warning indicator
Light showing that the high beam is lit.
neutral indicator
turn signal indicator
Light showing that none of the gears is engaged; that is, the engine’s rotation is not being transmitted to the wheels.
Intermittent light, often accompanied by a sound, showing that a turn signal is in use.
ignition switch
Switch activated by a contact key allowing a current from the battery to flow to the starter. motorcycle: view from above
turn signal headlight
Lamp on the front of the vehicle to--., light up the space in front.
mirror
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change of the vehicle’s direction or a temporary hazard to other vehicles.
Mirror attached to the handgrip, allowing the motorcyclist to seebehind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
front brake lever
Lever connected by a cable to the front brake caliper, activated by the driver to •brake the front wheel.
clutch lever
Lever for disengaging then engaging the engine and the gearbox, allowing the gears to be changed. TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
dip switch
twist grip throttle
Acceleration handle that the driver turns to increase or reduce the amount of air/fuel mixture entering the engine and hence its running speed.
'
Button for switching between low and high beam.
emergency switch
horn
Device emitting a loud sound that the driver can use to attract the attention of a pedestrian or other user of the road.
■ Device for cutting the engine in case of emergency. starter button
Switch engaging the starter, which engages the engine.
gas tank cap
Part screwed into the fuel filler neck to close it.
clutch housing
gearshift
Pedal located under the motorcyclist’s left foot, for changing the ratio between the motor’s speed of rotation and that of the wheels. front footrest
Metal rods, one on each side of the motorcycle frame, for resting the driver’s feet on.
■Rigid covering protecting the clutch mechanism.
■rear brake pedal
Pedal connected by a cable to the rear brake caliper, activated by the driver to brake the rear wheel.
passenger footrest
Metal rods, one on each side of the motorcycle frame, for resting the passenger's feet on.
turn signal
Device emitting an intermittent light, signaling a change of the vehicle's direction or a ’ temporary hazard to other vehicles. I 576
exhaust pipe
Compartmentalized chamber in which the escaping gases expand, thus reducing the noise from the engine. taillight
Lamp that lights up automatically when the front lights are lit and emits a brighter light when the driver applies the brakes.
ROAD TRANSPORT
motorcycle motor scooter Motorized vehicle w/ith two smaii wheels, embellished with lairing, characterized by an open frame and a flat floor.
examples of motorcycles
seat
seat
Usually leather seat where the driver sits.
Usually leafher seat where the driver sits. mirror
off-road motorcycle Motorcycle designed for traveling over rough terrain, with features such as a raised engine, extended suspension, elevated muffler and tires with studs.
Mirror attached to the handgrip, ■ allowing the motorcyclist to see behind and along the sides of the vehicle without turning around.
luggage rack
Support at the rear of the vehicle, for attaching a trunk or for lashing down luggage using straps.
apron
telescopic front fork
Aerodynamic component in sheet .metal or plastic, trimming the steering column and protecting the driver from the wind and inclement
Pair of sliding tubes enclosing a spring; it controls steering, suspension and shock absorption on the front wheel.
knobby tread tire
Tire whose tread is fitted with blocks of rubber, providing better traction on rough terrain. floorboard
Wide flat surface for resting the feet on.
windshield antenna
touring motorcycle Motorcycle providing comfort for the driver and the passenger, with features such as wide fairing, extended handgrips and footrests for stretching the legs.
Glass and plastic pane in front, protecting the motorcyclist from the wind and inclement weafher.
Device receiving radio waves broadcast by a station.
\
moped Vehicle designed like a bicycle, but eguipped with an engine whose cylinder is no larger than 50 cubic centimeters.
backrest
Part supporting the back. top box- ■
Usually rigid and waterproof compartment, behind the passenger seat, for stowing light objects. saddlebag carrier
Support at the rear of the vehicle, for attaching a trunk or for lashing down luggage using straps.
kickstand
passenger seat
Fold-down support on the right side of the moped to keep if almost upright when at rest.
Usually leather, individual seat with aback; it is higher than the driver seat, for the passenger to sit.
driver seat
Usually leather, individual seat, sometimes equipped with a back, for the driver to sit.
4 X4all-terrain vehicle Four-wheeled all-terrain vehicle (ATV) for traversing most kinds of terrain, equipped with a motorcycle engine.
gas tank rear cargo rack
Support at the rear of the vehicle, for attaching a trunk or for lashing down luggage using straps.
seat
Usually leather seat where the driver sits.
Reservoir containing the fuel that makes the vehicle self-sufficient.
handgrip
Extension ot the handlebars used for steering the ATV.
rear fender
Piece of curved metal covering the rear wheel, for protecting the motorcyclist from being splashed. muffler
Compartmentalized chamber in which the escaping gases expand, thus reducing the noise from the engine.
bumper
Malleable component partly absorbing impact in the event of a front-on collision. front shock absorber
Cylindrical mechanism attached to the front wheel and coupled with a spring; it absorbs shocks caused by unevenness in the road. gearshift lever
Pedal located under the driver’s foot, for changing the ratio between the motor's speed of rotation and that of the wheels. 577
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Usually rigid and waterproof luggage, attached to each side of the passenger seat.
ROAD TRANSPORT
bicycle I Frame vehicle steered by the front wheel and propelled by the rear wheel, which in turn is driven, via a chain, by a pedal mechanism.
parts of a bicycle seat post Component supporting and attaching the seat, inserted to variable depth into the seat tube to adjust the seat’s height.-,.
seat Small triangular seat attached to the bicycle’s frame.
tire pump Device that compresses air and is used to inflate a bicycle tire’s inner tube. crossbar Horizontal part of the frame. connecting the head tube with the seat tube and stabilizing the frame.
seat stay Tube connecting the top of the seat tube with the rear-wheel hub.-
rear brake Mechanism activated by a brake cable, comprising a caliper and return springs; it forces a pair of brake pads against the sidewalls to stop the bicycle,,
seat tube leaning slightly to '^®ceiving the seat post and joining the pedal mechanism. --
carrier.... Device attached to the back of the bicycle for carrying bags on each side and packages on top. generator Mechanism activated by the rear wheel, converting the wheel’smotion into electric energy to power the front and rear lights.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
reflector Device returning light toward its source so that other users of the road might see the cyclist.
rear light Lamp signaling the bicycle’s presence in the dark.
fender Piece of curved metal covering part of the wheel to protect the cyclist from being splashed.
rearderailleur Mechanism for changing the rear gears by lifting the chain from one gear wheel toanother: it allows the cyclist to adapt to road conditions.
drive chain Set of metal links meshing with the sprockets on the chain wheel and gearwheel to transmit the pedaling motion to the rear wheel. chain stayTube connecting the pedal mechanism to the rear-wheel hub.
I 57B
front derailleur Mechanism for changing the front gears by lifting the chain from one chain wheel to another; it allows the cyclist to adapt to road conditions.
pedal toe clip Part attached to a crank that the Metal device attached to the pedals cyclist rotates to provide the that covers the front of the feet, bicycle’s power. keeping the feet in the proper position and increasing pedaling power.
ROAD TRANSPORT
head tube
Tube using ball bearings to transmit the steering movement to the fork.
stenn Part whose height is adjustable; it is inserted into the head tube and supports the handlebars.
brake cable
Sheathed steel cable transmitting the pressure exerted on the brake • lever to the brake.
shifter handlebars
Lever for changing gears via a cable moving the derailleur.
Device made up of two handles connected by a tube, tor steering the bicycle.
wafer bottle
Soft plastic container, with a quick open cap, for drinking from.
brake lever
Lever attached to the handlebars tor activating the brake caliper via a cable. front brake
Mechanism activated by a brake cable, comprising a caliper and return springs; it forces a pair of brake pads against the sidewalls to slow down the front wheel. headlight
Lamp illuminating the ground a few yards in front of the bicycle.
fork
hub
Central partofthe wheel from which spokes radiate. Inside the hub are ball bearings enabling it to rotate around its axle.
rim
Metal circle constituting the wheel’s circumference and on which the tire is mounted. tire
Structure made of cotton and steel fibers coated with rubber, mounted on the rim to form the casing for the inner tube.
down tube
Part of the frame connecting the head tube to the pedal mechanism; it is the longest and thickest tube in the frame and gives it its rigidity.
water bottle clip
Support attached to the down tube or the seat tube for carrying the water bottle.
spoke
Thin metal spindle connecting the hub to the rim.
tire valve
Small clack valve sealing the inflation opening of the inner tube; it allows air to enter but prevents it from escaping.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Two tubes connected to the head tube and attached to each end of the front-wheel hub.
ROAD TRANSPORT
I
bicycle
power train I Setof parts (axle, chain wheel, cranks and pedals) transmitting the force exerted by the cyclist on the pedals to the rear wheel.
front derailleur
Mechanism for changing the front gears by lifting the chain from one chain wheel fo another; it allows the cyclist to adapt to road conditions.
chain guide
Part of the derailleur moving the chain from one chain wheel to the other.
shifter
Lever for changing gears via a cable moving the derailleur.
toe clip
Metal device attached to the pedals that covers the front of the feet, keeping the feet in the proper position and increasing pedaling power.
freewheel
Mechanism attached to the rearwheel hub allowing it to continue turning when the cyclist stops pedaling.
control cable
Wire made of steel strands transmitting the action exerted on the shifter to each derailleur. chain wheel A
Larger wheel with sprockets that, in -combination with the rear gear wheels, increases the distance of one rotation of the pedal, and therefore the speed of the bicycle. bottom bracket axle
Tube to which the crank is attached at each end so that one end is up when the other is down. rear derailleur
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Mechanism for changing the rear gears by lifting the chain from one gear wheel to another; it allows the cyclist to adapt to road conditions.
'■" Chain wheel B
Smaller wheel with sprockets that, in combination with the rear gear wheels, decreases the distance of one rotation of the pedal. jockey rollers
Small wheels guiding the chain and keeping it taut while changing gears.
pedal
crank
Part attached to a crank that the' cyclist rotates to provide the bicycle's power.
Metai part bent at a right angle, supporting a pedal and providing a rotational movement around the pedal’s axle.
accessories
lock Antitheft system made up of two metal shanks, one inserted into the other and fitted with a lock, for locking the bicycle to a fixed object.
protective helmet Rigid headgear covering the head to protect it in the event of accident. I 580
tool kit Set of tools for simple repairs and adjustments, such as fixing a flat tire, replacing spokes or adjusting brakes.
bicycle bag Bag that can be attached to the handlebars or the carrier.
child carrier Seat attached to the frame or the carrier, comprising a harness and footrests, for transporting a child.
I
ROAD TRANSPORT
bicycle child’s tricycle Very stable three-wheeled vehicle with pedals driving either the front wheel or the rear wheels, for the use of young children.
examples of bicycles
BMXbike Strong small bicycle, for acrobatics and competitions on bumpy tracks.
Dutch bicycle City bicycle designed for comfort and in such a way that the cyclist sits upright; its features include a built-in chain guard and a drop-down fender.
mountain bike Bicycle with large wheels with treads with studs, a strong frame, numerous gears and powerful brakes, for navigating all kinds of terrain.
road bicycle Bicycle with narrow fires, lightweight frame and handlebars that position the cyclist for optimum aerodynamics, designed for road racing.
touring bicycle Intermediate bicycle between a road bicycle and a city bicycle, designed for traveling long distances in comfort.
tandem bicycle Bicycle with two places; both cyclists pedal simultaneously but only the person in front steers.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
city bicycle Bicycle designed for comforf and safety while taking short trips on city streets.
RAIL TRANSPORT
passenger station
j
Covered building for the public where trains and passengers arrive and depart.
indicator board office
Panel showing the destination and the configuration of the train, such as type and numbering of cars.
Workplace of the employees managing the station.
baggage cart
Four-wheeled handcart available to passengers for transporting baggage inside the station.
baggage lockers
Metal compartments for keeping luggage temporarily for a small fee.
metal structure
Set of metal components comprising the skeleton of a building and supporting its roof; here, the roof is made of glass.
glassed roof
Large glassed surface forming the walls and roof.
platform number
1 M
a,,.
IJ
0.
■ Ik.
"
-
'*• “Sr: '*■
J 1I
TTV ^
7^ ?r 1 TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
pooooooooooodoo
platform edge
Zone along the edge of the platform, usually demarcated by a safely line.
passenger train
Set of cars coupled together and pulled along tracks by a locomotive. baggage room
Counter where passengers leave their baggage to be taken to the train’s baggage car. if it has one. parcel office
Courier-service window for sending envelopes and packages to be dispatched by train.
I 582
concourse
departure time indicator
; Large space for passengers and the i public at large housing the various : services ot the station, such as ticket : sales, information counter and shops,
ticket collector
Person checking that passengers’ tickets correspond to their destinations. track
A pair of parallel rails laid end to end and on which trains run.
passenger platform
schedules
Area alongside the tracks tor passengers to embark and disembark trains.
platform entrance
Grid showing the departure and arrival times of the trains, their number and their destination or point of departure.
Area leading to the platforms, sometimes reserved for passengers who have valid tickets.
destination
Name of the last station where the train stops at the end of its route.
RAIL TRANSPORT
railroad station Covered building for the public where trains and passengers arrive and depart. |
station platform passenger station
Covered building for the public where trains and passengers arrive and depart.
suburban commuter railroad
Railroad connecting an urban center to its suburbs and neighboring cities.
Area alongside the tracks, for passengers to embark and disembark the train, or for loading and unloading cargo from the cars.
commuter train main line
Local train running frequently each day between an urban center and its suburbs or neighboring cities.
Tracks for trains traveling long distances.
siding
bumper
grade crossing
Sidetrack not used for railroad traffic but for shunting, marshaling or loading and unloading.
Buffer placed at the end of a track stopping the train from running off the end of the track.
Intersection of a railroad and a road, with or without warning lights. semaphore
platform shelter footbridge
Roof protecting passengers waiting on the platform from inclement weather.
parking
Area for parking vehicles.
Elevated walkway for passengers to cross over a set of tracks.
Light for relaying information such as the speed of trains and the distance between them.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Support framework spanning several tracks used to display signals, such as tricolor lights and speed-limit panels. signal tower
Building housing employees and controls for directing train movement in the station.
scissors crossing
freight car
signal gantry
Vehicle pulled by a locomotive for transporting cargo.
mast underground passage
Vertical support for a crosspiece, Pedestrian tunnel connecting one such as a signal gantry or an side of the tracks with the other. electric catenary.
Track enabling a train to change tracks.
freight station
Set of railroad installations and buildings required for transporting cargo.
switch
A pair of movable track rails (switch rails) for guiding the train from one track to another. diesel shop
Building for maintaining and refueling diesel locomotives.
583
RAIL TRANSPORT
types of passenger cars I Cars: vehicles with various layouts that are pulled by locomotives, for transporting and providing services to passengers.
coach car Car with two rows ot benches or seats for transporting passengers in the seated position.
luggage rack Space at the entrance of the car for stowing large pieces of luggage.
adjustable seat Seat whose back can be changed from a sitting position to a reclining position.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
sleeping car Car with compartments laid out as small bedrooms.
center aisle Walkway between the two rows of benches or seats, for going from one end of the car to the other.
vestibule door Sometimes sliding door on the threshold plate at the top of the steps, providing access to the car.
berth Sometimes folding bench located In a compartment, for sleeping.
linen Storage for linens needed for the trip, such as towels and sheets.
toilet Compartment equipped with a toilet and a sink.
sleeping compartment Compartment laid out with berths
dining car Car laid out for serving meals. dining section Part of the car where passengers can eat or drink.
panoramic window Large window offering an unobstructed view of the passing countryside.
vestibule Entrance compartment ot the car.
wheelchair Pl&ce with special fittings designed for wheelchairs.
steward’s desk Table for laying out the dishes used for fhe various courses and food fhat is ready fo serve.
kitchen Room where meals are prepared.
corridor connection Device where two cars articulate together; passengers and personnel can pass through to get from one car to the next.
storage space Place where employees keep materials for providing service during the trip.
crew’s locker Compartment at the entrance where personnel can stow their coats and other personal effects.
grab handle Vertical handle at shoulder height next to the door for gripping when climbing up to or down from the car.
RAIL TRANSPORT
high-speed train High-speed passenger train (between 135 and 190 mph) powered by electricity, with a power car at each end and a limited number of cars | in between.
pantograph Articulating mechanism on the roof of the power car that collects electricity from an overhead catenary.
passenger car Part of the car with rows of numbered seats.
baggage compartment Space at the entrance of the car for stowing large pieces of luggage.
main transformer Device transferring and adapting electrical energy from the catenary to the traction motors.
motor unit Compartment where the electricity from the transformers is modified and transmitted to the motor trucks.
catenary One or more overhead wires supplying electricity to the power ■car. headlight ,.■•■■' Lamp illuminating the track ahead driver’s cab Compartment in the power car •containing controls used by the engineer and providing a view of the track ahead. power car Vehicle with an electric motor and braking system for pulling one or more cars.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
air compression unit System producing compressed air for operating various pneumatic devices, such as the suspension and brakes. suspension truck Three-axled truck with brakes and shock absorbers.
equipment compartment Compartments for various electrical equipment.
motortruck Two-axled truck with traction motors propelling the power car.
pilot Steel bar attached to the frame that pushes aside debris from the track.
headlight Lamp illuminating the sides of the track.
position light Lamp signaling the presence of the power car while at rest.
coupling guide device Assembly on the nosepiece of the power car for coupling it with another train.
RAIL TRANSPORT
diesel-electric locomotive I Vehicle with a diesel engine turning a generator that in turn powers the electric traction motors.
battery Device providing electricity tor starting the engine and for the lights and other electrical devices when the engine is at rest.
ventilating fan Bladed mechanism blowing air through the radiators to cool the coolant inside them. air compressor Device supplying the compressed air that operates various pneumatic eguipment, especially the brakes.
dynamic brake Wheel acting as a generator to turn the traction motor, which slows down the train.
driver’s cab Compartment where the engineer operates the locomotive and has a view of the track ahead.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
horn Sounding device warning of the train’s approach.
safety rail Guardrail to prevent falls.
diesel engine Combustion engine in which the compressed air becomes sufficiently hot to ignite the injected fuel. -,
water tank Reservoir for the cooling water. headlight Lamp illuminating the track. air filter Device removing dust from the air entering the engine.
ventilator Mechanism cooling the traction motors.
control stand Panel containing the locomotive’s main controls.
main generator Generator driven by the diesel engine, which in turn supplies electricity to the traction motors. truck Two- or three-axled carriage whose wheels are guided by the track; it supports a locomotive or a car.
lubricating system Device circulating oil throughout the engine to reduce friction between its moving parts. compressed air reservoir Storage chamber for the compressed air.
sandbox Container for the sand that is strewn on the track in front of the wheels to providefriction. side footboard Ladder attached to the chassis for climbing up to or down from the locomotive.
fuel tank Reservoir containing the diesei fuel that makes the vehicle selfsufficient.
pilot Steel bar attached to the frame that pushes aside debris from the track.
spring Part absorbing vibrations caused by the wheels as they move along the track.
coupler head Device on each end of a locomotive or car for attaching it to another locomotive or car.
axle Transversal part under a vehicle passing through the hubs of the wheels, which support it.
journal box Part connecting the axle to the truck frame.
I 586
radiator Vessel in which the coolant, which circulates around the engine, is cooled by means of flowing air.
truck frame Framework supporting the axles, suspension, brakes and traction motors.
RAIL TRANSPORT
car Vehicle pulled by a locomotive for transporting cargo. | box car
Car covered w/ith a w/aterproof casing and having sliding side doors, for transporting cargo that must be protected from the weather and theft. hand brake wheel
horizontal end handhold
Wheel for manually activating the brake.
Crossbar for holding onto when moving from one side of the car to the other while coupling.
corner cap
.■Metal part reinforcing and protecting the edges of the car.
placard board routing cardboard
Placard for a label listing the car’s contents.
Placard fora label warning of dangerous material.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Part stopping the door when it is closed. side ladder
'■■Ladder on the side of the car for accessing the end ladder.
telescoping uncoupling rod
Rod ending in a bent handle for uncoupling the cars.
hand brake winding lever
locking lever sill step
U-shaped support situated under the car’s frame for reaching the ladder.
Bar that locks the door and prevents it from sliding.
Vertical metal shaft, with one end connected by a chain to the hand brake wheel and the wheel house, for setting the hand brake. hand brake gear housing
Part covering a chain transmitting the wheel’s turning movement to the hand brake winding lever. automatic coupler end ladder
Ladder for climbing up and down the car to carry out certain tasks, such as uncoupling the cars and setting the hand brake.
Device on each end of a locomotive or car for attaching it to another locomotive or car.
coupler knuckle pin
Part around which the coupler knuckle pivots to open and uncouple.
coupler knuckle
Articulated component that interlocks with the corresponding part on another car or locomotive.
587 {
RAIL TRANSPORT
car examples of freight cars The shape of the cars varies depending on the type of cargo being transported.
caboose Car that is usually at the end of the train; it houses personnel, provisions and tools.
livestock car Car with slatted sides for carrying livestock: it sometimes has two decks.
Closed-box insulated car with a refrigeration unit for carrying perishable foodstuffs.
hopper car Car for carrying bulk cargo; it has dump doors on the bottom for unloading the cargo.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
intermodal car Flat car for carrying semitrailers.
box car Car covered with a waterproof casing and having sliding side doors, tor transporting cargo that must be protected from the weather and theft.
wood chip car Open-top gondola car with a large compartment for carrying wood chips. hopper ore car Usually open-top hopper car of limited capacity for carrying minerals.
Open-top car for carrying heavy bulk material, such as scrap metal and construction material.
automobile car Multilevel car for carrying vehicles, which are strapped down.
flat car Car with a simple wooden deck for carrying large objects, such as pipes, logs and heavy machinery.
bulkhead flat car Flat car with sturdy plates at each end for carrying loose cargo (usually logs).
uuiudiner car
Flat car for carrying standard-size shippir boxes.
I 588
depressed-center flat car Car with two extra trucks and a lowered deck for carrying heavy equipment.
RAIL TRANSPORT
yard Set of tracks where freight trains are reconfigured to contain cargo cars with the same destination and then dispatched. |
car cleaning yard Set of tracks where cars are cleansed of any cargo residue before going back into circulation.
second classification track Track where cars of known destination are assembled. classification yard Set of tracks where cars are hitched together to form trains with the same destination, ; i
outbound track Track that leads trains out of the yard.
water tower Elevated reservoir containing potable water.
receiving yard Set of tracks where arriving trains park and are unhitched from their locomotives.
repair shop Structure for repairing and maintaining locomotives and cars.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
hump Sloped part of the track where cars are pushed up a hill (hump) by a locomotive.
hump office Office where train formations are programmed and car shunting is controlled.
first classification track Track where cars for the second classification track are switched.
locomotive track Track that leads locomotives to the shop for maintenance.
hump lead Track where cars are released to coast onto other tracks for switching onto outbound trains. 589
[
RAIL TRANSPORT
railroad track I A pair of parallel rails laid end to end and on which trains run.
rail joint Fasteners joining the ends of rails.
■running surface
Top of the rail head on which the train wheels roll.
spike
expansion space
Large nail with a hooked head that fastens the base of the rail to the -tie.
Space left between two joining rails to absorb expansion due to heat.
tie plate
fishplate
Long steel plate that is fitted into the two sides of the rail webs to join them end to end.
nut
Hollow cylinder of metal whose lining is threaded to screw onto a corresponding bolt.
remote-controlled switch Device operated from a distance for opening and closing a pair of movable track rails (switch points) to guide a train from one track to another.
fishplate bolt
Bolt-and-screw assembly that fastens a fishplate to rails.
dating nail
Nail attached to a tie that bears the two last numbers of the year in which the tie was laid.
Metal plate placed between the rail head and the tie that helps to distribute the weight of the train on the tie.
switch point
Movable rail that is machine-tapere'd ■ ’at the end and connected to a parallel and similarly machined switch point.
pull rod
Metal part connected to the power switch machine that opens and closes the switch points.switch rod
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Metal part located between two ties that maintains the distance between two switch points.
power switch machine
Remote-controlled motor that provides the mechanical force for' opening and closing the switch. closure rail
point wire
Two fixed-rails located between a switch point and a frog.
Wire that connects the power switch machine to levers in the switch house.
manually operated switch Device operated by hand for opening and closing a pair of movable track rails (switch points) to guide a train from one track to another.
check-rail
Metal part opposite the frog and inside the running rail that keeps-., the train on the tracks as the
switch Signal-
Device with an arm that is controlled by the switch stand; it is raised or lowered to indicate whether the switch is open or closed.
frog Casting that makes it possible for wheels to roll smoothly over the point where two rails cross.
closure rail
Two fixed rails located between a switch point and a frog.
switch stand
Manually operated lever that opens and--" closes the switch.
slide chair
-Type of seat on which the switch points slide.
pull rod
Metal part connected to the switch stand that opens and closes the switch points.
I 590
RAIL TRANSPORT
railroad track
railroad track
rail section
A pair of parallel rails laid end to end and on which trains run.
head
- Upper horizontal part of the rail on which the wheels roll.
web
Narrow vertical part of the rail to which the tishplates are attached.
tie
Piece of wood or concrete that is set in ballast and supports the rails to distribute the train's load and keep the rails parallel.
base
rail
ballast
Steel bar of a set gauge that is attached to ties; the train’s wheels roll along it.
Bed of gravel that serves as the toundation for the tracks and provides drainage.
■Lower horizontal part of the rail; it rests on and is attached to the ties.
highway crossing Intersection of a railroad and a road, with or without warning lights.
highway crossing bell
Metal sounding device that rings automatically as a train approaches.
crossbuck sign
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Sign that marks the spot where a railroad crosses a road and signals to drivers on ■ the road that they must yield to passing trains. mast
Post that supports the crossing signs and signal lights. junction box
Box that houses the electric wires used in the operation of the signal lights.
visor
Curved sheet of metal that 'enhances a signal light’s visibility by blocking sunlight.
signal background plate
Plate that trames the signal lights toenhance their visibility.
■peep hole
Flashing signal light that is activated at the same time as the tiashing lights to inform fhe engineer fhat the gate arm is lowered.
number of tracks sign
Sign that displays the number ot tracks the--... road crosses.
flashing light
Intermittent signal light that is activated automatically as the train approaches.
gate arm lamp
Flashing signal light that is activated as the gate arm is lowered. gate arm support
Articulating bracket that lowers and raises the gate arm. ■■..,,
counterweight
Mass that provides balance to the gate arm to tacilitate its movement. gate arm
Moving barrier that blocks the road to stop vehicles from crossing fhe tracks.
crossing gate mechanism base
Bottom of the mast that is anchored to the ground.
Box housing the mechanism that automatically lowers and raises the gate arm. 591
{
RAIL TRANSPORT
subway I Electrified urban railroad built mainly underground for transporting passengers at frequent intervals.
subway station
Structure and facilities that provide passengers access to the subway.
exterior sign
Sign placed outside the entrance to the subway that makes it visible from afar.
station entrance
Small structure built on a public thoroughfare that provides access to the subway station. escalator
stairs
Structural component that enables movement between levels.
Installation that consists of articulated steps on a continuously turning chain; it allows movement between two levels of a building.
mezzanine
Intermediate level that is accessible by stairs and serves as a landing between the station entrance and the platforms.
exit turnstile
Device that allows one user at a time to exit.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
ticket collecting booth
Kiosk protected by glass where an agent sells tickets and passes, and controls who enters and exits. entrance turnstile
Automatic device that ailows a user to enter after swiping a pass or inserting a ticket or transfer.
line map
Chart that shows a train’s route and the stations it serves.
station name
Sign on the platform wall that shows the name of the station so that passengers in the train can see
advertising panel
Space rented by a business to place a poster promoting products or services. V'
tunnel
Underground passageway through which the subway train traveis between stations. I 592
subway train
Set of cars that is pulled by a motor car and carries passengers.
track
Course that consists of paraiiel electrified rails on which trains roll.
I
RAIL TRANSPORT
subway
kiosk Small store in the halls or the entrance of the station that sells newspapers and refreshments.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
transfer dispensing machine Device that dispenses tickets entitling the user to subsequently board another means of transportation linked with the subway system, • such as a bus, streetcar or train.
footbridge ■Bridge that spans the tracks and provides access to both platforms.
directional sign ■Sign that indicates the terminus of the train arriving at that platform.
bench Long narrow unupholstered seat with or without a back, seating several people.
subway map Map that shows the entire subway system; 'each subway line is illustrated in a different color.
platform edge Zone along the edge of the platform, usually demarcated by a safety line.
safety line Visible or textured line warning passengers of the margin of safety,
-platform Area adjacent to the tracks where passengers board and exit trains; if is at the same level as the floor of the trains. 593
[
RAIL TRANSPORT
subway passenger car Vehicle that rolls along subway tracks and transports passengers.
side door Sliding door that opens onto the station platforms for passengers to enter and exit.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
emergency brake Device that stops the train; it is available to users in case ot emergency.
communication set Loudspeaker phone used for talking to the train driver.
ventilator Grille that circulates fresh air throughout the car.
side handrail Handle on the wall next to the door tor passengers to hold onto while the train is in motion.
light Fixtures for illuminating the interior of the car.
handrail Floor-to-ceiling pole In the middle of the aisle for passengers to hold onto while the train is in motion. inflated guiding tire Tire mounted at right angles to the carrying tire; it rolls against the guiding bar to guide the truck.
window Opening containing thick glass that does not open.
suspension Assembly that dissipates the vibrations occurring as the wheels roll along the tracks.
subway map Map that shows the entire subway system; each subway line is illustrated in a different color.
advertising sign Poster on a space rented by a business that promotes products or services.
inflated carrying tire Nitrogen-filled tire that supports and conveys the car.
single seat Seat for one passenger.
heating grille Grating through which warm air is forced to heat the car interior.
double seat Bench with space for two passengers.
subway train Set of cars that is pulled by a motor car and carries passengers. motor car Vehicle with an electric motor and braking system for pulling one or more cars.
trailer car Freewheeiing car pulled by a motor car.
motor car Vehicle with an electric motor and braking system for pulling one or more cars.
RAIL TRANSPORT
subway truck and track |
steel safety wheel
inflated carrying tire
Nitrogen-filled tire that supports and conveys the car.
The most up-to-date subway trucks ride on tires, which provide fast acceleration and little noise or vibration.
Auxiliary regular train wheel that comes in contact with the running rail in the event the tire deflates and during switching.
inflated guiding tire
Tire mounted at right angles to the carrying tire; it roils against the guiding bar to guide the truck.
guiding and current bar
Metal bar against which the guiding tire rolls; it also supplies the traction current.
sliding block
Shoe taking the current from the guiding and current bar.
runway
wheel to roll on in the event the tire deflates; it also receives the traction current from the return shoe.
Metal or concrete track that is fixed to the invert on which the tires roll
■invert
Thick concrete foundation for the tracks.
streetcar
catenary
One or more overhead wires supplying electricity to the streetcar.
route sign
Screen that is usually placed on the front, rear and side of the streetcar to show its route number.
pantograph
Articulating mechanism on the roof of the streetcar that collects electricity from an overhead catenary.
advertising sign
Poster on a space rented by a business that promotes products or services.
motor
Double-axle truck whose steel wheels are driven by an electric motor and roll along tracks.--"' 595
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Electrically powered vehicle for transporting people: it rolls on tracks embedded in city streets and on the edge of roadways. |
MARITIIVIE TRANSPORT
harbor Site for refueling and repairing ships, loading and unloading cargo and embarking and disembarking passengers.
canal lock
oil terminal
Structure with a lock-chamber that can be filled with water or emptied to raise or lower a ship from one water level to another.
Area with installations and equipment to store petroleum products and load them info tankers.
container-loading bridge
Cantilevered gantry crane along the quay for loading and unloading containers.
dry dock
Dock where water is pumped out so that a ship's hull can be repaired, cleaned or painted.
tanker
transit shed
Warehouse located near the wharf for temporarily storing cargo.
Ship with large reservoirs for transporting liquid petroleum products.
dock crane
: Crane that rolls along rails the length i of the wharf and uses a moving arm to i load and unload cargo in forms such i as container, bulk and break bulk.
bulk terminal
Area with installations and equipment to store, sort and handle bulk items, such as ore and coal.
cold shed
Insulated refrigerated structure for storing perishable foodstuffs.
ferryboat
Shuttle boat for carrying vehicles with their cargo and passengers.
wharf gate
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Waterproof device that closes a dock.
Structure for docking ships so that passengers can embark and disembark and cargo can be loaded and unloaded.
passenger terminal lighthouse
Tower with a powerful lamp at the top for guiding ships.
Structures and facilities where passengers embark and disembark ships.
bridge
customs house
Structure consisting of a girder and posts that rolls along tracks moving containers.
dock
Enclosed basin where ships take on and unload cargo.
I
: i
ramp
Structure where inspection and legal operations related to imported and exported cargo are carried out.
parking lot
Slope leading from the wharf fo the level of the water.
Area for parking vehicles.
floating crane
Dock crane that is mounted on a floating movable platform and often used for carrying heavy cargo.
container terminal
Area with installations and equipment to store, sort and handle containers.
grain terminal
Area with installations and equipment for storing, sorting and handling grain. silos
Very large, usually cylindrical, reservoirs for storing products in bulk, especially grain.
I 596
container ship
Ship that is designed for transporting cargo in containers in its hold and on its deck.
terminal railway
Railroad tracks leading onto a wharf for transshipping containers from a ship to a car or vice versa.
office building
Structure where personnel who administer the port work.
road transport
Transportation of cargo by truck on public roads.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
canal lock structure with a lock-chamber that can be filled with water or emptied to raise or lower a ship from one water level to another.
lower gate
Watertight door or pair of doors made of wood or metal that open when the water levels between the lock-chamber and the lower level are the same.
side wall
miter gate recess
Wall forming one side of the lockchamber and supporting its doors.
Indentation in the side wall into which a gate fits when open.
lock filling intake
Conduit with a sluice that opens to raise the water level in the lock-chamber.
line hook
Piece of wood or metal attached to the side wall for securing the rope that holds a ship in place while it is in the lock-chamber.
ladder
Ladder fixed to the side wall for climbing up out of and down into the lock-chamber.
approach wall
Wall along the side wall that guides ships into the lock.
upper gate
Watertight door or pair of doors made of wood or metal that open when the water levels between the lock-chamber and the upper level are the same. canal bed
lock filling opening
Thick concrete base that makes up the lock's foundation.
Holes through which the water tiows to fill the lockchamber.
lock filling and emptying system
Conduit that evacuates the water from the downstream side causing the water level in the lock-chamber to go down.
System consisting of a conduit with sluices alongside the side wall and perpendicular conduits on the canal bed that together raise and lower the water level in the lock. lock filling and emptying opening
Holes through which the water flows in to fill the lock-chamber or out to empty it.
canal lock; side view lock-chamber lower level
Part of the lock at the downstream end of the lock-chamber.
lower gate
Watertight door or pair of doors made of wood or metal that open when the water levels between the lock-chamber and the lower level are the same.
Central part of the lock where the water level is raised and lowered depending on the heading of the ship.
upper level
Part of the lock at the upstream end of the lock-chamber.
upper gate
Watertight door or pair of doors made of wood or metal that open when the water levels between the lock-chamber and the upper level are the same.
flow
Natural current moving down the grade from upstream to downstream. 597 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
lock emptying system
MARITIME TRANSPORT
ancient ships I Over the course of history, navigation has played a key role in discovering new lands and in developing trade between peoples. longship Sailing ship used by the Vikings during the Middle Ages; it had square sails, oars and a prow and stern that were usually sculpted.
stay Rope strung tautly from the top of the mast to the planking to stabilize the mast.
stern Rear end of a ship.
stempost Main timber reinforcing the prow.
steering oar Oar at the back ot the ship acting as rudder. oar Long piece ot wood that is broad and flat at one end; it is mounted on the boat and pulled by one or more people to propel the boat. galley Warship with a sail and oars that was used in ancient times; it disappeared in the 18th century.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
oar Long piece of wood that is broad and flat at one end; it is mounted on the boat and pulled by one or more people to propel the boat. ram ' Timber jutting out in front of the prow usually at water level; it was used to punch holes in the hulls of enemy ships.
trireme Warship used by the Romans with a ram, a sail and three vertical rows of oars.
figurehead Sculpted timber on the prow of a ship in ancient times that depicted a human, a god ora mythical creature.
steering oar Oar at the back of the ship acting as rudder.
I 598
oar Long piece of wood that is broad and flat at one end; if is mounted on the boat and pulled by one or more people to propel the boat.
ram Timber jutting out in front of the prow usually at water level; it was used to punch holes in the hulls ot enemy ships.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
ancient sl:iDS
side-wheeler Ship used in the 19th century that was propelled by steam, which turned two paddle wheels.
funnel Tall pipe atop the engine that evacuates the steam and the combustion smoke.
*T
^
iH
^
• '■
paddle wheel Wheel with blades that propels the boat: it is driven by a steam engine.
galleon Large warship with sails that was used by the Spanish in the 17th and 18th
caravel Fast ship with three or four masts; it was used especially in the 15th and 16th centuries for exploration.
Boats charactBristic of various parts of th6 world for 3 number of g6n6rations; th6y are us6d as a means of transportation, for fishing, commerce and exploration.
dugout canoe Light boat used in Africa and Oceania that is made from one piece of wood and is propelled by a paddle or a sail.
outrigger boom Wooden pole connecting the outrigger to the hull.
hull Part of the boat’s structure that forms a watertight vessel.
I
outrigger canoe Dugout canoe that is stabilized by one or two outriggers.
outrigger Piece of wood parallel to the hull that stabilizes the boat. 599 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
traditional ships
MARITIME TRANSPORT
traaitiondl ships junk Boat used in the Far East for fishing and transporting cargo: its sails are made of matting or canvas and are stretched by battens.
mainmast Principal mast that Is fixed approximately in the center of the boat.
mizzenmast Mast on the stern of the boat. foremast Mast nearest the prow of the boat.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
batten Rigid pole inserted into the sail's batten pockets to maintain its shape. rudder Submerged component that pivots on a vertical axle and is used to steer the boat.
mast Tall pole that is sometimes slightly inclined: it supports the lateen
oar Long piece of wood that is broad and flat at one end: it is mounted on the boat and pulled by one or more people to propel the boat.
lateen yard Long inclined pole that is supported by the mast and rigged with a triangular sail.
rudder Submerged component that pivots on a vertical axle and is used to steer the boat.
prow ornament The iron prow is characteristic of gondolas: it symbolizes the pointed caps of the doges and the districts of Venice.
gondola Venetian boat characterized by raised curved ends and steered by an oar.
trtiiilMa
felucca A Mediterranean boat of ancient times that was propelled by a sail or an oar: it is still found today on the Nile. I BOQ
canoe Light boat used by Native ' Americans: it is propelled by a paddle and is used for transporting people and cargo.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of sails Sails: sections of durable fabric that are sewn together and mounted on a mast; they create a surface that causes a boat to move when the | wind blows against it.
Bermuda sail Triangular sail that is also called a Marconi sail; its longest side is attached directly to a tall mast and its base is attached to a pole called a boom. gaff sail Trapezoidal sail that is rigged entirely aft of the mast; its top edge is supported by a diagonal yard called a gaff.
lug sail Trapezoidal sail that hangs from a yard; it is attached to the mast onethird of the way from its end.
lateen sail Triangular sail supported by a long tilted yard called a lateen yard; it is attached to the mast in its middle.
square sail Trapezoidal sail that hangs from a yard; it is attached to the mast in its middle.
spritsail Trapezoidal sail that is rigged entirely aft of the mast and is supported by a long, diagonal yard, called a sprit; it articulates at the bottom of the mast.
examples of rigs
brig Two-masted ship with a foremast and a mainmast and square sails; a spanker can be added to the mainmast and three jibs to a bowsprit.
brigantine Two-masted ship that is lighter than the brig and rigged differently. ketch Two-masted pleasure sailboat; it has a mainmast and a mizzenmast fore of the tiller, which distinguishes it from the cutter.
Marconi cutter Fishing boat with a tall mast and one gaff or Bermuda sail; it has two jibs and a small mast aft of the tiller. whale boat Fishing boat propelled mainly by oars but sometimes fitted with one or two lug sails and a jib.
schooner Two-masted ship with a foremast and a mainmast; it has gaff sails and topsails and sometimes a staysail.
6D1
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Rigs: various combinations of sails that distinguish one sailboat from another. |
IVIARITIIVIE TRANSPORT
four-masted bark I Sailboat with four masts and square sails except lor the jiggermast, which carries a gaff sail. masting and rigging
Masting: masts, yards, ropes and other movable sailing equipment that support and manipulate the rigging.
fore-royal mast
Mast above the fore-topgallant mast that carries a royal sail. fore-topgallant mast
Mast above the fore-topmast that carries a topgallant sail.. pole
masthead
Topmost section of a mast that is sometimes doubled with the lower section of the mast supporting it; the stays and shrouds are attached to it.-
Tapered top end of a mast. yard
Long pole that is supported by the 'mast and holds up the edge of a sail.
fore-topmast
Mast that is immediately above a lower mast and carries a topsail.mainmast
footrope
One of the principal parts of the ship: it is located closest to the center of gravity.
Rope hanging along the entire length of a yard that is used by sailors to trim the sails. mizzenmast
top
Platform at the top of the lower mast from which the upper rigging can be manipulated.-.
One of the principal masts of the ship; it is located aft of the mainmast between the ship’s center of gravity and its rudder.
foremast
jiggermast
Mast nearest the prow of the boat.
Mast located aft on the four-masted bark.
topping lift
Rope that holds the sail’s gaff loosely in place.-.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
lower mast
Bottom section of a mast that is solid and thick so it can support the upper sections.
gaff
Diagonal yard aft of a mast and supporting the top part of a gaff sail. lift
Rope connecting two yards of a sail and used to maneuver them.
gaff sail boom
Horizontal yard articulating on a , mast: it keeps the bottom edge of a sail taut. backstay poop
Structure above the aft deck that extends athwartships; it usually serves as officers’ quarters.
Long taut rope between the mast and the deck; it secures and supports the mast athwartships and aft.
shroud
side
Heavy taut rope between a mast and the side of the ship; it secures and supports the mast on the sides.
Longitudinal surface of the ship. stay
Taut rope between a mast and another point on the masting: it secures and supports the mast fore of it. staysail-stay
Stay supporting a staysail or jib. -. davit lifeboat
Boat for transporting passengers and crew in the event of shipwreck.
Skid hanging over the edge of the ship that supports a boat and is used to lower and raise it.
stem
Main timber reinforcing the prow.'
bulwark
Part of the hull above deck level that protects against waves and serves as a parapet.
I B02
bowsprit
Mast extending before the stem; additional jibs can be attached to it.
bobstay
Rope counterbalancing the tension caused by the stays and the staysail-stays on the bowsprit.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
four-masted bark
sails
A sailboats sails that are rigged on the bowsprit, the foremast, the main masts, the jiggermast and between these masts.
mizzen royal staysail
Triangular sail rigged on the stay supporting the aft fore-royal masf.
main royal sail
mizzen topgallant staysail
Triangular sail on the stay supporting the aft fore-topgallant mast.
Small square sail above the topgallant sail at the top of the mainmast.
mizzen topmast staysail
Triangular sail on the stay supporting the aft foretopmast.
main upper topgallant sail
Square sail under the main royal sail. main lower topgallant sail
jigger topgallant staysail
Square sail between the main upper topgallant sail and the main upper topsail.
Highest triangular sail among the sails rigged between the mizzenmast and the jiggermast.
fore royal sail
Small square sail at the top of the toremast above the fore topgallant sail.
main upper topsail
i
jigger topmast staysail
Triangular sail below the jigger topgallant staysail.
Square sail between the main lower topgallant sail and the main lower topsail.
upper fore topgallant sail
. Square sail below the tore royal sail mizzen royal brace
Rope that causes the yard supporting the royal sail to pivot around the mizzenmast.
lower fore topgallant sail
Square sail between the upper fore .•topgallant sail and the upper fore topsail. upper fore topsail
gaff topsail
Square sail between the lower fore ■■'topgallant sail and the lower fore topsail.
Sail above a gaff sail and between the gaff and the top of the mast.
flying jib
Very light triangular staysail that is foremost on the bowsprit.
mizzen sail
foresail
outer jib
The lowest square sail supported by the mizzenmast.
Lowest square sail on the foremast.
Triangular staysail that lies between the flying jib and the middle jib.
main sail
Lowest square sail on the mainmast.
halyard reef band
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
spanker
Gaff sail for the mizzenmast.
Rope for hoisting a sail or a yard.
Reinforced horizontal strip of canvas; a part of the sail can be gathered and tied to it to reduce the sheet sail's wind surface. Rope extending from the lower reef point corner ot a sail for trimming it with One ot several short ropes attached respect to the wind direction. along the reef band on both sides otthe sail tor tying up the reefed sail.
main lower topsail
middle jib
Square sail above the main sail.
Triangular staysail that lies between the outer jib and the inner jib.
lower fore topsail
Square sail above the toresail.
inner jib
Very heavy triangular staysail that lies tarthest aft on the bowsprit.
603
I
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships I Boats and ships: floating structures for underwater exploration and transporting passengers and cargo across water. drill ship
Ship for drilling for oil in deep water (half mile or more); it is more mobile but less stable than a drilling rig.
derrick Metal structure erected over an oil well; tools for drilling through rock are raised and lowered through it.
bulk carrier
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Ship for transporting raw dry materials, such as grain, coal and ore.
container ship
radar Detection device that emits radio waves and receives their echo; it is used to avoid collisions and to navigate when visibility is reduced.
Ship that is designed for transporting cargo in containers in its hold and on its deck. Stack Tall pipe atop the engine that evacuates the steam and the' combustion smoke. radio antenna conductor that emits and receives radio waves for''--.,, communications.
crew quarters Compartments for housing crew members.
I I
604
chart room Office in which charts and other .navigation documents are kept. compass bridge Covered glassed-in platform from which officers and crew navigate ..-•-the vessel. lifeboat Boat used for evacuating people from the ship in case of emergency.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships radar propeller duct
hovercraft
Detection device that emits radio waves and receives their echo; it is used to avoid collisions and to navigate when visibility is reduced...
Metal part that surrounds the propeller and increases its power by concentrating its air intake.
navigation light
Lamp that is visible from afar to signal the hovercraft’s presence.
Propeller vehicle that moves above water (or land) by gliding on a cushion of air it creates by blowing downward.
dynamics propeller
Device that is made up of blades integrated with a shaft; it pushes air behind the hovercraft thus causing a forward movement.
rudder
Pivoting part behind the propeller blast for steering the hovercraft.
air intake
Intake opening for the fan.-..
belt drive
Flexible link transmitting the engine’s rotational movement to the propellers.
passenger cabin
Door for
Compartment where the passengers sit during the trip.
exit the
baggage racks
Compartment for storing luggage
flexible skirt blade lift fan
Device blowing air downward under the hovercraft to keep it levitated. drive shaft
Part transmitting the engine’s rotational movement to the propellers.
i ; |
diesel propulsion engine
Power source using the combustion of an air/fuel mixture to drive the propellers.
lift-fan air inlet
Duct through which air enters, which is then blown downward under the hovercraft by the blade lift fan.
Rubber flexible side that surrounds the edge of the hull to trap the air blown down by the lift fan; this increases pressure, which in turn causes lift. skirt finger
life raft
diesel lift engine
Inflatable boat that transports passengers and crew in case of emergency.
Power source using the combustion of an air/fuel mixture to drive the blade lift fan.
Flexible and pliable extension to the skirt that adapts to the surface of the water.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
masthead light
Lamp projecting a strong light several miles ahead and to the sides of the ship.
forecastle container
Metal box of standardized dimensions for transporting cargo.
container hold
Large compartment under the deck where containers are stowed.
Section of the forward deck for storing equipment such as chains and anchors.
anchor-windlass room
Opening made in a ship's bulwark or deck for the anchor chains and lashings.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships
wheelhouse Cabin that houses the pilot and the navigation instruments.
Fishing boat that tows a large funnel-shaped net (trawl).
tug Boat propelled by powerful engines that is used to tow boats and other floating craft to help them maneuver or to rescue them.
propeller Device with blades integrated onto a shaft that is driven by the engine to provide thrust and thus impel the ship. rudder blade Part of the rudder that receives the thrust from the propeller in order to steer the boat.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
stem Reinforced part of the boat’s prow that crushes the ice with its weight and then pushes it aside to open a channel.--''' stem propeller Screw that pulls up water from under the ice sheet to weaken its-' support thus making it easier to break and move. tanker Ship with large reservoirs for transporting liquid petroleum products.
rear propeller -Screw driven by a powerful engine to propel the ice breaker.
ice breaker Boat that opens up a navigable passage through ice.
radar mast Mast with a radio-wave detection device (radar set) used to prevent collisions when visibility is reduced.
radio antenna Metal conductor that emits and receives radio waves for communications.
separator Device that removes §ny water that might contaminate the oil tanks.
guardrail Railing along a ship’s deck that protects crew from falling overboard.
davit Winch that manipulates the anchors.
engine control room Compartment housing the instruments that monitor the ship's movement and control the engines and other machinery. rudder Submerged component that pivots on a vertical axle and is used to' steer the boat.
propeller Device with blades integrated onto a shaft that is driven by the engine to provide thrust and thus impel the ship. I BOB
pump room Compartment housing the machinery that pumps the oil in and out of the tanks.
transverse bulkhead Wall that divides the hold across the width thus demarcating the tanks,
lengthwise bulkhead Wall that divides the hold along the length to demarcate the tanks.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships pilot house Compartment from which the pilot operates the boat. fore and aft passage
steering wheel Wheel for steering the engine and hence the boat. houseboat Motorized pleasure boat for navigating inland waterways; it is characterized by a long deck and a cabin fit to live in.
windshield Front sheet of glass and plasfic protecting the pilot from the wind and splashing.-.
outboard engine Detachable engine mounted on the boat's stern.
handrail-, Railing serving as support for the passengers. handrail Railing serving as support for the passengers.
sundeck Part of the deck for relaxation: it is surrounded by a handrail.
motorboat Pleasure boat with an outboard engine for cruising and waterskiing on inland waterways.
derrick derrick mast Device with pulleys that is mounted Short thick mast that supports the on a pivot for handling loads. derrick.
foam monitor Pressurized mechanism that produces foam for extinguishing fires.
tank Watertight reservoir; the hold is divided into several tanks to prevent sloshing.
crossover cargo deck line Thick pipe that runs transversally and is used to fill and empty the tanks.
wall side Vertical part of the hull below the water line.
tank hatch cover Watertight door that provides access to a tank.
air relief valve Device that allows air to escape as oil fills the tanks to displace it.
foremast Mast located near the bow of the deck that supports the navigation lights.
mooring winch Motorized spool around which a mooring cable is wound. bitt Metal cylindrical fittings attached to the deck for fastening mooring ropes and tow lines.
protects the cargo; it provides space for crew to circulate and for auxiliary equipment.
web frame Metal reinforcement that spans the hull transversally.
center keelson Metal girder that runs along the ship’s longitudinal axis to reinforce the bottom of the hull.
bulb Bulge in the bottom part of the stem that reduces the hull's water resistance. 607 I
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
cabin cruiser Pleasure boat of various sizes and speeds with a cabin fit to live in; it can navigate the sea and mland waterways.
IVIARITIIVIE TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships ferry boat Shuttle boat for carrying vehicles with their cargo and passengers.
telecommunication antenna Multipurpose antenna that receives and transmits various signals such as' video, telephone and digital.
passenger cabin Compartment where the passengers sit during the trip,
radar Detection device that emits radio waves and receives their echo; it is used to avoid collisions and to navigate when visibiiity is reduced.
radio antenna Metal conductor that emits and receives radio waves for communications.
heating/air-conditioning equipment Machinery that regulates the cabin’s temperature and humidity. restaurant Compartment where meals are prepared and eaten.
compass bridge Covered glassed-in platform trom vvhich officers and crew navigate the vessei.
bow loading door Door for loading vehicles: another is located aft for unloading cars.
....
folding ramp Refracfable door that lowers onto the quay to load and unload vehicles.
car deck Compartment where the vehicles are parked in such a way as to keep the ferry' balanced. funnel Long vertical pipe above the machinery evacuating exhaust gases from the engines, with filters for absorbing carbon particles.
passenger liner Large cruise ship, fitted like a luxury hotel and with diverse recreation facilities for passengers.
lounge Area with a counter and tables where alcoholic drinks are sold.
playing area Fenced-in area for playing ball sports.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Room fitted with armchairs for passengers to meet. gymnasium Large room for playing indoor sports.
promenade deck Open deck for strolling that is-.,, sometimes glassed in.
swimming pool Large basin designed tor swimming.
quarter-deck Dpen part of the main deck at the aft end.
stern Rear end of a ship.
rudder Submerged component that pivots ,■ on a vertical axle and is used to’ steer the boat. propeller' Device with blades integrated onto a shaft that is driven by the engine to provide thrust and thus impel the ship.
lifeboat Boat used for evacuating people from the ship in case of emergency.
engine room Room housing the engines, turbines and related machinery that propel the ship. cabin Room that accommodates one or several passengers.
I BOB
porthole Waterproof glassed-in opening in the hull that lets natural light and air into the ship. movie theater Room for screening films.
i i
diningroom Hall for eating meals,
stabilizer fin Small pivoting winglike flaps on each side of the hull to reduce the rolling motion.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
examples of boats and ships radio antenna Metal conductor that emits and ^ receives radio waves for''---, communications.
life buoy Ring made of buoyant material that is thrown to anyone who has fallen overboard to help them float.
hydrofoil boat
radar Detection device that emits radio waves •and receives their echo; it is used to avoid collisions and to navigate when visibility is reduced.
Fast boat with foils, which lift and support the hull above water when cruising speed is reached.
compass bridge Covered glassed-in platform from which officers and crew navigate the vessel.
passenger cabin Compartment where the passengers sit during the trip...
strut Vertical support that connects each ■foil to the boat's hull.
rear foil Wing on each side of the stern.
propeller Device with blades integrated onto a shaft that is driven by the engine to provide thrust and thus impel the ship.
telecommunication antenna Multipurpose antenna that receives and transmits various signals such as video, telephone and digital.
sundeck Usually the highest and sunniest deck with a pool and lounge chairs.
propeller shaft Long metal rod that transmits the motor’s rotational movement to the propeller.
front foil Wing on each side of the prow.
-surface-piercing foils Parts that lift the boat when cruising speed has been reached; they also stabilize the boat.
radio antenna Metal conductor that emits and receives radio waves for communications. TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
radar Detection device that emits radio waves and receives their echo; it is used to avoid collisions and to navigate when visibility is reduced.
open-air terrace Outdoor platform that is formed from the roof of the deck below and is protected by a guardrail.
compass bridge Covered glassed-in platform from which forecastle officers and crew navigate the vessel. gpg|.^ foremost part of the main .■deck.
port hand Left side of the ship when looking ■forward.
bow ■Foremost part of the ship.
anchor-windlass room ■ Opening in the hull for the ship's anchor chains and lowropes.
ballroom Large hall with a dance floor for holding dances and balls.
captain’s quarters Lodgings for the captain located aft of the bridge on the starboard side.
bow thruster Propeller on each side of the stem bulb for maneuvering the ship to port or starboard at slow speeds.
starboard hand Right side of the ship when looking forward.
stem bulb Bulge in the bottom part of the stem that reduces the hull’s water resistance.
B09
MARITIME TRANSPORT
anchor I Usually stG6l part that is sttached to a ch3in or csbie; it hooks onto th6 bottom of a body of water to keep the boat from moving. ship’s anchor The traditional anchor is made up of a shank with a stock at one end and two arms ending in palms at the other end.
arm Shank that curves out from the bottom end of the main shank and ends in a palm.
crown Point at the end of the shank. throat Point where the arms meet the shank.
gravity band Anchor’s center of gravity
shank Long straight rod forming the body of the anchor.
ring Heavy ring through the eye at the end of the shank; the anchor’s cable or rope is attached to it.
palm Flat pointed part at the end of the arm; it sinks into the bottom of the water to grip it.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
bill Tip of the palm
hoisting ring Small ring at the anchor's center of gravity: a rope is attached to it, which is pulled to dislodge the anchor from the bottom of the water stock Transverse rod perpendicular to the shank; it positions the anchor so that its two arms grip the bottom of the water.
examples of anchors The weight and the shape of the arms of anchors are designed to hook onto various bottoms (such as firm, loose or reedy).
mushroom anchor Anchor with a large crown instead
stockless anchor Relatively light anchor with a pair of pivoting palms that fold along the shank. I 610
plow anchor Anchor with a plow-shaped arm that pivots on the shank and hooks onto most bottoms.
sea anchor Solid cone-shaped canvas sack that is dragged behind a boat to counter heaving and strong winds.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
life-saving equipment Instruments and equipment for signaling a boat’s presence and for saving people from drowning. |
canopy
Covering that automatically deploys to protect against wind rain and spray.
antenna
Metal rod that emits the radio signal into the atmosphere.
strobe
Lamp that produces an intense light from a gas, which glows between two electrodes.
boarding ladder
Nylon straps that form steps for climbing into the life raft.
buoyancy tube
Inflatable tube that serves as a hull to make the raft float. distress beacon
Device that automatically transmits a radio distress signal giving its precise position.
inflation system
Device containing pressurized air that automatically inflates the buoyancy tubes when the life raft is launched.
life raft trumpet
Bell mouth that amplifies the sound emitted by a diaphragm when compressed air passes over it.
Inflatable boat where passengers can take refuge in case of emergency.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
ring
canister
Rigid buoyant circle that a person in the water slips under the arms.
Small container of compressed air.
fog horn
Instrument that makes a regulation sound when visibility is reduced to indicate the presence of a boat.
buckle
Fastener with two elements that hook together and unfasten when pressed.
retro-reflective tape
Tape that reflects light, making it easier to find a person in the water.
belt
Nylon strap that adjusts to the wearer's size to keep the life jacket in place.
life buoy
Ring made of buoyant material that is thrown to anyone who has fallen overboard to help them float. handle
hook
Curved end for hooking a rope or fishing an object out ot the water. life jacket
Buoyant vest filled with air or plastic foam that is used to keep a person afloat.
boat hook
Usually telescopic pole with a tip and a hook; it is used to maneuver a boat alongside quays, to hook an object and to fathom the bottom.
1 I
MARITIME TRANSPORT
navigation devices I Examples of instruments that are used on a ship to determine its position and to chart and stay a course. sextant index mirror
Optical instrument for measuring the angle between a heavenly body and the horizon to determine the ship's position.
Mirror integrated with the index arm that is positioned so that the Sun reflects on the horizon mirror.
index shade
index arm
telescope
Moving arm on the sextant that measures the displacement angle on the graduated arc to determine the height ot the observed heavenly body.
Optical instrument that magnifies an observed object. lens hood
Device attached to the telescope’s eyepiece that shields the eye from light coming from the source and from strong ambient light.
Colored glass that blocks certain rays in the-.,, light spectrum to filter out ambient light.
horizon mirror
Fixed mirror in front of the telescope: it is aimed at the horizon and the image of the Sun is projected on it. horizon shade
Colored glass that blocks certain rays in the light spectrum to filter out ambient light. frame
Support for the various components of the sextant.
graduated arc
Arc graduated in degrees; the observed angle measurement is read from it.
drum
Thumbnail for turning the--- ' micrometer screw. micrometer screw
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Screw with a head graduated in minutes that is turned to set the index arm precisely.
vernier scale
index
Small graduated rule that slides along the ruler and is used to read very precise measurements.
Guide mark that helps to read the graduation marks on the arc.
liquid compass
Instrument with magnets that floats on a liquid; it indicates magnetic north.
sliding cover glass dome
Transparent nondistorting hemispherical cover for the bowl containing the liquid.
Retractable cover that protects the glass dome from scratches when not in use.
pivot compass card
Rotating disk graduated from 0° to 360° and integrated with twomagnets; it shows the cardinal points and the points in between.
bowl
Watertight case containing the magnetic elements, which float in a- -" liquid (oil or alcohol) to reduce oscillations.
f
B12
Axle around which the compass card rotates.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
navigation devices
depth finder Device that uses a sonic pulse to measure the depth of water below the boat. depth scale
Line graduated in feet or meters for reading the distance to the bottom. housing dial-type display
Display surface where an illuminated dot appears at the point on the scale that corresponds to the depth.
sound alarm
■Audible signal activated when the alarm threshold is reached.
alarm threshold setting
Knob for setting the maximum depth considered to be dangerous. on-off switch
■■ Button for activating the sounder and for selecting the scale. echo sounder probe Part of the sounder that is submerged to send the ultrasound to the bottom; it receives the echo and converts it into sound.
alarm threshold display button
Button that Is pushed to display the alarm threshold value.
gain control
Knob for adjusting the amplification of the signal.
transmission cable
Electric wire that relays the electric signals between the housing and the echo sounder probe. transducer
Metal prong that plugs into the housing. satellite navigation system Device that uses radio signals transmitted by a network of satellites to plot a boat’s position and course on a chart.
display
Liquid crystal display screen on which graphics or text data are displayed.
GPS receiver-antenna
External antenna and GPS receiver that receive radio waves from satellites to calculate the boat’s position.
bracket
Support fixed onto a surface fhaf holds the display. B13
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
plug
Part of the echo sounder probe that emits the ultrasound and receives its echoes.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
maritime signals I Beacons and devices located on the sea, coasts and waterways that emit light, sound and radio waves to aid navigation. 1 lighthouse lantern
Powerful lamp that projects an encoded beam.
cupola Roof protecting the lantern; it is equipped with a lightning rod.
ventilation hood Part that allows excess heat to escape from the lantern.
lantern Powerful lamp that projects an encoded beam. incandescent lamp Lamp in which a filament heated by an electric current produces light ■ rays.
lantern pane Framed panes of glass that protect the lantern and support the cupola.
dioptric ring Concentric glass rings surrounding the lantern that refract its rays to intensify them. lamp base Metal end of a lightbulb inserted into a socket to connect it to the electric circuit. IM '•H’
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
*
gallery Narrow platform with a guardrail that provides a panoramic view from the lighthouse.
housing Case enclosing and protecting the device’s mechanism.
ssw
tower Concrete structure that forms the lighthouse’s body; it is resistant to waves and very strong winds.
pillar buoy
Floating beacon with a pylonshaped superstructure.
S**
-j
lighthouse
Tower with a powerful lamp at the top for guiding ships.
I B14
MARITIME TRANSPORT
maritime siunals
high focal plane buoy
Floating beacon whose light is especially high above the surface ot the water.
light conical buoy
Encoded light beam that serves as a navigation aid at night.
Floating beacon with a coneshaped superstructure.
radar reflector
Metal part that reflects ships’ radar signals so they can locate the buoy. photovoltaic panel
Device that converts solar energy into electricity to power the light.
daymark
Navigation aid that is visible by day only; it displays various colors and signage.
cylindrical buoy
Floating beacon with a cylindrical superstructure.
light
topmark
Metal cone-shaped part atop a buoy that serves as a navigation aid during the day; its position signifies various meanings.
Encoded light beam that serves as a navigation aid at night.
ladder
For accessing the components at the top of fhe tubular structure.tubular structure
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Columnar part of the superstructure that supports the day- and nightmarks and keeps them above the water. photovoltaic panel
Device that converts solar energy into electricity to power the light.
superstructure
Metal frame that forms the buoy’s body and contains all its elements. daymark
Navigation aid that is visible by day only; it displays various colors and signage.
flotation section
waterline
Lightweight base that keeps the buoy afloat and upright.
bridle assembly
Two chains that link the flotation section to the mooring chain.
mooring chain
Long, very sturdy chain that links the buoy to the sinker.
sinker
Fleavy object often made of concrete; it rests on the bottom of the waterway to keep the buoy in place. B15
MARITIIVIE TRANSPORT
maritime buoyage system I Buoys, beacons and lights located along coasts and waterways to guide ships and boats. cardinal marks Buoys of standardized colors, topmarks and lights whose placement alone or in a pattern corresponds to the divisions of a compass.
white light White flashing light whose flash pattern serves as a cardinal mark at night.-
Norih The north cardinal mark is composed of two topmarks with both tips pointing upward.
Northwest
topmark Metal cone-shaped part atop a buoy that serves as a navigation aid during the day; its position signifies .■various meanings.
Northeast
West The west cardinal mark is composed of two topmarks placed tip to tip.
East The east cardinal mark is composed of two topmarks placed base to base.
danger Buoys signal shallow waters, a submerged object or an object' posing a hazard to a boat or a ship.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Southwest
safest water Navigable water is deep enough that it is safe toproceed.
Southeast
South The south cardinal mark is composed of two topmarks with both tips pointing downward.
buoyage regions The color of the buoys that indicate starboard and port is the opposite in various parts of the world.
starboard hand Right side of the ship when looking forward.
MARITIME TRANSPORT
maritime buoyayie system
rhythm of marks by night
light
The light's color and brightness vary during the period as a function of the type of light.
darkness
No light.
Lights that shine at night; their color and the frequency of their flashing signal various meanings, including the source of the light.
marks. It is the opposite of system A, in Vi/hich starboard marks are red and port marks are green. special mark
Buoy marking an area that is regulated for a specific use (such as military isolated danger mark exercises or fishing) or contains spar buoy Long tubular buoy used in harbors and submerged obstacles (such as cables Buoy marking an isolated danger zone beyond which the waters are navigable. or pipelines). in waters that have no tides.
East cardinal mark
Buoy with two base-to-base topmarks that is placed to the east of a danger zone.
light
West cardinal mark
• Buoy with two point-to-point topmarks that is placed to the west of a danger zone.
port hand
Mark the ship must keep on the left side of its prow as it navigates a channel. starboard hand
Mark the ship must keep on the right side of its prow as it navigates a channel.
conical buoy
Floating beacon with a coneshaped superstructure. South cardinal mark
Buoy with two topmarks pointing downward that is placed to the south ot a danger zone.
lateral mark
■ Red or green buoy that indicates the port or starboard limits of the channel. safe water mark
Buoy signaling that the water is navigable.
preferred channel
Navigation lane with beacons; it is the shortest and safest way to a harbor or for navigating near a coast or through a waterway.
secondary channel
pillar buoy
Navigation lane with beacons that is longer or more difficult than the preterred channel.
Floating beacon with a pylon-shaped superstructure
B17 {
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
•Encoded light beam that serves as a navigation aid at night,
AIR TRANSPORT
airport I Location that contains all the technical and commercial facilities needed to support air traffic.
control tower Structure supporting the control tower cab, which provides a wide view of the runways and terminals.
access road Part of the network of roads serving the airport.
taxiway Lane used by aircraft tor entering or exiting a takeoff or landing runway.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
control tower cab Glassed-in office where the air traffic high-speed exit taxiway controllers coordinate aircraft Lane linking the landing runway with a taxiway that is movement such as takeoff, landing and used by aircraft after landing to free up the runway. flight.
Branch for right turns.
I B18
I Lane used^ by aircraft for entering and exiting the apron.
Lane used by aircraft for entering or exiting the maneuvering area.
servico coad service Lane reserved for airport vehicles.
maneuvering Area crossed byarea an aircraft to enter or exit a parking spot
AIR TRANSPORT
passenger terminal
Structure through which passengers pass before or after their flight to pick up or leave their baggage and to go through customs.
parking area maintenance hangar
Structure where aircraft are maintained and repaired
Area where aircraft park between flights for maintenance or overhaul.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
telescopic corridor
Mobile corridor connecting the passenger loading area with the aircraft.
service area Area around an aircraft that is reserved for service vehicles and ground crew attending to arriving or departing aircraft.
boarding walkway
taxiway line
radial passenger loading area
Underground corridor linking the main terminal with a radial passenger loading area.
Yellow line painted on the ground that shows aircraft the route to follow on the apron or the maneuvering area.
Pavilion tor passengers to reach aircraft that is linked by an underground corridor or by vehicles with the main terminal. 619
I 1
AIR TRANSPORT
airport
I
I
passenger terminal
Structure through which passengers pass before or after their fiight to pick up or leave their baggage and to go through customs.
baggage claim area information counter Area where the baggage conveyor belt Desk where information can be obtained emerges for passengers to pick up their about flights and ground transportation, luggage.
hotel reservation desk Counter where a hotel room can be reserved.
Desk where an airline or travel agent sells tickets tor flights.
lobby Large entrance hall of the terminal automatically controlled door for passengers and the people Door automatically opening and accompanying them. closing for people to go through.
baggage check-in counter Desk where an employee checks and weighs passengers’ baggage and issues boarding passes.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
parking lot Area for parking vehicles.
platform Area bordering the track for passengers to enter or exit the railroad shuttle service.
conveyor belt Mechanized rubber belts transporting luggage from the reception area to the baggage claim area.
railroad shuttle service Train that runs frequently between the terminal and the city or the nearest station. runway Strip of land on which an aircraft speeds up before takeoff or brakes after landing. holding area marking Line that shows an aircraft where to wait for clearance from the control tower before entering the runway for takeoff.
I
620
runway designation marking Number that, when multiplied by 10, shows the runway’s position in relation to magnetic north.
runway center line markings Wide broken white line that shows the center of the runway.
runway side stripe markings Wide soiid white line that marks the edges of the runway.
♦
|i
Mandatory checkpoint for passengers before boarding where their identification and iuggage are inspected. observation deck Mezzanine that is open to the public and overlooks the departure and arrival area and the runways. passport control Booth where passengers show their passports before entering or leaving the boarding room.
freight dispatching Room where luggage and cargo are inspected, sorted and loaded onto carts transporting them to the aircraft.
flight information board Panel listing and updating all the airport's arrivals and departures as well as the flight departure gate numbers.
waiting area Area where passengers wait before boarding.
passenger transfer vehicle Vertically adjustable vehicle with a cabin for transporting passengers between the aircraft and the terminal.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
customs control Booth where passengers from international flights show their passports upon arriving and declare any imported merchandise.
room where tax-free goods are soid (e.g., perfume, alcohoi, ieather goods).
freight receiving Room where luggage and cargo that have been unloaded from the cargo hold are transferred to the conveyor belt, which in turn moves them to the baggage claim area.
exit taxiway
B21
AIR TRANSPORT
ground airport equipment Equipment and materials for preparing an aircraft for its next flight; this includes cleaning, performing checks, refueling and boarding
to the aircraft's front landing gear.
air start unit Vehicle that is equipped with an air compressor driven by a gas turbine: it pumps air into the aircraft’s jet engines to start them.
jet refueler Truck that pumps fuel from underground tanks into the aircraft's tanks.
electrical power unit Vehicle that is equipped with a transformer to provide electricity to the aircraft when its auxiliary generator set is at rest.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
tow tractor Very heavy vehicle that puils or pushes an aircraft onto the maneuvering area or the parking area.
ground air conditioner Truck that contains a device for treating the aircraft’s interior air (ventilation and cooling or heating) when the aircraft is at rest.
lavatory truck Truck that empties and cleans the aircraft’s toilets.
aircraft maintenance truck Vehicle that is used by technical maintenance crew when servicing an aircraft.
wheel chock Object that is placed against the landing gear’s wheels to keep the aircraft stationary when on the ground. I 622
potable water truck Truck that fills the aircraft’s water tanks with drinking water.
boom truck Vehicle that is equipped with a bucket at the end of an articulating pivoting arm; technicians stand in it to work on aircraft.
AIR TRANSPORT
airpoi
Adjustable tripod that supports part of the aircraft (the tail or a wing) when maintenance or repairs are carried out.
baggage conveyor Conveyor belt of adjustable height tor loading and unloading baggage and cargo.
tow tractor Vehicle that pulls the baggage trailer.
baggage trailer Flat trailer or cart that carries containers in which baggage is transported from the terminal to the aircraft.
container/pallet loader Vehicle whose articulated arms raise and lower a level platform for loading and unloading heavy cargo such as containers and cargo on pallets.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
catering vehicle Truck whose box can be lifted up to the aircraft: it delivers the food and drink to be served to passengers.
mobile passenger stairs Truck that carries a telescopic staircase, which is positioned at an aircraft door to allow passengers to enter or exit.
universal step Mobile staircase that is positioned manually at an aircraft door to allow passengers to enter or exit.
passenger transfer vehicle Vertically adjustable vehicle with a cabin tor transporting passengers between the aircraft and the terminal.
AIR TRANSPORT
long-range jet I Aircraft that transports passengers and cargo traveling long distances at high altitudes (between 30,000 and 40.000 ft).
trailing edge Back edge of the wing,
aileron Hinged flap on the trailing edge of the wing near the tip for controlling the aircraft’s roll.
trailing edge flap Articulated flap on the trailing edge of the wing that deploys downward to increase the aircraft’s lift on takeoff. spoiler Articulated flap on top of the wing that is deployed immediately after landing; it increases drag and reduces lift to slow the aircraft. antenna Antenna that receives and transmits radio signals to communicate with the control tower or another aircraft. upper deck Upper floor on very large aircraft that contains the flight deck and a passenger cabin. anticollision light Bright red light that is visible from all directions to signal the aircraft's presence.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
flight deck Compartment that contains all the navigation and control equipment; the navigation crew pilot the aircraft from here. windshield Highly durable pane made of glass and plastic that provides good visibility.
nose Leading tip of the fuselage
door Airtight door for entering the cabin; some doors are used only in emergencies.
weather radar Device that is used by the technical crew to evaluate weather conditions. first-class cabin Most comfortable part of the cabin where passengers receive special attention; it is always situated at the front of the aircraft.
I B24
galley Compartment where meals tor service are prepared.
nose landing gear Retractable mechanism that enables the aircraft to land; it is located at the front end.
window Airtight window that lets natural light into the cabin.
root rib Metal part that connects the wing to the fuselage.
wing rib Metal part of the wing's frame that is perpendicular to the spars.
spar Metal girder placed in the direction of the wingspan to absorb bending stress.
AIR TRANSPORT
long-range jet
fin
Fixed vertical part of the tail assembly that keeps the aircraft stable.
tail assembly
Moving and fixed surfaces that are located at the tail of the aircraft for steering and stabilizing it.
rudder
Articulated flap at the rear of the fin that steers the aircraft and corrects any yavr/that might occur. fuselage
Aircraft body that is divided into several compartments and whose aerodynamic form reduces air friction it is supported by the wings in flight. passenger cabin
Compartment in which most of the passengers travel and receive basic services; it is also called economy class
elevator
Articulated flap that is attached to the trailing edge of the horizontal stabilizer; it is used to change altitude and correct any pitch that may occur. horizontal stabilizer
Wing made up of the fixed horizontal tail assembly; it stabilizes the aircraft horizontally.
freight hold
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Compartment where baggage and cargo are stored.
winglet
Protruding surface atthe wingtip that enhances aerodynamics. main landing gear
Retractable mechanism that enables the aircraft to land; it is located behind the aircraft’s center of gravity under its wings.
wing
Horizontal surface on which aerodynamic forces are exerted to keep the aircraft in the air.
navigation light
Light signaling the direction in which the aircraft is flying: red on the left wing (port), green on the right wing (starboard) and white on the tail. engine mounting pylon
Structure that attaches a turbojet engine to a wing.
wing slat
Articulated flap on the wing's leading edge; it is deployed on takeoff and landing to increase lift.
turbojet engine
Jet-propulsion turbine producing hot gases that are expelled at high speed to provide the thrust necessary to propel the aircraft.
625
AIR TRANSPORT
flight deck I Compartment that contains navigation equipment and controls and from which the crew pilots the aircraft.
speaker Integrated device that relays audible messages such as alarms to the pilots.
autopilot controls Device that enables the aircraft to be piloted and kept on course automatically.
engine and crew alarm display Screen that controls the engines and displays alarm signals in the event of system failure. standby attitude indicator Screen that shows the aircraft’s position in relation to the horizon; it is used in the event the flight display fails.
windshield Highly durable pane made of glass and plastic that provides good visibility.
landing gear lever Control for lowering and raising the landing gear.
lighting Device that diffuses light over a shelf on which the pilots place navigation charts.
overhead switch panel Panel made up of the switches that cut the hydraulic, electric and fuel circuits.
standby airspeed indicator Instrument that shows the aircraft's speed: it isused in the event the flight display tails. standby altimeter Instrument that shows the vertical distance between the aircraft and theground; it is used in the event the flight display fails. navigation display Screen that shows the aircraft’s position and flight plan and weather conditions. primary flight display Screen that shows the main parameters necessary for piloting (aircraft’s position in relation to the horizon, altitude and course).
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
control column Steering component that causes an aircraft to bank to the left or to the right and to ascend or descend. control wheel Lever that activates the control column from back to front and from side to side.
III speedbrake lever Command stick that releases the wing flaps to brake the aircraft immediately after landing. systems display Screen that controls various systems, such as air pressure and the electric and hydraulic' circuits. first officer’s seat Right seat occupied by the copilot, who is second in command.
captain’s seat Left seat occupied by the pilot, who is in charge of the flight and the’ crew.
transponder Instruments that, with the autopilot, control the engine power and guide the aircraft on its course.
throttles .•• Control levers for the engines: they regulate-'' speed and thrust. communication panels Panel for selecting radio frequencies on which pilots can send or receive.
engine fuel valves Knobs for opening and shutting the fuel supply to the engines.
I B2B
flap lever Control stick that activates the wing slats and the trailing edge flaps. control console Component located between the two seats that contains part of the instrumentation.
air data computer Computer that calculates the flight parameters (speed, altitude and course).
AIR TRANSPORT
turbofan engine Jet engine with a fan and two airflows; one airflow passes through the combustion chamber and the other bypasses it. |
inner stators Set of fixed blades that corrects the airflow that is deflected as it passes through the blades of the axial compressor.
outer stators Set of fixed blades that corrects the airflow that Is deflected as It passes through the fan.
annular combustion chamber Enclosure consisting of two concentric hydraulic cylinders that surrounds the turbine-compressor shaft and where combustion occurs. : i bypass duct : Channel that conducts some of the i air sucked in by the fan, which i contributes to the engine's thrust.
turbine-compressor shaft Axle transmitting the turbine's rotational movement to the compressors. pipe diffuser Conduit with several exit orifices that connects the centrifugal compressor to the combustion chamber; its purpose is to direct the flow and slow down the airflow to increase its pressure.
i i I ;
exhaust duct Opening through which the exhaust gases are evacuated; the duct is usually cone-shaped in order to narrow the gas flow, thus increasing thrust.
axial compressor Engine component in which air is highly compressed by a set of small fan blades to increase the engine’s output and reduce fuel consumption. mounting point Part where the engine is mounted on the aircraft.
centrifugal compressor Engine components that use centrifugal force to compress air and expel if at very high speed to the combustion chamber by the pipe diffuser.
power turbine Turbine that is driven by the gases expelled by the combustion chamber; it drives the axial compressor and the fan. It is independent of the compressor turbine.
fuel control Device measuring the amount of fuel injected into the combustion chamber.
accessory gearbox Mechanism that drives various accessories such as the alternator and the hydraulic, fuel and oil pumps.
fan Blower sucking air into the turbofan engine.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
nose cone Part located on the tip of the fan axle that creates an aerodynamic airflow into the fan blades.
exhaust guide vanes Protruding parts directing the exhaust gases straight out. ; :
ignition box Device that produces the electric pulses supplying the system that sets off combustion.
compressor turbine Turbine that is activated by the gas produced in the combustion chamber; it drives the centrifugal compressor and the accessories.
compression Phase during which some of the air flowing through the engine is compressed before it enters the combustion chamber.
combustion Phase during which the compressed air enters the combustion chamber, where it is mixed with fuel and ignited.
exhaust Phase during which the air expands and produces a thrust that activates the turbines and propels the turbofan engine. 1
B27 I
AIR TRANSPORT
examples of airplanes I Ever sinc6 the first airplane, Eole, in 1890, the shape of aircraft has evolved constantly as new aerodynamic discoveries were made and engine power increased. three-blade propeller
float seaplane Airplane designed to take oft from and land on water.
Propulsion device with three blades that are arranged around an axle and driven by a motor.
biplane Airplane with two superimposed and parallel sets of wings.
float
light aircraft Airplane that usually has a single engine and cruises between 90 and f 50 mph; it is used for recreation and traveling short distances.
Watertight structure attached under the fuselage that enables the seaplane to float and move on water.
wings
Surfaces upon which aerodynamic forces are exerted to cause the airplane to fly.
wing strut
Rigid or flexible component that braces an airplane’s wing and connects the wing to the fuselage or connects the two wings on a biplane.
high frequency antenna cable
Wire enabling radio communication for the aircraft.
business aircraft Airplane with a limited number of seats: it is usually used by heads of corporations for business trips.
two-blade propeller
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Propulsion device with two blades that are arranged around an axle and driven by a motor.
canopy
Glassed covering over the cockpit.
vertical take-off and landing aircraft Airplane that can move vertically in order to take off from and land on short runways; it is usually used in combat.
winglet
Protruding surface at the wingfip that enhances aerodynamics.
amphibious fire-fighting aircraft Airplane with large water tanks; it is used to fight forest fires. swiveling nozzle
Duct that can be pointed downward to increase the engine’s vertical thrust during vertical landing and takeoff.
three-blade propeller
Propulsion device with three blades that are arranged around an axle and driven by a motor. water-tank area
Area with a hatch that scoops up water from the surface of a body of water to fill its tanks so that it can dump the water in flight. I 628
float
Watertight structure that prevents the airplane from tipping when it fills its tanks.
AIR TRANSPORT
examples of airplanes
stealth aircraft Aircraft that cannot be detected by radar because of the radarabsorbing facets covering its fuselage.
rotodome Domelike rotating structure that houses radar antennae.
radar aircraft Surveillance aircraft for locating and identifying aircraft in flight.
facet Flat surface with a protruding edge that disperses any radar waves hitting it and makes them undetectable. radar-absorbent material Material that absorbs radar waves before they strike any metal part of the aircraft in order to muffle the sound of the echo.
strut Structure that supports the rotodome.
cargo aircraft Plane with large freight capacity; it is used to transport goods.
supersonic jetliner Passenger aircraft whose cruising speed (1500 mph) is faster than the speed of sound (761 mph). The Concorde was the best known commercial aircraft of this type. TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
variable ejector nozzle Duct whose mouth widens as the plane climbs, thus enabling the engines to increase output.
droop nose Articulated nose that is lowered on takeoff and landing to provide the pilot with better visibility. delta wing Thin triangular wing that is especially aerodynamic.
examples of tail shapes Moving and fixed surfaces that are located at the tail of the aircraft tor steering and stabilizing it.
T-tail unit ilunit made up of two horizontal mponents attached at the top of a vertical component.
triple tail unit Tail unit made up of three vertical components attached to a horizontal component.
fuselage mounted tail unit Tail unit made up of two horizontal components attached to the tail.
fin-mounted tail unit Tall unit made up of two horizontal components attached halfway up a vertical component.
629
AIR TRANSPORT
examples of wing shapes I From one era to the next and depending on the type of aircraft, the shape and position of the wings in relation to the fuselage has varied.
Straight wing Long wing of consistent width and perpendicular to the fuselage; it is found on low-speed planes such as cargo and light planes.
variable geometry wing Arrow-shaped wing found on combat aircraft; the angie it forms with the fuselage can be changed inflight.
swept-back wing Arrow-shaped wing that is found on jet planes.
tapered wing Wing that is perpendicular to the fuselage and whose width decreases toward the tip.
delta wing Thin triangular wing that is especially aerodynamic.
forces acting on an airplane Physical phenomena that affect the movement of an aircraft in flight.
lift
Force exerted on an aircraft’s wings to keep it in the air when a certain forward speed is reached. drag
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Force opposite to thrust that creates resistance to the aircraft’s forward movement and must be reduced.
thrust Force developed by the engine’s propeller pulling it forward; in jet aircraft, thrust is created by the force of the ducts.
weight Force resulting from the effect of the Earth’s gravity acting on the aircraft’s mass; the force of the engines must overpower this to keep the aircraft in the air.
movements of an airplane I Changes 6xert6d on an aircraft in flight that affect its behsvior; a pilot must know how to correct th6m. pitch Rotational movement of an aircraft around its transverse axis; it is caused by an imbalance of pressure on the nose and tail.
Rotational movement of an aircraft around its longitudinal axis; it is caused by an imbalance in the lift of the wings. yaw Aircraft’s rotational motion around its vertical axis; it is caused by an imbalance of pressure on the leading edges of the wings.
AIR TRANSPORT
helicopter Aircraft whose lift agent is a rotor on a vertical axle.
rotor hub Center part of the rotor head that connects the driveshaft to the blades. rotor blade Long streamlined part of the main rotor that, depending on its angle, lifts and propels the helicopter.
fin Fixed vertical part mounted on the tail boom to keep the helicopter flying straight.
exhaust pipe Opening through which the exhaust gases are evacuated
drive shaft Part driven by the engine that transmits its rotational movement to the hub.
I
anti-torque tail rotor Rotor on a horizontal axle that prevents the helicopter from spinning due to the effect of the main rotor.
position light Light visible from afar that signals the helicopter's presence.
sleeve tail skid Support attached to the tail end of the boom that protects it and the anti-torque tail rotor in the event of a landing with the nose up.
tail boom Long part of the helicopter’s frame that contains a propeller shaft and supports the rear rotor, fin and stabilizers.
rotor head Rotating mechanism that transmits the required power and angle.
horizontal stabilizer Horizontal wing mounted on the tail boom to stabilize the helicopter’s horizontal movement.
flight deck Compartment that contains navigation equipment; the pilot operates the helicopter from here.
ail inlet Opening through which air enters to supply the helicopter’s engine.
fuel tank ' Reservoir for the helicopter’s fuel.
skid Tube on which the helicopter lands and rests.
control stick Lever for changing the rotor’s tilt; it-' is used to steer the helicopter. landing window Window by the pilot’s feet for seeing the ground when landing.
\ \
landing light Spotlight that is aimed at the ground for landing at night.
x cabin '■ Compartment where the passengers ride. boarding step Step attached to the fuselage for boarding the helicopter.
examples of helicopters Because they can take off and land vertically, helicopters are more effective than airplanes in certain situations. |
water bomber helicopter
Helicopter with a water tank that is used to fight forest fires. tactical transport helicopter
Armed military helicopter for transporting troops, small combat vehicles and various objects. ambulance helicopter
belly tank Tank filled with water by a long pipe hanging underneath: it uses a hatch to empty the water inflight.-
Helicopter for transporting the sick and injured and providing medical assistance. B31
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
antenna Antenna that receives and transmits radio signals tocommunicate with the control tower or another aircraft.
baggage compartment Compartment for storing luggage.
HANDLING
material handling I Machines and equipment used to move and stack goods in a store or warehouse. forklift truck
Motorized cart for lifting and moving pallets to stack them or load them onto a triirk
„ , ™st along which the carriage slides using a hydraulic system... overhead guard Metal framework that protects the operator and the cab against falling goods.
crosshead Upper pulley of the hydraulic cylinder around which the chain turns to manipulate the carriage. lifting chain Chain that lifts and lowers the carriage along the masts.
mast operating lever Lever controlled by the operator to move the carriage along the masts.
hydraulic system Device using pressurized fluid to-operate the carriage.
carriage Component that supports the fork ----■■ arms and slides along the masts.
engine compartment Electric motor or combustion engine that supplies the power to propel the truck and operate the fork.
fork arm Part at a right angle that is attached to the carriage and, with its twin, makes up the fork.
frame Forklift truck’s metal structure.
fork Instrument made up of two arms that is inserted into a pallet's entry"' to lift it.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
pallets Usually wooden platform for loads; forklift and hydraulic pallet trucks can slip their forks underneath them in order to handle goods.
wing pallet Pallet with overhang on one or both of its deckboards.
top deckboard Flat horizontal surface wither without gaps between the planks: the goods rest on it.
entry Space between the deckboards through which the fork arms enfer.
stringer Fart supporting the deckboards and providing the gap for the fork arms to fit through. uunorn aecKooara
box pallet Pallet with three or four sides: it is used to handle bulk merchandise.
Horizontal surface with or without gaps that is attached to the stringer and rests on the ground.
double-decked pallet Pallet with an upper and lower deckboard that is sometimes reversible.
side Wall with or without gaps between the ■ planks that slides back or can be removed: it keeps the goods in place and can withstand loads stacked on top.
pallet Part of the box pallet supporting the load: it supports the box pallet on the ground and provides the place where the forks enter. block Supporting part underneath the deckboard that is wide enough to allow the fork arms to enter. 632
half-side Half wall that is sometimes detachable: it facilitates the loading and unloading of the contents of the pallet.
single-decked pallet Pallet with one deckboard.
HANDLING
material handling
mast
hand truck Pivoting device with a nose plate that slides under a load and is then tipped up to move it.
Post along which the carriage slides using a hydraulic system.
hydraulic pallet truck Cart with a fork for stacking loads at various heights.
hydraulic cylinder
.■ Device using pressurized fluid to operate the carriage.
steering lever
Column linked to the steering axle for manually steering the truck. fork
Instrument made up ottwo arms that is inserted into a pallet’s entry to lift it.
mast control lever
Lever controlled by the operator to move the carriage along the masts.
frame
Metal structure of the truck.
solid rubber tire-
stabilizing shaft
Pivoting rod connecting two wheel hubs; it rotates on a vertical assembly to change the direction of the truck when moving it.
Long part that is placed parallel to one of the forks to balance the truck while it lifts a load, thus avoiding tipping.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
steering axle
platform pallet truck Hand truck with a metal frame that can be lowered to lift a deckboard and its load slightly and move it. flatbed pushcart Hand truck with a frame that supports a deckboard where the load to be moved is placed.
633
HANDLING
cranes I Examples of lifting devices for picking up and moving very heavy loads. tower crane Crane used on construction sites with a usually horizontal jib mounted on top of a tower. jib tie Metal cable that distributes the tension.
trolley Vehicle running along and under the jib; the hoisting rope is suspended from it.
jib Metal lattice that pivots on the tower and lifts and extends the hoisting system.
counterjib ballast Concrete mass attached to the counterjib to balance the weight of the jib and its load. trolley pulley System of several pulleys that together enhance leverage.
counterjib Metal lattice that supports the ballast.
hoisting rope Durable cable of variable length for manipulating loads.
operator’s cab Cab at the top of the tower from which the operator manipulates the crane.
hook Strong curved piece of metal for suspending the load.
hoisting block System of pulleys that work with the trolley pulley to Improve leverage to lift heavy loads.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
tower mast Metal lattice of varying height that supports the jib.
counterweight Blocks of concrete stacked at the base of the tower to stabilize the crane.
truck crane Mobile telescopic crane that is mounted on the chassis of a straight truck.
I B34
telescopic boom Boom whose parts slide one inside the other so that its height can be adjusted and it can be stored compactly for transportation.
elevating cylinder Hydraulic device that consists of a telescopic arm for raising and lowering the boom.
operator’s cab Cab attached to the chassis from which the operator manipulates the crane.
HANDLING
cranes
gantry crane Lifting device with posts and cantilevered girders that move along rails or on tires to handle containers.
hoisting system
Device moving along the jib that uses cables, winches and pulleys to lift and move containers.
containeis
jib
Metal boxes of standardized size for transporting cargo
Horizontal component overhanging the crane that extends the hoisting system as far out as possible.
tower
Post that supports the crane.
running track
Rail along which the crane moves.'
container Metal box of standardized size for transporting cargo.
Metal part running the width of the container at the top.
side wall
corner fitting
Metal reinforced part on each corner of the container with slots for hoisting hooks.
end door
corner structure
Durable metal part where two sides meet; it serves as a support post for containers stacked on it.
fork pocket
Opening in the bottom of the container tor a forklift truck’s fork.
bottom side rail
Metal part running the length ot the container at the bottom.
bottom-end transverse member
Metal part running the width of the container at the bottom.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
top-end transverse member
I
HEAVY MACHINERY
bulldozer I Excavation machine for pushing materials; it is made up of a crawler tractor, a blade and often a ripper.
diesel motor compartment
Combustion engine in which the compressed air becomes sufficiently hot to ignite the injected fuel.
air pre-cleaner filter
Device that removes dust from the air entering the engine.
cab
Compartment from which the operator controls the bulldozer.
exhaust pipe stack
Conduit through which the combustion gases are expelied into the ambient air.
blade lift cylinder
Hydraulic device with a telescopic arm for raising and lowering the blade. ■-
ripper cylinder
Hydraulic device with a telescopic arm that manipulates the ripper.
blade
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
Concave metal equipment for moving earth by pushing it along the ground; it is held up by two articulated arms and caused to swivel by hydraulic cylinders.
tooth
cutting edge
Bottom sharp part of the blade that scrapes the ground: it is replaced when worn out.
push frame
Lengthwise part articulating with the roller frame and the blade.
Sprocket on the final drive that meshes with the track to provide traction.
track idler
Wheel connected to the final drive by the roller frame; it keeps the track taut and aligned.
final drive
Motor wheel with te.eth that drives the track.
track
Chain made up of articulated shoes that rolls between the wheels and the ground: it allows the bulldozer to move over rough terrain. track roller frame
Lengthwise part forming the track’s chassis; the final drive and the track idler are attached toil
ripper tip tooth
Part attached to the end of the tooth that breaks into hard ground; it is replaced when worn out.
i i i
shank protector
Part attached on the inner side of a tooth to brace the tooth; it is replaced when worn out. ripper shank
Part of the ripper that digs into the ground to break it up.
crawler tractor
Machine that can move along rough ground by means of two tracks; it is equipped with a blade and a ripper. I 636
blade
Concave metal equipment for moving earth by pushing it along the ground; it is held up by two articulated arms and caused to swivel by hydraulic cylinders.
ripper
Equipment for breaking up hard earth; it is made up of a frame fitted with one to three teeth and is mounted on the back of a bulldozer.
HEAVY MACHINERY
wheel loader Excavation machine made up of a wheel tractor, a backhoe and a front-end loader,
dipper arm
dipper arm cylinder
Oscillating part of the backhoe that moves the bucket toward and away from the tractor.
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the movement of the dipper arm.
I
bucket cylinder
boom
Hydraulic device composed of a telescopic arm that controls the movement of the bucket lever.
Oscillating part of the backhoe that moves the dipper arm and thus the bucket up and down. cab
Compartment from which the operator controls the wheel loader.
backward bucket
Bucket for digging into the ground; it is loaded by dragging it toward the tractor.
bucket lever
Part impelled by the bucket hydraulic cylinder that allows the bucket to swivel on a horizontal axis.
bucket
Deep trough that can be raised and tipped.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
bucket cylinder
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the backand-forth motion of the bucket.
boom cylinder
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the movement of the boom.
lift arm
diesel engine compartment
Lever that connects the loader to the tractor; it raises and lowers the loader.
Combustion engine in which the compressed air becomes sufficiently hot to ignite the injected fuel.
lift-arm cylinder
cutting edge
Hydraulic telescopic device that raises and lowers the lift arm.
Protrusions along the rim of the bucket that cut into the material to be moved.
bucket hinge pin
Set of parts that causes the backhoe to move around a vertical axle to swivel the bucket from side to side.
front-end loader
Equipment for lifting objects or material to be moved or loaded; it consists of a bucket and a lift arm impelled by hydraulic cylinders.
wheel tractor
Machine whose chassis can be articulated; it is equipped with a backhoe and a loader.
backhoe
Equipment for digging into the ground and moving rubble; it consists of a bucket, an arm and a boom impelled by hydraulic cylinders. 637 I
HEAVY MACHINERY
scraper I Machine that uses a blade to scrape the ground or roadbed and store the rubble in a bowl for disposal. steering cylinder gooseneck
Arch serving as a coupling between the bowl and the tractor.
One of two hydraulic cylinders on each side of fhe gooseneck fhaf articulates with the bowl behind the tractor. elevator
Belt fitted with chains and vanes that •pulverizes the excavated material and chucks it into the bowl; in reverse gear it empties the bowl.
tractor engine compartment
Part of the machine made up of a powerful diesel engine and a cab from which to drive and operate it.
draft tube
Transverse tube welded to the gooseneck; it supports the two draft arms and uses hydraulic cylinders to lower and raise the bowl. bowl
Open container in the front with a cutting edge; it is loaded and unloaded while in operation and removed for transport.
cutting edge
draft arm
Usually toothed blade that is One of two shafts on each side that mounted on the front of the bowl; it is supported by the draft tube, the scrapes off the top layer of a bowl is raised and lowered between roadway or other surface. them.
hydraulic shovel I Machine made up of a pivot cab with a bucket attached for moving various types of material.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
arm cylinder
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the movement of the arm.
boom cylinder
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the movement of the boom.
hinge pin cab
Axle enabling the arm to articulate with the boom.
Compartment from which the operator manipulates the shovel.
arm
Oscillating part of the backhoe that moves the bucket toward and away from the tractor. ■
boom
Oscillating part of the backhoe that moves the arm and thus the bucket up and down.
counterweight
Weight counterbalancing the load In the shovel to stabilize the shovel.
bucket cylinder
Hydraulic device consisting of a telescopic arm that controls the back-' and-forth movement of the bucket.
diesel engine compartment
Combustion engine in which the compressed air becomes sufficiently hot to ignite the injected fuel. •frame
The hydraulic shovel's metal structure.
outrigger
Retractable component that stabilizes the machine when the shovel is in use. pivot cab backward bucket
Bucket for digging into the ground; it is loaded by dragging it toward the tractor.
tooth
Protrusions along the rim of the bucket that cut Into the material to be moved.
Platform fhaf supports the boom and rotates on the turntable.
turntable
Circular path on which the cab rolls as it pivots on a vertical axle.
HEAVY MACHINERY
grader Machine with a swiveling blade situated between two wheel shafts for leveling the ground or clearing debris off a roadway.
blade lift cylinder
Hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers one cab end of the blade. Compartment from which the blade shifting mechanism driver operates the grader. Set of articulated arms to which the hydraulic cylinders are attached; these arms cause the blade to move and swivel. exhaust stack
Vertical upper part of the conduit that evacuates exhaust gas from the .engine.
overhead frame
Front part of the chassis; it is long enough to allow the blade to swivel without striking the wheels...
engine compartment counterweight
Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
Counterbalance that prevents the machine fronn lifting up when it meets an obstacle offering strong resistance.
front axle
Bowed axle made up of a device that acts as a walking beam to compensate for uneven ground. blade front wheel
turntable
Ring with a toothed crown that Wheel that changes the grader's direction; it also tilts into a turn to causes the blade to rotate around a vertical axle. brace against drag when it meets an obstacle offering strong resistance.
Piece of equipment for leveling the ground that can be positioned in any direction.
drive wheels
Wheels driven by the engine to impel the machine; they are mounted on a walking beam to compensate for uneven ground.
blade rotation cylinder
Hydraulic cylinder that causes the pivoting movement of the blade.
Truck equipped with a dump body; it is used tor bulk transport.
canopy
Metal surface that protects the cab from falling material during loading. Crosspiece welded to the outside walls of the dump body to reinforce it. cab dump body
Compartment from which the driver operates the truck.
Open or closed container; when raised by the elevation cylinder, it discharges its bulk material.
diesel engine compartment
Combustion engine in which the rmpressed air becomes sufficiently hot to ignite the injected fuel. ladder
Device composed of treads and side rails that provides access to the cab.
frame
•
Metal structure of the dump truck. 639
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
dump truck
HEAVY MACHINERY
tractor I Motorized machine used for operating farm equipment and tools. tractor: rear view The back end of the tractor is fitted with the equipment necessary to haul farm equipment or supply mechanical power to it.
headlight
Lamp on the rear of the vehicle that illuminates the work area.
compression link
Bar fastened to a tool that is coupled to the draft link to prevent ■it from tipping up or down. taillight
Lamp that illuminates automatically when the front lights are on and shines more brightly when the operator steps on the brake pedal.
rock shaft lift arm
Part controlled by the hydraulic cylinder that raises and lowers a tool by means of the lifting link and the ■ draft link. lifting link
hydraulic coupler
Part adjustable to several positions that connects the draft link to the rock shaft lift arm.
Device for attaching the hydraulic hoses so that power can be transmitted to the attached tool.
power takeoff hydraulic cylinder
Mechanism consisting of a grooved shaft that uses the engine’s power or the tractor’s movement to drive a tool or equipment being towed.
Hydraulically powered device made up of a cylinder and a piston,' which drive the draft link.
draft link
coupler head
Bar with a coupler head for towing.
Linking device between the tool and the draft link.
agricultural machinery.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
tractor: front view There are tractors with two or four driving wheels and two or four wheels that change the direction of the tractor.
steering wheel
Circular instrument used by the operator for steering the guide -wheels.
exhaust stack
Vertical upper part of the conduit that evacuates exhaust gas from the engine,-
fender
Part of the body that covers part of the wheel and serves as a shield from flying mud.
cab
Compartment from which the operator drives the truck and operates the tools or agricultural machinery.
, rim
Metal circle constituting the wheel’s circumference and upon which the tire is mounted.
headlight
Lamp on the front of the vehicle that illuminates the space in front.
tread bar
counterweight
Mass that balances and stabilizes the tool hitched to the tractor.
driving wheel engine compartment
Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
I B40
Raised part of the tire tread that improves traction for various usage conditions.
Tread or set of treads built into the body for climbing up to or down from the cab.
front wheel
Wheel that changes the tractor’s direction; it is usually smaller than the rear wheel.
Wheel that receives the engine's power and propels the tractor.
HEAVY MACHINERY
agricultural machinery Mechanized devices used in farming. I
leg Metal part that connects the trog to the beam.
beam Horizontal bar that supports the parts of the plow and receives the pulling action.
coupler head Device that secures the ribbing plow to the tractor’s towing hitch.
cotter’s shaft - Metal structure that supports the colters.
frog Metal part attached to the end of the leg that supports the moldboard and the shear.
cotter Round part that cuts the furrow slice vertically.
moldboard Metal surface that lifts and plows in the furrow slice that was cut up by the colter and the shear.
shear Steel blade that cuts the furrow slice horizontally.
heel Part on which the plow rests when it is not supported by the tractor.
disc arm Metal structure to which the discs are attached.
ribbing plow Flowing-tilling device for cutting yp plowing in furrow slices.
frame Tandem disc harrow’s metal structure.
tandem disc harrow Device with four disc trains arranged in two opposing V patterns: it loosens the soil that has already been plowed and eliminates weeds.
height adjustment Crank for adjusting the depth of the discs’penetration into the soil.
hydraulic hose Tube connected to the tractor’s hydraulic coupler that uses a fluid (oil) to transmit power from the engine to the device’s mechanisms. draw bar hitch Device that secures the tandem disc harrow to the tractor’s towing hitch.
disc Dish-shaped part that breaks up clods of earth.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
cultivator Device with tines for working the top layer of the soil; it usually completes the plowing operation. frame Cultivator’s metal structure. rotary hoe Device whose mechanism is powered by the towing action of the tractor; it is made up of blades that aerate and level the field.
tine Curved prong that digs into the soil to work it by moving it sideways.
manure spreader Device for scattering a mixture ot litter and fermented animal waste over the soil to fertilize it.
box Container that holds the manure.
chain drive Belt that transmits the rotational ■ movement of the power-takeoff shaft to the moving floor of the trailer to bring the manure back to the beater.
beater Rotating device that disperses manure over the soil.
power-takeoff shaft Device that hitches the machine’s shaft to ' the tractor’s power train to transmit the necessary power to operate it. jack stand Telescopic support for the draw bar hitch that supports the trailer when stationary.
hydraulic hose Tube connected to the tractor’s hydraulic coupler that uses a fluid (oil) to transmit power from the engine to the device's mechanisms.
draw bar hitch Device that secures the manure spreader to the tractor’s towing hitch.
641
I
HEAVY MACHINERY
agricultural machinery
rake Device for turning over hay.
frame
Metal structure of the rake.
height adjustment
Crank for adjusting the height of the rake bar.
tooth
Curved prong whose tip scrapes the ground to lift the hay. teeth, which lift and turn over the hay. flail mower Device that cuts the forage stalks as it moves and prepares them tor the next harvesting phase (drying on the field and collection).
pickup reel
tow bar
Unit that bends the stalks toward the crushing roll.
Metal part with a draw bar hitch head that secures the flail mower to ■ a tractor.
Curved tip for picking up the cut stalks.
hydraulic hose
Tube connected to the tractor’s - hydraulic coupler that uses a fluid (oil) to transmit power from the engine to the device’s mechanisms.
crushing roll-
One ot two cylinders that crush and bend the stalks as they are fed between them; the crop is then deposited in a row on the ground.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
hay baler Device that harvests the forage and compresses it into bales.
draw bar hitch head
with beveled sections and is of adjustable height; it is used to cut the crop stalks while moving.
- Device that secures the flail mower to the tractor’s towing hitch.
plungerhead
Mechanical device that pushes the hay or straw into the press chamber by squeezing it forcibly. ■
press chamber
Device that shapes the bales of hay ,• or straw. binder
Device that ties the bales of hay or straw using string or wire.
tow bar
Metal part consisting of a towing hitch that connects the hay baler to the tractor. power-takeoff shaft
Device that hitches the machine’s shaft to the tractor’s power train to transmit the necessary power to operate it.draw bar hitch head
Device that secures the hay baler to the tractor’s towing hitch.
Rotating unit that picks up the cut,.-' grass (such as straw or forage) to convey it to the plungerhead.
forage harvester Device that harvests herbage (such as alfalta, clover and corn) for feeding livestock.
wagon
Trailer for transporting the harvested forage.
spout
Device that forces the chopped forage into the wagon.
power-takeoff shaft
Device that hitches the machine’s shaft to the tractor’s power train to transmit the necessary power to operate it. rotating auger
Threaded shaft that drives the forage into the mincer and then to the spout. pickup cylinder
Rotating unit that gathers the forage, which is then chopped and blown into the wagon. I 642
tooth
Curved prong that picks up the forage from the ground.
tow bar
Metal part consisting of a draw bar hitch head that connects the forage harvester to the tractor.
draw bar hitch head
Device that secures the forage harvester to the tractor’s towing hitch.
HEAVY MACHINERY
agricuitural i:-achine:y
seed drill Farming tool that spreads and plows seeds into the soil following straight lines (furrows).
forage blower Farm machine that forces the harvested forage (e.g., grass, wheat and corn) into the silo.
grain tube Tube through which the seeds flow from the bottom of the hopper to be dropped into the furrow.
ensiling tube Duct through which the forage is blown into the silo.
hopper Container that is usually shaped like an inverted pyramid; it holds the seeds to be sown. chain drive Distribution unit that regulates the flow of seeds into the grain tube. colter Round part that cuts the furrow slice vertically.
covering disk One of a pair of circular parts that work together to close up the furrow.
press wheel Wheel that tamps the earth to plow the seeds down to a certain depth.
maneuvering bar Rod for adjusting the blower to the desired position.
fan’s tube ' Duct through which the forage is blown toward the ensiling tube.
fan-' Machine that produces airflow to force the forage through the ensiling tube and onto the silo. feed tableRotating plate that moves the forage into the fan.
disk spacing lever Lever for changing the distance between the sowing lines.
cab Compartment from which the driver operates the combine harvester.
grain elevator Mechanism that conveys the harvested grain to the tank.
combine harvester Vehicle that harvests seed crops, usually grain; it cuts, threshes and separates the seeds from the chaff.
grain tank Container that temporarily stores harvested grain.
TRANSPORT AND MACHINERY
rotating auger Double rotating worm that gathers the harvest to the center of the header, where it is conveyed to the feeding tube.
hopper Container that holds harvested forage coming from a trailer, truck or ensiling trailer.
divider Unit at the end of the cutter bar that separates the furrow meant to be cut from the others. unloading tube Duct through which the grain is transferred from the tank to a trailer. straw spreader Propeller device that spreads hay - from fhe back of the harvester the width of the cut to facilitate plowing the hay under the soil.
motor Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy. bat Toothed bar that rotates on the • - - ■'' pickup reel’s transverse axle. feeding tube Usually rotating unit that regulates the flow of the harvested crop arriving at the thresher, which separates the grain from the chaff.
tooth Prong on the bat that causes the crop stalks to fall.
pickup reel Rotating unit underneath the cutter bar that draws the stalks into the rotating auger.
cutter bar Unit that consists of a metal blade with beveled sections and is of adjustable height; it is used to cut the crop stalks while moving.
header Trough usually made of sheet metal into which the cut crop is conveyed; from there it is sent through the feeding tube to the thresher.
B43
i
646
,
1 Geothermal and fossil energy I
‘
Geothermal energy uses the Earth’s internal heat and is a renewable energy source; fossil fuels such as coal and petroleum are nonrenewable energy sources.
I 644
657 Hydroelectricity \
A nonpolluting renewable energy source, hydroelectricity accounts for 20% of the electricity consumed around the world.
The power to perform work, produced from natural phenomena (e.g., the Sun and the wind) or raw materials (e.g., coal and petroleum).
676
Nuclear energy
Solar energy
Large quantity of energy that is released in the form of heat; this occurs during a nuclear
Harnessed solar radiation has many applications, including solar-panel heating and electricity
reaction (fission of atom nuclei). The heat is used
produced with solar cells and solar furnaces.
to produce electricity.
j
Wind energy
1 A renewable energy source, wind energy harnesses the power of the wind and converts It into mechanical or electric energy.
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
production of electricity from geothermal energy Hot water contained in the ground near a volcano, geyser or thermal source is piped to the surface by drilling to extract steam and produce electricity.
steam Gaseous stale of water; steam pressure operates the turbine. -..
turbine Steam-powered machine whose wheel transmits mechanical energy to the generator and causes it to rotate.
generator Turbine-powered rotating machine that converts mechanical energy into electric energy to direct it toward a transmission network.
condenser Circuit that cools the steam from the turbine and condenses it into water.
separator Device that separates water from steam, which it recovers to operate the turbine; the water is reinjected into the aquifer.
high-tension electricity transmission Using high-voltage lines to transmit electricity over long distances reduces the strength of the current and, as a result, energy losses. voltage increase At the outlet end of the power plant, the •transformer increases the voltage; this reduces energy losses during transmission over long distances.
water-steam mix Hot water extracted from the aquifer; as if rises to the surface, it is partially turned into steam.
-cooling tower Device that cools the condenser’s hot water on contact with the air; some of the water evaporates and the rest is reinjected into the condenser and the aquifer.
upper confining bed Layer of impermeable rock that covers the confined aquifer.
■water Liquid made up of hydrogen and oxygen that becomes steam at 212°F; the water transfers Earth’s internal heat.
geothermal field Area of Earth’s crust where a pocket of hot confined water is close enough to the surface to be exploited.
lower confining bed Layer of impermeable rock that transmits heat from the magma chamber to the aquifer.
production well Borehole dug into the ground to allow the hot water contained in the aquifer to be pumped to produce electricity.
confined aquifer injection well Layer of porous sedimentary rock Borehole that is drilled into the between two impermeable layers where ground to return water to the water accumulates at a temperature aquifer, where it is reheated after its between 300°F and 750°F. heat has been extracted.
magma chamber Pocket of magma (molten rock emerging from Earth’s crust) that constitutes a heat source; it transmits its thermal energy to water.
thermal energy
ENERGY
I Energy that is produced by turning water into steam through the burning of fuel (e.g., petroleum and coal) or through nuclear reaction. production of electricity trom thermal energy The heat that is given off by burning combustible fuels in the thermal power plant converts water into steam; the steam turns a turbo-alternator unit to produce electricity.
crusher Device that pulverizes the coal carried by the conveyor belt into relatively fine fragments.
stack Pipe through which gases produced by burning coal are discharged; these gases are first partially cleaned to reduce pollution.
cooling tower Device that cools the heated water in the condenser through contact with the air; a small amount of water evaporates and the rest is reinjected into the condenser.
coal storage yard Area where the coal extracted from a mine is stored to ensure a-, continuous supply to the thermal power plant.
high-tension electricity transmission Using high-voltage lines to transmit electricity over long distances reduces the strength of the current and, as a result, energy losses. voltage decrease The transforme'r reduces the voltage ii order to increase the strength of the current; this allows a greater number c consumers to be served.
conveyor Materials-handling device that consists of a conveyor belt (sturdy belt on rollers) that carries coal to the crusher. belt loader Movable materials-handling device that is fitted with an inclined conveyor belt; it is used mainly to raise loads.
pulverizer Device that pulverizes coal into a very fine powder so that it burns’ more easily in the steam generator. steam generator Device that uses the heat produced from burning coal to convert water into steam; the steam powers the turboalternator unit. coal-fired thermal power plant Plant that produces electricity from thermal energy by burning coal.
I B4B
transmission to consumers Electricity is carried to areas of consumption over low-voltage distribution lines. condenser Circuit that cools the steam from the turbine and condenses it into water, which is reintroduced into the steam generator.
turbo-alternator unit Device with a turbine that transmits the water’s mechanical energy to the alternator’s rotor to make it turn to produce electricity.
voltage increase At the outlet end of the power plant, the transformer increases the voltage; this reduces energy losses during transmission over long distances.
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
coal mine The underground or open-pit facilities that are set up around a coal deposit in order to extrset it. | bench The levels of a quarry that are arranged like steps of a staircase and from which coal or ore is extracted.
ground surface The land that covers the deposit
open-pit mine Type of mining that is used for shallow deposits: coal or ore is extracted by digging a succession of benches from the surface of the ground downward.
overburden Part of the ground that covers the ore beds; it is removed to reach the deposit. face Vertical surface created by dynamiting a deposit to extract its ore.
bench height Vertical distance between the horizontal planes of two benches.
ore Solid fossil fuel that is black and contains a large amount of carbon.
ramp Roadway between two benches; it is inclined so that motorized vehicles can remove the ore extracted from the various levels.
haulage road Access road leading to the quarry; it is used to haul coal to the treatment plant.
crater Depression that forms the bottom of the quarry; it is a result of the extraction of deposits.
bucket wheel excavator Earthmover that consists of a wheel fitted with buckets (scoops); it is used to dig into rock to extract materials, which are then dumped onto a conveyor.
strip mine Type of mining that is used especially tor large shallow deposits; coal or ore is extracted by digging a trench in the ground surface.
mechanical shovel Earthmover that consists of a • movable cab with an articulated arm fitted with a bucket (scoop); it is used for digging and handling loads.
dump Pile that is made up of residue from mining operations.
overburden Part of the ground that covers the ore beds; it is removed to reach the deposit.
trench Lengthwise excavation that is made down to the top of the ore layer in order to extract its coal. roof Geologic stratum that covers the ore seam; it is of more recent formation than the ore. face Part of the quarry that is being excavated and from which ore is progressively extracted.
bulldozer Excavation machine for pushing , materials; it is made up of a crawler tractor, a blade and often a ripper.
■belt loader Movable materials-handling device that is fitted with an inclined conveyor belt: it is used mainly to raise loads. B47 [
ENERGY
conveyor Materials-handling device that consists of a conveyor belt (sturdy belt on rollers) that is used to transport coal extracted from the mine.
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
coal mine jackieg drill
Percussive tool that is powered by compressed air; it is used to bore holes into hard rock. The air leg makes the job easier for the drill operator. hammer drill
Percussive tool that is powered by •compressed air; its piston (cylindrical part) Is pushed by the air leg and hits the drill rod, causing it to bore into the rock.
bit
Cutting end of the drill rod that is used to bore info the rock.
drill rod
Usually hollow, steel rod that Is activated by the hammer drill’s piston to strike the rock and bore into it.
water hose
Flexible hose used to inject water under pressure to prevent wear on the drill rod and the bit and to discharge waste.
air leg
Movable cylindrical part that supports the hammer drill; it transmits air pressure to the drill from the compressor to which it is attached.
air hose
Flexible hose through which oil is fed to the hammer.
water separator
Device that removes any trace ot humidity from the compressor’s air to prevent damage to the hammer. oiler
Device that allows oil to enter the hammer to prevent wear of its moving parts. maintenance shop
Work area where machinery is maintained and repaired. pithead
ENERGY
The surface facilities needed for underground mining (including extraction machinery, storage areas and offices).
dump
Pile that is made up of residue from mining operations.
main fan
Device that ensures air exchange in the mine; air is drawn through one shaft and exits through another.
loading bunker
Reservoir where processed coal is stored before being loaded onto freight cars to be transported by rail to the power plant.
I 648
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
coal mine pneumatic hammer handle
control lever
The two elements that allow a worker to manipulate the hammer.
Grip used to operate the hammer; the lever opens the throttle valve so that air can enter the hammer.
Percussive tool that is powered by compressed air; with the help of a piston, it activates a tool, which breaks through very hard matter such as rock and concrete.
lubricator throttle valve
Movable part that is opened by the control lever to let compressed air' Into the hammer.
Device that automatically oils the various parts of the hammer to prevent wear.
flexible hose connection
Fastening device with a metal part that accepts the flexible hose so that compressed air can enter the hammer.
silencer
Device that lessens the noise caused when air exits the hammer.
flexible hose '
Flexible hose through which compressed air from the compressor it is attached to enters the hammer. exhaust port
chuck
Part of the hammer to which the tool is fastened.
Opening through which compressed air is expelled from the pneumatic hammer. retainer •
Device that holds the tool in place In the chuck.
headframe
Opening at the top ot the shaft that connects the aboveground facilities miners’ changing-room (including ventilation fans and Area with sanitary facilities (showers, toilets) where hoists) to the underground areas miners can go mainly to change their clothes. being mined.
tool
Cylindrical rod that is set in motion by compressed air pressure from the hammer; it is used to break hard surfaces.
winding tower
Building that houses the shaft’s hoisting equipment (including motors and hoisting cables); it provides communication between •the surface and the mine galleries. ENERGY
conveyor
Materials-handling device that consists of a conveyor belt (sturdy belt on rollers); it is used to carry coal to the treatment plant. hoist room
Area that houses the hoist (cylinder) on ■which the hoisting cables are wound; it controls movement of the elevators and skip hoists in the shaft. treatment plant
Place where all processing activities (including crushing and washing) are carried out to prepare the coal for market.
rail track
The tracks formed of two parallel rails on which trains travel to transport coal.
maritime transport
Means ot transport that uses barges to transport coal over water.
B49
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
I underground mine
winding tower
Property in which excavations are carried out to extract deeply embedded (between 30 and 11,500 ft) coal for industrial mining.
Building that houses the shaft’s hoisting equipment (including motors and hoisting cables); it provides communication • between the surface and the mine galleries. headframe
Opening at the top of the shaft that connects the aboveground facilities (including ventilation fans and hoists) to the underground areas being mined.
winding shaft
Shaft that is dug vertically into the ground; coal is removed from the mine through it using hoisting -machinery. pillar
vertical shaft
Shaft that is dug perpendicular to the surface; it serves various leveis and is used mainly to transport personnel, equipment and ore.
Mass of ore that is left unmined at regular intervals in an excavation (chamber); it provides stability for -the upper layers.
elevator
Power lift fitted with a cab that transports coai or miners between the various levels.
room
Cavity that remains after the ore is extracted; pillars support its roof. level
The horizontal passageways that branch off from the shaft at the same depth; they are usually at regular intervals. top road
- Horizontal passageway that serves the highest level of a panel.
-deck
Extraction layer between two levels; mining is usuaiiy done in stages and in descending order.
chute
Vertical or inclined passageway through which ore, equipment, personnel and air move from one level of the mine to the other.
-skip
Elevator consisting of a skip bucket that is activated by a hoist; it is used to bring coal and people to the surface.
ENERGY
cross cut
Horizontal passageway that cuts through the ore bed perpendicularly; it provides communication between the passageways and heips to ventilate the mine.
ore pass
.Inclined route that takes coal to a lower level; coal that falls on the mine floor is usually crushed before being brought to the surface.
manway
Passageway aiiowing workers to move around in the mine.
panel
Unit o't rock that is being mined; it is contained be.tween vertical and horizontal planes and is demarcated by various passageways.
drift
Passageway dug horizontally along the grade line of the ore seam; it can also be dug into the ore vertically.
-landing
Landing located around a shaft on each level; coal is collected here before being moved fo the surface.
sump
Bottom of the shaft in which water runoff accumulates inside the mine before being pumped to the surface. bottom road
face
Horizontal passageway that serves the base of a panel.
Opening that is dug iateraily into the rock as coai is extracted
winze
Vertical or inclined passageway that connects two levels; it is dug downward from inside the mine and not from the surface.
I 650
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
oil Flammable, relatively viscous oily liquid that is used as an energy source; it is made up of various hydrocarbons resulting from the | decomposition of plant life over millions of year. surface prospecting
Searching for potential oil deposits by studying the structure of the subsoil using a seismograph.
seismographic recording
A recording made using an apparatus called a seismograph; the analysis of its shock wave echoes detects the presence of rock layers thaf might contain pockets of petroleum or gas. shock wave petroleum trap
The shock wave spreads and sends back an echo, which varies with the density and depth of the layers of subsoil; with this information, the composition of the subsoil can be determined.
Assemblage of porous rocks that contain recoverable oil reserves, which are produced from marine or land deposits.
drilling rig crown block
All the drilling machinery and devices that are used to excavate and extract oil from the ground.
derrick
Mechanical device that is mounted on top of the derrick; it has several pulleys and, with the traveling block, it supports the drill pipes.
Metal structure erected over an oil well; tools for drilling through rock are raised and lowered through it.
swivel
Piece attached to the lifting hook and the kelly; it is used to introduce mud into the drill pipe to cool and lubricate the bit.-..
traveling block
Movable mechanical device with ■pulleys; it is attached by cable to the crown block and fitted with a lifting hook. lifting hook
mud injection hose
rotary system
Steel part that is attached to the -traveling block; it is used to support the swivel and the drill pipes.
Flexible hose that introduces the drilling mud into the swivel.-.,. drilling drawworks
Drilling device in which a kelly is attached to a rotary table; with the help of powerful motors, it transmits the rotative movement to the kellys.
Device that consists of a cylinder on which hoisting cables are wound; it is used to lower the drill pipes and bit into the well and to lift them out...
kelly
Special square rod that is screwed to the top of the drill pipes and driven by the rotary table. rotary table
Circular table that is moved by powerful motors; it transmits its rotative movement to the drill pipes by means of the kelly.
vibrating mudscreen
Perforated vibrating tray that is used to filter mud as it exits the well to remove debris and recycle the mud. anticline
Geologic stratum that results from the convex folding of rock formations; large pools of oil often accumulate in it. drill pipe
Hollow steel rods that are joined together according to the depth of the excavation; their rotation activates the bit.
■mud pit
Basin that contains mud (a mixture of water, clay and chemical products) used mainly to cool and lubricate the bit and to remove debris.
drill collar
avy steel tube immediately above the bit that . rplies a certain weight to the bit to help it cut into the rock.
mud pump
Device that circulates the mud in the drilling rig. bit
gas
Rotating drill bit with toothed steel or diamond wheels; it bores into rock to break it up and drill a hole. oil
Flammable, relatively viscous oily liquid that is used as an energy source; it is made up of various hydrocarbons resulting from the decomposition of plant life over millions of year.
Mixture of gaseous hydrocarbons (mainly methane) that are found in underground deposits, which sometimes also contain crude oil; it is used mainly as a fuel.
engine impervious rock
Layer of impermeable rock that covers and prefects the oil deposit; it prevents hydrocarbons from migrating into other rocks.
Device converting the combustion of fuel and air into mechanical energy.
ENERGY
substructure
Metal infrastructure that supports the derrick, engines and auxiliary equipment.'.,.
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
OR production platform
Facility used to extract underwater oil deposits: the separation and treatment of hydrocarbons are mainly done here.
crane
derrick
Materials-handling device fitted with a rotating jib: a hook suspended from the jib is used to and move loads.
Metal structure erected over an oil well: tools for drilling through rock are raised and lowered through it.
oil/gas separator
Device used to remove the gas from the crude oil from the well.
gas lift module
Device used to introduce pressurized gas into the deposit to force oil up in the well to increase production.
oil processing area
Area where crude oil is pretreated at the head of the well.
flare
Device that draws off and burns in the air unmarketable gases collected in the separator.
helipad
Site where helicopters land and take off.
radio mast
Metal conductor used to send and receive radio waves: it provides communications mainly with coastal stations and ships.
lifeboat
ENERGY
Unsinkable craft used to evacuate workers from the platform in an emergency. hull column
Large steel tube that rises above the pontoon: it supports the production platform above the surface of the water.
anchor wires
They anchor the pontoon securely to the ocean floor to ensure the stability of the platform.
export pipeline
All the steel pipes that carry oil from the platform to the land facilities: the oil can also be transported by ship.
Christmas tree
well flow line
I
652
Steel tubes that carry crude oil from the producing well to the manifold: these tubes connect several producing wells together.
Group of devices at the head of the producing well that regulate the flow of oil being extracted from the deposit.
GEOTHERIVIAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
oil offshore prospecting Vibrations from an exploding charge in the sea are used to locate oil deposits; prospecting offshore is more difficult than on land.
seismographic recording A recording made using an apparatus called a seismograph; the analysis of its shock wave echoes detects the presence of rock layers that might contain pockets of petroleum or gas.
shock wave The shock wave spreads and sends back an echo, which varies with the density and depth of the layers of subsoil; with this information, the composition of the subsoil can be determined. blasting charge Quantity of explosives (substances capable of discharging high-temperature gases over a very short time period) that produce shock waves when detonated.
petroleum trap Assemblage of porous rocks that contain recoverable oil reserves, which are produced from marine or • land deposits.
offshore drilling There are various types of underwater oil drilling installations; the one used depends on the location of the deposit and the depth of the water.
ENERGY
emergency support vessel Floating structure equipped with specialized equipment; it is used for rescue operations on drilling rigs.
semisubmersible platform Movable structure that is anchored to the seabed and used at depths of 350 to 1,650 ft; it is mounted on pontoons submerged at about 100 ft to provide stability. fixed platform Structure that is mainly used at moderate depths (up to 1,300 ft); it rests on the seabed on pillars buried deep in the sea floor.
jack-up platform Movable structure that is used in shallow water (between 65 and 330 ft); it is raised above sea level on retractable pillars resting on the ocean floor.
B53
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
Oi. Christmas tree
Group of devices at the head of the producing well that regulate the flow of oil being extracted from the deposit.
pressure gauge Device that measures the oil pressure inside the producing well.
master gate valve Main device that regulates the flow of oil; it can completely shut off the outflow.
flow bean Calibrated opening of a flow line through which oil flows; it is used to limit the flow from a producing well.
pipeline ■Steel piping that carries oil from the well to the refining facilities. tubing head Equipment to which oil production and extraction tubes and devices (Christmas tree, tubing) are attached. tubing Last column of small steel tubes to be inserted in the well; they are used to bring oil to the surface.
tubing valve Device that regulates the flow of oil extracted from the well and carries it in flow lines, here toward an oil pipeline. casing first string First column of large-diameter tubes that are inserted into the producing well mainly to strengthen its walls.
crude-oil pipeline
Continuous underground, aboveground or underwater oil pipeline that can be thousands of miles long (the Trans-Siberian pipeline is 3,800 mi long).
ENERGY
derrick Metal structure erected over an oil well; tools for drilling through rock are raised and lowered through it. Christmas tree Group of devices at the head of the producing well that regulate the flow of oil being extracted from the deposit. buffer tank Large container that stores crude oil temporarily before it is pumped back into the pipeline. aboveground pipeline Oil pipeline that rests on aboveground supports to protect it from frozen ground (e.g.,the Alaska pipeline). terminal Facility located at the end of the pipeline that includes equipment such as tanks and pumps; it receives the crude oil before it is refined. refinery Plant in which crude oil is refined (separated and scrubbed) to obtain a broad range of finished products (including motorfuel and oils).
I 654
offshore well Floledug in the sea floor to extract oil deposits; equipment such as the Christmas tree rests on the seabed.
production platform Facility used to extract underwater oil deposits; the separation and treatment of hydrocarbons are mainly done here.
submarine pipeline Pipeline installed on the seabed that carries oil extracted from an underwater deposit to shore. pumping station Installation located at regular intervals along the pipeline that is fitted with motorized pumps; it ensures that the oil flows inside the pipeline. tank farm All the facilities (such as tanks and pumps) that store large quantities ot crude oil to be sent later to the refinery. central pumping stationPowerful pumping station that maintains the pressure required to move the oil along the pipeline to the next pumping station. ■pipeline The steel piping that carries oil from one treatment facility to another. intermediate booster station Booster station that reinforces the action of the central station and maintains the flow of oil in the pipeline network.
GEOTHERIVIAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
oil tanks Large covered cylindrical containers that are usually made of steel; liquid or gaseous oil products are stored here between the time they are refined and sold.
spray nozzle breather valve
Movable part that regulates the internal pressure of the tank; pressure fluctuates during emptying and filling and with the temperature..
Device that sprays water onto the roof of the tank to cool it when the temperature rises.
manhole
fixed-roof tank Fixed roof that keeps the tank sealed tightly; it is used to store heavy products such as diesel fuel, kerosene and asphalt.
Round opening in the tank that is covered with a plate; workers can .•pass through it.
lagging
Material that covers the wall of the 'tank to keep it watertight and prevent corrosion. tank gauge float
splash plate
Element that floats on the surface of the stored ■liquid; it measures its level.
Gutter used to collect water draining from the roof.
manhole
Round opening in the tank that is covered with a plate; workers can pass through it.
spiral staircase
Staircase whose stairs wind around the wall of the tank to the root.
automatic tank gauge
Device used to measure the level of the liquid in the tank; the tank gauge float’s movement is transmitted to a magnet, which moves the hands on adial.
manometer
Device that measures the pressure of the product inside the tank.
secondary inlet
Small pipe through which liquids are introduced into the tank.
drain valve
Device for emptying the liquid from the tank.
bund wall
Cement wall around the tank that protects the environment in the event of accidental leakage.
concrete drain
main inlet
Large pipe through which liquids are introduced into the tank.
ground
floating-root tank Tank whose floating roof rests directly on the surface of the liquid to minimize the stairs evaporation ot hydrocarbons; it is used to Structural element giving access to store the most volatile products. thereof offhetank.
manhole
Round opening in the tank that is covered with a plate; workers can' pass through it.
floating root
Metal cover that rests on the surface of the stored liquid; it fluctuates with the level of the fluid and slides vertically inside the shell.
top deck
Upper part of the roof; the space between the top and bottom decks is used to contain evaporated -hydrocarbons. sealing ring
Part that fills the space between the -roof and the shell to prevent any hydrocarbons from evaporating and polluting the atmosphere. ladder
Movable device that consists of rungs (crossbars); it is used to climb up and down. shell
Vertical cylindrical wall of the tank. thermometer
drain valve
Device that sets and controls the temperature of the product inside the tank.
Device for emptying the liquid from the tank. filling inlet
■Operation by which a liquid product is introduced into the tank. 655
ENERGY
Wire that connects the tank and its contents to the ground to prevent static bottom deck electricity from accumulating and avoid the risk of fire. Lower part of the roof; it rests directly on the surface of the stored liquid.
Small concrete trench used to drain off the product in the event of a spill or when the tank is emptied.
GEOTHERMAL AND FOSSIL ENERGY
01
:
refinery products
petrochemical Industry
Refining of crude oil yields. hundreds of useful products.
Plant that treats petroleum-based raw materials (crude oil and natural gas) to obtain marketable chemical products.
petrochemicals
Chemical products derived from petroleum-based products: they are found in fertilizers, detergents, plastics and other products. chemical treatment
Operation that improves the gasoline derived from crude oil by adding chemicals and mixing in kerosene to obtain jet fuel.
By-product (butane, propane) of the refining of crude oil: it is used as fuel in the home and as motor fuel.
7/ 7
jet fuel
Aviation fuel used to power jet engines.
catalytic reforming plant I
Treatment plant for gasoline products extracted from crude oil; it alters their molecular structure to increase their octane number,
; i ! i
gasoline
Motor fuel that is used mainly by the automotive industry to power internal combustion engines.
cooling
Operation that cools the vapor at the top of the tower (condensation) in order to separate out hydrocarbons such as butane and propane.
iT^ fr7
C-/ vJ
kerosene gasoline
Fuel used for lighting and heating.
Light fraction yielded by the first petroleum distillation; it is used ■ mainly as motor fuel. ^
stove oil
, •'
j
Fuel used mainly in home furnaces.
kerosene
I
By-product of the fractionation of crude oil that is chemically treated to provide various lighting and heating fuels.
.L
f fractionating tower f
diesel oil
Fuel used mainly by the transportation industry to power diesel engines.
Column used to separate crude oil into its various fractions according to their boiling points: the light fractions rise to the top of the column.
heavy gasoline
heating oil
By-product of the fractionation of crude oil that is chemically treated to provide motor fuels and specialized fuels.
Fuel used in home heating systems and industrial installations requiring little energy. bunker oil
Fuel used in high-powered heating systems and electric power plants; it is also used to power large diesel engines.
fuel oil ENERGY
By-product of the fractionation of crude oil: after treatment, motor fuels and specialized heating fuels are derived from it.
marine diesel
Fuel especially designed for ships. fractionating tower
Column used to separate fueloil into its various fractions by vaporization and condensation to obtain various motor fuels.
tubular heater
Furnace with tubes that heats the crude oil to partially convert it to vapor before it enters the fractionating tower.
greases solvent extraction unit
long residue
Plant that uses a solvent to remove impurities from base oils yielded by vacuum distillation.
Residue made up of heavy nonvaporized fractions; it accumulates at the base of the fractionating tower after the hydrocarbons have been separated.
Pasty substances made of mineral oil and soap: they are used by industry to lubricate mechanical parts.-
lubricating oils
Viscous substances that are used mainly to reduce friction between two moving surfaces. vacuum distillation
paraffins
Treatment that is used to separate out heavy residues at the bottom of the tower at low boiling temperatures.
Water-insoluble substances that have various uses; these include candle making, packaging and pharmaceutical products.
storage tank
'f'
Large-capacity covered cylinder that is usually made of steel; crude oil is stored in it to maintain a constant rate of refining.
crude oil
Natural mineral oil that is made up of various hydrocarbons; it has been extracted from an oil deposit and not refined at all. I 65B
asphalt
asphalt still
Plant where bitumen (petroleum’s heaviest fraction) is treated and mixed with other substances to yield asphalt.
Mixture of bitumen and other substances that is used mainly to pave roads.
HYDROELECTRICITY
hydroelectric complex The reservoir structures and installations that use water power to produce electricity.
crest of spillway
Cement crest over which the reservoir’s overflow discharges when the spillway gates are opened. reservoir top of dam spillway gate
Movable vertical panel; it is opened to allow the reservoir's overflow to pass through.
Upper part of the dam; it rises above the water level of the reservoir by several yards.
spillway
headbay
Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large volume of water so that the flow rate can be controlled.
Part of the reservoir immediately in front of the dam where the current originates.
penstock
Channel that discharges excess water from the reservoir during flooding to avoid submerging the dam.
gantry crane
Channel that carries water under pressure to the power plant’s turbines.
Hoisting device in the form of a bridge; it moves along rails.
m Z
m
no CO
control room
afterbay
diversion tunnel
Underground conduit that diverts water during construction.
Area of the watercourse where water is discharged after passing through the turbines.
i I i :
i i :
power plant
spillway chute
Plant that uses an energy source, here water, and converts it into electricity.
Inclined surface along which discharged water flows out.
training wall
log chute
Wall that separates the spillway chutes- it is used to direct the water flow
Structure that allows floating wood to travel from upstream to downstream of the dam.
Area that contains the various control and monitoring devices required for the production of electricity.
bushing
Device that allows the conductor to pass through the wall of the transformer and separates it from the latter.
machine hall
Area that houses the generator units used to produce electricity.
dam
Barrier built across a watercourse in order to build up a supply of wafer for use as an energy source.
657
HYDROELECTRICITY
1
hydroelcf Aic oomolex
cross section of a hydroelectric power plant Hydroelectric power plant: plant that produces electricity from energy generated by flowing water.
gantry crane Hoisting device in the form of a bridge: it moves along rails.
gate Movable vertical panel that controls the volume of water in the penstock.
transformer Device used to alter the electric voltage; voltage is increased as the current leaves the power plant so that it can be carried over long distances.
circuit breaker Mechanism automatically cutting off the power supply in the event of overload. busbar Large aluminum conductor that transmits electric current from the alternator to the transformer. bushing Device that allows the conductor to pass through the wall of the transformer and separates it from the latter.
lightning arrester Device that protects the electric facilities from power surges caused .-by lightning. traveling crane Hoisting device that travels along ■■'aboveground parallel rails; it is used to lift and carry heavy loads.
machine hall -Area that houses the generator units used to produce electricity. access gallery Underground passageway that 'Provides access to various parts of the dam so that it can be inspected and maintained.
gantry crane --- Hoisting device in the form of a bridge; it moves along rails.
0 cr LU
z LU
scroll case .Duct shaped like a spiral staircasf that is used to distribute water uniformly around the turbine to make it turn smoothly. k*'
afterbay Area of the watercourse where water is discharged after passing through thb turbines.
’ •
^ ,
■
gate a ....Movable vertical panel that controls the discharge of water to tilGtSilfSCG
: : :
water intake Structure that directs water from the headbay to the penstock to power the plant.
screen Assembly of bars placed in front of the water intake to hold back anything that could hinder the operation of the turbine. reservoir Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large volume of water so that the flow rate can be controlled. I B58
draft tube : Conduit at the base of the turbine : that increases the runner's output : by reducing the pressure of the i water as it exits. penstock Channel that carries water under pressure to the power plant’s turbines.
generator unit Device with a turbine that transmits the water's mechanical energy to the generator's rotor to make it turn to produce electricity.
tailrace Channel that discharges water toward the afterbay in order to return it to the watercourse.
HYDROELECTRICITY
generator unit_ Device with a turbine that transmits the water’s mechanical energy to the generator's rotor to make it turn to produce electricity, stator
rotor
Movable part of the generator that is made up of electromagnets; its rotation induces an electric current in the stator.
thrust bearing
Unit that bears the thrust of the turbine and the weight of the rotating parts of the generator unit.-
j
Stationary part of the generator that consists of a coil of copper conductors, which collects the electric current produced by the rotor.
exciter
Device that supplies electric current to the rotor’s electromagnets.
gate operating ring generator
Movable device that controls the opening and closing of the wicket gates.-
Machine that consists ot a rotor and a stator; it produces an electric current.
runner blade
Stationary curved plate on the turbine's runner; it receives the thrust of the water to turn the runner. shaft
Cylindrical part that communicates ■'the movement of the turbine's runner to the generator’s rotor.
turbine headcover
Structure that covers the upper part of the turbine’s runner.
spiral case
Duct shaped like a spiral staircase that is used to distribute water uniformly around the turbine to make it turn smoothly. stay vane blade
Fixed panel that receives '-pressurized water from the spiral case and directs it over the wicket gates. stay ring
Set of two rings linked together by the stay vanes.
ENERGY
bottom ring
Circular part under the wicket gates that holds them in place. draft tube
hydraulic turbine Machine whose runner is powered by water; it transmits mechanical energy to the rotor to make it turn.
Conduit at the base of the turbine that increases the runner’s output by reducing the pressure of the water as it exits.
draft tube liner
Covering that is usually made of steel; protects the draft tube from erosion.
runners
bucket
Kaplan runner Type ot runner that is suited to low heights ot water (usually between 30 and 200 ft) and variable flow rates.
Pelton runner Type of runner that is suited to high water sources (usually over 1,000 ft) and low flow rates.
Small bucket that is attached to the turbine’s runner; water enters it to turn the wheel.
Movable parts of the turbine that transmit the movement of the water to the shaft to which they are attached to turn the rotor.
coupling bolt
Element made up of a nut and a bolt that attaches the runner to the shaft plate to transmit Its movement to the runner. blade
Stationary curved plate on the turbine’s runner; it receives the thrust of the water to turn the runner.
hub
Part of the runner that holds the shaft; the runner blades are attached to it.
Francis runner Most common type of runner that is suited to average heights of water (usually between too and 1,000 ft).
runner blade
Movable part that is fixed to the hub of the runner; it turns through the action of water power on it.
bucket ring Disk housing all the turbine buckets that activates the runner.
ring
Circular part that supports the wicket gates.
hub cover
Cover for the lower cone-shaped part of the hub. 659
HYDROELECTRICITY
examples of dams I There are masonry dams, concrete dams and embankment dams; the choice depends on criteria such as the nature of the ground, the shape of the valley and the materials available. buttress dam Used mainly in wide valleys, it consists ot an impermeable wall, which is shored up by a series ot buttresses to transmit the thrust of the water to the toundation.
cross section of a buttress dam
reservoir Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large v volume of water so that the flow ,Y' rate can be controlled. y
buttress Block ot concrete reinforcing a wall that has to stand up to the thrust of the water; it provides stability to the .••dam. foundation blockage Block of concrete that anchors the foundation in the ground to prevent .-■movement.
y y■
/
foundation Concrete structure that supports the weight of the dam and transmits it to the ground to provide stability to the dam.
ENERGY
embankment dam Formed of mounds of earth or rocks, it is used mainly when the subsoil does not allow for construction of a concrete dam.
top ot dam Upper part of the dam; it rises above the water level of the reservoir by several yards. cross section of an embankment dam
wave wall Small wall located at the top of the upstream shoulder that protects the dam against waves.
berm Horizontal ledge that stabilizes the upstream or downstream shoulder. clay core Central portion of the dam that is usually made of compact clay to make it watertight.
downstream shoulder Soil embankment that, together with the upstream shoulder, provides stability to thestrijcture. drainage layer Layer of permeable materials^that is inserted into large-scale dams to collect infiltrated water. drainage blanket Layer of permeable materials on the foundation of the dam; it collects infiltrated water and prevents erosion of the base of the dam.
reservoir Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large volume of water so that the flow rate can be controlled. pitching Layer of rock or concrete blocks that covers the upstream shoulder to prevent erosion.
downstream toe Area where the downstream shoulder and the foundation of tt dam meet.
upstream toe Area where the upstream shoulder and the foundation of the dam' meet. upstream blanket Impermeable layer that consists of compact clay; it rests on thebottom of the dam to prevent infiltration.
I 660
'yyv''; y.t^ -ii jll'l-
upstream shoulder Soil embankment located on the reservoir side; its mass provides stability to the dam.
cut-off trench Area ot the foundation of the dam that is connected to the core; it contains impermeable materials to limit leakage and infiltration under the dam.
sand Granular material that is inserted between the core and the shoulder- if filters particles carried by the water flow to prevent erosion,
Sy,
foundation of dam Natural terrain (such as rock, sand or clay) on which the dam is built.
HYDROELECTRICITY
examples of dams arch dam Its curvature allows most of the water’s thrust to be transmitted to the usually narrow valley slopes supporting it.
cross section of an arch dam
reservoir Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large volume of water so that the flow rate can be controlled. cantilever Imaginary vertical element that is used to calculate the arch dam (usually by breaking it down into horizontal arches and vertical .r'cinmp\;or pipmpnt';'!
|iL‘ti|ihi^ial joint Material that fills the space between the dam and the pulvino over the entire length of the structure it allows the structure to transmit the thrust of the water to its lateral supports. pulvino Supporting mass of the dam foundation that bears its weight and transmits it to the ground. afterbay Area of the watercourse where water is
gravity dam Its huge mass resists the thrust of the water to prevent it from overturning or sliding; this type of dam is usually used to hold back large volumes of water.
cross section of a gravity dam
top of dam Upper part of the dam that usually contains a roadway.
ENERGY
reservoir Basin formed by the construction of a dam; it holds back a very large volume of water so that the flow rate can be controlled.
ii|)stieaiii face Dam face on the reservoir side.
(lo'.vnstieam face Usually sloping dam face on the afterbavside.
afterbay Area of the watercourse where water is discharged after passing through the turbines.
cut-off trench Watertight structure that extends the foundations of the dam into the ground; it limits leakage and infiltration under the dam.
6B1
HYDROELECTRICITY
steps in production of electricity I In a hydroelectric power plant, water is turned into electricity, which is carried to consumers along a transportation and distribution network.
energy integration to the transmission network
energy transmission at the generator voltage
The electricity produced is integrated into the network.
Electric power produced by the generator is transmitted to a transformer at the power plant outlet.
high-tension electricity transmission supply of water
Basin created by building a dam, which holds back a large volume of water.
Using high-voltage lines to transmit electricity over long distances reduces the strength of the current and, as a result, energy losses.
voltage increase
At the outlet end of the power plant, the transformer increases the voltage; this reduces energy losses during transmission over long distances.
voltage decrease
Before integrating the electricity into the distribution network, the voltage is progressively decreased to 240 V. transmission to consumers
ENERGY
The electricity is carried to areas of consumption by low-voltage distribution lines.
head of water
The dam raises the water level to create a vertical drop along the length of the penstock.
transformation of mechanical work into electricity
production of electricity by the generator
The generator converts water power into electricity.
water under pressure
The water takes on energy as it flows down the penstock and is carried with force to the turbine.
The generator produces electricity through the movement of the rotor in the stator.
rotation of the turbine
Flowing water applies pressure to the turbine’s blades to make it turn.
turbined water draining
After passing through the turbine, the water rejoins the watercourse.
I BB2
transmission of the rotative movement to the rotor
The movement of the turbine is transmitted to the rotor by the shaft.
HYDROELECTRICITY
electricity transmission EiBctricity is carried by overhead and underground iines; due to high cost, underground iines are used mainly in cities. overhead connection medium-tension distribution line
Overhead line that distributes electricity at a voltage between 750 and 50,000 V; its conductors are located at the top of electricity poles.
insulator
hot line connector
Linking piece with a bolt, which is tightened to bring together two conductors to establish an electric connection between them.
Piece of nonconducting material that connects the distribution line • conductors to the support.
The equipment and overhead conductors that connect a subscriber’s electric system to the public distribution network.
brace
Slanted part that connects the pole to the crossarm to hold it in place horizontally.
crossarm
Horizontal element located at the top of an electricity pole; insulators are attached to it.
fuse
Protection device for the electric circuit; it falls from the fuse holder to cut the current in the event of a surge.
lightning arrester
Device that protects the electric facilities from power surges caused by lightning.
fuse cutout
Unit that consists of a fuse and a fuse holder.
bushing
Insulator and point where the current enters the medium-tension transformer.
fuse holder
Electric junction point where the fuse is attached and on which it articulates so the fuse can fall over.
transformer
Device that alters electric voltage; _ voltage is decreased before being--"' distributed by low-tension lines to areas of consumption.
terminal
insulator
supply point
low-tension distribution line
Part on which low-tension 'distribution line conductors are joined to the transformers.
Overhead line that distributes electricity up to a Place where the customer’s service voltage of 750 V; its conductors are located entrance is connected to the lowtension distribution line. under the transformer.
Piece of nonconducting material that connects the distribution line conductors to thesuoDort. pylon
overhead ground wire
Metal beam that supports the electric conductors along the overhead transportation lines.
Conductor that is connected to the ground and attached above the bundles of the-overhead lines to protect them from lightning, crossarm
■ground-wire peak
Horizontal element that protrudes on each side of the pylon; it supports the bundles by means of suspension insulator strings.
Projection atop the pylon that supports the overhead ground wire. ENERGY
pylon window pylon top
Space bounded by the inner side of the arms of the K-frame and the beam gantry.
Upper portion of the pylon where "the insulator strings and bundles are attached,
K-frame beam gantry
Part of the pylon that rests on the waist; it has two branches that end at the beam gantry.
Horizontal element of the pylon 'top; it supports the bundles inside the pylon window.
waist
suspension insulator string
Demarcation bar between the pylon ^ top and body that is held tightly between them.
Insulators that are assembled in a vertical or oblique chain; the overhead line conductors hang from it.
node
■bundle
Point at which several legs and-'' bars come together,
Conductor cables that are kept a constant distance apart by spacers; they are used to transport current.
panel
Part of the pylon between two horizontal members.
pylon body
Part of the pylon support between the top and the foot.
horizontal member'
Horizontal bar that connects the main legs to strengthen them.
pylon foot
,
main leg
base width
The main tower legs of the pylon body; they support mainly vertical weights.
Space between the foundation axes of the main legs.
diagonal
Lower part of the pylon that is usually underground; the legs are anchored to it.
Diagonal bar that connects two main legs or a horizontal member and a main leg. 663
HYDROELECTRICITY
tidal power plant I Plant that harnesses tidal power (the motion of the rising and falling tides) to produce electric power. inactive dike
Part of the dam made up mainly of rocky material; it is built between the plant and the operating dam to separate the basin from the sea. ■
gate operating dam
Structure with gates that control the basin level in relation to the level of the sea.
bank
Strip of land bordering the sea.
Movable vertical panel that controls the rate of flow of the water between the sea and the basin.
sea
Vast body of saltwater at some distance inland: it is not as deep as' an ocean. power plant
Part of the dam housing bulb units that are powered by the rise and fall' of the sea to produce electricity.
lock
Structure with doors and gates that is built between the sea and the--., basin: it allows boats to pass from one level to the other.
administrative building
substation
The devices (such as transformers and changeover switches) that increasethe voltage of the electricity and carry it to the network. basin
ENERGY
Area in which water is stored at high tide: the basin empties out' through the penstocks at low tide.
cross section of a power plant
top of dam
Upper part of the plant: it usually has an access road.
basin side
At low tide, the sea is lower than the basin and it empties out: at ^igh tide, the action is reversed.
operating floor
Part of the plant that houses the equipment needed to operate the bulb units (including maintenance and control devices).-...
sea side
At high tide, the sea is higher than the basin and it fills up; at low tide, the action is reversed. access shaft
Vertical shaft connecting the operating floor to the generator sothat inspection and maintenance can be carried out. bulb unit
A turbine is connected by a horizontal axis to the rotor of a generator unit, which turns under the action of the tide. runner blade
Movable part that is fixed to the hub of the runner: it turns through the action of water power on it. I B64
turbine runner
Movable part of the turbine that converts energy from the water it receives into mechanical energy, which is transmitted to the generator’s rotor.
penstock
Channel that carries water to the plant turbines, from the sea to the basin or from the basin to the sea.
NUCLEAR ENERGY
production of electricity from nuclear energy A nuclear fission chain reaction is started and controlled inside the reactor to produce electricity.
dousing water tank Vat that contains water to cool the radioactive steam in the leactor in the event of an accident; this prevents a rise in pressure. containment building Concrete building used to collect the radioactive steam from the reactor in the event of an accident.
safety valve Device that lowers the pressure inside the reactor by discharging the radioactive steam to the containment building.
coolant Liquid or gas (including heavy water and carbon dioxide) that circulates inside the reactor; it harnesses and transports the heat released during fission of the fuel.
moderator Substance (ordinary water, heavy water, graphite) that slows the fastmoving neutrons emitted during fission to increase the probability of new collisions.
fuel Matter placed in the core of the reactor that contains heavy atoms (uranium, plutonium); energy is extracted from it by fission.
water turns into steam -The hot coolant heats the water of the generator and brings it to the boiling point.
fn YYorvn rk/vriri
■reactor Tightly sealed area where fission of the fuel is carried out in a controlled manner to release heat.
1®
fission of uranium fuel The nuclei of the atoms break up; this frees ■■ neutrons and releases energy in the form of heaf. sprinklers Devices that release water to condense radioactive steam.
heat production The fission of atoms releases intense heat (between 575°F and 925°F), which is transmitted to the coolant.
transfer of heat to water The coolant releases the heat given off by the fission of uranium to the steam' generator.
steam pressure drives turbine Steam from the steam generator turns the turbine runner, which is connected to the generate
ENERGY
hot coolant The coolant extracts heat from the fuel and carries it toward the steam generator.
cold coolant After releasing its heat to the steam generator, the cold coolant returns to the reactor.
turbine shaft turns generator The rotational movement of the turbine is transmitted to the generator’s rotor.
production of eiectricity by the generator The generator produces electricity through the movement of the rotor in the stator. electricity transmission Using high-voltage lines to transmit electricity over long distances reduces the strength of the current and, as a result, energy losses.
voltage increase At the outlet end of the power plant, the transformer increases the voltage; this reduces energy losses during transmission over long distances.
water is pumped back into the steam generator After passing through the turbine, water produced by the condensation of the steam returns to the steam generator.
condensation of steam into water At the turbine outlet, the steam cools and condenses into water.
water cools the used steam Cooling of the steam from the' turbine is done with river or lake water.
BB5
NUCLEAR ENERGY
fuel handling sequence I Uranium is made into pellets, which are pressed into fuel bundles to be used in the reactor and then stored in cooling bays^
equipment lock
loading area
Area through which equipment and fuel pass between the service building and the reactor building.
Area of the reactor building where new fuel is stored before being used.
reactor
Tightly sealed area where fission of the fuel is carried out in a controlled manner to release heat.
service building fueling machine
Remote-controlled device that inserts new fuel into the reactor.
Enclosure that contains the plant’s auxiliary systems such as storage and fuel decontamination equipment.
new fuel storage room
Enclosure where new fuel is stored before being introduced into the reactor building.
port
Tube used to insert fuel into the fueling machine.
accept machine
ENERGY
Remote-controlled cylinder that removes the spent fuel from the reactor and carries it to the discharge bay, spent fuel port
Tube used to reclaim spent fuel from the accept machine.
elevator
Mechanical device used to put spent fuel into the discharge bay.
discharge bay
reception bay
Water-filled basin that receives spent fuel as it exits the accept machine; the wafer acts as a protective barrier against the radiation emitted by the fuel.
Water-filled basin into which spent fuel from the discharge bay is carried.
failed fuel canning
storage tray
Failed fuel bundles are covered with a watertight casing.
Tray on which spent fuel is stacked.
transfer canal
Water-filled channel used to transfer the spent fuel mechanically from the reactor building to the service building tor storage. spent fuel storage bay
Water-filled basin where the spent fuel is stored for several years before it can be disposed of safely.
I B6B
canned failed fuel
Failed fuel bundles are stored in a water-filled basin.
failed fuel bay
Water-filled basin in which failed fuel is stored.
NUCLEAR ENERGY
fuel bundle Fuel pencils that are grouped in parallel for introduction into the reactor.
pressure tube
Tube that holds the fuel bundles and circulates the coolant at a preset pressure. spacer
Part that is soldered to the cladding of the pencils to maintain a preset distance between them.
end plate
Metal grille that is soldered to the ends of the pencils to keep them in
pencil
Watertight metal cladding in which fuel pellets are loaded.
bearing pad
Metal part that is soldered to the pencils around the circumference of the bundle; itis used as a support surface as they are introduced into the pressure tube.
pencil
Watertight metal cladding in which fuel pellets are loaded.
end cap
Cylindrical part soldered to the_ ends of the cladding of the pencil’ to make it watertight.
end plate
fuel pellet
Metal grille that is soldered to the ends of the pencils to keep them in place.
Small quantity of fuel that consists of powder pressed into a sheathing tube and then inserted into the metal cladding of the pencil.
nuclear reactor Tightly sealed area where fission of the fuel is carried out in a controlled manner to release heat.
ENERGY
reactor building
Concrete structure surrounding the reactor vessel; it is a protective barrier against radioactivity. fuel pellet
containment building
Small quantity of fuel that consists of powder pressed into a sheathing tube and then inserted into the metal cladding of the pencil.
Concrete structure surrounding the reactor vessel; it is a protective barrier against radioactivity.
fuel bundle
Fuel pencils that are grouped in parallel for introduction into the reactor.
spent fuel storage bay
Water-filled basin where the spent fuel is stored tor several years before it can be disposed of safely.
pressure tube
reactor vessel
Tube that holds the fuel bundles and circulates the coolant at a preset pressure.
The core of the nuclear reactor consists of tubular spaces where fission is produced and the coolant and moderator circulate. BB7
i
NUCLEAR ENERGY
nuclear generating station I Plant that produces electricity from thermal energy generated by the fission of fuel atoms in a reactor.
reactor building airlock
Secure area where equipment and personnel can pass safely through the reactor building spent fuel discharge bay
Water-tilled basin that receives spent fuel as it exits the accept machine; the water acts as a protective barrier against the radiation emitted by the fuel. turbine building
Enclosure housing the devices (turbines and generator) used to ’ produce electricity. generator
Turbine-powered rotating machine that converts mechanical energy into ■ electric energy to direct it toward a transmission network. turbine
Machine in two sections whose steam-activated runner transmitsmechanical energy to the rotor shaft of the generator.
transformer
ENERGY
Device used to alter the electric voltage; the voltage is increased atthe station outlet in order to carry the current over long distances.
condenser
Water collected from the water table flows in a circuit to cool the steam from the turbine and condense it into water. low-pressure steam inlet
Heated steam is reinjected into the turbine, where it releases its remaining energy.
condenser water outlet
Water in the condenser returns to its original source. reheater
Device used to increase the temperature of the steam from thefirst section of the turbine to reinject it into the second section. turbine stop valve
Device that blocks steam from entering the turbine.
I
668
separator
high-pressure steam inlet
Device that removes any water from the steam to prevent damage to the turbine’s runner.
Steam from the steam generators is carried to the first section of the turbine; here, it cools down and loses some of its energy.
NUCLEAR ENERGY
nuclear generating station i
dousing water valve
steam generator
!: Device that releases water from the Idousing water tank in the reactor building to condense the radioactive steam,
Apparatus that turns water into steam, which in turn activates the turbine.
dousing water tank
Vat that contains water to cool the radioactive steam in the reactor in the event of an accident; this prevents a rise in pressure.
deuterium oxide upgrading
In power stations where heavy water is used as a moderator, a filter holds back steam (deuterium oxide) .at the mouth of the stack. reactor building
Concrete structure surrounding the reactor vessel; it is a protective barrier against radioactivity. steam generator room cooler
•Cooling system that controls the temperature of the room housing the generators.
spent fuel storage bay
■Water-filled basin where the spent fuel is stored for several years before it can be disposed of safely.
heat transport pump
Apparatus that circulates the coolant fluid between the reactor and the steam generator.
feeder header
- Large-diameter pipe that collects the coolant fluid at the reactor inlet and outlet.
reactor
Tightly sealed area where fission of the fuel is carried out in a controlled manner to release heat. calandria
Safety containment wall that separates the reactor from the rest of the building. ENERGY
fueling machine
■Remote-controlled cylinder used to load and unload the reactor.
control room
Area that houses the personnel and equipment used to operate and monitor the power station.
steam release pipes
All the pipes used to carry steam to the separator outlet. main steam header
• Device that collects and disperses steam from the steam generators.
main steam pipes
All the pipes used to carry steam to the steam generator outlet.
condenser cooling water inlet
Channel through which water from a watercourse is pumped into -the condenser. condenser backwash outlet
Channel through which condensed water from the steam in the turbine returns to the water table. condenser backwash inlet
- Inlet channel for the water needed for the condensation circuit of the steam in the turbine. condenser cooling water outlet
-Channel through which the water from the condenser returns to the watercourse from which it came. BBS I
NUCLEAR ENERGY
carbon dioxide reactor I D6velop6d for the most part in Groat Britain and France, it was replaced by the pressurized water reactor, which performs better and is less expensive.
fueling machine
Remote-controlled device that inserts new fuel into the reactor. concrete shielding
Concrete structure that holds back radioactive products in the event of an accident.
fuel; natural uranium Natural uranium: fuel extracted from mines: if consists of a mixture of three uranium isotopes (uranium-234,-235 and-238). control rod
carbon dioxide gas coolant
Carbon dioxide that recovers the heat from the reactor core and transfers it to the heat exchanger.
Tube that contains a neutronabsorbing material (boron, cadmium) that is introduced into the reactor core to control its power. reactor core
heat exchanger
Tubing system that is submerged in the hot carbon dioxide: here, water is turned into steam to power the turbine.-
Center section of the nuclear reactor where fission reactions take pibce.
moderator: graphite Moderator: medium that slows the speed of the neutrons to maintain a continuous chain reaction.
steam outlet
Water that has been vaporized in the carbon dioxide is carried to the turbine to produce electricity.-
blower
Device that circulates carbon dioxide In the reactor core.
feedwater
coolant; carbon dioxide Carbon dioxide: gas that is heavier than air and is produced by burning graphite.
Piping carries water from the condenser to the heat exchanger, where it is turned into steam.-
heavy-water reactor
ENERGY
I The advantage of this type of reactor is that it does not require fuel enrichment: it is used mainly in Canada, Argentina and India.
pump
Apparatus that circulates the coolant fluid between the reactor and the steam generator... control rod
Tube that contains a neutronabsorbing material (boron, cadmium) that is introduced into the reactor core to control its power,-,, pressurized heavy water
Heavy water that is heated in the reactor core is kept under pressure'''to prevent it from boiling.
steam generator
Device that uses heat from the 'coolant to turn water into steam to activate the turbine. concrete shielding
, Concrete structure that holds back radioactive products in the event of fuel; natural uranium an accident, Natural uranium: fuel extracted from mines: it consists of a mixture of three uranium isotope pressurizer (uranium-234, -235 and-238). Device that keeps the coolant water at a preset temperature to prevent it from boiling.
fuel
Matter that is placed in the reactor core: it contains heavy atoms (uranium, plutonium) from which power is extracted by fission.-., fueling machine
Remote-controlled device that inserts new fuel---. into the reactor. moderator tank
Steel tank that contains cold heavy water from the moderator.
safety tank
Tank where cold heavy water from the moderator flows to stop fission reactions in the event of an emergency. I B70
Steam from the generator is carried "to the turbine and generator to produce electricity.
feedwater
\ Piping carries water from the condenser to the steam generator, where it is turned into steam.
uVsn*’
moderator: heavy water Heavy water: water consisting of he hydrogen (deuterium) and oxygen: I slowdown neutrons.
uuiu iluavy water
A pumping system ensures that heavy water around the moderator tank circulates, cools and is -purified. coolant: pressurized heavy water Heavy water is kept at a set pressure to prevent it from boiling.
NUCLEAR ENERGY
pressurized-water reactor The most common type ot reactor in the world; water trom the coolant is kept under heavy pressure to prevent it from vaporizing.
concrete shielding Concrete structure that holds back radioactive products in the event of an accident.
ffi
fuel; enriched uranium Enriched uranium: uranium produced by treating natural uranium to increase the quantity of tissionable isotopes (uranium-253) contained in it.
pressurizer Device that keeps the coolant water at a preset temperature to prevent it from boiling. control rod Tube that contains a neutronabsorbing material (boron, cadmium)that is introduced into the reactor core to control its power.
moderator: natural water Natural water; water found in its natural state.
reactor core Center section of the nuclear reactor where fission reactions take place.
steam generator Device that uses heat from the coolant to turn water into steam to -activate the turbine.
steam outlet Steam from the generator is carried to the turbine and generator to produce electricity.
feedwater Piping carries water from the condenser to the steam generator, where it is turned into steam.
pump Apparatus that circulates the coolant fluid between the reactor and the steam generator. coolant: pressurized water ’ressurized water: natural water kept under a preset pressure to prevent it from boiling.
boiling-water reactor In this second most common reactor, boiling occurs directly in the reactor core; it is used mainly in the United States, Sweden and Japan, |
reactor tank Safety containment wall that separates the reactor from the rest of the buildino,-
fuel; enriched uranium Enriched uranium: uranium produced by treating natural uranium to increase the quantity of fissionable isotopes (uranium-253) contained in it.
moderator: natural water Natural water: water found in its natural state.
reactor core Center section of the nuclear reactor where fission reactions take place.
concrete shielding Concrete structure that holds back radioactive products in the event of an accident.
pump Device that continuously circulates water inside the reactor.
steam outlet Steam produced in the reactor tank is carried to the turbine to produce electricity.
control rod Tube that contains a neutronabsorbing material (boron, cadmium) that is introduced into the reactor core to control its power. dry well Compartment around the reactor tank; it holds back radioactive products in the event of an accident.
feedwater Piping that carries water from the condenser into the reactor tank, where it is converted into steam.
wet well Compartment containing water that reduces the pressure in the dry well -in the event ot an accident. coolant; boiling water Boiling water; natural water that boils and vaporizes on contact with the heat released by the fuel.
condensation pool Water-filled basin that is used to lower the pressure in -the reactor tank in the event of an accident. B71
SOLAR ENERGY
solar cell I Device used to convert solar energy directly into electric energy (photovoltaic effect).
solar radiation
Alithe electromagnetic wayes emitted by the Sun.
antireflection coating
Coating product that is deposited on the negative region to reduce light retlection and optimize solar radiation absorption.
metallic contact grid
Metal grille that collects the electric .•current being generated.
negative region
negative contact
Layer of semiconductive material (silicon) to which phosphorous is added to release electrons.-.,
Metal element that ensures that the electric current tiows through the -circuit to which it is attached.
positive/negative junction
Contact area in which electrons are exchanged between two layers to create an electric current; radiation moves the charges between these regions to create voltage. positive region
Layer of semiconductive material (silicon) to which boron is added--to produce a layer with insufficient electrons.
positive contact
Metal element that ensures that the electric current flows through the circuit to which it is attached.
flat-plate solar collector I Device that collects solar radiation and heats a coolant, which in turn will be used in residential settings to heat water or the home.
coolant outlet
solar radiatio/1
The coolant exits the collector at high temperature.(up to about 175°F) and is stored or used immediately.
ENERGY
All the electromagnetic waves eitjtted by the Sect.
glass
Translucent covering (glass tiberglas polycarbonate) that allows solar radiation to pass through the heat produced is trapped in the collector
frame
Collector's insulating case that is enclosed in glass.
flow tube
, Tube containing a coolant (water, air) that is used to recover and carry heat to the absorbing plate. absorbing plate
. Black metallic sheet that harnesses heat from solar radiation and transfers itfo the coolanf fluid. coolant inlet
Cold coolant flows into the circulation tubes to absorb the solar energy trapped by the collector.
insulation
Material placed on the back side ot the collector to reduce heat loss.
SOLAR ENERGY
solar-cell system Unit that is usually made up of 36 solar cells, each of which produces a voltage of 0.5 V; it is used to power low-voltage devices.
solar-cell panel Interconnected solar cells that are mounted onto a protective support; it usually produces between 15 and 20 volts. aglar radiatioii the el^^omagnetiAwaves emittea by the Sun^ glass Glass covering that allows solar radiation to passthrough.
energy-saving bulb Bulb whose electricity consumption is lower and its life longer than an incandescent bulb.
solar cell Device used to convert solar energy directly into electric energy (photovoltaic effect).
frame Sealed box that is encased in glass and contains the solar-cell panel. fuse Electric connection device devised for interrupting the current in the event of electric overload by melting one of its components.
diode Electronic component that ensures the current flows in one direction only; this prevents the system's battery from discharging overnight.
negative contact Metal element that ensures that the electric current flows through the circuit to which it is attached.
battery Unit that stores the electricity produced by the collector and retrieves it to power a device, here an incandescent lamp.
terminal box Box in which the electric cables powering the battery are connected to the collector’s positive and negative contacts. positive contact Metal element that ensures that the electric current flows through the circuit to which it is attached.
673
SOLAR ENERGY
solar furnace I Plant that concentrates solar radiation to reach very high temperatures (over 5,400°F) as part of a research effort to develop experimental materials (including astronautic materials and ceramics). solar radiation 'All the electromagnetic waves emitted by the Sun.
solar ray reflected
• Solar rays that reach the heliostats are sent to the parabolic mirror.
target area
Point where solar rays reflected by ■ •the parabolic mirror converge. furnace
Reaching temperatures of over 5,400°F, it is mainly used to ■process and develop materials. parabolic mirror
Curved mirror that concentrates the Sun's rays toward one point in the furnace (the target area).
tower hill
Heliostats are placed on slopes to prevent energy loss due to shade or the interception of reflected rays by neighboring mirrors.
reflecting surface
Polished metallized glass that receives solar radiation and direct it to the parabolic mirror.
Structure atop which the furnace is placed to collect luminous energy; it usually reaches a height of 65 ft.
bank of heliostats
Heliostats: remote-controlled adjustable mirrors that follow the Sun’s trajectory and concentrate solar radiation toward the boiler at the top of the tower.
^ production of electricity from solar energy ENERGY
I Heating the coolant directly with solar rays turns water into steam, which then turns the turbo-alternator to produce electricity. solar radiation
The Sun emits waves in the form of luminous radiation (41% visible light, 52% infrared light and 7% ultraviolet light).
coolant solar ray reflected
Solar rays trapped by heliostats are sent to the boiler.
Fluid (e.g., a mixture of melted salts) that traps the heat from concentrated solar radiation and carries it to the turbine.
boiler
Enclosure in which the concentrated heat from the Sun’s rays raises the temperature of the coolant.
tower
Structure atop whicti the boiler sits and collects -luminous energy; it can reach 325 ft in height. hot coolant
The coolant extracts heat from the boiler and carries it to the steam generator and turbine. turbo-alternator
_ Device that uses steam to convert the ■ mechanical force generated by the rotation of the turbine into electricity. transformer
Device used to alter the electric •voltage; the voltage is increased at the plant outlet in order to carry the current over long distances. electricity transmission network
Electricity is carried over vast distances by a network of cables that extends from the power plant to consumers. bank of heliostats
Heliostats: remote-controlled adjustable mirrors that follow the Sun’s trajectory and concentrate solar radiation toward the boiler at the top of the tower, I 674
pump
cold coolant
steam generator
Device that ensures that the cold After releasing its heat to the steam Device that uses heat to convert coolant liquid flows to the boiler. generator, the cold coolant returns water into steam to activate the to the boiler. turbo-alternator.
condenser
Circuit that cools the steam from the turbine and condenses it into water, which is reintroduced into the steam generator.
SOLAR ENERGY
solar house Solar energy can be used to heat and supply hot water to a home.
solar collector Device that traps heat from solar radiation and releases it to the coolant fluid. ventilation Piping that ensures that fresh air enters and stale air exits the home. Trombe wall Solar collector with double glazing on a wall that faces south; it is used to distribute heat in a room.
heat exchanger Device that transfers the heat produced by the collector to the home’s hot water system.
filter Device that holds back impurities , contained in the pool water.
pool Man-made basin designed for swimming.
ENERGY
heat exchanger Apparatus used to release the heat \ of the coolant liquid generated by \ the collector to the home’s water system. expansion tank Reservoir for absorbing water expansion; it keeps the water pressure in the system steady. circulating pump Apparatus that circulates the cooled coolant from the heat exchanger to the solar collector.
service pipe Pipe connecting a public water supply to the house,
storage tank Insulated metal tank that contains clean hot water to be distributed in the home.
shutter Flap gate used to control the entry of heat into the home.warm air Air heated by solar radiation is introduced into the room by convection. air gap Space between the wall and the glazing in which airflows; as air heats up on contact with the wall, it rises naturally in this space. concrete wall Masonry structure that is about 15 in thick; it has a black surface to absorb heat from the Sun to heat the air.
water-heater tank Apparatus that produces clean hot water by gas or electric heating: this auxiliary system is used when there is insufficient sunlight, mainly in winter.
circulating pump Apparatus that ensures that the cooled water flows from the pool to the solar collector,
Trombe wall
solar radiation All the electromagnetic waves emitted by the Sun.
Solar collector with double glazing on a wall that faces south; it is used to distribute heat in a room.
double glazing Each of two glass plates placed in front of the concrete wall; they allow solar radiation to penetrate and retain the heat.
absorbing surface Black wall that catches solar radiation and converts it into heat. cold air Fresh air enters the home at the base of the air gap and is heated on contact with the wall.
675
I
WIND ENERGY
windmill Machine that converts wind energy into mechanical energy; it was used in the past to mill grain and pump water. tower mill
The tower mill appeared later than the post mill: it consists of a usually circular, stationary body and a roof that rotates with the help of a fantail.
cap
post mill
rotor
Movable upper part of the tower that contains the rotor; it turns to position the sails facing the wind.
The mill body pivots on a vertical axis when a tail pole is activated by the miller.
Part of the windmill that turns; it consists of rotating blades, which drive the windmill machinery.
stock
Wooden arm to which the sailframe is attached. sail
tail pole
Wooden structure that is attached to the stock; the force of fhe wind turns it to drive the rotor.
fantail
Orientation device that is attached to the cap, allowing it to rotate to keep the sails in the direction ot the wind.
Orientation device opposite the rotor; it is activated by a winch and turns to keep the sails in the direction of the wind.
hemlath
Thick wooden sailbar on the side of the frame that keeps the narrower sailbars inside the sail.
windshaft
Cylindrical part on which the sails turn; it transmits the movement of the rotor to the windmill machinery. sail cloth
Cloth attached to a sail that collects wind energy; a large sail cloth is used for weak winds and a small sailcloth for strong winds.
sailbar
Elongated piece of wood that forms asaii.
floor
Level for accessing the inside of the mill; grain is usually stored at its base. gallery
Passageway used to move around the mili fioor.
tower
Structure that supports the cap; it houses all the machinery for milling grain.
^ wind turbines and electricity production
frame
All the sailbars forming the outline of the sail.
post
Structure on which the windmill rests and turns.
steps
Structural element for accessing the inside of the windmill.
•
ENERGY
I Wind turbine: machine that harnesses energy from the wind and converts it into mechanical energy to activate the alternator.
vertical-axis wind turbine
guy wire
Wind turbine whose axis is perpendicular to the wind.
Cable that connects the top of the -vertical axis to a concrete base to hold the wind turbine in an upright position.
strut
Elorizontal piece that connects the blades to the central column to strengthen them.
central column
Vertical cylindrical part to which the blades are attached; the force of the wind on the blades causes it to rotate.
aerodynamic brake
Emergency braking system; it consists of shutters attached to the biades, which automatically deploy when the wind turbine gathers too much speed.
rotor
Rotating part of the wind turbine that is usually made up of two or three blades; its rotation drives the alternator to produce electricity. blade
Aerodynamic part that is attached to the central column; the force of the wind turns it to drive the rotor.
base
Structure that supports the wind turbine's rotor and houses the equipment used to produce electricity (including the gearbox and the alternator).
I 676
WIND ENERGY
wind turbines and electricity production
horizontal-axis wind turbine The most common type of wind turbine; its axis positions itself in the direction of the wind.
nacelle cross-section
anemometer
Instrument that measures wind speed using cups that rotate around a mobile shaft at varying speeds.
blade
Aerodynamic part that is attached to the hub; the force of the wind' causes it to rotate to drive the rotor.
wind vane
Instrument that indicates wind direction using a vane that rotates around a vertical axis. lightning rod
ball bearing
Metal rod that is attached to the -nacelle; it protects the wind turbine from lightning, which it directs toward the ground.
Part that consists of steel rings with steel balls inserted between them; it reduces friction as the shaft rotates.
alternator
Rotating machine that is driven by the high-speed shaft; it converts mechanical energy into electric energy and then directs it to the transmission network.
nacelle
hub
Metal structure that encloses and protects ■the main mechanical elements of the wind turbine (including the gearbox and the alternator).
Part of the rotor to which the blades are attached; it turns the low-speed shaft.
high-speed shaft
low-speed shaft
Cylindrical piece that transmits the ■ high-speed movement of the rotor to the alternator; it turns at about 1,500 rpm.
Cylindrical part that transmits the rotor hub’s movement to the gearbox; the low-speed shaft usually turns at 20 or 30 rpm. speed-increasing gearbox
Part that increases the rotational speed of the rotor to drive the alternator. tower
Tower that reaches 260 ft in height; it supports the nacelle and rotor and houses the electric cables.
production of electricity from wind energy Wind farms contain a group of wind turbines, which are driven by the wind; they produce electricity and carry it along the transmission and distribution networks to which they are connected.
horizontal-axis wind turbine
The most common type of wind turbine whose axis is parallel to the direction of the wind.
high-tension electricity transmission
voltage decrease
Using high-voltage lines to transmit electricity over long distances reduces the strength of the current and, as a result, energy losses.
Before integrating the electricity into the home network, the voltage is progressively decreased to 240 V.
transmission to consumers
The electricity is carried to areas of consumption by low-voltage distribution lines.
energy integration to the transmission network
The electricity produced is integrated into the network.
second voltage increase
first voltage increase
Increase in voltage; transformers carry high-voltage electricity produced by the alternator to reduce loss during transport. B77
t
T' I
.
test tube
Cylindrical tube used to conduct various chemical experiments on small quantities (normally, it is not filled above one-third).
stand
Petri dish
Unit consisting of a base and a rod; it supports various laboratory apparatuses such as burettes and flasks.
Flat transparent box for culturing microorganisms; it has a cover to protect them from contamination.
SCIENCE
T
gas burner
Device that is fueled by gas to produce a flame for heating chemical products.
I'
bottle
Container of various sizes and shapes and usually with a straight neck for holding liquids.
wash bottle
Flexible container that is squeezed lightly to squirt a liquid; it is used especially for cleaning equipment (test tubes, pipettes).
round-bottom flask
beaker
Erlenmeyer flask
Spherical container used mainly for boiling liquids.
Graduated container with a spout; it is used to create reactions (precipitation, electrolysis) and to measure approximate amounts of liquid.
Graduated cone-shaped container that is used very frequently in laboratories; it can have a stopper and is used especially for mixing and measuring liquids. B85 I
PHYSICS; MECHANICS
gearing systems I Mechanisms consisting of toothed parts that mesh to transmit the rotational motion of the shafts they are a part of.
oyiinui lUdl pdll UIdl lldllSieiS lUe
rotational movement of one part to • another. gear tooth Protrusion on the gear wheel; the teeth of one wheel enter the gaps of another wheel to form a gearing system. rack and pinion gear Gearing system converting a rotational movement into a horizontal movement (and vice versa); it is often used in the steering systems ot automobiles.
toothed wheel Wheel with teeth that mesh with the teeth of another wheel to transmit rotational movement to it.
double pulley system Sed
spur gear Most common gearing system linking two parallel shafts that changes the speed and force of a rotation; it is used especially in automobile transmissions.
bevel gear Gearing system linking two shafts at right angles that changes the direction of rotation; it is used especially in car jacks.
worm gear One-way gearing system (only the screw can drive the wheel) for slowing down the speed of rotation between two perpendicular axles; it is used especially in the automobile industry (Torsen differential).
" two pulleys with a rope running around them to lift a load. Using two or more pulleys reduces the amount of effort'
pulley Device with a grooved wheel (sheave wheel) around which a rope passes to transmit the effort exerted on the load.
rope Cord that slides on the pulley and is pulled to lift the load.
SCIENCE
effort Force exerted on the pulley’s rope to lift the load.
load Weight whose inertia exerts a force opposite to the force exerted on the rope.
lever I System consisting of a bar pivoting on a fulcru.m to lift a load. The amount of effort required is related to the position of the pivot and the length of the bar.
bar Rigid moving bar around the fulcrum on which an effort is exerted to lift the load.
effort Force exerted on the lever bar in order to shift the load.
I B8B
PHYSICS: ELECTRICITY AND IVI A G N E T I S IVI
magnetism Action exerted by magnets and magnetic fields and phenomena. Magnetism can be characterized by the forces of attraction and repulsion between two masses.
I
repulsion
Force by which two bodies push against each other. Two poles of the same orientation (both positive or both negative) repulse each other. north pole
End of the magnet from which field lines originate and around which the exterior magnetic action is intense.
neutral line
Line separating the north and south lines of the magnet and exhibiting no magnetic phenomena.
magnetic field
magnet
Area around the magnet where magnetic forces represented by lines of force are exerted, resulting in electron movement.
Body producing an exterior magnetic field; it attracts iron, nickel and cobalt as well as their alloys.
field line
Imaginary line representing the direction of the magnetic forces between the north and south poles. south pole-
End of the magnet to which the field lines are directed and around which the exterior magnetic action is intense.
attraction
Force by which two bodies are pulled toward each other; opposite poles attract each other.
parallel electrical circuit It is divided into independent branches, through which the current flows with partial intensity (in a series circuit, all the elements receive the same intensity). battery
i SCIENCE
cells
Devices that transform chemical energy into electric energy in order to power electric devices (here, a lightbulb).
Device composed of one or more interrelated cells; each one accumulates a reserve of electricity whose purpose is to supply electricity to the circuit.
negative terminal
Polarity element of the battery from which the current flows through the circuit.
positive terminal
Polarity element of the battery toward which the current flows through the circuit.
switch
Mechanism allowing the current in an electric circuit to be established or interrupted.
direction of electron flow
power source
The current leaves the battery by the negative terminal, flows through the circuit to power the lightbulbs and returns to the battery by the positive terminal.
Electrons move from the negative terminal toward the positive terminal; this is opposite to the conventional direction of the current, which flows from the positive toward the negative.
bulb
Gas sealed in a glass envelope into which the luminous body of a lamp is inserted. node
Junction point of two or more branches in the electric circuit.
branch
shunt
It enables each device to have its own circuit ■and to function independently. This way, if one lightbulb does not function, the current continues to flow in the rest of the circuit.
Part of the circuit between two consecutive nodes; it constitutes an independent electric circuit.
B87
PHYSICS: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
generators I DevicGs thst conv6rt mGchanical oncrgy (h6rG, a shsfts rotational motion) into olGctric GnscQy by moving a coil insid6 a mapriGt (electromagnetic induction). dynamo Continuous generator of electric current; it is used, tor example, on bicycles for lighting.
field electromagnet
Fixed electromagnet made up of an iron bar and coils; when exposed to an excitation current, it creates a magnetic field. armature
Moving part of the dynamo that is made up of a coil, which produces-, an electric current as it rotates inside the field.
shaft
Cylindrical part that transmits a rotational motion to the dynamo’s armature.
fan wheel
Device with blades that circulates air to cool the dynamo.
commutator
Conductive plates that are insulated from each other and connected to the field coil; they collect and rectify the induced alternating current. coil
Conductive wire that is rolled around -the armature cylinder, which rotates in the magnetic field produced by the inductor to create an electric current. brush
Conductor that rubs against the commutator plates and transmits the continuous current produced by the dynamo to an exterior circuit.
SCIENCE
alternator Generator of alternating current that is used especially in the automobile industry (powering electrical devices) and in power houses.
frame
Metal casing that houses the magnetic field.
armature winding
Conductive wire on the armature; the rotor moves in front of it to produce an alternating current.
armature core
claw-pole rotor
Fixed cylinder with a winding; the rotor turns within it to produce the electric current.
Moving cylindrical part made up of a field winding between two pole shoes; it creates the rotating magnetic field required to operate the alternator.
fan wheel
Device with blades that circulates air to cool the alternator.
brushes
Conductive-parts that rub against -the collector rings and transmit the current produced by the alternator to an outside circuit.
collector rings
Insulated conductor collars that are ■connected to the coil of the field; they gather the induced alternating electric current.
shaft
Rod that is rotated by the pulley, which in turn causes the claw-pole rotor to rotate.
field winding
Conductive wire on the cylinder ■rotor; when exposed to an excitation current, it creates a magnetic field. drive pulley '
Mechanical unit integrated with the shaft; it is rotated by a belt that is connected to an engine. frame
Metal casing that houses the magnetic field.
I 688
PHYSICS: ELECTRICITY AND IVl A G N E TI S IVI
dry cells Devices that transform chemical energy into electric energy (direct current); they usually cannot be recharged and the electrolyte is fixed in place. carbon-zinc cell Battery that produces 1.5 V (also called Leclanche); its use is very widespread (pocket caiculators, portable radios, alarm clocks).
alkaline manganese-zinc cell High-performance battery that produces 1.5 V and has a longer life span than the carbon-zinc cell; it is used in devices such as flashlights, portable CD players and camera flash units.
sealing plug Material that seals the battery. positive terminal Polarity element of the battery from which the current flows. washer Disk that compresses the depolarizing mix.
top cap Upper metal cover; the positive terminal is located at its center. electrolytic separator Porous paper combined with a chemical paste (ammonium chloride) that separates the two electrodes; this allows electrons to pass, thus conducting electricity.-,.
zinc-electrolyte mix (anode) Substance that is made up of zinc and electrolyfe (potassium hydroxide); it constitutes the positive electrode (anode).
sealing material Material (nylon) that seals the battery.
electron collector Zinc rod that is connected to the bottom cap; it collects the electrons from the anode that are attracted to the cathode.--
steel casing Covering that protects the battery..
jacket Battery’s protective plastic casing.
separator Porous paper combined with a chemical paste (potassium hydroxide) that separates the two electrodes; this allows electrons to pass, thus conducting electricity.
carbon rod (cathode) Carbon rod set in the depolarizing mix; it constitutes the battery’s negative electrode (cathode) collecting the electrons returning from the circuit,
manganese mix (cathode) Substance made up of manganese dioxide and carbon; it constitutes the negative electrode (cathode).
depolarizing mix-■ Mixture of carbon and manganese dioxide that augments conductivity by acting as a barrier to polarization.
sealing plug Material that seals the battery.
zinc can (anode) ' Zinc receptacle that constitutes the battery’s positive electrode (anode). bottom cap Lower metal cover; the negative terminal is located at its center,
negative terminal Polarity element of the battery toward which the current flows.
bottom cap Lower metal cover; the negative terminal is located at its center.
J
direction of electron flow When a chemical reaction occurs, the electrons move from the negative terminal toward the positive terminal, thus creating an electric current.
The scientific study of the behavior of the electron and its applications, such as computers, medicine and automation. printed circuit board Usually plastic insulated card with holes containing electronic components; the circuit is printed on its surface.
ceramic capacitor Component with two conductive plates (silver, copper) separated by an insulator (ceramic); it stores weak electric charge.
plastic film capacitor Commonly used component with two conductive plates (aluminum, tin) separated by an insulator (plastic); it stores electric charge.
electrolytic capacitors Polarized components with two conductive components (aluminum, tantalum) separated by an insulator (electrolyte); they store strong electric charge. integrated circuit Miniature electronic circuit made up of a large number of components (such as transistors and capacitors); it is created on a semiconducting wafer usually made of silicon.-...
packaged integrated circuit Integrated circuits are used especially in microprocessors, stereo equipment, calculators, watches and electronic games.
lid Cover that protects the integrated circuit in its package.
wire Conductive element that connects the circuit components to a connection pin.
packaged integrated circuit Electric circuit under a plastic or ceramic, casing; it has pins for connecting it to the circuit board. printed circuit All of the conductive metal bands on an insulated base (card), which connect a circuit’s components and allow a current to flow through it.
resistors Electronic component that ■"regulates the amount of current flowing in a circuit. dual-in-line package Most common type of package currently in use for integrated circuits; it usually has between eight and 48 pins, which are evenly distributed along each side of the package.
connection pin Metal part that connects the integrated circuit package with the metal bands of the printed circuit to which it is soldered. B89
SCIENCE
electronics
PHYSICS; OPTICS
electromagnetic spectrum I Electromagnetic waves that are classified in ascending order of energy (frequency); they propagate al the speed of light (300,000 km/s).
microwaves Short electromagnetic waves; their many applications include radar detection and microwave ovens. radio waves Very long electromagnetic waves (about 1 meter) having low frequency: they are used to transmit information (television, radio).
ultraviolet radiation Electromagnetic waves used especially to tan skin and in microscopy, medicine and lighting (fluorescent tubes).
infrared radiation Electromagnetic waves emitted by warm objects; their many uses include heating, medicine, aerial photography and weaponry.
X-rays Electromagnetic waves used especially in radiology; frequent exposure can be harmful.
gamma rays Electromagnetic waves of very high frequency that are emitted by radioactive bodies; they are the most radiant and harmful rays and are used especially in treating cancer.
ir
visible light Electromagnetic radiation that is perceived by the human eye and ranges from red to violet.
wave I Oscillation caused by a disturbance; as it propagates through a medium (mechanical waves) or a vacuum (electromagnetic waves) it carries energy. displacement Gap in relation to the mean position.
crest • Highest point of the wave.
SCIENCE
trough Lowest point of the wave.
wavelength Distance between two consecutive crests or troughs; it corresponds to the distance traveled by the wave over time (its period). amplitude Maximum displacement of a wave -in relation to its mean position; it corresponds to the amount of energy transmitted.
mean position Horizontal line around which the wave oscillates, carrying energy.
propagation Motion of a wave leaving its source.
color synthesis I Technique of generating color by combining light rays or subtracting them to obtain a colored image. additive color synthesis The superimposition of primary colors (blue, green and red) is used especially in electronic screens (television, computer, video) to obtain intermediate tints.
blue
cyan
blue
-green
magenta
white
\ 690
yellow
subtractive color synthesis The absorption of certain light rays (blue, green, red) by colored filters (yellow, magenta, cyan) is used in industries such as photography, film production and printing to obtain intermediate tints.
black
red
f
PHYSICS; OPTICS
Vision Ability to perceive shapes, distances, motion and colors; it is related to light rays and varies depending on the degree of sensitivity of the eye. retina Inner membrane at the back of the eye covered in light-sensitive nerve cells (photoreceptors); these transform light into an electrical impulse that is carried to the optic nerve.
object Light rays emanating from an -object pass through the eye’s various media to form an inverted image on the retina.
focus Point where light rays converge to form an image; the brain interprets the retina’s upside-down image as right-side-up.
light ray Line along which light emanating from an object propagates. The retina converts light rays into nerve impulses, which are then interpreted by the brain.
lens Transparent elastic area of the eye; focuses images on the retina to obtain clear vision.
vision defects Images do not form on the retina, thus resulting in blurry vision; such defects are corrected by eyeglasses, contact lenses or even surgery. astigmatism Usually caused by a curvature of the cornea, it is manifested by blurred vision when viewing both near and far objects, depending on various axes.
hyperopia The image of an object is formed behind the retina due to a defect in the light rays’ convergence as they pass through the lens. This makes near objects hard to see.
myopia The image of a distant object is formed in front of the retina due to a defect in the light rays’ convergence. This makes distant objects hard to see.
normal vision The image of an object is formed on the retina after passing through the lens, which, depending on the distance of the object, expands or contracts to give a sharp image.
cornea Transparent fibrous membrane extending the sclera and whose curved shape makes light rays converge toward the inside of the eye.
::i focus Point where light rays converge to form an image; the brain interprets the retina’s upside-down image as right-side-up.
focus Point where light rays converge to form an image; the brain interprets the retina's upside-down image as right-side-up.
convex lens Corrects hyperopia by causing light rays emanating from an object to converge and project an image onto the focus of the retina.
focus Point where light rays converge to form an image; the brain interprets the retina’s upside-down image as right-side-up.
toric lens Has various powers depending on the rays’ axes of convergence; it is used to offset the visual distortion caused by the cornea.
lenses Transoarent pieces of material (usually glass) that cause light rays to converge or diverge to form a sharp image (eyeglasses, microscopes, ^ telescopes, cameras). converging lenses Thicker in the center than on the edges; they cause parallel light rays emanating from an object to converge onto the same point.
diverging lenses Thicker on the edges than in the center; they cause parallel light rays emanating from an object to diverge.
biconvex lens Lens with both faces bulging outward. positive meniscus Lens where the concave side (curving inward) is less pronounced than the convex side ■•(bulging outward).
1
plano-concave lens Lens with one flat side and one concave side (curving inward).-
concave lens Lens with one side curving inward; the greater the curvature, the more the light rays diverge.
plano-convex lens convex lens Lens with one side bulging outward; the greater the bulge, Lens with one flat side and one convex side (bulging outward). the more the light rays converge.
biconcave lens Lens with both sides curving inward.
negative meniscus Lens where the concave side (curving inward) is more pronounced than the convex side (bulging outward). 691
SCIENCE
concave lens , Corrects myopia by causing light rays emanating from an object to diverge and project an image onto the focus of the retina.
PHYSICS: OPTICS
pulsed ruby laser I Device that produces a thin and very intense colored light beam; its various applications include fiber optics, manufacturing and surgery.
reflecting cylinder
cooling cylinder photon
Energy particle that emits the rubychromium atoms as they are excited by flashes in the tube.
Laser’s metal casing whose inside is polished so that it reflects the light toward the ruby cylinder.
Casing in which water generally circulates to cool the ruby cylinder, which becomes very hot as it produces the beam.
fully reflecting mirror
laser beam
Reflects all the light energy toward the partially reflecting mirror. The reflection between the mirrors intensifies the light to form a highly concentrated beam.
Straight and powerful monochrome light beam that is emitted by the' device. partially reflecting mirror
Its partial transparency allows light beams to escape.
flash tube
ruby cylinder
Lamp that acts as an energy source by emitting a flash of white light, which excites the ruby atoms and causes them to emit photons.
Ruby bar (crystallized alumina) that contains chromium atoms. It has mirrors at each end. which form the amplification medium to produce the laser beam.
prism binoculars Optical instrument made up of two identical telescopes, one for each eye; it magnifies both near and distant objects.
eyepiece
Optical disk or system of disks through which the eye sees the image produced by the lens.
focusing ring
Ring on each eyepiece for manually correcting for the difference between the user’s eyes.
lens system
Optical system made up ot a set of lenses through which iight passes to transmit a magnified image of an object to the eye.
central focusing wheel
Focusing ring for both the objective lenses; it is used to manually adjust the sharpness of the image.
Porro prism
Dual-prism system (blocks of glass at right angles) found in most binoculars; it diverts thelight rays toward the eyepiece to correct the inverted image formed in the objective lens. hinge
bridge
Mechanism for adjusting the distance between the eyepieces to the user’s eyes.
Part of the frame joining the two telescopes.
body
Cylindrical body of the binoculars that houses the optical system and through which the light rays pass.
SCIENCE
objective lens
Lens that captures the light from the observed object and causes it to converge to form a magnified inverted image.
^ telescopic sight I Optical instrument mounted on a rifle or a measuring device to increase accuracy.
elevation adjustment
Button for positioning the sight vertically to offset any divergence of the target from the reticle. dovetail
Device for mounting the telescopic sight onto a device or firearm.
winding adjustment
Button for positioning the sight horizontally to offset any divergence of
field lens
Lens placed between the objective and the eyepiece to widen the field of vision.
erecting lenses
eyepiece
Lens system that returns the inverted image formed on the objective lens.
Optical disk or system of disks through which the eye sees the image produced by the lens.
objective lens
Lens that captures the light from the observed object and causes ifto converge to form a magnified inverted image. main scope tube
Cylindrical body of the telescopic sight that houses the optical system and through which the light travels. I 692
turret cap
reticle
Part covering and protecting an adjustment button.
Optical system made up of two fine crossed wires to create a precise point as a sighting reference.
PHYSICS; OPTICS
magnifying glass and microscopes Optical instruments used to magnify the image of a near object; they range in strength from low (magnifying glass) to strong (microscope), eyepiece System of lenses that acts as a magnifier; the eye looks through it to see an enlarged image of the image produced by the objective.
revolving nosepiece Rotating plate to which objectives of different powers are fixed to allow them to be used in succession during a study.
microscope Optical instrument that consists of a system of lenses designed for observing organisms that are very small or invisible to the naked eye by magnifying their images.
draw tube Cylindrical tube that houses the microscope’s eyepiece; it is often made up of two converging lenses.
stage clip Springlike metai blade that keeps the glass slide on the stage.-,, objective Lens system that captures the light from an observed object and makes it converge to form an enlarged inverted image,
coarse adjustment knob Medium-precision focusing device for adjusting the distance between the objective and the object under study. ■fine adjustment knob Fligh-precision focusing device tor adjusting the distance between the objective and the object under study.
glass slide Fine glass plate on \A/hich the-... object to be studied is placed. stage Metal plate with an opening in the middle; the glass slide and the--"' components keeping it in place are placed on it.
arm Vertical part of the microscope that supports the components (draw tube, stage) and contains the focusing mechanisms.
condenser ■ Optical system that is usually made up of two lenses, which concentrate the light reflected by the mirror onto the object under study. magnifying glass Converging lens that magnifies the image of an object.
j
base Support that stabilizes the microscope.
mirror--' Polished glass surface that reflects the surrounding light onto the object under study to illuminate it. draw tube One of two cylindrical tubes that - house the eyepieces; it is often made up of two converging lenses.
eyepiece System of lenses that acts as a magnifier; the eye looks through itto see an enlarged image of the image produced by the objective.
binocular microscope body tube Its two eyepieces allow both eyes to be fully applied; this provides a Metal casing that houses the degree of depth to the image and microscope’s two eyepieces and prevents eyestrain. through which light rays pass. revolving nosepiece Rotating plate to which objectives of different powers are fixed to allow them to be used in •succession during a study.
objective Lens system that captures the light from the observed object and---makes it converge to form an enlarged inverted image.
mechanical stage Adjustable part with two guiding - screws that moves an object from right to left and from front to back on the stage. stage Metal plate with an opening in the -middle; the glass slide and the components keeping it in place are placed on it.
stage clip Springlike metal blade that keeps--' the glass slide on the stage.
-fine adjustment knob Fligh-precision focusing device for adjusting the distance between the objective and the object under study.
glass slide ' Fine glass plate on which the object to be studied is placed.
coarse adjustment knob Medium-precision focusing device tor adjusting the distance between the objective and the object under study.
condenser adjustment knob Screw that centers the condenser’s light beam in the field of vision by moving it along a horizontal plane.
field lens adjustment Device with a variable-diameter opening that adjusts the amount of light illuminating the object. base lamp Support that stabilizes the Electric device that produces a light microscope, beam to illuminate the object under study.
SCIENCE
limb top Upper part of the arm that supportsthe revolving nosepiece.
arm Vertical part of the microscope that - supports the components (draw tube, stage) and contains the focusing mechanisms.
'
condenser Optical system that usually has two lenses to concentrate the light emitted from the lamp onto the object under study.
mechanical stage control Device for raising and lowering the mechanical stage.
condenser height adjustment Screw for raising and lowering the condenser,
633
PHYSICS; OPTICS
magnifying glass and microscopes ^ cross section of an electron microscope Electron microscope; it uses an electron beam (as opposed to light) to provide magnification that is markedly superior to that of an optical microscope.
electron beam
electron gun
Set of negatively charged particles 'that propagate toward the specimen.
Device that usually consists of a tungsten filament that is heated to produce an intense electron beam, w/hich illuminates the specimen.
electron beam positioning
vacuum manifold
Control that positions the electron beam along the optical axis so that it reaches the specimen.
Conduit connected to a pump that creates enough of a vacuum in the microscope that it can function.
beam diameter reduction condenser
The two lenses of the condenser cause the divergent electron beam emitted by the gun to converge.
System of magnetic lenses (electromagnets producing a magnetic field when excited by an electric current) that concentrates the beam onto the specimen under study.
focusing lenses
aperture changer
System of magnetic lenses (electromagnets) that concentrate the electron beam on one spot on the specimen.
Device that adjusts the diaphragm opening in--"' order to change the diameter of the beam. aperture diaphragm
Device with an opening whose diameter can be changed to narrow--''” or widen the diameter of the electron beam.
visual transmission
The electron beam explores the surface of the specimen, which in turn emits electrons to form a pointby-polnt image on the screen.
stage
Adjustable metal plate (stage) on which the specimen is mounted in order to study it.---
vacuum chamber
Part of the microscope in which pressure can be reduced so that the electrons can move. liquid nitrogen tank
electron microscope elements
--Reservoir containing nitrogen to cool the spectrometer.
SCIENCE
spectrometer
instrument for determining the chemical composition of a specimen.-
electron gun
control visual display
Device that usually consists of a tungsten filament that Is heated to produce an intense electron beam, which illuminates the specimen.
Screen that displays the' Image of the specimen eniarged and in relief (as a result of a surface scan by the beam); as well as data on the microscope’s operations. data record system
Instrument for saving data pertaining to the microscopic analysis onto'media such as videocassette and DVD.
specimen chamber
Part of the microscope in which a specimen is placed for observation.
vacuum system console
Compartment housing the vacuum system.
specimen positioning control
Buttons for precisely lining up a specimen in relation to the axis of the electron beam.
control panel
Console containing buttons for-'' operating the microscope. photographic chamber
Photographic device that prints an .image of the specimen onto a” sensitive surface. I 694
MEASURING DEVICES
measure of temperature _ Temperature: physical quantity corresponding to the level ot heat or cold, which is measured by means of a thermometer. | thermometer Instrument tor measuring temperature by means ot a substance (usually a liquid or a gas) contained in a graduated tube.
expansion chamber Space that is taken up by the gas in thecapillary bore; it is pushed back as the mercury rises into it.
Celsius scale Temperature scale that is based on a graduation from 0 (freezing point of water) to 100 (boiling point of water); it was formerly called the centigrade scale.
Fahrenheit scale Temperature scale that is used in some English-speaking countries, on which the freezing point of water is at 32 and the boiling point at 212.
C degrees Symbol representing a unit of measurement on the Celsius scale (Celsius degree).
F degrees Symbol representing a unit of measurement on the Fahrenheit scale (Fahrenheit degree).
clinical thermometer More precise than the alcohol thermometer, it is used to take the temperature of the human body; it is graduated from 94°F to 108°F.
capillary tube End of the glass tube in which the mercury rises or falls with the temperature; the mercury thermometer tube is tilled with gas. scale Divisions of equal length (degrees) marked on the thermometer that constitute the units of measurement.
i
column of mercury Quantity ot mercury that is contained in the capillary bore; its height varies with the temperature. alcohol column Quantity of alcohol that is contained in the glass tube; its height varies with the temperature.
stem Glass tube containing the capillary bore. constriction Narrowing that prevents the mercury from spontaneously dropping into the bulb as the temperature lowers (the thermometer must be shaken to make it go down). mercury bulb Glass reservoir containing mercury (a liquid metal) that expands and rises in the capillary tube as the temperature rises.
alcohol bulb Glass reservoir containing colored alcohol (methanol, ethanol) that expands and rises in the capillary bore as the temperature rises.
pointer Metal needle connected to the shaft that indicates the temperature on' the dial.
bimetallic thermometer Thermometer that uses the difference in expansion of two metals (usually iron and brass) to measure temperatures between 30°C or 86°F and 300°C or 375F°; it is used especially in industry.
Graduated face with a pointer in front to indicate the temperature.
case Outer covering that encloses and protects the device’s mechanism.
bimetallic helix Band made by welding together two metals with different coefficients of expansion; it curves as the temperature changes.
caused by heat.
695
IVIEASURING DEVICES
measure of time
j
Time: physical quantity corresponding to a phenomenon or an event that is measured with devices such as watches and Stopwatch Instrument that precisely measures lime in minutes, seconds and fractions of seconds.
ring
■Round part for holding or hanging the stopwatch.
minute hand
T, mgiiai watch The time is read from letters and numbers that appear on a clear background.
start button
Metal needle that indicates minutes on a dial graduated from 0 to 30 minutes.'.
Knob that is pushed to start the stopwatch and measure the duration of a phenomenon or event.
reset button
stop button
Button that is pushed to return thestopwatch’s hands to 0.
Knob that is pushed to stop the hands, which then display the precise amount of elapsed time.
second hand
Metal needle that indicates the 60 equal divisions (seconds) of a minute by moving in small jumps.
liquid-crystal display
Crystal that darkens when submitted to electrical current and displays the shapes of letters and numbers.
1/10 second hand
case
Metal needle that indicates the 10 equal divisions of a second on the dial.
mechanical watch Set of geared wheels that reduce the force transmitted by a spiral spring to cause the watch’s hands to rotate.
Outer covering that encloses and protects the device's mechanism. analog watch The time is displayed by hands, which move around the dial.
dial
Graduated face over which the hands move to indicate the time.
fourth wheel
Wheel that transmits energy to the third wheel. third wheel
Wheel that receives energy from the fourth wheel and drives the center wheel.
Very hard stone (formerly a ruby, today a rock crystal) that resistswear; the rotation axle of a wheel rests on it.
winder
SCIENCE
escape wheel
• Part that rewinds the mechanism, consisting of a series of wheels.'
Last wheel of the gear train with special teeth that causes the watch to operate regularly and continuously; it controls the movement of the other wheels. hairspring
Flat spiral spring that causes the wheels of a watch to move over a certain period of time.
- ratchet wheel
Toothed wheel having only one direction of rotation; it is kept in place by the click.
center wheel
Wheel that is connected to the hands and causes them to rotate on the dial. sundial Vertical or horizontal face with divisions that correspond to the hours of the day, which are indicated by the shadow of a gnomon cast by the Sun.
crown
click
Knob with sprockets that is connected to the winder; it is used to manually wind the watch andseti its time.
Small lever that is engaged -between the ratchet-wheel teeth and prevents it from rotating counter to its normal direction. strap
Leather, fabric, plastic or metal bracelet with a clasp; it is used to hold a watch on the wrist.’
gnomon
Part aligned with the Earth’s axis; its shadow indicates the time as it moves over the sundial.
dial shadow
Dark area that results when the gnomon blocks the sunlight and indicates the time in accordance with the position of the Sun.
I 696
■■
Face marked with numbers over which shadows are cast by the gnomon to indicate the approximate time of day.
IVIEASURING DEVICES
measure of time grandfather clock
Clock with a pendulum that is operated by weights and housed in a tall (usually over 2 m high) straight body, which stands upright on the floor.
pediment
Set of decorative moldings that surmount the clock.
body Moon dial
Usually wooden box that houses and protects the clock’s mechanism.
Face divided into 291/2 days that is represented by a moon whose movement indicates the phases of the Moon; first quarter, full moon, last quarter, new moon.
hour hand minute hand
Metal needle that points at the 24 hours of a day on the dial.
Metal needle that points at the 60 minutes of an hour on the dial.
dial
weight
Graduated face over which the hands move to indicate the time.
Fleavy body that hangs from the main wheel; its descent provides the necessary energy for the clock’s mechanism.
pendulum
Unit whose regular swinging motion controls the workings of the clock’s mechanism.
chain
Series of interlaced rings to which weights are attached.
plinth
Base that supports the clock and makes it stable.
weight-driven clock mechanism pinion
suspension spring
Small wheel with teeth that is mounted on a shaft and transmits the rotational movement of one wheel to another.
This clock is operated by weights that, under gravity, drive the hands of the clock in their rotational movement by means of a gear train.
pallet
Anchor-shaped part that frees and constrains the escape wheel’s teeth to maintain the pendulum’s backand-forth movement.
escape wheel
Small rigid plate from which the pendulum hangs.-
SCIENCE
Last wheel of the gear train with special teeth that causes the clock to operate regularly and continuously and controls the movement of the other wheels. spindle
fork
Cylindrical part that transfers the ' rotational movement of one part to another.
Part that is operated by the escape wheel to cause the pendulum’s movement.center wheel
third wheel
Wheel that is connected to the hands and causes them to rotate on the dial.
Wheel that receives energy from the center wheel and drives the -escape wheel.
click
Small lever that is engaged between the ratchet-wheel teeth and prevents it from rotating counter to its normal direction.
minute hand
Metal needle that points at the -60 minutes of an hour on the dial.
pendulum rod hour hand
Rigid bar to which the pendulum bob is attached.
-Metal needle that points at the 24 hours of a day on the dial.
winding mechanism
'■'.. Device that raises the weights to start anew the cycle of the clock’s mechanism.
pendulum bob
Weight attached to the end of the--' pendulum rod. main wheel
First wheel in the gear train that transmits the driving force of the weights to the other wheels to turn them.
ratchet wheel
Toothed wheel having only one direction of rotation; it is kept in place by the click.
weight
Fleavy body that hangs from the main wheel; its descent provides the necessary energy for the clock's mechanism.
drum
Cylinder around which the weights’ cord or chain winds when the clock is rewound. 697
MEASURING DEVICES
measure of weight I Mass, physical quantity that charact6rizes an amount of matter (mass) that is measured by means of a scale. beam balance Compares the mass of a body with that of another body of known mass (weight): when two pans hanging from a bar (beam) are in balance, the two weights are equal.
beam Horizontal metal bar that balances on a vertical axis and has pans hanging from each end.
pan Flat rigid support that holds either the body to be weighed or the weights.
unequal-arm balance Scale used for weighing loads that has a beam with arms of different lengths; the shorter arm supports the pan and the longer arm supports the weights that slide to attain a balance. vernier . Small graduated dial that slides along the beams and provides a very precise reading of the mass.
weight Piece of metal, such as copper or iron, of known mass that is placed on a pan to balance the scale and thereby assess the corresponding mass of a body.
slirjing weight Sliding part that is moved along the beams until a balance between the two masses is attained.
notch Groove in which a sliding weight catches so that a precise reading on the graduated scale can be taken.
rear beam Rigid metal bar along which the sliding weight slides to provide a relatively precise reading of the mass.
iMuyin^iio uaiii|jitiy oyoiciil
Device made up of magnets that reduce the beams’ oscillations when the weights are moved to provide a quick reading of the mass
pan hook Curved part from which the pan is hung by means of rods.
SCIENCE
front beam Rigid metal bar along which the sliding weight slides to provide a very precise reading of the mass.
graduated scale The divisions of equal length marked on the scale's beam that constitute the units of measurement.
base Support that provides stability to the scale.
pan Flat rigid stand on which the body to be weighed is placed.
Roberval’s balance Commonly used scale that operates on the same principle as the beam balance: the pans are stabilized by a shank and rest on the beam.
pointer Metal needle that indicates the point of equilibrium on the dial when the beam is level.
dial Graduated surface with a pointer in front that indicates the point of equilibrium for the two pans.
weight Piece of metal, such as copper or iron, of known mass that is placed on a pan to balance the scale and thereby assess the corresponding mass of a body.
pan Flat rigid support that holds either the body to be weighed or the weights. beam Horizontal metal bar that balances on a vertical axis and supports a pan on each end. base Support that provides stability to the scale.
I 698
IVIEASURING DEVICES
measure of weight spring balance Scale made up of a hook attached to a spring that stretches in proportion to the weight of the object being weighed.
weight
Liquid crystal display that showsthe weight of the item.
electronic scale Commercial scale that weighs and calculates the price of a quantity of merchandise and displays these elements.
ring
Round part for holding or hanging the spring balance.
unit price
Liquid crystal display that shows theunit price of an item. display
pointer
Each of the three liquid crystal displays that show various numericinformation (e.g., weight, unit price and total price).
Pointer connected to the spring that moves along a graduated scale to indicate the weight of the body being weighed. graduated scale
total
platform
The divisions of equal length that are marked on the spring balance and constitute the units of measurement.
Liquid crystal display that shows the price of each weighed articleand, at the end of the transaction, the total price of all purchases.
Flat rigid surface on which the items to be weighed are placed.
hook
Curved part on which the body to be weighed is hung.
function keys
Set of keys that perform various operations (e.g., data entry, calculations and printing receipts).
product code
Key with a number that corresponds to the code assigned to a product.-
L*
V
numeric keyboard
Set of keys with numbers and symbols that are used especially toenterthe unit prices or codes of items.
analytical balance Used especially in the laboratory for taking very precise weight measurements.
digital display
Liquid crystal display that indicates the weight in numbers. glass case
Glass box that protects the pan from air currents and dust that might cause a false reading of the weight.--
i door access
/
Sliding doors that provide easy^ access to the inside of the glass case.
pan-
Flat rigid support on which the specimen is placed.
m
weighing platform
Flat base that a person stands upon to be weighed.
leveling screw
Screw for adjusting the level of the balance’s base.-
699
■ SCIENCE
bathroom scale Scale used for weighing a person; it has a spring mechanism that compresses in proportion to the weight.
printout
Paper on which various data are printed (e.g., the weight, quantity and price of the items weighed).
MEASURING DEVICES
measure of length I Length: the longer dimension of an object as opposed to its width.
ruler Instrument for measuring length. TT
rt-rr-f—,—,—
1
2
3
I
4
9
10
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
scale
The divisions of equal length that are marked on the ruler and constitute the units of measurement.
2
3
4
5
6
jiMidiiiiiiiidiui
7
iJlLiJlIJlliiiiiiiJiLJiLiiLiiijJiLi..:;
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
......
25 ■
26 .
27
28
-iiiiii.
measure of distance I Distance: interval separating two points in space. pedometer Device that counts the number of steps taken by a walker or runner to measure the distance traveled.
reset button
Key used to reset the counter to 0. distance traveled
Number of steps taken by the walker or runner converted into miles.
clip
Metal fastener for attaching the pedometer to a belt or article of clothing.
step setting
case
Button for adjusting the average length of a step in the walk or run.
Outer covering that encloses and protects the device’s mechanism.
measure of thickness
SCIENCE
I Thickness: dimension corresponding to the distance between two surfaces of the same body.
vernier caliper Precision instrument for measuring the thickness and diameter of mechanical parts.
clamping screws
Screws that lock the vernier and the clamping block in their final positions in order to preserve the measurement obtained.
main scale clamping block
Part that chocks the vernier against the part to be measured.
vernier
The divisions marked on the vernier to obtain tine measurements.
Small graduated rule that slides along the ruler and is used to read very precise measurements. fixed jaw
Tapered part at the end of the ruler that supports the object to be measured: the object is place between the two jaws, which are gently tightened.
vernier scale
fine adjustment wheel
The divisions of equal length that are marked on the vernier and constitute the units of measurement.
Thumbwheel for making very fine adjustments to the sliding jaw’s position.
ruler
Graduated instrument ending in a fixed jaw that measures the thickness or diameter of an object.
sliding jaw
Tapered part attached to the end of the vernier that slides along the ruler to the object to be measured. micrometer caliper Instrument that measures the thickness or the diameter of relatively small parts; it produces finer results than a vernier caliper.
finely threaded screw
Screw driven by the ratchet knob that moves the spindle against the object to be measured. ratchet knob
Part that stops the finely threaded •screw when the pressure on the object being measured is sufficient. frame
fforseshoe-shaped part that supports the anvil and a graduated device from which the measurement is read.
I 700
anvil
Cylindrical part that is attached to the frame of the micrometer to support the spindle object to be measured; the object is placed between the anvil and the spindle. Cylindrical end of the finely threaded screw.
thimble
Graduated cylindrical part that is activated by the finely threaded screw and measures the thickness with precision.
29
30
MEASURING DEVICES
measure of angles Angle: figure formed by two intersecting lines or planes; it is measured in degrees. | theodolite
Sighting instrument that is used especially in astronomy, geodesy and navigation for measuring horizontal and vertical angles.
alidade Part of the theodolite that rotates on a vertical axle to [measure angles by means of the telescope.
adjustment for vertical-circle image Knob that adjusts the sharpness of the image of the vertical circle (graduated from 0° to 360°) in order to read the angles on the vertical axis.
micrometer screw Knob that adjusts the micrometer to give a very precise reading of the circles’ measurements.--,. adjustment for horizontal-circle image Knob that adjusts the sharpness of fhe image of the horizontal circle (graduated from 0° to 360°) in order to read the angles on the horizontal axis.
horizontal clamp Knob that locks the alidade to prevent it from rotating. leveling head level Transparent tube that contains liquid and an air bubble; it serves as a guide forpositioning the leveling head on the horizontal axis.
telescope Optical instrument composed of several lenses; it can be adjusted in the horizontal and vertical planes and is used to observe distant objects. illumination mirror Adjustable polished glass surface that reflects light onto the circles so that the angles can be read.
alidade level Transparent tube that contains liquid and an air bubble; it serves as a guide for positioning the alidade on the vertical axis.
leveling head locking knob 'Knob that locks the alidade to the leveling head.
leveling screw Screw that adjusts the theodolite's 'leveling head level on the horizontal plane. SCIENCE
leveling head Platform serving as a support for--' thetheolodite
optical sight Device \A/ith an eyepiece that precisely aims the telescope at the target whose angles are to be measured.
base plate Plate to which the leveling head is attached by means of three leveling screws.
bevel square
Instrument whose movable arms are used for measuring or for marking an angle.
for measuring and drawing angles,
701
(
SCIENTIFIC SYMBOLS
international system of units I Decimal system established by the 11th General Conference on Weights and Measures (GCWM) in 1960 and used by many countries^
measurement of frequency
measurement of electric potential difference
measurement of electric charge
measurement of energy
Hz
V
C
J
coulomb Amount of electricity carried in 1 second by a current of 1 ampere.
joule Amount of energy released by the force of 1 newton acting through a distance of 1 meter.
hertz Frequency of a periodic phenomenon whose period is 1 second.
volt Difference in potential between two points of a conductor carrying a constant current of 1 ampere when the power between these points is 1 watt.
measurement of power
measurement of force
watt Energy transfer of 1 joule during 1 second.
newton Force required to impart an acceleration oft m/sMoabody having a mass oft kg.
measurement of length
measurement of mass
measurement of electric resistance
measurement of electric current
Q
A
ohm Electrical resistance between two points of a conductor carrying a current of 1 ampere when the difference in potential between them is 1 volt.
ampere Constant current oft joule per second in a conductor.
measurement of Celsius temperature
measurement of thermodynamic temperature
m
SCIENCE
meter Distance traveled by light in a vacuum in 1/299,792,458 of a second.
kilogram Mass of a platinum prototype that was accepted as the international reterence in 1889: it is stored at the International Bureau of Weights and Measures.
K degree Celsius Division into 100 parts of the difference between the freezing point of water (0°C) and its boiling point (100°C) at standard atmospheric pressure.
kelvin ZeTo Kelvin is equal to minus 273.16°C.
measurement of amount of substance
measurement of radioactivity
measurement of pressure
mol
Bq
mole Quantity of matter equal to the number ofatoms in 0.012 kg of carbon 12.
Pa
cd
becquerel Radioactivity of a substance in which one atom disintegrates per second.
pascal Uniform pressure exerted on a flat surface of 1 m^ with a force of 1 newton.
candela Unit of light intensity equivalent to a radiant intensity of 1/683 watts persteradian (solid angle).
measurement of luminous intensity
biology I The scientific study of living organisms (humans, animals and plants) from the point of view of their structure and how they function and
O' male Symbol denoting that a being has male reproductive organs.
I 702
female Symbol denoting that a being has female reproductive organs.
Rh+
blood factor negative Individuals not carrying the Rh molecule (antigen) are Rh negative; the Rh factor plays an important role in pregnancy (the parents’ factors must be compatible).
blood factor positive Individuals are Rh positive when their red blood cells carry an Rh molecule (antigen); the Rh factor is positive in about 85% of the population.
death Symbol placed before a date denoting a person’s year of death.
birth Symbol placed before a date denoting a person’s year of birth.
SCIENTIFIC SYMBOLS
mathematics The science that uses deductive reasoning to study the properties of abstract entities such as numbers, space and functions and the I relations between them. *
X
■o^nne
minus/negative Sign denoting that a number is to be subtracted from another; the result is a difference.
plus/positive Sign denoting that a number is to be added to another; the result is a sum.
multiplied by Sign denoting that a number is to be multiplied by another; the result Isa product.
divided by Sign denoting a number (dividend) is to be divided by another (divisor); the result is a quotient.
equals Sign denoting the result of an operation.
is not equal to Sign denoting that the result of an operation is not close to the same value as the one on the right.
is approximately equal to Sign denoting that the result of an operation is close to the same value as the one on the right.
is equivalent to Sign denoting that the value on the left is the same magnitude as the one on the right.
is identical with Binary sign denoting that the result of the operation noted on the left has the same value as the operation noted on the right.
is not identical with Binary sign denoting that the result of the operation noted on the left does not have the same value as the operation noted on the right.
plus or minus Sign denoting that the positive and negative values of the number that follows bracket a range of values.
is less than or equal to Sign denoting that the result of an operation is equal to or of smaller magnitude than the number that follows.
is greater than Sign denoting that the value on the left is of greater magnitude than the number that follows.
is greater than or equal to Sign denoting that the result of an operation is equal to or of greater magnitude than the number that follows.
is less than Sign denoting that the value on the left is ot smaller magnitude than the number that follows.
empty set Sign denoting that a set contains no elements.
union of two sets Binary sign denoting that a set is composed of the sum of the elements of two sets.
intersection of two sets Binary sign denoting that two sets M and N have elements in common.
is included in/is a subset of Binary sign denoting that a set A on the left is part of the set B on the right.
percent Sign denoting that the number preceding it is a fraction ot 100.
G
^
is an element of Binary sign denoting that the element on the left is included in the set on the right.
is not an element of Binary sign denoting that the element on the left is not included in the set on the right.
square root of Sign denoting that, when a number is multiplied by itself, the result is the number that appears below the bar.
fraction Sign denoting that the number on the left of the slash (numerator) is one part of the number on the right of the slash (denominator).
I
J
OO
I ■
factorial Product of all positive whole numbers less than and equal to a given number. For example, the factorial of 4 is: 41 = 1x2x3x4 = 24
integral Result of the integral calculation used especially to determine an area and to resolve a differential equation.
infinity Symbol denoting that a value has no upper limit.
Roman numerals
Uppercase letters that represented numbers in ancient Rome; they are still seen today in uses such as clock and watch dials and pagination.
V L fifty Letter whose value is 50 units.
ten Letter whose value is 10 units.
five Letter whose value is 5 units.
one Letter whose value is 1 unit.
C
D
M
one hundred Letter whose value is 100 units.
five hundred Letter whose value is 500 units.
one thousand Letter whose value is 1.000 units.
7G3
SCIENCE
sum Sign indicating that several values are to be added together (their sum).
SCIENTIFIC SYMBOLS
geometry I Mathematical discipline that studies the relations between points, straight lines, curves, surfaces and volumes.
o
I
If
degree Symbol placed in superscript after a number to denote the opening of an angle or the length of an arc, or in front of an uppercase letter to identify a scale of measurement.
minute Symbol placed in superscript after a number that denotes degrees in sixtieths of a measure.
second Symbol placed in superscript after a number that denotes degrees in sixtieths of a minute.
is parallel to Symbol denoting that two straight lines remain at a constant distance from one another.
is not parallel to Symbol denoting that two straight lines do not remain at a constant distance from one other.
right angle Angle formed by two lines or two perpendicular planes that measures 90°.
1
71 pi
perpendicular Symbol denoting that a straight line meets another at a right angle.
obtuse angle Angle between 90° and 180°.
acute angle Angle that is smaller than a right angle (less than 90°).
Constant that represents the ratio of a circle’s circumference to its diameter: its value is approximately 3.1416.
L
geometrical shapes I Drawings that represent various geometric forms such as straight lines, circles and polygons. examples of angles Angle: figure formed by two intersecting lines or planes; it is measured in degrees. obtuse angle Angle between 90° and 180°.
90
°
right angle Angle formed by two lines or two perpendicular planes that measures 90°.
45
°
SCIENCE
acute angle Angle that is smaller than a right angle (less than 90°).
°
plane surfaces Set of points on a plane that describes an area of space.
parts of a circle Circle: closed plane curve; all its points are the same distance from a fixed point (center). center Point located at the same distance from every point on the circle’s' circumference.
• Section of a circle between two points on the circle.
radius Line that joins a point on a circle’s circumference to its center; it is •one half of the diameter.
quadrant Quarter of a circle’s circumference; it corresponds to an arc of 90°.
sector Surface bounded by two radii and an arc of a circle.
diameter Line that connects two points on a circle’s circumference and passes' through its center.
semicircle A half circle that is delimited by its diameter.
circumference Length of a circle that corresponds to ■the product of its diameter and pi. I 704
SCIENTIFIC SYMBOLS
geometrical shapes polygons Geometric plane tigures with several sides and a number of equal angles.
i triangle Three-sided polygon; triangles are scalene (no side is equal to any other) isosceles (two sides equal) or equilateral (all sides equal).
square Equilateral rectangle with four right angles.
rectangle Quadrilateral whose opposite sides are equal in length; the sides meet at right angles.
rhombus Equilateral parallelogram.
parallelogram Trapezoid whose opposite sides are parallel and of equal length; the sides do not meet at right angles.
quadrilateral Any plane figure with four sides and four angles.
regular pentagon Polygon with five (penta = five) sides and equal angles.
regular hexagon Polygon with six (hexa = six) sides and equal angles.
regular heptagon Polygon with seven (hepta = seven) sides and equal angles.
regular octagon Polygon with eight (octo = eight) sides and equal angles.
regular nonagon Polygon with nine (nona = nine) sides and equal angles.
regular decagon Polygon with 10 (deca = ten) sides _ . and equal angles.
regular hendecagon Polygon with 11 (hendeca = eleven) sides and equal angles.
regular dodecagon Polygon with 12 (dodeca = twelve) sides and equal angles.
Quadrilateral with two sides (bases) that are parallel. It is isosceles when it has two sides that are equal and not parallel, and rectangle when two of its sides form a right angle.
solids Geometric shapes in three dimensions that are delimited by surfaces. SCIENCE
helix Volume or solid ot spiral shape that turns at a constant angle.
torus Volume or solid generated by the rotation of a circle at an equal distance from its center of rotation.
hemisphere Half sphere cut along its diameter.
sphere Volume with all the points on its surface the same distance from its center; the solid thus delimited is a round ball.
cube Volume or solid with six square sides of equal area and six equal edges; it has eight vertices.
cone Volume or solid generated by the rotation of a straight line (generatrix) along a circular line (directrix) from a fixed point (vertex).
pyramid Volume or solid generated by straight lines (edges) connecting the angles of a polygon (base) to the vertex and whose sides form triangles.
cylinder Volume or solid generated by the rotation of a straight line (generatrix) moving along a curved line (directrix).
parallelepiped Volume or solid with six sides (parallelograms) that are parallel in pairs.
regular octahedron Volume or solid with eight triangular sides of equal area; it has six vertices and 12 edges. 705
4**
h'!'
>5? T;!ir
Justice Densely populated urban area whose activities
728
The administration of law in a society.
All activities related to tbe management of
relate to commerce, industry and
assets and currencies.
administration.
Education
736
1 The art of educating and training an individual.
I
70B
I Economy and finance
Religion
739
Politics
The belief systems, dogma and rites that
The art and practice of governing states and
characterize a human being’s relationship with the sacred.
societies.
Collective environment inhabited by human beings and characterized by institutions, culture, a concern for the common good and collective security.
748
Weapons
764
Instruments or devices used for attack or defense.
Safety
775
The measures taken and the equipment used to ensure the protection of persons and goods.
Health The measures taken and the equipment used to ensure the physical and psychological well-being of the public.
784
Family Group of persons related through common ancestry or marriage.
CITY
metropolitan area Vast urban concentration consisting of a city and its suburbs.
village
A population center that is often rural and usually smaller than a' city. road
Communications route connecting two distant geographic points,' usually urban centers. golf course
Area of land designed for playing golf; it features a course of 9 or 18 holes.
airport
Location that contains all the technical and commercial facilities needed to support air traffic.
central business district
Area that contains the highest concentration of uildings in which the city’s economic activities are carried out. railyard
Set of tracks where freight trains are reconfigured to contain cargo cars with the same destination and then dispatched. factory
Industrial building where machines are used to process raw materials, manufacture products and produce energy.
railroad station
SOCIETY
Covered building for the public where trains and passengers arrive and depart.
warehouse
Building used to store--merchandise.
wharf
Docking area for watercraft: it is designed to allow passengers to--'"' embark and disembark and to load and unload cargo. convention center
Building designed to hold trade shows and fairs (auto shows, book' fairs, agricultural fairs, etc.). parking area-
Area for cars to park.
uuiiiaiiici
LCiiiMiid
Area with installations ant equipment to store, sort and bandit freight containers I 708
CITY
metropolitan area
track
A pair of parallel rails laid end to end and on which trains run. beltway
High-speed road that circles the downtown area, making it possible to divert traffic away from downtown or connect two outlying communities.
freeway
Large thoroughfare with separate one-way lanes and no crossing streets; reserved for high-speed traffic.
landfill
Site designated for waste disposal.
interchange
shupping mail
Covered space that houses retail stores, one or more megastores and various services such as banks and restaurants. residential district
Zone reserved almost exclusively for housing. SOCIETY
country
Land and housing outside an agglomeration.
commercial zone
Zone reserved almost exclusively for business.
suburb
Asmallercommunity withincommuting distance of a city.
stadium
Large building that is covered or uncovered and surrounded by grandstands; it contains a field used for athletic events. downtown refinery
Plant where substances such as sugar and oil are processed.
entral district of a city where the main cultural, economic and commercial activities are carried out. industrial area
Zone reserved almost exclusively for industry.
port'
Area designed for shipping activities.
sports complex
Installations (buildings, playing fields, etc.) that are used for participating in sports. 709
CITY
downtown I Central district of a city where the main cultural, economic and commercial activities are carried out.
central business district Area that contains the highest concentration of buildings in which the courthouse city’s economic activities are carried Building that houses the courts. out.
hotel Business establishment that lodges people for a fee. railroad station Covered building for the public where trains and passengers arrive and depart.
office building Building that houses professional and administrative offices.
opera house A theater that stages musical drama with orchestral accompaniment.
bus station Structures and facilities required for transporting people and cargo by bus. railroad track A pair of parallel rails laid end to end and on which trains run.
quadrangle A four-sided enclosure or court surrounded by buildings (classrooms, dorms, etc.).
university Buildings and campus that make up an institution of higher learning.
city hall Building that houses the municipal government.
SOCIETY
auditorium Establishment built to present plays, shows, dance performances, concerts and so forth.
bar Business establishment with a counter and often tables where alcoholic drinks are sold.
store Business establishrnen.f-where''^ merch^ndrseis'dlsplayed and sold, restaurant Business establishment where meals are served for a fee.
shopping street Main shopping artery.
liTOlIt 11 Hi?-
bank Establishment that provides a variety of financial services.
I 710
coffee shop Business establishment where beverages such as coffee and sometimes light meals are served for a fee.
subway station Structure and facilities that provide passengers access to the subway.
movie theater Establishment with auditoriums used for projecting films.
CITY
downtown
convention center
Vast building that houses the facilities required to stage a variety of evenfs and meefings.
educational institution
Building or complex of buildings housing educafional facilifies (school, junior college, university, etc.). boulevard
Broad often landscaped thoroughfare.
street
Thoroughfare built inside a city and usually lined with buildings. avenue
Thoroughfare broader than a street; it services a district or an area of a city. fire station
Building designed to house firefighters, fire trucks and fire.fighting materials. cemetery
Place where the dead are buried church
'Place of Christian worship. alley
Narrow road usually situated behind -buildings; an alley allows public service vehicles to pass (waste collection, fire trucks, etc.). apartment building
Building usually with several floors 'and containing individual housing units. police station
Building that houses crime prevention personnel and offices.
post office
Building where mail is processed and various postal services are offered to the public. ■service station
Commercial establishment comprising one or several gasoline pumps and carrying out general maintenance of vehicles. museum
Establishment where works of art and other objects of interest are stored and exhibited.
theater
Building designed to present dramatic performances.
SOCIETY
park
Area of a city usually where trees are planted; it is used for recreation or leisure. 'library
Building where items such as books, periodicals and audio materials are classified for consultation or loan.
supermarket
Large self-service retail market that sells a variety of food and household products. car dealer
Dealership where cars of a particular brand are sold; the owner often has exclusive selling rights to a given region.
hospital
Establishment where the sick are given medical and surgical care and where babies are born. 711
CITY
cross section of a street I Depiction of a network of cables and piping systems buried beneath a roadway.
median strip sidewalk
street light
Pedestrian walkway bordering a street,
Automated device used to illuminate a public thoroughfare.
traffic light
A strip separating traffic lanes that go in opposite directions: also called a center divider.
roadway
Surface upon which vehicles drive.
fire hydrant
Automated lighting device that controls traffic at some ,■ intersections. curb
A pipe connected to a water main; firefighters attach their hoses to it to supply their trucks.
Masonry construction bordering the roadway and built above it to control water flow. pedestrian crossing
manhole
^ Lane that is reserved for pedestrian 'traffic as indicated by stripes painted on the roadway at intersections.
Hole with a removable cover foraccessing the water mains.
storm drain
bus stop
.■Area where buses stop to let passengers on and off.
Conduit connecting a building’s downspout to the sewer.
barrier bus shelter
Movable fence placed across the roadway, sidewalk or elsewhere to redirect traffic.
Covered shelter for public transit users
SOCIETY
sewer
service mam
Pipe that collects wastewater and runoff and conveys them to the main sewer.
Extremely high-fiow pipe linked to smaller distribution pipes with far smaller volumes of flow.
traffic light
Automated lighting device that controls traffic at some intersections.
main sewer red light
The red traffic light means "stop”.
: I I
Large-diameter pipe that collects wastewater and sewer runoff and conveys them to a treatment plant.
gas main yellow light green light
The green traffic light means "go".
The yellow traffic light means to slow down and prepare to stop at an intersection.
Pipe that conveys gas‘to buildings and houses.
water main
Pipe that conveys drinking water to buildings and residences.
pedestrian light
Automated lighting device that controls pedestrian traffic at some intersections. pedestrian call button
Manual control used to obtain a green light.
I 712
electricity cable
■'Cable linking an electrical power station to its users. telephone cable
Cable linking atelephone exchange to its users.
CITY
office building Building that houses professional and administrative offices, |
panoramic window
Large window set into a wall; it provides a wide view of the surrounding area.
office tower
Tall building that houses otfices.
podium Broad spacious section of a building made up of one or more floors and located at the base of a building; the tower rises above it.
rotunda
Circular building often topped with a dome.
main entrance
commercial area
podium and basement
Covered or underground pedestrian walkway that is lined with stores. glassed roof
Large glassed surface forming the walls and roof.
public garden
Pleasure garden inside a building that is designed for relaxation. restaurant
Business establishment where meals are served for a fee. SOCIETY
street
Thoroughfare built inside a city and usually lined with buildings.
Motorized vehicle for city or intercity transportation of passengers who are standing or seated.
Installation that consists of articulated steps on a continuously turning chain; it allows movement between two levels of a building. subway
Underground or partly underground train that runs on electric tracks and serves a city’s districts.
delivery entrance
loading dock
escalator
bus
; ; i ; lobby
Concourse used to access other rooms as well as stairs and elevators.
Entrance that provides access to a building for purposes of unloading freight.
Installation used to handle and load freight.
elevator
Mechanical apparatus with a car that provides automated movement of people between the levels of a building.
parking
Area for cars to park,
713
CITY
shopping mall I Covered space that houses retail stores, one or more megastores and various services such as banks and restaurants.
electronics store Retail outlet that sells electronic goods such as televisions, stereos and videocassette recorders.,, jewelry store Retail outlet that sells articles made of precious metals and gems.-
restaurant Business establishment where meals are served for a fee.
clothing store Retail outlet that sells designer clothing that is less expensive than made-to-measure clothing.
bookstore Retail outlet that sells books.
leather goods store Retail outlet that sells items madeot leather.
pet shop Retail outlet that sells pets and petsupplies. gift shop Retail outlet that sells items for giving such as dishes, decorative objects and toys.
do-it-yourself store Retail outlet that sells the equipment and materials needed to-'' renovate, install or fix things around the house. toy store Retail outlet that sells children’s toys and board games.
bowling alley Establishment designed for bowling.
SOCIETY
bar Area with a counter and often tables where alcoholic drinks are sold. lingerie store' Retail outlet that sells undergarments and sleepwear for women.
perfume store Retail outlet that sells perfumes and beauty products.
pharmacy Retail outlet that sells medication and hygiene products.
hairdresser Retail outlet that specializes in hair care, cutting and styling. photographer Retail outlet that provides photography and development services and sells cameras and accessories. music store Retail outlet that sells CDs and cassettes.
I 714
travel agency Business that specializes in travel planning; the travel agency acts asan intermediary between the customer and the tour operator. smoke shop Retail outlet that sells tobacco, cigarettes and smoking accessories.
walkway Pedestrian concourse that provide access to stores on a level. movie theater Establishment with auditoriums used for projecting films.
CITY
shopp
■ -‘d
automated teller machine
(ATM) Machine used to obtain money using a debit card.
bank
dry cleaner
Establishment that provides a variety of financial services.
Retail outlet that specializes in cleaning and pressing clothes. loading dock
■Installation for unloading and handling crates of merchandise.
optician
- Retail outlet that sells eyeglasses and contact lenses. department store
Large store with sections for product - categories such as clothes and cosmetics; department stores are often anchor stores for the mall. coffee shop
Business establishment where -beverages such as coffee and sometimes light meals are served for a fee.
day-care center
Babysitting service provided while -parents do their shopping.
florist
Retail outlet that sells flowers and -ornamental plants. supermarket
Large self-service retail market that 'sells a variety of food and household products.
key cutting shop
- Business that specializes in making and selling keys.
home furnishings store
- Retail outlet that sells furniture and interior design accessories.
photo booth
Small booth equipped with an automated camera that takes fastdeveloping photographs. SOCIETY
information booth
Kiosk where customers can obtain information on where to find stores -and services in the shopping mall. pay phone
Telephone located in public places; - it functions when coins or payment cards are inserted into the phone box. newsstand
Retail outlet that sells newspapers 'and magazines. restrooms
••Rooms equipped with toilets and sinks. sporting goods store
shoe store
Retail outlet that sells sports articles such as sportswear, equipment and accessories. fast-food restaurant
Business that serves rapidly prepared food at popular prices,
bench
Long narrow unupholstered seat with or without a back, seating several people.
•Retail outlet that sells tootwear and related accessories. pastry shop
Business that sells bread, pastries and other goods that are sometimes baked on-site.
post office
Outlet where mall Is processed and various postal services are offered to the public. 715
CITY
department store I Large store with sections (departments) for various product categories such as clothes, stationery and cosmetics.
men’s underwear Section that sells undergarments for men,
women’s casual wear Section that sells women’s clothing for everyday wear.
women’s coats Department that sells women's outerwear, which closes in front and is worn to protect against the cold and inclement weather.
swimsuits Section that sells women's swimwear, which comes in one piece or two pieces (bikinis),--,.
checkout counter Counter where clerks record the details of each article bought, calculate the amount due, and collect the money or the credit card information.
women’s sweaters Department that sells women's clothing for the upper body in a variety of fabrics and stitch patterns,-,,
fitting room Area where customers can try on articles of clothing before they decide to purchase.
women’s sportswear
lingerie Section that sells women’s undergarments and stockings,women’s suits Section that sells women’s suits, which are made up of a skirt orpants and a jacket of the same fabric. women’s nightwear Section that sells women's clothing torindoor wear, including sleeping.
women’s shoes
men’s suits Section that sells men’s suits (pants, jackets, vests, etc,).
stockroom Room used to store merchandise. running shoes Section where running shoes made of leather or canvas and rubber aresold: running shoes are designed to be light and flexible.
men’s accessories Department that sells men’s articles such as belts, hats and scarves, ■
SOCIETY
men’s shoes
men’s pants mattresses and box springs Department that sells beds in various sizes. men’s shirts
neckties Section that sells neckties, which are worn under the collar for decorative purposes.
household linen Department that sells Items such as bathroom and kitchentowels, table linen and bedding.
audiovisual equipment Department that sells Items such as stereos, camcorders, televisions and videocassette recorders,decorative accessories Department that sells household ornaments.
kitchen articles Department that sells various, utensils, articles for baking,’ cookware, etc. receiving area Space designed to receive merchandise.
I 716
loading docks Installations used to handle and unload crates and pallets of merchandise.
major domestic appliances Section that sells kitchen and laundry appliances such as refrigerators, stoves, dishwashers, washing machines and dryers.
CITY
department store luggage Department that sells luggage used to carry various objects and travel effects ; ^ watches and jewelry I Department that sells watches and finely ! wrought ornamental objects made from : precious materials (e.g., gold, silver, ; precious stones). ;
women’s accessories Department that sells women’s articles such as belts, hats and scarves.
^ .••'
cosmetics Department that sells tacial beauty products used to bring out certain features and conceal blemishes.
perfume Department that sells perfume, which is diluted with water and ..-alcohol, as well as eaude toilette.
^ men’s nightwear Section that sells mens indoor clothing, men s sportswear including sleepwear. Department that sells men s clothing for participating in physical activities and .-informal wear.
,,-■■■ ..-•■
men’s sweaters Department that sells men’s clothing for ..■■•■'"the upper body that are made in a ...--■■ variety of fabrics and weaves.
men’s casual wear ■Section that sells men’s clothing for everyday wear. ...-children’s shoes
men’s coats Department that sells men’s outerwear, -which closes in front and is worn to protect against cold and inclement weather.
.- -girls’ wear size 7 to 17
boys’ wear size 7 to 17
boys’ wear size 2 to 6
■ -girls’ wear size 2 to 6
-children’s sportswear
■ baby wear
candies 'Department that sells candies and chocolate. checkout counter Counter where clerks record the details of 'each article bought, calculate the amount due, and collect the money or the credit card information. bathroom articles Section that sells accessories used to furnish and decorate a bathroom. stationery Department that sells office supplies.
toys Department that sells toys and educational games for children.
gifts Department that sells greeting cards and gift-wrapping paper.
■lobby The department store’s entrance area.
small domestic appliances Section that sells kitchen and household appliances such as food processors, toasters, vacuum cleaners and steam irons.
dinnerware, glassware and silverware Section that sells articles used to serve food and drinks.
717
CITY
convention center I Vast building that houses the facilities required to stage a variety of events and meetings.
banquet hall Large site used for assemblies, banquets, social events, etc.
control room Room equipped to control sound, lighting and projection.-
auditorium
Hall designed for the public to attend lectures and audiovisual presentations.
administrative offices
, •
SOCIETY
Rooms where tasks related to the management of the convention' center are carried out.
simultaneous interpretation booth
Room set aside for interpreters, who provide an oral translation of a conference.
management Office-
Office occupied by the person who manages the convention center’s various services.
meeting rooms-"'
Rooms used by small groups to hold meetings and discussions.
VIP lounge Room reserved for distinguished guests.
break-out room Room designed for working sessions involving small groups.
conference room Room that is big enough to hold a relatively large number of people.
I 718
CITY
convention center
organizers’ offices Meeting rooms used by a convention’s organizers.
exhibition stand Area where exhibitors showcase their products or services
movable panel Lightweight divider usually with feet that is used to enclose an exhibition stand. exhibit hall Hall where exhibition stands are set up
loading dock Installation used to unload crates and pallets containing convention articles, equipment, etc.
kitchen Room where meals are prepared
bar Area with a counter and tables where alcoholic drinks are sold
restaurant Business establishment where meals are served for a fee.
hall Large open space used to access other rooms.
SOCIETY
restrooms Rooms equipped with toilets and sinks.
cloakroom Space designated for storing clothes, hats, umbrellas and so forth.
information desk Kiosk that provides information on events and services at the convention center.
security service Room equipped with monitors where staff watch over the convention center’s various rooms.
ticket office Counter where admission tickets are purchased.
revolving doors Revolving doors composed of three or four glass wings that pivot around a vertical axis; they are pushed open like a turnstile.
entrance
719
CITY
restaurant I Business establishment where people pay to eat a meal prepared on the premises and served at their table; a restaurant’s quality and prices * vary depending on the menu.
store room Room for storing nonperishable items.
refrigerator Appliance that maintains an average temperature of 4°C; it is used for storing and chilling food..,
office Workplace tor administrative personnel.
refrigerated display case Refrigerated unit for storing cold dishes that are prepared in advance.
wine cellar Cabinet for keeping wine at constant temperature and humidity.
freezer Appliance that maintains an average temperature of -18°C; it\ freezes food to preserve it.
customers’ restrooms Rooms equipped with toilets and sinks.
wine steward Person in charge of the wine cellar; the wine steward helps customers choose a wine and sometimes serves it as well. service table Furniture used for making extra utensils available to staff so they can provide fast service. coat check Space near the entrance where customers check their coats, hats, umbrellas and such. !
buffet Table on which hot and cold dishes are made available so that people can serve themselves. maitre d’ Person who manages the reservation system, greets customers and supervises the dining room staff. staff entrance
SOCIETY
staff coatroom Room near the entrance where employees store their clothes, hats, umbrellas and such.
refrigerators Appliances that maintain an average temperature of 4°C: they are used for chilling and storing drinks. bartender Person responsible for preparing and serving drinks.
bar counter Raised narrow counter on which drinks are served.
bar stool Chair without arms that allows people to sit at the same level as the bar counter. bar Area with a counter and often tables where alcoholic drinks are sold.
pay phone Telephone located in public places; it functions when coins or payment cards are inserted into the phone box. customers’ entrance
booth Separate compartment for small groups.
dining room Room designed and furnished for serving meals; its decor often reflects the type of food served.
CITY
restaurant kitchen ^
Room where meals are prepared I under the direction of a chef who is assisted by a kitchen staff. hood Ventilation appliance expelling or recycling air that contains cooking fumes and odors. station chef Person in charge of preparing the various dishes on the menu; specialized staff such as the sauce cook, roast cook and pastry chef answer to the station chef.
pot-and-pan sink Sink in which pots and pans and related cooking utensils are washed.
dishwasher Appliance designed to automatically wash and dry dishes.
cleaning supplies Cupboard for storing cleaning products.
dishwasher Person in charge of washing cooking utensils and dishes.
work top Flat work surface designed primarily to prepare food.T
prerinse sink Sink in which dishes are rinsed before being placed in the dishwasher.
ice machine Appliance with a water source that makes and distributes ice cubes. dirty dish table
hot plate Element used to cook food.
busboy Person who clears the tables during and after service.
clean dish table
oven Appliance for cooking or heating food.
hot food table Counter for keeping dishes warm
SOCIETY
deep fryer . Utensil for deep-frying foods.
gas range Appliance for cooking food, equipped with gas-fed burners and an oven. waiter Person who takes the customers’ order, serves the meals and settles the check.
electric range Electric appliance for cooking food, equipped with surface elements or griddles and an oven. menu
Itemized list of dishes served in a restaurant.
chef Person whose main duties are to manage the kitchen staff, purchase supplies and plan menus. check
wine list
Itemized list of wines and spirits served in a restaurant. :
restauratTgll
Bill indicating the total amount to be paid by the customer.
- TTTJT
■sf*r
721
CITY
self-service restaurant I Restaurant with numerous food counters where customers can put together a meal of their choosing.
work top Flat work surface designed primarily to prepare food,
bread and cheese
hot food
sink Water-fed basin equipped with a drain; it is indispensable for cooking and cleaning tasks.
cooking utensils Utensils used for cooking food, especially in the oven or on the stove.
soup , cold room Refrigerated space forstoring--. perishables.
store room Room for storing nonperishable items.
hors d’oeuvres and cold food
salads
SOCIETY
self-service display case Unit for displaying hot and cold food, which customers serve themselves.
trays Flat rigid utensils for carrying--' refrigerator Appliance with two compartments, one for keeping food cold and the other for freezing it.
range hood Ventilation appliance expelling or recycling air that contains cooking fumes and odors.
4l
silverware and napkins
counter Raised narrow table at which customers can eat.
range Electric appliance for cooking food.
cooking plate Element for cooking food.
I 722
cooking area All the equipment needed for preparing food.
stool Seat without arms or back where people sit at counter level.
CITY
self- service restau-a:
kitchen Room where meals are prepared.
glasses Receptacles tor drinking.
fruits and desserts
percolators Electric cotfee makers tor preparing large amounts of cotfee.
dishwasher Appliance designed to automatically wash and dry dishes.
glass washer Appliance designed to automatically wash glasses.
storage rack Unit for arranging and protecting .-various kitchen objects. soda fountain Device that dispenses nonalcoholic beverages made from carbonated •water, flavoring and sugar. condiments Natural or artificial substances used in "cooking to bring out the flavor in a dish or to complement it. cloakroom .....----Space for storing clothes, hats, umbrellas and so forth.
ft ^
-pay phone Telephone located in public places; it functions when coins or payment cards are inserted into the phone box.
mgmssam
^
^
%
y , >3
P c
p
%
ll^ ' w
w.
t
%
P C-
%
P
a-. C"‘\
TP i
P
%
restrooms Rooms equipped with toilets and sinks.
%
c
4 r
4 > I
r >
I %
4
m
44
4
P ^
P
4t h 0^
4
44
dining room Hall for eating meals.
microwave ovens Ovens made available to customers to warm up their meals.
'Checkout counter Counter where clerks record the details of each article bought, calculate the amount due, and collect the money or the credit card information. chair Seat consisting of a back and legs but no arms.
4 p
SOCIETY
P
ll»
table Article of furniture consisting of a flat surface supported by one or more legs; people sit around it to be served.
garbage can Container in which leftovers are discarded.
723
CITY
hotel I Business establishment that lodges people for a fee. reception level The ground floor of the hotel. men’s room Men’s restroom equipped with toilets and sinks.
screen White screen on which images are projected.
dining room Flail for eating meals.
meeting room Room used by small groups to ..hold meetings and discussions.
ladies’ room Women’s restroom equipped with toilets and sinks,
kitchen Room where meals are prepared.
cocktail lounge Room where alcoholic beverages ...-■-■are served for a fee; people can sit at the bar or on couches around low tables.
food reserves Food stored for future use.
janitor’s closet Room for storing cleaning products and housekeeping supplies.
office -Workplace for administrative personnel.
loading dock Installation for unloading and"-' handling crates of freight.
stairs ""■■■Structural component enabling movement between floors.
laundryRoom where laundry is washed.
linen room Room for storing linens such as sheets and towels.
elevator Mechanical apparatus with a car ■■■that provides automated movement of people between the levels of a building.
lounge Room for waiting or relaxing.
hotel rooms Rooms designed to lodge people.
hall Concourse used to access other rooms as well as stairs and elevators.
single room Room that contains one bed and is designed for one or two people.
lobby Flotel entrance area.
desk Worktable that usually contains drawers. bedside lamp Movable light fixture with a sho'rt shaft that is used on a bedside -table.
double bed Large bed designed for two people. television set Receiving device that generates the sound and picture elements of programs--... broadcast by a television station or recorded on cassette or disc.
SOCIETY
front desk Customer reception area where reservations are taken, room keys are given out and hotel bills are paid.
telephone Device allowing the human voice to ■ be transmitted over a distance by means of a network of telephone lines.
mirror Polished glass surface that reflects light and images and used for--... purposes such as styling hair and applying makeup.
bedside table Small table placed at the head of a bed; it might contain one or more drawers.
bathroom Room designed for personal hygiene; it is equipped with running water and sanitary fixtures.
single bed Bed designed for one person.
sink Sanitary fixture in the form otabasin; it is used for washing.
love seat Sofa fhaf seafs fwo people.
toilet Sanitary fixture for disposing of bodily waste; it comprises a toilet bowl and a tank. bath and showerSanitary facilities for washing the body; one is an elongated tub and the other, a jet of water.
I 724
double room Room confaining fwo beds.
room number
door Opening connecting the hotel hallway to the room; it can be locked.
wardrobe Closet for storing clothes.
CITY
common symbols Pictograms used in public areas or along thoroughfares to advertise services or warn of prohibitions. |
men’s rest room
camping (trailer and tent)
women’s rest room
picnic area
no wheelchair access
wheelchair access
picnics prohibited
camping prohibited
camping (tent)
-A ''
I \ ’^1 ■
cottee shop
restaurant
service station
tire extinguisher
SOCIETY
telephone
pharmacy
y—V TAXI
intormation
information
currency exchange
taxi transportation
725
JUSTICE
prison I Place of detention designed to hold people awaiting trial and people already serving sentences.
control of staff entries and exits Prison staff such as guards, cooks and educators are required to sign in and out.
workshop Area where inmates work in various fields such as carpentry, shoe repair and sheet metal.
chapel Place of worship.
staff entrance..
library--. Room where items such as books, periodicals and audio materials are classified for consultation or loan.
assistant warden’s office
office Workplace for administrative personnel.
visitors’ front office Reception area for people who want to see an inmate. -
visiting room Room set aside for visits; inmates and visitors are usually separated by a pane of glass.
visitors’ entrance
walk-through metal detector Visitors are required to walk through a magnetic device that detects thepresence of firearms or other metal objects deemed to be dangerous.
SOCIETY
visitors’ waiting room
coatroom • Space designated for storing clothes, hats, umbrellas and so forth. patrol wagon Vehicle for transporting prisoners.
garage Structure used for parking vehicles.
inmates’ entrance-
inmates’ admission office Room designed to receive and register new inmates.
I 72B
infirmary Premises equipped to provide medical care to inmates and to treat minor injuries. laundry Room where laundry Is washed.
kitchen Room where meals are prepared,
shower Sanitary fixture for washing the body under a spray of water.
JUSTICE
prison
gymnasium 'Hall for practicing indoor sports.
control center Surveillance station designed to provide guards with a view of the • entire prisoner area.
courtyard Uncovered area that is enclosed by ■ buildings or walls surmounted with barbed wire; the courtyard is used for outdoor activities.
classroom ' Room designed to provide formai education to a group of inmates.
indoor activity area •Games room equipped with table games, card games and such.
dayroom - Common room used by inmates to chat and watch television.
SOCIETY
multipurpose room Room that can be adapted fora number of uses, including shows and film screenings. isolation cell Windowless cell used to confine an inmate who has committed a serious offense.
picture window Opening containing a large window. control center Surveillance station designed to provide guards with a view of the entire prisoner area. grille Bars set inside a wall opening and used to close off a cell.
dining room Hall where inmates eat their meals.
barred window
Room used to hold one or more inmates.
727
JUSTICE
court I Place where trials are held before a judge and sometimes a jury to determine if a person accused of a crime is guilty or innocent. judges’ bench Judges preside over trials and ensure that proceedings are in accordance with the law; at the conclusion of a trial, the clerks’ desk judge delivers a verdict and a sentence if Table where clerks sit to record the the verdict is guilty. proceedings.
jurors’ room Room in which jurors deliberate: jurors are citizens selected at random, usually from voters' lists. toilet Premises designed to satisfy basic functions and equipped with toilets and sinks.
prosecution counsels’ bench Prosecuting attorneys ensure that laws are enforced on behalf of society: they attempt to prove that the accused is guilty. courtroom Area of the court reserved for the main players in a trial, including the judge, jury, accused and attorneys.
judges’ office Office used by judges to meet with assistants and attorneys and to prepare judgments.
jury box Box reserved for the jury, who deliver a verdict of guilty or not -guilty at the conclusion of atrial.
clerks’ office Duties of clerks include assisting judges, drawing up charges, informing judges of specific points of procedure and collecfing evidence.
witness stand ^ Stand from which a witness gives 'testimony or serves as an expert witness under oath. audience Witnesses and the public sit at the back of the courtroom; priority is given to family members of the accused and the victim.
SOCIETY
cells-’ Rooms where the accused are held while awaiting their court appearance.
security vestibule Corridorthat leads directly from--'’ the cells to the prisoner’s dock.
/ /
defense counsels’bench' Defense attorneys advise and represent the accused and attempt to prove the person's innocence
counsels’assistants Assistants help attorneys with tasks such as research, questioning witnesses and writing reports. ’HV
,, person alleged to have committed a crime remains during the trial.
lobby Court entrance area.
interview rooms Rooms in which attorneys consult with their clients.
examples of currency abbreviations I Currency abbreviation: abbreviation assigned to the currency of a country or group of countries; its reference value Is guaranteed by a competent authority, usually a central bank. cent A subdivision of certain currencies, including the dollar, the rupee and the shilling.
$
dollar Decimal monetary unit used in certain countries where English is spoken, including Canada, the U.S., Australia and New Zealand, I 728
euro The euro is the common currency of fhe countries that belong to the European Union; it was introduced in January 2002.
Rs
rupee The rupee is the currency of India, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and the Seychelles; it is a descendant of the silver rupee, which was first used in the 16th century.
peso The peso is the currency of Chile, Colombia, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Mexico and Argentina: it is a descendant of the Spanish gold peso introduced in the 15th century.
ini
new shekel The new shekel is the currency of Israel: it replaced the old shekel in 1985.
p
¥
pound The pound is used in the United Kingdom, Cyprus, Egypt and Lebanon, among other countries; it is the oldest currency in Europe.
yen The yen is the currency of Japan; the word means “round” or “circle” in Japanese.
£
ECONOMY AND FINANCE
money and modes of payment All the legal instruments of payment issued by a bank. coin: obverse The coin is currency in the form of embossed metal; specific coins are characterized by their value, appearance, weight and diameter.
I
banknote: front A banknote is paper currency issued by a country’s central bank or by an economic community.
initials of the issuing bank
security thread hologram foil strip
A feature to prevent counterfeiting; a dark line that is visible intransmitted light is inserted into the paper.
A feature to prevent counterfeiting; the image on the strip changes when the banknote is tilted.
date
The year a coin was issued.
watermark
A feature to prevent counterfeiting; .•an image that is visible in transmitted light is incorporated into the paper.
official signature
Banknotes are signed by people such as the central bank’s governor-, (Canada) or president (ED) or the Secretary of the Treasury (U.S.).
color shifting ink
A feature to prevent counterfeiting; •a special ink is used that changes color when viewed from various angles.
edge
Surface forming the thickness of a coin; it can be smooth, grooved or engraved. portrait
Portrait of a famous person such as a prime minister, president, king or queen that appears on a banknote.
coin: reverse
serial number
Each banknote is identified by a unique combination of numbers and letters. banknote: back
8980.
serial number
Each banknote is identified by a 'unique combination of numbers and letters.
flag of the European Union
outer ring
■Slightly raised ring marking the edge of a coin.
10
motto
Saying or maxim that symbolizes a country or expresses an idea or a -common experience.
denomination
denomination
■A coin’s value is indicated on the reverse.
SOCIETY
-The value of a banknote is indicated on the front and back.
- name of the currency magnetic stripe
Band containing the information required to use a credit card.-
PHtLIP SHUMAN J29. ru* (» Cwnmuft* Mofttrtil (Qu4be E
TO
CO
CD
CO O
C= CO CD
w
Q or o
V
daughter
d
Relationship between a father or mother and a female child.
E ^ -B "o .E
!O
FAMILY
family relationships
daughter Relationship between a father or mother and a female child.
parents The fafhe'rand mother of a child.
aternal aunt elationship between a chilFariT the sister ot his or her father.
C13 _C/0
CO 03 O
E
cousin Relationship between a child and the son or daughter of his or her uncle or aunt.
5 CO
aD--C
cousin Relationship between a child and the son or daughter of his or her uncle or aunt.
Q-'o c j= -cr 1 CO 05
o
C -TD
o • c=
•— , CO CO cijj 05 cc ^
paternal uncle Relationship between a child and the brother of his or her father.
nephew Relationship between a male child andnis aunt or uncle. son
father__
''RefilonshTp b'etwee a father of mother and a male child.
Relationship between a chitd'and the male parent.
brother Relationship between a male or temale child and a male child who shares the same mother and father.
husband Relationship between a wife and her spouse.
parents TheTather and mother ofa'chlfd.
children ’"^‘parenTsToFord'augh’te’r sister Relationship between a male or temale child and a temale child who shares the same mother and tat her.
wife Relationship between a husband and his spouse. ___ mother
daughter
'HelatidnshiFdetween a the temale parent.
maternal uncle Ite I at i 0 n s h i p betwee n a cTi i fd a ni’" the brother ot his or her mother.
SOCIETY
RelatTohshTp between a'father or mother and a temale child.
niece "Relation s h i p betweFalemair child and her uncle or aunt. cousin Relationship between a child and the son or daughter of his or her uncle or aunt.
maternal aunt Relationship between a child and the sister of his or her mother.
parents The father and mother of a child.
cousin Relationship between a child and the son or daughter of his or her uncle or aunt.
son Relationship between a father or mother and a male child.
785
788
790
Sports facilities I Fields and Installations designed for
794
j Track and field I
Ball sports iI
! This sport brings together some 30 events:
participating in sports and staging competitions.
Individual or team sports played by throwing or hitting a solid or inflated ball.
races, speed walking, marathon, jumps, shot put, combined events (heptathlon, decathlon).
815
Racket sports
I
Gymnastics
Popular all over the world, these sports have two to four opposing players with rackets; they rally
I
Gymnastic sports include rhythmic, artistic,
a ball or shuttlecock on a defined playing
acrobatic and aquatic gymnastics, as well as stretching. Gymnastics builds up the body and
surface.
makes it supple.
842850 Combat sports 1■
I
II
i Aquatic and nautical sports I
—
Sports in which two armed or unarmed opponents confront each other in combat.
|1 Strength sports I
Sports and recreational activities that take place In or on water.
852
Sports that develop muscular strength and size (weightlifting, power lifting and bodybuilding).
i
Equestrian sports
-1 Sports practiced by a rider on a horse; they include competitions of skill, speed and endurance and team games.
Activities practiced for recreational purposes (fun, relaxation, health) and often taking the form of competitions sanctioned by official bodies.
859
1 Precision and accuracy sports
870
j Cycling
872
I Motor sports
I 1 Sports whose objective is to hit a target of various shapes and sizes (such as a pocket, hole, jack or bowling pin) using various means (such as a bow, firearm, billiard cue, ball or club).
877
1 Winter sports
894
1 Mountain sports
1 Sports on vi/heels
896
1 Sports that use a board or skates fitted with small wheels; they include team, acrobatic and speed activities.
! Sports practiced on snow or ice.
900
1 Sports characterized by driving a motorized vehicle such as a race car, motorcycle, snowmobile or personal watercraft.
1 Sport practiced on a bicycle.
902
Sports or leisure activities connected with climbing and mountaineering.
I Outdoor leisure Leisure activities that take place outdoors.
I Aerial sports | Sports or leisure activities done in the air using specialized apparatus and equipment.
914
Games
I
Leisure activities that are played according to established rules and require intelligence, skill and luck.
7B7 [
SPORTS FACILITIES
sports complex I Installations (buildings, playing fields, etc.) that are used for participating in sporls^
swimming pool Man-made basin designed for swimming.
velodrome Track designed for cycling competitions; its sharply banked turns allow competitors to reach high speeds.
arena Building used mainly for ice sports; it houses a skating rink and ancillary amenities such as stands and locker rooms,
diving well Man-made basin designed for diving.', swimming stadium Facility that features pools designed for aquatic activities such as swimming, diving and water polo and ancillary amenities such as lockers and exercise rooms.-.,.
training area Zone where athletes prepare for sports competitions by doing various exercises.
shooting range Site designed tor target shooting using firearms such as rifles and pistols.
archery range Site designed for target archery using a bow and arrow.
tennis courts Surface designed for tennis that is made of clay, cement, synthetic turf or grass.
equestrian sports ring Circuit with obstacles that a horse and rider must negotiate within a set time during an equestrian event.
golf course Area of natural land designed for playing golf; it features a course of 9 or 18 holes.
baseball stadium Field covered with natural or synthetic grass that is used to play baseball. stands Structure with tiered seats that is often partially covered; it is tor spectators attending sporting events. SPORTS AND GAMES
gymnasium Hall for practicing indoor sports.
sports hall Very large structure and installations that are used mainly for indoor sporting events, stadium Large building that is covered or uncovered and surrounded by grandstands; it contains a field used for athletic events.
throwing and jumping area Area designed to hold throwing (discus, hammer, javelin) and jumping (high jump, long jump, triple jump, pole vault) competitions. athletic track Oval circuit designed to hold races such as sprints, hurdles and relays.
I 788
marina Port especially designed for pleasure craft such as sailboats and speedboats.
field hockey field Field covered with natural or synthetic grass that is used to play field hockey.
lane Strip bordered by buoys, which mark oft a zone reserved for watercraft.
soccer field competition course basin Field covered with natural or synthetic Man-made basin of regulation size grass that is used to play soccer. where aquatic competitions such as rowing and canoeing are held.
SPORTS FACILITIES
scoreboard Display surface posting information related to a sporting event in progress (time, standings, results, etc.).
game clock Instrument indicating the time left in a period. score Number of points scored by eachteam or player in a game.
period Each of the segments of a match; its duration is fixed by the rules of the sport. fouls/penalties Sanctions imposed on a player who fails to follow the rules of thegame; they take the form of penalty points or minutes. video replay Screen on which the highlights of agame are replayed for spectators.
competition Sporting event in which several players or teams play against each other; it might be a championship, a cup, a tournament or a rally. |
first round: 128 players Event in a competition in which two of 128 players or teams play against each other; the winners move on to the second round.
third round: 32 players Event in a competition in which two of 32 players or teams play against each other; the winners move on to the fourth round.
quarterfinal: 8 players Event in a competition in which two of eight players or teams play against each other; the winners move on to the semifinals.
draw Table showing the names of players or teams competing at various stages of a tournament.
final: 2 players Final: last event of the competition; the winning player or team takes the tournament.
SPORTS AND GAMES
winner Player or team that wins the event.
finalist Each of the two players or teams that qualify for a final.
second round: 64 players Event in a competition in which two of 64 players or teams play against each other: the winners move on to the third round.
fourth round: 16 players Event in a competition in which two of 16 players or teams play against each other; the winners move on to the quarterfinals.
semifinal: 4 players Second to last event in a competition in which two of four players or teams play against each other; the winners move on to the final. 789
TRACK AND FIELD
arena I Field designed for participating in track and field and for staging competitions; it is often surrounded by grandstands for seating spectators.
200 m starting line scoreboard Display surface posting information related to a sporting event in progress (time, standings, results, etc.),
5,000 m starting line
long jump and triple jump Track and field event that requires jumping as far as possible from a given point (long jump) or taking several strides before jumping (triple jump).
shot put Event in which athletes throw a heavy ball (12 pounds or 7.257 kg for men and 8.8 pounds or 4 kg for women) as far as possible.
steeplechase hurdle jump Track event held on a 3,000 m circuit that includes artificial obstacles (hurdles, water jumps), which the runners are required to clear...
lane Long narrow strip bordered by white lines and reserved tor a runner or team during a race..
110 m hurdles starting line.
takeover zone Area in which the runners on a relay team pass the baton to the next runner.
100 m and 100 m hurdles starting line
equipment
SPORTS AND GAMES
All the regulation equipment used for sporting events, including timekeeping systems, starting pistols, cameras and hurdles.
starting pistol
Firearm used by a judge to signal the start of a race by firing blanks into the air.
I 790
throwing circle Area where the athlete winds up to throw the shot; the thrower may not leave this area before the shot touches the ground.
pole vault Athletic event in which a pole is used to vault over the highest possible crossbar.
track Oval circuit designed to hold races such as sprints, hurdles and relays,
TRACK AND FIELD
arena
discus and hammer throw Disciplines in which athletes attempt to throw a discus (2 kg for men and 1 kg for women) or hammer (16 lbs or 7.257 kg for men and 4 kg for women) as far as possible.
1,500 m starting line
safety cage Wire fence bordering the throwing circle; it protects the spectators, competitors and officials in the event of a missed throw. throwing circle Area where the athlete winds up to •throw the discus or hammer; the athlete may not leave this area before thpnhiprt tnyches the ground. javelin throw Discipline in which athletes -attempt to throw a javelin (800 g for men and 600 g for women) as far as possible. approach Track that the athlete uses to build up momentum before a javelin throw. high jump Athletic event that requires jumping as high as possible to clear a horizontal bar, relying solely on leg thrust.
finish line Line marking the end of a race.
10,000 m and 4 x 400 m relay starting line
800 m starting line
400 m, 400 m hurdles, 4 x 100 m relay starting line
athlete; starting block
shirt Supple, relatively tight-fitting garment covering the athlete's upper body.
Starting block; device made up of two adjustable pedals that allow sprinters to give themselves momentum during a start.
number Numbered piece of square fabric that athletes wear on their backs and chests for easy identification.
pedal Piece where the athlete places the teet; its angle can be adjusted.
track shoe Shoe with a spiked sole that provides good traction during a •race. notch ...-Each of the grooves used to secure .-••-■■■" the pedals.
starting line Line marking the start of the race. ■
anchor Piece that secures the starting block to the track.
lane line White band bordering the lanes on the track. rack spike Metal bar with notches that is used Metal piece attached to the front to adjust the position of the starting part of the sole to avoid slipping on blocks, the track and achieve better thrust.
SPORTS AND GAMES
shorts ■ Very short pants covering only the top of the thighs.
block Piece on which runners place their feet to give themselves momentum at the start of a race.
base Piece that supports the pedal,
I
731
(
TRACK AND FIELD
jumping I The four jumping events are the high jump, long jump, triple jump and pole vault. high jump Athletic event that requires jumping as high as possible to clear a horizontal bar, relying solely on leg thrust. upright • Vertical post of adjustable height supporting the high jump crossbar.
crossbar Long horizontal bar that the athlete must clear without knocking it--" over; it rests on mounts attached to two uprights.
landing area Padded area where the athlete lands after a jump.
pole vault Athletic event in which a pole is used to vault over the highest possible crossbar.
crossbar Long horizontal bar that the athlete must clear without knocking it over; it rests on mounts attached to two uprights. pole vaulter Athlete specialized inthepole---" vaulting event. pole Sturdy flexible rod of wood, metal or fiberglass that the pole vaulter leans on to gain elevation and clear the crossbar; it may be any length.
upright Vertical post of adjustable height supporting the pole vault crossbar.
landing area ,■ Padded area where the athlete lands after a jump.
SPORTS AND GAMES
approach Track on which the athlete builds up the speed required to jump.
pole Sturdy flexible rod of wood, mefal or fiberglass that the pole vaulter leans on to gain elevation and clear the crossbar; it may be any length.
planting box Metal board embedded in the ground; at the end ot their approach, pole vaulters plant the pole in it to gain elevation and clear the bar.
llifi ‘mr
tip Piece of rubber attached to the lower extremity of the pole to prevent it from slipping inside fhe planting box. I 792
TRACK AND FIELD
jumping run-up track Track on which the athlete builds up the speed required to jump.
triple jump take-off board After clearing the take-off board, the athlete must perform a hop and a step before jumping into the landing area,
long jump take-off board It is placed close to the landing area across which the athlete jumps as far as possible.
...
take-off board Usually wooden board that the athlete pushes off from after completing the approach.
long jump and triple jump [ Track and field events that require jumping j as far as possible from a given point (long jump) or taking several strides before jumping (triple jump).
1
indicator board Board covered with plasticine to take an imprint of the athlete's foot if it touches down beyond ■ the take-off board, which is against the rules.
landing area Sandpit where the athlete lands after the jump.
throwing The throwing events are (jiscus, shot put, hammer and javelin.
javelin Metal rod shaped like a spear that the athlete throws with one hand after building up speed on the I'unway.
shaft Long, usually metal rod making up the body of the javelin.
grip Part which the athlete holds to throw the javelin; it is usually made of cord wound around the javelin’s center of gravity.
I
tip jpe end of the javelin that pierces the ground.
metal head Pointed front end of the javelin.
hammer Implement consisting of a heavy ball attached to a wire; the athlete throws it after spinning around several times in the throwing circle. head Spherical weight usually made of metal; it is the first part to strike the ground.
handle Part that the athlete holds with two hands when throwing a hammer. SPORTS AND GAMES
swivel Piece that connects the head to the wire and causes it to rotate.
wire Steel wire connecting the head to the handle through the swivel.
shot Ball made of a metal such as bronze or copper that the athlete throws with one hand after winding up in the throwing circle.
discus Flat circular disk that the athlete throws with one hand after spinning around several times in a throwing circle. rim - Metal circle around the body of the discus. weight Heavy metal body at the center of the discus. body Part of the discus that is usually made of wood or plastic.
793
BALL SPORTS
baseball Sport with two opposing teams of nine players who attempt to score points by hitting a ball with a bat and running from one base to the next until they reach home plate; a game lasts nine innings, during which teams alternate from offense (at bat) to defense (in the field). player positions
The team playing the field has nine players who try to prevent the opposing team from reaching bases and scoring points. left fielder Position that covers left field; if a fielder cafches the ball before it touches the ground, the batter is retired.
center fielder Position in center field; covering the greatest area, this player anticipates where the ball will be hit and coordinates the positions of the outfielders.
shortstop Position between second and third base; this player’s role is to catch a ball hit in that direction and relay it to a teammate, depending on the game situation.
right fielder Position that covers right field; if a fielder catches the ball before it touches the ground, the batter is retired.
third baseman Position near third base; this player needs a powerful arm to throw the ball directly to first base when the situation calls for if.
second baseman Position near second base. This player, like all other infielders, retires an opponent by tagging the runner, ball in hand, before the ■ runner reaches base.
catcher Position behind home plate; this player catches the ball thrown by the pitcher and indicates the type of pitch to throw to retire the batter,
pitcher Position opposite home plate; this player throws the ball to the opposing batter, using various pitches to try to prevent the batter from obtaining a hit.
third base Cushion attached to the ground that the player tries to reach after touching second base; if the player reaches home plate without being retired, one point is scored.
field
Surface on which a baseball game is played; if is in the shape of a quarter circle and is covered with dirt and natural or synthetic grass. dugout Partially closed area for the coaches, manager, substitute players and the team at bat.
‘ coach’s box Each of two areas reserved for base coaches who use signals to communicate strategy to runners and batters.
foul line Two-straight iines bordering the playing field; they run from home plate to the outfield fence.
SPORTS AND GAMES
backstop Chain-link barrier located behind home plate; it prevents the ball from reaching the spectators.
first baseman Position near first base that takes part in most defensive plays; the batter is retired if the first baseman, ball in hand, touches the base before the batter.
first base Cushion attached to the ground that is the first base the batter reaches after hitting the ball; the player may stop there or move on to other bases.
794
infield Playing surface inside the perimeter marked by the three bases and home „ plate; if includes a dirt area bordering the outfield,
I ^ second base attached to the ground that touching first base, after the ball has been hit.
BALL SPORTS
baseball
pitch
When the batter is in position, the pitcher throws the bail toward home plate; the batter judges the pitdi and decides whether or not to try to hit it pitcher
home-plate umpire
batter
Official who calls balls and strikes, and signals when the batter has struck out (three strikes) or when a runner is retired at home plate.
Player who takes position to hit the ball; to score a point, the batter must touch three successive bases and then home plate.
catcher
Position behind home plate; this player catches the ball thrown by the pitcher and indicates the type of pitch to throw to retire the batter.
Position opposite home plate; this player throws the ball to the opposing batter, using various pitches to try to prevent the batter from obtaining a hit.
pitcher’s plate
pitoher’s mound
home plate
Band of rubber attached to the ground; the pildrer stands on it to throw a pitch.
Small mound of earth from which the pitcher throws the ball toward the batter; it is 10 inches higher than home plate.
Rubber plate that the batter stands beside to face the pitcher; it marks the pitcher’s strike zone and the umpire calls balls and strikes in relation to it.
outfield fence
Barrier bordering the outfield, which is the playing surface between the two foul lines and beyond the infield.
center field
left field
Section of the outfield behind third base, or to the left of the batter.
'■« f
»
Section of the outfield behind second base, directly facing the batter.
right field
Section of the outfield behind first base, or to the right of the batter.
foul line post
Each of the vertia! posts indicating the end of the foul lines; a ball hit outside the foul liraes is called a foul tall.
-t
-t;
^
.
i
warning trade
Area indicating to the outfielders tM the fence is nm: a home run is a ball hit over the fence and inside the foul lines.
■>
7' ‘
■ l>■i
-rs
JI
SPORTS AND GAMES
■-v%
.Ml,
4
11
•
■S-T*-.
11
'
1
!■:
;■
-/ “ 7 -v ' la%&i95iES^'
-■6
^
795
BALL SPORTS
baseDal
bat
Piece ot wood that the batter uses to hit the ball; its maximum length is 42 inches. baseball Hard ball with a circumference ot 9 inches: its outer layer is made of two white pieces of leather sewn together.
batter’s helmet
Rigid piece of equipment for protecting the head from the ball's impact: it has side protection for the ears and temples. batter Player who takes position to hit the ball: the batter grasps the handle of the bat.
catcher Position behind home plate; this player catches the ball thrown by the pitcher. The catcher wears equipment that protects against the ball, which can travel over 100 mph. throat protector mask
Helmet with a wire cage that protects the catcher’s head and face.
Hard piece attached to the mask; it protects the catcher’s neck and throat.
team shirt
Flexible garment covering the upper body; it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number.
frame chest protector
Heavily padded vest that protects the catcher's chest.
Intersecting bars attached to the front of the mask; it protects the catcher’s eyes and face while providing good visibility.
undershirt
catcher’s glove
Relatively tight-fitting stretchy garment with short or long sleeves that players wear under the team shirt.
Glove with a heavily padded inside surface to cushion the impact of catching the ball. batting glove
Piece of leather covering the hand and wrist; it is designed to give the batter a good grip on the bat.
pants
SPORTS AND GAMES
Flexible stretchy garment covering the lower body from the waist to the shins or ankles.
spiked shoe
Footwear whose sole contains small spikes to provide good traction.
toe guard leg guard
Piece ot equipment made of hard Piece of equipment made of hard molded plastic that protects the toes. molded plastic that protects the leg.
knee pad
Piece of equipment made of hard molded plastic that protects the knee.
ankle guard Piece of equipment made of hard molded plastic that protects the ankle and shin from impact when the ball ricochets off the bat.
knob Circular piece on the end of the handle; it prevents the hand from slipping off the bat.
handle The narrowest part of the bat that the player grasps; it is sometimes covered with antislip material.
crest Symbol representing the brand of the bat or its manufacturer.
web Part of the glove between the thumb and the index finger; it forms a small pocket in which the ball is caught.
cross section of a baseball
bat
hitting area The widest part of the bat and the part that strikes the ball; it must not exceed 2.75 inches in diameter.
Piece of wood fhat the batter uses to hit the ball; its maximum length is 42 inches.
fielder’s glove
Piece of leather covering the hand and wrist and varying in size and shape, depending on the player’s position; it is used to catch the ball.
A baseball has a cork core, which is wrapped in layers of rubber, wound with yarn and covered with leather.
cork ball Small sphere of cork that forms the central part of the ball.
strap The intersecting leather straps that make up the web.-
yarn ball Yarn wound around the center of the ball.
thumb Part of the glove covering the thumb.--.
finger Part of the glove that covers each of the fingers.-
palm Part of the glove that covers the hollow of the hand.
heel The bottom part of the glove.
cover Outer layer of the ball made up of two white pieces of leather joined by stitching.
stitches The sewing that joins the two parts of the cover; it traditionally uses red thread.
lace Narrow cord passed through the eyelets to join or tighten the parts of the glove.
SPORTS AND GAMES
softball Sport akin to baseball but played on a smaller tield; it difters trom baseball in that the pitcher throws the ball underhand and not overhand.
softball glove
Piece of leather that the player uses to catch the ball; adapted to the dimensions of a softball, it is longer and widerthan a baseball glove.
softball
Hard ball with a circumference of 12 inches; it is manufactured in the same way as a baseball.
softball bat
Piece of wood or aluminum that the batter uses to hit the ball; it is shorter and smaller in diameter than the baseball bat.
797
[
BALL SPORTS
I cricket I Sport with two opposing teams of 11 players who attempt to score points by hitting a ball with a bat and running between two wickets; I teams alternate between offense (at the bat) and defense (in the field). cricket ball
cricket player: batsman Player who takes position to hit the ball; like ail cricketers, this player wears the traditional white or cream white.
Hard ball with a circumference of 9 inches; it is made with a cork core, which is wound with thread and covered with leather.
bat
Piece formed of a flat section connected to a rubber-covered handle that the batsman uses to hit the ball; its maximum length is 38 inches.
helmet
Hard piece of equipment designed to protect the head from the ball’s impact.
leather skin
Outside layer of the ball made of pieces of red leather joined by stitching. seam
Sewing that joins the leather cover; it traditionally uses white thread. face mask Wire mask attached to the helmet to protect the batsman's face. •
glove
Padded piece of equipment covering the hand and wrist; it is shaped around the ' fingers and is flexible enough to provide a good grip on the bat.
bat Piece formed of a flat section connected to a rubber-covered handle that the batsman uses to hit the ball; its maximum length is 38 inches.
handle
Part used to hold and manipulatethe bat.
willow
Fiat surface that the batsman uses to hit the ball: it is made of willowwood and its maximum width is 4.75 inches.
SPORTS AND GAMES
Heavily padded piece of equipment that protects the batsman’s legs and knees from the ball’s impact.
cricket shoe
Shoe that supports and protects the ankle; its sole is usually fitted with studs.
stud
Each of the small spikes attached to the sole to provide traction when batting or running. I 798
front view
side view
BALL SPORTS
cricket field Oval surface covered with natural or synthetic grass on which a cricket match is played; it is made up of a pitch and a field.
pitch
Rectangular surface In midfield where the bowler and the batsmantace each other: it contains two wickets that are about 20 m apart.
wicketkeeper
screen
Player positioned behind the batting wicket: the only defensive player who wears gloves, the wicketkeeper tries to catch balls missed by the batsman.
Rectangular surface behind each wicket; it minimizes distraction so that the batsman can follow the movement of the ball. bowler
Player who throws the ball toward ■the batsman; the throw is made without bending the elbow and usually after running a few yards.
fielders
The team in the field, or the defending team, must catch the ball hit by the batsman and throw it toward one of the wickets to topple it.
umpire
wicket
Official responsible for applying the rules of delivery; this umpire is positioned behind the bowler's wicket.
umpire
Piece made up of stumps with detachable bails; the wicket is considered toppled when at least one of the bails falls.
Official who enforces the rules; positioned to the side of the batsman’s wicket, this umpire signals when a batsman is retired or when there is an infraction. bail
The two horizontal pieces balanced on top of the stumps; they tall over when the ball strikes the wicket.
pitch
Rectangular surface in midfield where the bowler and the batsman face each other; it contains two wickets that are about 20 m apart. wicketkeeper
stump
The three vertical pieces that make up the wicket; the space between the stumps is smaller than the diameter of the ball.
Player positioned behind the batting wicket; the only detensive player who^ wears gloves, the wicketkeeper tries to catch balls missed by the batsman.
batsman
Player who takes position to hit the ball and -protect the wicket; each time the player runs between the two wickets before the ball arrives, one point is scored.
bowling crease
Line perpendicular to the return crease; the wicket is embedded in the center of it.
popping crease
Line drawn 4 feet from the wicket; at ■the end of a run, the batsman is sate after touching the ground behind this line with the bat or a part of the body.
delivery
Thrown at speeds reaching 100 mph, the ball usually bounces once before reaching the batsman.
return crease
The two lines on each side of wicket that demarcate the space in which the ball must be thrown or hit.
umpire
Official responsible for , applying the rules of delivery;--'' this umpire is positioned behind the bowler’s wicket.
wicket
Piece made up of stumps with detachable bails; a defender can retire a batsman by toppling the wicket before the batsman completes the run between wickets. 799
SPORTS AND GAMES
bowler
Player who throws the ball toward the opposing batsman, who stands In front ot the wicket; if the bowler topples the wicket, the batsman is retired.
BALL SPORTS
field hockey I Sport with two opposing teams of 11 players who attempt to score in the opponent’s goal by hitting a ball with a stick. goalkeeper
Player whose role Is to prevent the ball from entering the goal; the goalkeeper may touch the ball with any part of the body but cannot hold it with the hands.
helmet
Hard piece of equipment designed to protect the head. face mask
Wire mask attached to the front of the helmet to protect the goalkeeper’s face. elbow pad
body pad
Piece of equipment worn under the shirt; its hardshell protects the elbow.
Heavily padded vest worn under the shirt to protect the goalkeeper’s shoulders, chest and back.
glove
Padded piece of equipment covering the hand and wrist; its flexible design allows the goalkeeper to hold and manipulate the stick.
blocking glove
Rigid foam glove that is worn on the tree hand; the goalkeeper uses its flat side to block the ball.
pad
Heavily padded piece of equipment that protects the goalkeeper’s legs, knees and thighs from the ball's Impact.
coach
kicker
The team’s leader; the coach plots strategy and decides who plays in different situations.
Piece made of rigid foam; it covers the goalkeeper’s shoes and Is used to kick the ball. stick
Wooden or composite stick with a rounded side and a flat side, which is used to manipuiate the ball.
handle
SPORTS AND GAMES
Part tor holding and manipulating the stick.
hockey ball
Hard plastic bali with a circumference of 9 in; its traditionally white surface is usuaily grooved.
goal tape
Rubber or plastic tape wound around the handle to prevent the hands from slipping.
Cage made up of a net mounted on a frame; a goal is scored each time a team hits the ball Into the opposing goal from inside the striking circle. goal line
Line marking the ends of the playing field; the ball must crossthis line for the goal to count as a point. striking circle
Semicircle located in front of the goal; a goal can only be scored when the attackerhits the ball inside the opponent's striking circle.
25 yd line
5.5 yd line toe
Curved end of the stick used to stop, manipulate and hit the baii.----
I
800
Line where the attacker puts the ball back into play if the defenders push it behind their own goai line.
Line used to position the players when the ball is put back into play; positioning depends on whether the sideline ball went out of play between the Line marking the sides of the 25 yd lines or between one of them playing fieid; when the ball crosses and the goal line. this line, the opposing team puts it back into play at the same place.
BALL SPORTS
field hocke field player
A field hockey player is allowed to touch the ball only with the stick.
team shirt
Flexible garment covering the upper body; it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number. stick
Wooden or composite stick with a rounded side and a flat side, which is used to manipulate and shoot the ball.
shorts
Very short pants covering only the top of the thighs; women field hockey players usually wear a pleated skirt.
shin guard officials
Piece of equipment made up of a hard plastic molding that protects • the player’s legs.
Individuals in charge of keeping time, recording player substitutions and filling out the score sheet,
shoe
Footwear that protects and supports the ankle; flexible plastic studs are attached to Its sole to provide good traction.
right wing
: : i I
Offensive position to the right of the center forward and near the sideline; this player’s main role is to thwart opponents and score goals.
center half
right inside forward
: : : i
\ \ \
Position to the right of the center forward; a true playmaker, this player receives passes from the defenders or \ halfs and creates offensive chances. players’ bench
; I i
\ \ \
\
right half
Position to the right of the center half; this player tries to take the ball from the opponent and move It up to the wings or forwards.
Area reserved for substitute players and coaches; a team can have up to 16 players but only 11 play at once.
Key position behind the backs In the center of the field; this player receives the ball and passes it in any direction. right back
playing field
Defensive position behind the halfs on the right side of the field; this player attempts to prevent the opponent from .-•creating scoring chances.
Surface covered with natural or synthetic grass (60 yd x 100 yd) on which afield hockey game Is played; a game Is made up of two 35-mlnute periods.
goalkeeper
Player whose role Is to prevent the entering the goal; the goalkeeper may touch the ball with any part of the body but cannot hold it with the hands.
corner flag
Small post with a flag on top; It marks the intersection of the goal line and the sideline.
■ referee
One of two officials responsible tor applying the rules; this individual penalizes players who commit Infractions and awards penalty shots.
Defensive position behind the halts on the left side of the field; this player's role Is to prevent the opponent from obtaining scoring chances.
left half center forward
Offensive position that covers the center of the field; this player tries to score goals by getting within the striking circle. center line
left inside forward
Position to the left of the center forward; a true playmaker, this player receives passes from defenders or halfs and generates offensive chances.
Position to the left of the center half; this player’s main role Is to take the Offensive position to the left of the ball from the opponent and move It center forward and near the sideline; up to the wings or forwards. this player’s main role is to thwart opponents and score goals. left wing
Line dividing the field into two zones, one for each team; face-offs are held on this line at the start of a period and after a goal Is scored.
801
SPORTS AND GAMES
'left back
BALL SPORTS
I soccer I Sport with two opposing teams of 11 players who attempt to score in the opponent’s goal by kicking or knocking the ball in withany part of ! the body except the arms and hands. soccer player A soccer player is allowed to touch the ball with any part of the body except the arms and hands.
team shirt
Flexible garment covering the ■ upper body; it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number.
goalkeeper’s gloves Gloves that cover and protect the goalkeeper’s hands and wrists and improve the grip on the ball.
shorts
Very short pants covering only the top of the thighs.
interchangeable studs
Removable studs attached to the sole; they vary in size and can be changed to adapt to the state of the field. shin guard
Piece of equipment made up of a hard plastic molding; it protects the soccer player’s legs.
soccer shoe Shoe made of leather, soft rubber or plastic; studs are attached to its sole to provide good traction.
sock
Garment worn over the foot and up to the knee; ft completely covers the shin guard.
soccer ball
Inflated ball made of leather or synthetic material; its circumference varies between 27 and 27.5 in.
playing field Rectangular surface covered with natural or synthetic grass on which a soccer match is played; a game has two 45-minute halves. goal area
penalty spot
center flag
Point located 12 yd from the goal line; the ball is placed here when a player takes a penalty kick.
Small post with a flag on top that marks the halfway line.
SPORTS AND GAMES
Zone in which goal kicks are performed.
goal
Cage made up of a net mounted on a frame; a team scores a point each time it succeeds in placing the bail in the opposing goal.
penalty area
Zone in which the goalkeeper is allowed to pick up the ball with the hands; an infraction committed against a forward inside this zone results in a penalty kick. penalty area marking
The three white lines demarcating the penalty area.
I 802
penalty arc
Zone next to the penalty area; when there is a penalty, players must be positioned outside this zone and the penalty area.
BALL SPORTS
soccer
left midfielder
left back
Center position that plays on the left side of the field; this player uses playmaking skills to pass the ball to the forwards.
Defensive position that covers the left side of the field: this player’s main role Is to slow or stop an opponent's progress toward the goal.',.
player positions
defensive midfielder
Center position: this player tries to take the ball from the opponent before that player reaches the defenders and quickly mount a counterattack.
Various tactical schemes are used in soccer; among the best known is the 4-4-2, a formation with tour defenders, four midfielders and two forwards.
sweeper
Position that stays back, anticipates defensive mistakes by teammates and makes up for' them; this player is not required to closely mark an opposing player.
forward
Offensive position usually placed •behind the striker; this player uses speed to make crisp accurate passes.
goalkeeper
Position whose role is to prevent the ball from entering the goal; this is the only player allowed to touch the ball with the hands. striker
Offensive position whose main role ■ is to score goals; this player plays a forward position In the opposing team’s zone.
stopper
Position that stays back, marks an opposing forward and prevents thatplayer from being In a scoring position.
right back ’
Defensive position that covers the right side of the field; this player’s role is to Impede an opponent’s progress toward the goal.
right midfielder
Center position that plays on the right side of the fleld;’thls player uses playmaking skills to pass the ball to the forwards.
defensive midfielder
Center position; this player tries to take the ball from the opponent before that player reaches the defenders and quickly mount a counterattack. corner flag
referee
Small post with a flag on top; It marks the Intersection of the goal line and the touch line.
Official responsible for applying the rules; this Individual keeps time, signals penalties, issues warnings (yellow card) and ejects players (red card). center spot corner arc
Point in the middle of the halfway line .•where the ball Is placed before a kickoff ' at the start of a half or after a goal has been scored.
Zone where the ball is placed when there is a corner kick, which is awarded when a defender puts the ball behind the goal line. SPORTS AND GAMES
linesman
Official who signals offsides and penalties not seen by the referee or when the ball Is out of play. . center circle
Circle drawn at midfield; during kickoffs, only the players on the team with ball possession are allowed Into this circle.
touch line
Line along the sides of the playing field; when the ball crosses this line, it is put back into play at the same place.
halfway line
'■-. Line dividing the field into two zones, one for each team; the teams switch zones at halftime.
substitute’s bench
Area reserved for coaches, technical staff and substitute players; a team cannot make more than three substitutions per game. 803
BALL SPORTS
rugby I Sport with two opposing teams of 15 players that attempt to score points by carrying the ball into the in goal or kicking it between the uprights. players’ positions
right center
A team is made up of seven backs and eight forwards: organized into three rows, the forwards take part in scrums and line-outs.
fullback
Back positioned near the right Position in front of the goal: this wing: an excellent passer, this player is the last line of defense for player challenges opposing centers an opponent attempting to score a and breaks down the defense. try.
left center
Back position near the left wing: an excellent passer, this player challenges opposing centers and breaks down the defense.
stand-off half
scrum half
Position that acts as a link between the scrum half and the backs: an-, excellent strategist, this player ' directs the team's offense.
Position that acts as a link between ■the forwards and the backs: this player recovers the ball in a scrum and mounts the team’s attack.
right wing
Back positioned on the right of the field: this player uses speed and-., agility to thwart opponents and score points.
left wing
Back who covers the left side of the -field: this player uses speed and agility to thwart opponents and score points.
flank forward
Third-row position to the right of the no. 8 forward: this player uses-., power and speed to play offensive and defensive roles.
no. 8 forward
Third-row position between the ■two flank forwards: when play is in progress, this player relays the ball from the forwards tothehalfs.
third row
Group made up of the no. 8 forward and the two flank forwards: ■-. it is the last line of players in a scrum.
flank forward
Third-row position to the left of the - no, 8 forward: this player combines power with speed to play offensive and defensive roles.
second row
Group made up of two forwards: one of its roles is to support the"' first row in a scrum.
lock forward first row
Second-row position on the left side of the field: this player's main role is to recover the ball during line-outs, rucks and mauls.
Group made up of the hooker and the two props: the first rows meet in the--, scrum and try to prevent the opponent from moving the ball forward. tight head prop
loose head prop
Forward position to the right of the hooker: in a scrum, this player supports the hooker and pushes the opponent forward to gain field advantage.-"
Forward positioned left of the hooker: in a scrum, this player supports the hooker and pushes the opponent to -gain field advantage. lock forward
field
Rectangular surface covered with natural or synthetic grass on which a rugby game is played: a game consists of two 40-minute periods.
Second-row position on the right of the field: one of this player’s roles is to recover the ball during line-outs, rucks and mauls.
flag
Position between the two props: this player attempts to gain possession of the ball in a scrum and to kick it back to teammates.
10 m line
Line parallel to the halfway line and 10 m from it: it marks the minimum distance the ball must travel during the kickoff.
goal line
Line marking the start of the ingoal zone.
SPORTS AND GAMES
Small post with a flag on top that is located where the touch line meets the dead ball line, the goal line, the 22 m line and the halfway line it marks the outer edges of the playing field.
hooker
goal
Frame consisting of two uprights and a crossbar: a team scores points by kicking the ball between the upright dead b ill line
Line marking the end of the in-goal
I
804
22 m line
Line parallel to the goal line and 22 m from it: it is where the ball is put back into play after a kickoff.
BALL SPORTS
rugby player An individual who plays rugby: some players are allowed to wear protective eguipment such as shin guards and shoulder pads made from flexible material. jersey Flexible garment covering the -upper body: it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number.
rugby ball Inflatable egg-shaped ball made of leather or synthetic material; meant to be manipulated with the hands or the feet, it is carried, passed laterally and kicked. shorts Very short pants covering only the top of the thighs.
sock Garment worn over the foot and up to the knee.
ruck Play when the ball is on the ground and the players on both teams pile on top of it to gain possession of it.
referee Official responsible for applying the rules: this individual keeps track of time, signals infractions and can expel a player from a game.
rugby shoe Shoe whose sole contains small spikes to provide good traction. 15 m line Line parallel to the touch line and 15 m from it; a player is not allowed to stand behind this line during a lineout.
in goal Zone in which a try is scored: worth five points, a try is scored when the player grounds the ball in the opposing in goal.
SPORTS AND GAMES
5 m line Line parallel to the touch line and 5 m from it; it marks the position of the first player in a line-out formation.
touch judge Official whose role includes signaling when the ball leaves the field of play and when a field goal is scored (the ball passes between the goals postsand over the crossbar).
touch line Line along the sides of the playing field; when the ball crosses this line,’it is thrown back into play by a line-out.
halfway line Line separating the field into two sides, one for each team; the kickoff is held on the halfway line, 805
BALL SPORTS
football I Sport with two opposing teams of 11 players who attempt to score points by moving the ball into the end zone or kicking it between the goalposts. right defensive end
scrimmage: defense The defense tries to prevent the opponent’s movement toward the end zone by stopping runs and passes.
Position to the right of the right defensive tackle; this player pressures the quarterback and tries to stop outside runs.
right cornerback
Position at the far right of the main defensive line; this player is very fast and covers the opposing team’s wide receiver. outside linebacker
Position near or behind the main defensive •line on the right side of the field; agile and versatile, this player is effective against running and passing plays.
right defensive tackle
Position to the right of the middle linebacker; powerful and tough, this player is especially effective at stopping running plays.--....
right safety
Position behind the main defensive line on the right side of the field; this player is used mostly for the ability to cover passes.
left defensive tackle
Position to the left of the middle linebacker; powerful and tough, this player is especially effective at stopping running plays.
middle linebacker
Position behind the main defensive ■line; this player combines speed and size especially to stop running plays in the center of the field.
inside linebacker
Position near or behind the main defensive line on the left side of the field; agile and versatile, this player is effective against passing and running plays.
left defensive end
Position on the outside of the left ■--defensive tackle; this player pressures the quarterback and tries to stop the outside run.
neutral zone
playing field Rectangular surface (53,3 x 120 yards) covered with natural or synthetic grass on which a football game is played; a game consists of four 15-minute quarters.
Gap the equivalent of one ball length, it separates the offense and defense on the line of scrimmage and cannot be crossed before the snap,
left cornerback
left safety
^Position at the far left of the main defensivedine; this player is very fast and usually covers the opposing team’s wide receiver.
Position behind the main defensive line on the lefrside of the field; an excellent tackier, this player is often relied on to stop running plays.
inbounds line
The broken lines marking off yards; the lines and inbounds lines mark the line of scrimmage when play resumes. end zone
fifty-yard line goal line
Line marking the start of the end zone.
SPORTS AND GAMES
Zone in which a touchdown (six points) is scored when a player crosses it in possession of the ball.., end line
Line marking the far extremity of the end zone; the white area behind the goal is not part of the playing field...
I
BOB
yard line
sideline
The solid lines at five-yard intervals that mark the distance from the goal line; at the start of a game, the ball is kicked off from the thirty-yard line.
Line demarcating the sides of the playing field; the play is whistled dead when the ball or a player in possession of the ball crosses it.
Line dividing the field into two zones, one for each team; it is 50 yards from the goal lines.
BALL SPORTS
football
left tackle left guard
Position to the left of the center; this player has a blocking role on passing and running plays.
quarterback
Position behind the center; the offensive leader, this player gathers teammates together betv\/een downs and communicates tactics.-
Position on the outside ot the left guard; this player blocks the opposing defense and especially protects the quarterback in passing situations.
scrimmage: offense
The offense or team with ball possession has four downs to gain 10 yards. If it succeeds, it is given another four downs; if not, the ball is turned over to the other team by means of a punt. center
Position at the center of the offensive line; this player puts the ball in play by snapping it to the -quarterback.
fullback
Position behind the quarterback; this player protects the quarterback in passing situations and blocks for the tailback.-
right guard
tailback
Position to the right ot the center; 'this player has a blocking role in passing and running situations.
Position behind the tullback; this fast player often carries the ball (running play).
right tackle
Position on the outside of the right guard; -this player blocks the opposing defense and protects the quarterback in passing situations.
tight end
Position on the outside of the tackle; this versatile player blocks-opposing players and catches passes.
line of scrimmage
wide receiver back judge
Official who tracks the number of players on defense, follows the receivers and monitors the time elapsed between plays.
Official whose main role is to signal when a player crosses the sideline in possession of the ball.
goal
Frame consisting of two goalposts and a crossbar; a team scores points by kicking the ball between the goalposts,
\ line judge
side judge
Imaginary line along which the offense and defense face one another before the ball is snapped.
Two positions at the far end of the offensive line; they use speed and agility to separate themselves from the defense and catch passes.
Official whose role includes timekeeping, signaling stoppages in play and officiating during kickoffs and punts.
referee
Official responsible for applying the rules; this individual ensures that the game is properly played and supervises the work of the other officials.
goalpost
I
One of the two vertical pieces making up the goal; they are 18.5 ft apart.
| [ f
SPORTS AND GAMES
players’ bench
Area for substitute players and coaches; a team’s players are divided into three units; offense, defense and special teams.
umpire
Official in charge of checking player equipment and signaling infractions near the line of scrimmage.
head linesman
Official who signals stoppages in play and indicates exactly where to position the ball after it leaves the field of play. 807
BALL SPORTS
footbdil football player Football players' protective equipment varies depending on the player’s role and position on the field.
helmet
protective equipment
Rigid piece of equipment designed to protect the head; it is lined with absorbent materials such as foam and air pockets.
Because of the violent contact and frequency of falls, football players wear heavy protective equipment.
tooth guard Device that protects the football player’s teeth; it fits between the cheeks and the teeth.
face mask chin strap
- Metal cage attached to the helmet; it protects the football player's face.
Strap that fastens the helmet to the head.
player’s number
Number identifying the player; special numbers are used to designate pass receivers. team shirt
neck pad Padded piece of equipment that protects the player’s neck.
Flexible garment covering the upper body; it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number. wristband
Band of fabric that the quarterback wears around the wris|; it features a small window in which a note card is inserted.
shoulder pad
Piece of equipment that consists of rigid molded plastic designed to protect the shoulder.
pants
Light stretchy garment covering the lower body from the waist to the knees; it has pockets for holding -protective pieces, arm guard
Padded piece of equipment that protects the player's arms.
thigh pad
Padded piece of equipment that protects the thighs; it usually fits into a pocket inside the pants.
'Chest protector Heavily padded vest that protects the football player’s chest and back.
knee pad
Padded piece of equipment designed to protect the knee; it usually fits into a pocket inside the pants. rib pad Rigid jacket designed to protect the ribcage.
sock
SPORTS AND GAMES
Garment worn over the foot and up to the knee.
cleated shoe
elbow pad Padded piece of equipment designed to protect the elbow.
Footwear whose sole contains small spikes to provide good traction.
lumbar pad
Part of the hip pad that covers the coccyx.
foofball Inflatable oval leather ball that is smaller than a rugby ball; it has laces that provide a grip on the ball.
I
808
hip pad Piece of equipmenf consisting of three rigid molds designed to protect the hips and coccyx.
forearm pad Padded piece of equipmenf designed to protect the forearm.
profecfive cup Piece of equipment that consists of rigid molded plastic designed to cover a player’s genital organs.
BALL SPORTS
Canadian football Similar to American football, it has two opposing teams of 12 players; the main difference is that there are only three downs to gain 10 yards. playing field tor Canadian football
Rectangular surface covered with natural or synthetic grass; it is longer (150 yards) and wider (65 yards) than an American football field.
goal line Line marking the start of the end zone; the goalposts are located on this line.
goal Frame consisting of two goalposts - and a crossbar; a team scores points by kicking the ball between the goalposts.
end zone Zone in which a touchdown (six points) is scored when a player crosses it in possession of the ball.
players’ bench Area for substitute players and coaches; a team’s players are divided into three units: offense, defense and special teams.
center line Line dividing the field into two zones, one for each team; it is 55 yards from the goal lines.
netball Sport played mainly by women with two opposing teams of seven players; teams score points by throwing a ball into the opponent’s basket, i court goal
goal shooter Position always in the goal third or goal circle; this player’s role is to break away from the goalkeeper, catch passes and shoot on goal. goalkeeper Position that defends the team’s goal third; this player’s role is to prevent the opposing shooter from gaining possession of the ball. goal circle Semicircular zone in front of the goal; shots can only be taken from this zone and only by a goal attack or goal shooter,
; ; i i
wing attack Position that covers the center and goal thirds (except the goal circle); this player uses speed and agility to pass the ball to the shooter or the goal attack. i i : :
sideline Line along the sides of the playing field; when the ball crosses this line, it is put back into play at the same place. defense third Area between the back line and the center third; attacks and the shooter are not allowed to enter their team’s defense third.
umpire One of two officials responsible for applying the rules; this individual’s role includes signaling infractions and when the ball leaves the court.
goal defense Position that moves in the center and defense thirds (including the goal circle); one of this player’s roles is to defend againstthe goal attack.
center third Area at the center of the court between the two white lines; the goalkeepers and goal shooters are not allowed to enter this area.
goalpost Vertical post 10 ft high that supports the basket; it is attached to the floor in the middle of the back line.
goal third Area between the back line and the center third; defenders and the goalkeeper are not allowed to enter their team’s goal third.
SPORTS AND GAMES
back line Line marking the ends of the court; when the ball crosses this line, one team puts it back into play at the same place.
Structure made up of a basket and its supporting goalpost; a team scores each time it puts the ball into the opposing team’s basket. ring Circular piece on which the netting is mounted; it is 15 in in diameter-
Hard rectangular surface (50 ft x 100 ft) on which a netball game is played; a game consists of four 15minute periods.
wing defense Position that covers the center third '• and defense third (except the goal circle); this player defends against the opposing team’s wing attack.
central circle Circular zone in the center of the court; at the start of a game and after a goal, the center on one of the teams puts the ball into play from this point. center Position that covers the entire court except the goal circles; this player is the link between the team's offense and defense thirds. goal attack Position that covers the center third and goal third (including the goal circle); this player is one of two allowed to shoot on goal.
netball
Inflated ball usually made of leather and with a diameter of 8.5 in; players are not allowed to carry the ball or hold on to it for more than three seconds.
809
BALL SPORTS
basketball I
Sport with two opposing teams of five players who score points by throwing a ball into the opposing team’s basket. basketball player Member of a basketball team: a player moves the ball forward by dribbling, which is bouncing the ball with one hand.
shirt Flexible garment covering the upper body; it features the team emblem and the player’s name and number. basketball Inflated orange ball made up of eight pieces of leather or synthetic material; it has a circumference of 30 in.
player’s number The number identifying a player; they are worn on the front and back of the shirt.
shorts Short pants covering the top of the thighs.
shoe Antiskid sneaker that protects the foot and provides ankle support.
scorer Official who records points and fouls committed by the players. court Hard rectangular surface (50 ft x 94 ft) on which a basketball game is played.
clock operator Official who keeps track of a team’s possession time.
timekeeper Official who keeps time; this individual stops the clock when play stops and starts it again when play resumes.
Official who assists the first referee
referee Official responsible for applying the rules: this individual does tipoffs and signals fouls.
j|;H
SPORTS AND GAMES
and alan atava at thp nprimptpr nf.
sideline Line along the sides of the court; when the ball crosses this line, it is put back into play at the same place. I 810
semicircle Semicircular zone where the player takes position to make a free throw, which is worth one point.
restricting circle Circle around the center circle; players not taking part in the tip-off must be outside this circle.
center line Line dividing the court into two halves, one for each team.
center circle Circle at center court used for tipoffs at the start of a half and after a goal; a tip-off is when two players jump for the ball and try to push it toward their teammates.
BALL SPORTS
basketball
player positions
Five players per team are on the court; they all play both offense and defense.
point guard Position that directs the attack; this player is highly skilled at controlling and passing the ball.
left forward Position that covers the left side of the court; this player has offensive (shooting, passing) and defensive abilities.
center Position that defends the basket from close in and collects rebounds; this player is often the tallest on the team.
right forward Position that covers the right side of the court; this player has offensive (shoofing, passing) and defensive abilifies.
guard Position that assists the point guard; an excellent shooter, this player usually guards the opponent's most dangerous player.
backboard Rigid board affached fo the back of fhe baskef; it is usually made of transparent material so that spectators behind the basket can follow the action.
backstop
Structure made up of a basket and its support; a team scores each time it puts the ball into the opposing team’s basket.
rim Circular orange piece on which the net is mounted; it is 18 in in diameter and 10 ft above floor level. net Flexible neffing attached to the rim; it slows the ball when it passes through the basket.
coach The team’s leader; the coach plots strategy and decides who plays in .different situations.
assistant coach Person who assists the coach and can replace the coach if needed.
backboard support Oblique piece that supports the backboard and the basket trainer Individual who treats injured players.
basket Structure made up of a net mounter on a rim; a basket is worth two or three points, depending on where the shot was taken from.
padded base Base covered with protective padding; it supports and stabilizes ■the backstop.
end line Line marking the ends of the court; when the ball crosses this line, one team puts it back into play at the same place.
free throw line Line parallel to the end line; the shooter stands behind it for a free throw (throw awarded after a foul).
second space Space along the restricted area near the free throw line; one of the shooter’s teammates is in this space when there is a free throw.
restricted area A trapezoidal area between the end line and the free throw line; an attacking player is not allowed to stay in it for more than three seconds.
first space Space along the restricted area near the end line; one of the opposing players is in this space when there is a tree throw. 811
SPORTS AND GAMES
padded upright Vertical piece covered with protective padding; it holds the backboard support.
BALL SPORTS
volleyball Sport with two opposing teams of six players who try to ground the ball in the opposing zone by hitting it over the net with their hands. court Hard rectangular surface (30 ft x 60 ft) on which a volleyball game is played; the first team to win three sets wins the game.
left attacker Position to the left of the attack zone; this player’s main role is making attack hits to score points.
umpire Official who signals net faults or faults committed on the attack line and advises the referee when required. scorer Official who fills in the score sheet, calls stoppages in play and supervises player rotations.-
end line Line demarcating the ends of fhe court; the right back takes position behind this line to deliver a serve.
white tape Strip of tape with a cable passing through it; it is attached to posts to suspend the net.
left back Position on the left side of the back zone; this player’s main role is making digs on short balis
free zone Area at least 6,5 ft wide surrounding the court.
antenna Flexible rods at each end of fhe net; they mark off the net area and the ball must stay inside them to remain in play.
players’ bench Area for substitute players and coaches; a team can have 12 players, six of whom are on the court during play.
libero Position specialized in receiving serves; this player only plays back while other teammates change positions during the .course of a game.
linesman One of four officials who use a red flag to signal a dead ball, service faults, contact with the antennas, etc.
back zone •.Area between the attack line and the end line; it is usually occupied by the backs. sideline Line that demarcates the sides of the play area; a rally ends when the ball falls outside the sideline.
post Upright used to stretch the net using white tape; the top of the net is just over 2 m above floor level. vertical side band Vertical strip of white canvas at the ends of the net.
center back Position in the back zone; this player’s main role is to recover long balls and blocked balls.
net Loosely stitched divider stretched across the middle of the court; players must hit the ball over it.
attack line Line 10 ft from the net; the backs must make attack hits from behind this line.
right attacker Position to the right of the attack zone; this player’s main role is making attack hits to score points.
right back Position on the right side of the back zone; this player’s main role is making digs on short balls.
SPORTS AND GAMES
referee Official responsible for applying fhe rules; fhis individual follows the game from a raised platform set up at one end of the net.
center attacker Position that covers the center of the attack zone; this player’s main role is to counter the opponent’s attacks.
attack zone Area between the net and the attack line; it is usually occupied by the attackers.
volleyball Inflated ball covered with soft leather and with a circumference of about 26 in; it must always be hit and cannot be held or thrown.
techniques Players must master various techniques to dig up the ball, pass it and make attack hits.
dig Technique used to play a long ball; the player lunges forward to hit the ball with one or two hands.
I 812
bump Technique of extending the arms, joining the hands and striking the ball with the forearms; it is usually used to receive serves.
serve Technique for putting the ball in play; a player usually serves the ball with one hand held above the head.
BALL SPORTS
volleyball
beach volleyball Sport with two opposing teams of two players who try to ground the ball in the opposing zone by hitting it over a net with their hands.
scorer Official who holds the scorecard and signals stoppages in play.
second referee Official who signals net faults or taults committed on the attack line and advises the first referee when required.
court
Rectangular surface covered with sand on which a volleyball game is played; the first team to win two sets wins the match.
free zone Area at least 10 ft wide surrounding the court.
line judge One of four officials who use a red flag to signal a dead ball, service faults, contact with the antennas, etc.
players’ chairs Rest area for players; a game is played barefoot and players wear a swimsuit or shorts and a shirt.
first referee Official responsible for applying ■the rules; this individual follows the game from a raised platform set up at one end of the net.
Granular substance covering the playing surface; in international competitions, it must be at least 16 in deep.
Brightly colored cord secured to the ground to mark off the play area; a rally ends when the ball falls outside the lines of play.
net Loosely stitched divider stretched across the middle of the court; players must hit the ball over it.
SPORTS AND GAMES
beach volleyball
Ball with the same dimensions as a volleyball; it is heavier and contains less air mainly to counter the wind.
set
spike
block
Pass executed with the fingertips, using a pushing motion with the arms; the set marks the transition between receiving and attacking.
Offensive play that consists of striking the ball with the palm from above the level of the net.
Defensive play in which one or more front court players extend their arms and try to intercept the ball at the point where if crosses the net. 813
BALL SPORTS
; handball I Sport with two opposing teams of seven players who try to score points by throwing the ball into the opposing team’s net. player positions Each team is allowed seven players on the court: players are not allowed to take more than three steps with the ball or to hold It for more than three seconds.
center forward Position in the center court area •between the wingers; this player tries to slip through the defense and create holes in if. rightwinger Position that covers the right side of the court; using speed and agility, this player is often at the sideline stretching the ■ defense and creating scoring chances.
left winger Position that covers the left side of the court; using speed and agility, this player is often at the sideline stretching the defense and creating scoring chances.
handball Inflated ball usually covered with leather; it has a circumference of 21 in (women) to 24 in (men) and can be thrown, hit with the fist or dribbled.
right back Position behind the wingers on the right ■side of the field; an excellent shooter, this player also defends against an opposing line player or back.
left back Position behind the wingers on the left side of the court; an excellent shooter, this player also defends against the opponent’s line player or back.
center back Position in the center court area between the backs; this player is the team’s offensive leader.
goalkeeper Position whose role is to prevent the ball from entering the net; this player is the only one allowed to touch the ball with the feet,
court Hard rectangular surface (20 m x 40 m) on which a handball game is played; a game is made up of two 30-minute periods with a 10minute break between them.
SPORTS AND GAMES
scorekeeper Official in charge of timing the game and suspensions and substitute player changes.
goal line referee Official responsible tor applying the rules; positioned near the goal line, this individual signals infractions and decides if a goal counts.
goal line Line^at the ends of the court that demarcates the play area: a goal is scored when the ball crosses this line. net Loosely stitched netting attached to the hack of the post; it keeps the ball inside the goal.
timekeeper Official in charge of timekeeping.
secretary Official who keeps the lineup card and marks the scorecard (goals' allowed, expulsions, etc.).
players’ bench Area for substitute players and coaches; a team can have up to 12 players, seven of whom are on the court at one time.
goal Cage made up of a net mounted on a frame; a team scores a point each time it succeeds in placing the ball in the opposing goal,
i i
I i i
goal area line Arc drawn 6 m from the goal; it demarcates the goal area. penalty mark Line parallel to the goal line and 7 m from it; a 7 m free throw (a shot awarded aftera penaity) is taken from behind this line.
I 814
court referee Official responsible for applying the ruies; positioned in the center of the court, this individual mainly signals player infractions. free throw line Arc drawn 9 m from the goal; duringa7mfreethrow, all players except the shooter must be outside the zone demarcated by this line.
sideline Line along the sides of the court; when the ball crosses this line, it is put back into play at the same place.
center line Line dividing the court into two zones, one for each team; throwoffs are held on this line at the start of a period and after a goal.
goal area Semicircular zone reserved for the goalkeeper; a player with ball possession may jump above this area when taking a shot.
RACKET SPORTS
table tennis Sport with two or four opposing players with paddles; they hit a ball onto opposite sides of a net dividing a table in half. |
net sideline Loosely stitched divider across the Line marking the sides of the middle of the table; players must piaying surface. hit the ball over it.
white tape Strip of material with a cord passing through it; the cord is attached to the net supports to suspend the net.
mesh The tiny squares make up the net; they are formed of interlaced threads.
table Rectangular wooden table (9 ft x 5 ft) that is 2.5 ft above the ground; it is divided in half by a net.
upper edge Line marking the upper edges of the tabletop.
net support Vertical piece that is 6 in high and stretches the net by means of white tape. leg Support beam stabilizing the table
end line Line that marks the ends of the playing surface and the back line of the serving zone.
playing surface Tabletop with lines and edges; players hit the ball from one side of the table to the other.
types of grips table tennis paddle Paddle used to strike the ball; paddles come in a variety of shapes, sizes and weights.
table tennis ball Ball made of celluloid or similar material; it is 1.6 in in circumference and weighs 0.09 oz.
SPORTS AND GAMES
handle Elongated part that the player grips to control the paddle.
There are two principal paddle grips.
penholder grip Grip that is suited to offensive play although it weakens the backhand; the table tennis player uses only one paddle face. face Rubber-covered surface used to strike the ball; the paddle has one red and one blackface.
blade Hard flat portion containing at least 85% natural wood.
covering Layer of rubber no more than .25 in thick that covers the faces of the blade.
shake-hands grip The most common grip; both paddle faces can be used and the player can hit forehand and backhand. 815
RACKET SPORTS
badminton I Sport with two or four opposing players that is similar to tennis; players use rackets to hit a shuttlecock onto opposite sides of a net that divides a court in half. court Synthetic or hardwood surface that is designed to provide good traction: badminton is usually played indoors. service judge Official who monitors the execution of the serve (player position, arrival of the shuttlecock in the appropriate zone, etc.). center line Line dividing each court half into two sides; the center line separates the left and right service zones.
linesman One of 10 officials who ensure that the shuttlecock remains inside the lines of play and inform the umpire when a fault is committed.
back boundary line Line that marks the ends of the playing area and, in singles play, the service zone.
long service line Line that marks the back of the service zone for doubles matches.
SPORTS AND GAMES
badminton racket The racket used to strike the shuttlecock is lighter (about 3 oz) and narrower than a tennis racket; its head is about 9 in long and 11 in wide. frame Racket frame to which the stringing ■ is attached.
server Player who puts the shuttlecock into play; the server and receiver stand diagonally opposite each other.
handle Part of the shaft that the player grips to control the racket.
stringing Sudace of interlaced strings of synthetic or natural fiber that is used to strike a shuttlecock.
shaft Elongated part of the racket that ends in the head. head Oval part of the racket, including the frame and the stringing.
I 816
butt Enlarged end of the shaft that prevents the hand from slipping off the handle.
RACKET SPORTS
badminton receiver Player who receives the shuttlecock put into play by the server.
white tape Strip of tape with a cord passing through it; it is attached to posts to suspend the net. net Loosely stitched divider stretched across the middle of the court at a height of 5 ft; players must hit the shuttlecock over it.
post Vertical bar used to stretch the net by means of white tape.
umpire Official responsible for applying the rules; the umpire ensures that the match runs smoothly and rules on contentious points.
alley Band 1.5 ft wide on the sides ot the court; the alley is used only for doubles matches.
short service line ■■ Front boundary of the singles and doubles service zones.
doubles sideline Line that marks the sides otthe playing area for doubles matches (two teams of two players).
singles sideline Line that marks the sides of the playing area for singles matches (two players).
service zones
Zones where the server and receiver must remain for a serve; once the serve is delivered, players can move all over the court.
SPORTS AND GAMES
singles service court Service zone used by a player for singles matches; the singles playing area measures 44 ft X 17 ft.
doubles service court Service zone used by a player for doubles matches; the doubles playing area measures 44 tt X 20 ft.
synthetic shuttlecock
Small plastic cone that is sturdier than the feathered shuttlecock and is usually used for training; it weighs about 0.2 oz, the same as the feathered shuttlecock.
feathered shuttlecock
Small piece of cork with 14 to 16 feathers; it is used in competitions. feather crown Feathers or synthetic materials attached to the shuttlecock tip to stabilize it and make it aerodynamic. cork tip The rounded base otthe shuttlecock; it can also be made ot synthetic materials. 817
RACKET SPORTS
racquetball Indoor sport with two or four opposing players with rackets; the players rally a bouncing ball using all surfaces of the court. court Enclosed space whose surfaces make up the playing area; it is 40 ft long, 20 tt wide and 20 ft high. referee Official responsible for applying fhe rules; fhe referee ensures that the match runs smoothly and rules on contentious points.
back wall Wall marking the back of the court behind the players.
center court Part of the court behind the short line and between the sidewalls; it is a strategic zone that players attempt to control. sidewall . Wall marking the sides of the court. ceiling Horizontal surface making up the upper part of the court; the ceiling is part of the playing area.
front wall •Wall facing the players; the service is made onto it.
service line Line marking the front of the service zone. service zone Zone where a player stands to serve; the ball must bounce once in this zone before it is served. frontcourt Area between the front wall and the short line.
service box line Line drawn 18 in from the sidewall that marks the service box at both ends of the service zone. door Glass-covered opening used to access the racquetball court.
line judge The two officials who, at the request of the referee or a player, confirm or reverse the referee's decision,
receiving line Line that the receiver stands behind; the receiver may not step over the receiving line until the serve crosses it. ;
SPORTS AND GAMES
backcourt Zone befween fhe short line and the back wall.
racquetball racket Racket that is used to strike the ball; it has a short shaft, an elongated head and its maximum length is 22 in.
I
818
service box In doubles play, the server's partner must stay inside this area until the ball crosses the short line.
floor Horizontal surface that is usually made of wooden slats; the ball may only bounce once on it.
short line Line dividing the court in half; the serve must cross the short line after bouncing off the front wall.
safety thong Cord worn around the wrist to prevent accidental racket throws.
racquetball Rubber ball that is tilled with compressed air and weighs 1.4 oz; official balls bear the initials I.R.F. (International Racquetball Federation).
1
RACKET SPORTS
squash : Sport similar to racquetball; its court size and equipment are different and the ceiling is excluded from the playing area. | 1
sidewall
Diagonal line on the sidewall; it marks the upper part ot the playing area and joins the front and back wall lines.
court
ceiling
sidewall line
Horizontal surtace making up the upper part of the court; the ceiling is not part of the playing area.
Rectangular surtace that is enclosed by four walls and designed for playing squash; the singles court measures 32 tt X 25 ft and the doubles court 32 ft x 21 ft.
Wall marking the sides of the court. outer boundary line
,• Continuous line marking the upper edge ot the playing area. receiver
Player who returns the ball put into play by the server. referee
Official responsible tor applying the rules; the referee ensures that the match runs smoothly and rules on contentious points... scorer
Official who assists the referee; the scorer officiates, signals faults and' announces the score.
front wall
■Wall facing the players; the service is made onto it.
back wall
Wall that marks the boundary of the court area behind the players.
service line
,, Line above which the ball must be served; a serve on or below this line constitutes a fault.
tin board
Strip of metal topped by a horizontal line marking the lower limit of the playing area. server
Player who puts the ball into play.
floor right service court
One of two court areas bordered by the short line and the half court line; the serve must enter the opposite service court.
Horizontal surface that is usually made of wooden slats; the ball may only bounce once on it.
half court line
squash balls Rubber balls filled with compressed air and weighing 24 g; there are several ball types depending on the skill of the players (very slow, slow, moderate, fast).
training ball
tournament ball
High-bounce ball used by beginners.
Low-bounce ball used tor competitions.
service box
Zone from which the player must serve; until the ball is served, the player must keep one foot inside this box without touching the short line.
squash racket short line
Line on the floor across the width of the court; if the serve first bounces on or in front of this line, a fault is called.
The squash racket is similar to the racquetball racket but has a longer shaft; it weighs between 5.5 and 8 oz and its maximum length is 27 in.
protective goggles
Glasses designed to prevent eye injuries; the risk of injury in squash is low but real, and goggles are recommended. 819
SPORTS AND GAMES
Line on the floor that divides the court area between the back wall and the short line into halves (service courts).-..
RACKET SPORTS
tennis I Sport with two or four opposing players with rackets who hit a ball onto opposite sides of a net dividing a court in half. court Rectangular surface (78 ft x 27 ft for singles, 78 ftx36 ft tor doubles) designed for playing tennis: it is divided in half by a net.
center mark Broken line marking the middle of the baseline; players use the center mark to take position for serving or receiving. alley Band that is 4.5 ft wide on the sides of the court; the alley is used only for doubles matches,
pole receiver Vertical pole that stretches the net by Player who returns the ball put into means of a net band, keeping it 3.5 ft play by the server. above the court. \ \
\ \
\ \
\
umpire Official responsible for applying the rules; the umpire ensures that the match runs smoothly and rules on contentious points.
service judge Official who signals service line faults and informs the umpire when the server commits a fault. doubles sideline Line that marks the sides of the playing area for doubles matches (two teams of two players).
ball boy Person who retrieves balls from the court after each rally in a tournament.
center line judge Official who signals center line service faults and informs the umpire when the seivei euiiiiiiuud
strokes
f^uit
With the exception of the serve, all tennis strokes are backhands or forehands: for a right-handed player, strokes on the right are forehands and strokes on the left are backhands.
linesman One of the officials who ensure that the ball remains inside the lines of play and inform the umpire when a player commits a fault.
SPORTS AND GAMES
9
I 820
serve
half-volley
Putting the ball into play by striking it above the head from behind the baseline: the server has two serves to put the ball diagonally into the service court.
volley
Stroke by which the ball is hit on the short hop below the knees; the half-volley is used mainly while approaching the net.
Stroke executed before the ball bounces; it is usually played near the net.
RACKET SPORTS
tennis foot fault judge Official responsible for signaling foot faults, which occur when the server steps on the baseline. center strap Strip of fabric connected to the ground in the center of the net; it keeps the net at regulation height (3 ft).
right service court Zone in which the serve must bounce; it is diagonally opposite the server.
left service court Zone in which the serve must bounce; it is diagonally opposite the server. service line Line on each side of the net and parallel to it at a distance of 21 ft; it marks the back boundary of the service courts.
net band Strip of fabric with a cable passing through it; it is attached to poles to suspend the net.
f
: fa \%
i'
V b
fevr'i-.L'.'-'.■ .,.:of..''-''''ir.-.:-.■,■■■■■•■ ' tj^ 'ts ■',. 1 " ,1. *1' 1 f '^' ■ r * ', ’
j#
.
7P
/«>•
,
f
,.
ppl
• .
■
*
.
■.'■•■■■.■:.■; ■ p ■
^ i. ''»•*.■».■
;■ '""
’
■
■4fes.''r;'?J 'i
'1
^ .f
t
baseline Line marking the end of the court; the server stands behind the baseline.
singles sideline Line that marks the side of the playing area for singles matches '■■■-(two players).
■'t-
net judge Official responsible for calling net - serves; the net judge also regulates net height before and during a match.
■■
net Loosely stitched divider stretched across the middle of the court; players must hit the ball over it.
forecourt '■'Zone between the net and the service line. '^, "■/•■.. : * '
I
server Player who puts the ball into play; the server and receiver must stand in diagonally opposite zones.
;..
1 • '--
■center service line Line dividing each forecourt in half. . backcourt ’■•Zone between the service line and the baseline.
iifiii SPORTS AND GAMES
'!;■
Stroke by which the ball is sent high into the air over the opponent's head when this player is in the forecourt.
-.
. ■■-I?--- ’ -:
drop shot
smash
Short shot by which the ball falls just behind the net with almost no bounce.
Powerful stroke executed when the ball is over the head; usually played after a lob, the smash is meant to bounce out of the opponent’s reach. 821
RACKET SPORTS
tennis tennis player Female competitors play in tournament matches of three sets; male competitors play In tournament matches ot three or five sets.
polo shirt
tennis racket Racket with an oval head that is used to strike the ball; its maximum length is 29 in.
Usually short-sleeved sweater that has a pointed turned-down collar; it is often fastened with a placket ending at mid-chest.
frame
Racket frame to which the stringing is attached.
stringing
Synthetic or natural cords strung together to form a surface used to strike the ball. head
Oval part of the racket, including the frame and the stringing.
shoulder
Base of the racket head joining it to the throat.
wristband
Strip of fabric worn around the wrist; it absorbs sweat from the forehead and face. skirt
Very short skirt covering only the upper thighs; women wear it to play tennis.
throat
Part joining the handle to the racket head.
shaft
Elongated part ot the racket that ends in the head.
handle
Part that the player grips to control the racket.
butt
Enlarged end of the shaft that^ prevents the hand from slipping off' the handle.
tennis shoe
Light tlexible shoe with a nonslip sole worn to play tennis.
tennis ball Rubber ball that weighs about 2 oz and is tilled with compressed air; it is covered with felt to make It more adherent.
scoreboard Board that posts details on the match in progress; a match is divided into sets, games and points.
set
Series ot games; a tennis match ' consists ot three or five sets (two or three winning sets). points
mmmmm
1 ;::. :BI : ■
1 DSBaC' 1 B.ITT'JB ;
players-
1 BBBB'J 1 ’BTTA-JB1 B::T:IB
1 iLBBBr’ .
' B. ' ' ; :B. '' . ■' B--'*
GBBBL'; Br:i;:B BC-. BBBB Br.'.GT.B 1 'Baa'1
:9H
r. ■■■■a titmtiBu:
a BBBaS
*BB?r:-B'^
1
BBBBB
a.
■
..
Points that make up a game; 15 (1st point), 30 (2nd point), 40 (3rd point), game (4th point); 'the player who wins tour points (or two consecutive points in the event of a deuce) wins the game.
' T'.naf/
iiiiiiilililiii iiiiiiililliill ItlilBIOLliEElii
■■ ■SB
1
1 'JBDBI"1 B/:GB' '
^ateBBBD
1 1 DDBB'b
I
SPORTS AND GAMES
previous sets
game
Series of four points; the player ' who wins six games takes the set it this player holds a two-game lead.
playing surfaces Tennis is played on various indoor and outdoor surfaces; playing strategies are adapted to the court surface. grass Extremely fast playing surface that favors a serve-and-volley game; grass surfaces are increasingly rare due to high maintenance costs.
I 822
clay Slow and comfortable surface given to long rallies; clay courts require regular but low-cost maintenance.
hard surface (cement) Surface given to fast bounces; hard surfaces quickly wear out shoes and balls.
synthetic surtace Soft elastic surface that otters excellent bounce and reduces the risk of injury.
GYMNASTICS
rhythmic gymnastics Combining gymnastics with dance, this women’s discipline reguires suppleness, strength and dexterity for manipulating the apparatuses.
exercise area 40 ft^ pad on which the gymnast performs.
• chief judge Official who supervises the entire competition. judge coordinator Official who coordinates the work of the other judges.
artistic value judges Officials (two to five) who evaluate the composition of the exercise: choreography, rhythm, harmony and originality.
ditficulty judges ^ Officials (two to four) who evaluate the ^ difficulty of the exercise: movements executed, specific handling of the apparatuses. execution judges Officials (three to five) who evaluate the execution quality of the exercise: technical faults, apparatus mastery, coordination and expressiveness.
apparatus Rhythmic gymnastics is practiced using five accessories (apparatuses), which for the most part are made of synthetic material.
clubs Apparatuses that are manipulated in a choreography made up of rotations, throwing and asymmetrical movements. Apparatus whose length is proportional to the gymnast’s height; it is used mainly for jumping.
ball sphere that the gymnast manipulates to bring out suppleness and corporal expression, as well as the contrast between power for throwing and gentleness for catching.
hoop Rigid apparatus used in a wide variety of manipulations, such as rotations, throwing, rolls and passing through.
ribbon Band that the gymnast must keep constantly moving by forming very precise figures, such as serpentines, spirals and circles.
trampoline Apparatus maije up of a bed stretched by springs; the gymnasts perform acrobatics by jumping and bouncing on it. cm T)
o
safety pad Cushioned mat covering the frame to prevent injuries to the gymnast.
X) H
cm
>
z □
GO
> cm
frame Metal body supporting the bed by means of springs; for competitions, the frame is 3.7 ft above the floor.
Metal structure supporting the trampoline frame.
spring Metal elastic coils that stretch the bed; a trampoline usually has 120 springs.
bed Canvas that is usually made of nylon; the gymnast bounces and performs acrobatic freestyle on it.
823
GYMNASTICS
gymnastics I Sports discipline practiced on the ground with apparatuses such as rings, bars and beams. event platform Platform that contains the necessary material and apparatuses to hold gymnastics competitions.
balance beam Women’s gymnastics apparatus made up of a long horizontal bar, on which the gymnast performs static and dynamic balance exercises.
overall standings scoreboard Board on which the performances and thegymnasts’marks are posted.
floor exercise area 40 fP pad on which the gymnast performs exercises on the floor.
pommel horse Men’s gymnastics apparatus with two handles (pommels), around which the gymnast maneuvers.
uneven parallel bars Women’s gymnastics apparatus made up of two horizontal bars of different heights for performing various acrobatic exercises.
line judge Official who ensures that the gymnasts on the floor stay within the floor exercise area.
judges Officials who evaluate performances on the uneven parallel bars. floor mats Padded carpets that cushion falls and provide balance when landing. uneven parallel bars Women’s gymnastics apparatus made up of two horizontal bars of different heights for performing various acrobatic exercises.
horizontal bar Men’s gymnastics apparatus composed of a horizontal bar attached to uprights, around which the gymnast maneuvers (rotations, flight elements).
vaulting horse Men’s and women’s gymnastics apparatus that is similar to a pommel horse; after a run, the gymnast leaps over it.
approach runs 82 ft runs made of foam matfing; they allow gymnasts to gain the speed they need to execute an exercise.
top bar • Wooden bar approximately 8 ft above the floor.
frame Metal frame made up of two posts and a horizontal bar from which the rings hang by means of cables.--..
rings Men’s gymnastics apparatus made up of two rings that hang from cables, which are fixed to a frame: they are used especially for power elements and fast swing exercises.
SPORTS AND GAMES
cable Rope made of woven metal wires--,, that connects the ring to the frame.
Wooden bar approximately 5.2 ft above the floor.
adjusting tube Part of the upright into which the vertical tube attached to the horizontal bar slides in order to adjust the height.
guy cable Metal cable that is attached to the ground and stabilizes the tubes of an upright gymnastics apparatus.
strap Band that is usually made of leather; it attaches the ring to the cable.
ring Wood, plastic or steel hoop from which the gymnast hangs to perform exercises; it is 8.3 ft above the floor.
guy cable Metal cable that is attached to the ground and stabilizes the tubes of an upright gymnastics apparatus.
GYMNASTICS
gymnastics scoreboard Board that displays information about a sports competition in progress such as gymnast’s name, nationality and score. gymnast’s name
current event scoreboard Judges grade exercises performed by the gymnasts based on execution, technique and artistic value.
nationality
vaulting horse Men’s and women’s gymnastics apparatus that is similar to a pommel horse; after a run, the gymnast supports the body on it with both hands to make a’—
judges Officials who evaluate floor exercises.
rings Men’s gymnastics apparatus made up of fwo rings that hang from cables, which are fixed to a frame; they are used especially for power elements and fast swing exercises.
parallel bars Men’s gymnastics apparatus made up - of two horizontal bars set at the same height; they are for performing various acrobatic exercises.
score Number of points awarded to a gymnast fora performance.
magnesium powder White magnesium-based powder that absorbs sweat from the gymnasts’ hands; this provides a surer grip on the apparatuses.
steel bar Bar around which the gymnast maneuvers; it is 8.3 ft above the floor.
horizontal bar Men’s gymnastics apparatus composed of a horizontal bar attached to uprights, around which the gymnast maneuvers (rotations, flight elements).
guy cable Metal cable that is attached to the ground and stabilizes the tubes of an uprighf gymnasfics apparatus.
parallel bars Men’s gymnastics apparatus made up of two horizontal bars set at the same height they are for performing various acrobatic exercises.
SPORTS AND GAMES
upright Vertical post of adjustable heightthat supports the steel bar.
wooden bar Bar whose gap is adjustable; it is usually 5.7 ft above the floor.
adjusting tube Part of the upright into which the vertical tube attached to the horizontal bar slides in order to adjust the height.
base Rigid support to which the adjusting tubes are attached, which in turn support the bars. 825
GYMNASTICS
gymnastics 1 pommel horse Men's gymnastics apparatus with two handles (pommels), around which the gymnast maneuvers.
saddle Central part of the horse, situated between the pommels.
pommel Curved wooden or plastic handle that the gymnast grips while performing movements such as swings and circles upon the horse.
neck Left part of the horse.
croup Right part of the horse.
horse ■ Main part of the apparatus.
tightener Device for tightening the chain to its maximum tension. height adjustment Screw for adjusting the horse’s height by sliding the tube inside the upright.
base Structure (such as uprights and chain) supporting the horse.
upright Adjustable vertical post supporting the horse.
■chain Metal links tor attaching the apparatus to the base and stabilizing it.
antislip shoe Leg with an antiskid sole that prevents the horse from slipping during an exercise. balance beam Women’s gymnastics apparatus made up of a long horizontal bar, on which the gymnast performs static and dynamic balance exercises. upright Adjustable post supporting the beam.
SPORTS AND GAMES
height adjustment Crank tor raising and lowering the uprights to adjust the beam’s height.
the floor and covered with a nonskid surface.
vaulting horse Men's and women’s gymnastics apparatus that is similar to a pommel horse: after a'run, the gymnast leaps over it.
springboard Board with springs to give it elasticity so that the gymnast can gain momentum before performing certain exercises such as vaulting.
I 826
AQUATIC AND NAUTICAL SPORTS
water polo Sport played in a pool with two teams of seven opposing players who attempt to score points at the opposite goal using a ball. player Member of